e20vf
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

     
(Mark One)
o
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    OR
x
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003
  OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 1-14642

ING GROEP N.V.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

The Netherlands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

ING Groep N.V.
Amstelveenseweg 500
1081 KL Amsterdam
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
The Netherlands
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     
    Name of each exchange on
Title of each class
  which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing one ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share and Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares*
  New York Stock Exchange
7.70% Noncumulative Guaranteed Trust Preferred Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
9.20% Noncumulative Guaranteed Trust Preferred Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
7.05% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
7.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange

*   Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

         
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share
    2,115,901,441  
Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares
    2,114,961,163  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes þ    o No

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:

o Item 17     Item 18 þ

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

             
        PAGE
 
  PART I        
Item        
  IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS     5  
  OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE     5  
  KEY INFORMATION     5  
  INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY     14  
  OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS     65  
  DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES     121  
  MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS     127  
  FINANCIAL INFORMATION     130  
  THE OFFER AND LISTING     132  
  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION     134  
  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE OF MARKET RISK     139  
  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES     157  
 
  PART II        
  DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES     157  
  MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS     157  
  CONTROL AND PROCEDURES     157  
  AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT DISCLOSURE     157  
 
  CODE OF ETHICS DISCLOSURE     157  
 
  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES     157  
 
  PURCHASES OF REGISTERED EQUITY SERVICES OF THE ISSUER BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS     159  
 
  PART III        
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     159  
  EXHIBITS     159  
 Exhibit 1.1
 Exhibit 1.2
 Exhibit 2.2
 Exhibit 2.3
 Exhibit 2.4
 Exhibit 7
 Exhibit 8
 Exhibit 10.1
 Exhibit 10.2
 Exhibit 10.3
 Exhibit 12.1
 Exhibit 12.2
 Exhibit 13.1
 Exhibit 13.2
 Exhibit 16

2


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION

In this Annual Report, references to “ING Groep N.V.”, “we” and “us” refer to the ING holding company, incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, and references to “ING”, “ING Group”, the “Company” and the “Group”, refer to ING Groep N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s primary insurance and banking subsidiaries are ING Verzekeringen N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Insurance”) and ING Bank N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Bank”), respectively.

ING presents its consolidated financial statements in euros, the currency of the Economic and Monetary Union. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, references to “$”, “US$”, “Dollars”, and “US Dollars” are to the United States dollars and references to “EUR” and “” are to euros.

Solely for the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations of certain euro amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the translated amounts actually represent such dollar or euro amounts, as the case may be, or could be converted into U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, at the rates indicated or at any other rate. Therefore, unless otherwise stated, the translations of euros into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of euro 1.00 = $ 1.2088 the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”) on March 3, 2004. Except as otherwise noted, financial statement amounts set forth in this Annual Report are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the Netherlands (“Dutch GAAP”), which differ in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Reference is made to Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the significant differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP. Certain amounts set forth herein may not sum due to rounding.

Unless otherwise indicated, gross premiums, gross premiums written and gross written premiums as referred to in this Annual Report include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, without deduction for premiums ceded, and net premiums, net premiums written and net written premiums include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, after deduction for premiums ceded.

3


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the statements contained in this Annual Report that are not historical facts, including, without limitation, certain statements made in the sections hereof entitled “Information on the Company,” “Dividends,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Selected Statistical Information on Banking Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk” are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Actual results, performance or events may differ materially from those in such statements due to, without limitation,

  changes in general economic conditions, including in particular economic conditions in ING’s core markets,
 
  changes in performance of financial markets, including emerging markets,
 
  the frequency and severity of insured loss events,
 
  changes affecting mortality and morbidity levels and trends,
 
  changes affecting persistency levels,
 
  changes affecting interest rate levels,
 
  changes affecting currency exchange rates, including the euro-U.S. dollar exchange rate,
 
  increasing levels of competition in the Netherlands and emerging markets,
 
  changes in laws and regulations
 
  regulatory changes relating to the banking or insurance industries,
 
  changes in the policies of central banks and/or foreign governments,
 
  general competitive factors, in each case on a global, regional and/or national basis.

ING is under no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or for any other reason. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk factors” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Factors affecting results of operations.”

4


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Identity Of Directors, Senior Management And Advisors

Not Applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics And Expected Timetable

Not Applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

In the table below, we provide you with summary historical data of ING Group. We have prepared this information using the consolidated financial statements of ING Group for the five years ended December 31, 2003. The financial statements for the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 have been audited by Ernst & Young Accountants, independent auditors, except for the financial statements of ING Bank N.V., a direct wholly-owned subsidiary, which were audited by KPMG Accountants N.V. and whose report, only insofar as it relates to the 2003, 2002 and 2001 Consolidated Financial Statements, is based in part upon the reports of other auditors.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Dutch GAAP, which differ in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. You can find a description of the significant differences between Dutch GAAP and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In 2003, no material changes in net profit existed between the Dutch GAAP accounting principles and the US GAAP accounting principles, see “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Differences between Dutch and US accounting principles”.

In 2002, a significant difference existed between the net profit pursuant to Dutch GAAP accounting principles, which amounted to EUR 4,500 million, and the net profit pursuant to US GAAP accounting principles which amounted to EUR (9,627) million. This difference was primarily the result of the new goodwill requirements (SFAS 142) under US GAAP. As of January 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized, but tested for impairment annually. This change resulted in a non-cash transitional impairment loss in 2002, related to the carrying value of goodwill as at December 31, 2001, of EUR 13,103 million, which was required to be recognized under US GAAP net profit 2002 as the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles. Excluding the effects of changes in accounting principles US GAAP net profit 2002 was EUR 3,476 million compared with EUR 1,770 million in 2001. Other than the transitional impairment loss in 2002 no additional goodwill impairments were recognized in 2002, in 2003 ING Group recognized an goodwill impairment charge of EUR 101 million.

Under ING Group accounting principles goodwill paid on acquisitions including related intangible assets are charged directly to Shareholders’ equity.

ING Group evaluates the results of its insurance operations and banking operations using non-GAAP financial performance measures called operating profit before tax and operating net profit. Operating net profit and operating profit before tax are defined as profit before tax and net profit, excluding:

  capital gains and losses on equity securities,
 
  the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities, and
 
  realized gains on divestitures that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds to finance acquisitions.

While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of operating profit enhances the understanding and comparability of its segment performance by highlighting net income attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the segment businesses. We believe that trends in the underlying profitability of ING Group’s businesses can be more clearly identified without the fluctuating effects of realized capital gains and losses on equity securities and

5


Table of Contents

the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities. These results are largely dependent on market cycles and can vary across periods. The timing of sales that would result in gains or losses is largely at the discretion of the company. The realized gains on divestitures that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds to finance acquisitions are excluded because the timing of these gains is largely subject to the company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING Group does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Operating profit before tax and operating net profit are not a substitute for profit before taxation and net profit as determined in accordance with Dutch GAAP. ING Group’s definition of operating profit before tax and operating net profit may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time.

The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein.

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2003   2002   2001(2)   2000(2)(3)   1999
    USD(1)   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR
    (in millions, except amounts per share and ratios)
Dutch GAAP Consolidated Income Statement Data
                                               
Operating income from insurance operations:
                                               
Gross premiums written:
                                               
Life
    46,214       38,231       44,367       44,557       25,019       18,902  
Non-life
    8,810       7,288       7,917       5,903       4,095       3,510  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    55,024       45,519       52,284       50,460       29,114       22,412  
Investment income(4)(5)
    11,751       9,721       10,506       9,723       7,212       6,119  
Commission and other income
    2,804       2,320       2,127       2,281       1,126       548  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total operating income from insurance operations
    69,579       57,560       64,917       62,464       37,452       29,079  
Operating income from banking operations:
                                               
Interest income
    28,772       23,802       24,088       24,318       24,285       18,558  
Interest expense
    18,962       15,687       16,442       18,246       18,499       12,906  
Net interest result
    9,810       8,115       7,646       6,072       5,786       5,652  
Commission
    2,978       2,464       2,615       2,765       3,630       2,856  
Other income
    1,331       1,101       940       2,274       1,886       1,368  
Total operating income from banking operations
    14,119       11,680       11,201       11,111       11,302       9,876  
Total operating income(6)
    83,495       69,073       76,101       73,550       48,713       38,943  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Non-operating items
                    280       325       8,597       1,693  
Realized capital gains (losses)
    25       20       1,003       779       855       641  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total income
    83,520       69,093       77,384       74,654       58,165       41,277  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating expenses from insurance operations:
                                               
Life
    56,650       46,865       53,603       53,615       30,882       23,584  
Non-life
    8,714       7,209       8,144       6,057       4,263       3,736  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total operating expenses from insurance operations
    65,364       54,074       61,747       59,672       35,145       27,320  
Total operating expenses from banking operations(7)
    11,253       9,309       9,733       8,941       8,697       7,895  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total operating expenses(6)
    76,416       63,216       71,463       68,588       43,801       35,203  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Non-operating items
                                            395  
Total expenses
    76,416       63,216       71,463       68,588       44,196       35,203  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

6


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2003   2002   2001(2)   2000(2)(3)   1999
    USD(1)   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR
    (in millions, except amounts per share and ratios)
Operating profit before tax from insurance operations:
                                               
Life
    2,996       2,478       2,603       2,278       1,945       1,499  
Non-life
    1,218       1,008       567       514       362       260  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    4,214       3,486       3,170       2,792       2,307       1,759  
Operating profit before tax from banking operations
    2,866       2,371       1,468       2,170       2,605       1,981  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit before tax
    7,080       5,857       4,638       4,962       4,912       3,740  
Taxation
    1,765       1,460       873       1,099       1,377       982  
Third-party interests
    416       344       332       324       147       93  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit
    4,899       4,053       3,433       3,539       3,388       2,665  
Non-operating items after taxation
                    247       325       7,976       1,693  
Realized capital gains (losses) after taxation
    (12 )     (10 )     820       713       620       564  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit
    4,887       4,043       4,500       4,577       11,984       4,922  
Dividend on Preference shares of ING Groep N.V.
    25       21       21       21       21       21  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit after deducting dividend on Preference shares of ING Groep N.V.
    4,862       4,022       4,479       4,556       11,963       4,901  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Dividend on Ordinary shares
    2,447       2,024       1,930       1,914       2,173       1,573  
Addition to shareholders’ equity
    2,414       1,997       2,549       2,642       9,790       3,328  
Distributable net profit
    4,887       4,043       4,253       4,252       4,901       3,537  
Operating net profit per Ordinary share (8)
    2.42       2.00       1.77       1.83       1.76       1.38  
Distributable net profit per Ordinary share (8)
    2.42       2.00       2.20       2.20       2.56       1.84  
Net profit per Ordinary share(8)
    2.42       2.00       2.32       2.37       6.27       2.56  
Net profit per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent (fully diluted)(8)
    2.42       2.00       2.32       2.35       6.18       2.52  
Dividend per Ordinary share(8)
    1.17       0.97       0.97       0.97       1.13       0.82  
Interim Dividend
    0.58       0.48       0.48       0.47       0.41       0.32  
Final Dividend
    0.59       0.49       0.49       0.50       0.72       0.50  
Number of Ordinary shares outstanding (in millions)(8)
    2,115.9       2,115.9       1,992.7       1,992.7       1,970.6       1,934.0  
Dividend pay-out ratio(9)
    48.5 %     48.5 %     44.1 %     44.1 %     43.9 %     44.4 %
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Income Statement Data
                                               
Total income (operating)
    58,053       48,025       49,316       49,479       42,039       34,022  
Net profit US GAAP, excluding cumulative effects
    5,454       4,512       3,476       1,770       10,925       3,790  
Cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles
                    (13,103 )                        

 
Net profit US GAAP, including cumulative effects
    5,454       4,512       (9,627 )     1,770       10,925       3,790  
Net profit per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(8)
    2.70       2.23       (5.00 )     0.90       5.64       1.94  

7


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2003   2002   2001(2)   2000(2)(3)   1999
    USD(1)   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR
    (in millions)
Reconciliation of net profit to operating profit before tax and operating net profit, by segment for the consolidated Group
                                               
Total Group
                                               
Net profit
    4,887       4,043       4,500       4,577       11,984       4,922  
Taxation
    1,801       1,490       1,089       1,165       1,838       1,059  
Third-party interests
    416       344       332       324       147       93  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before tax
    7,104       5,877       5,921       6,066       13,969       6,074  
Non-operating items
                    280       325       8,202       1,693  
Realized capital gains (losses)
    24       20       1,003       779       855       641  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit before tax
    7,080       5,857       4,638       4,962       4,912       3,740  
Taxation
    1,765       1,460       873       1,099       1,377       982  
Third-party interests
    416       344       332       324       147       93  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit
    4,899       4,053       3,433       3,539       3,388       2,665  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Insurance operations
                                               
Net profit
    3,020       2,498       3,605       3,135       9,560       3,185  
Taxation
    1,077       891       756       688       1,022       413  
Third-party interests
    141       117       92       73       39       34  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before tax
    4,238       3,506       4,453       3,896       10,621       3,632  
Gain on joint venture ANZ
                    280                          
Result on sale of investments re financing of acquisitions
                            325       7,368          
Release millennium calamity fund
                                    91          
Result Libertel
                                            924  
Sales result NIB
                                            308  
Realized capital gains (losses)
    24       20       1,003       779       855       641  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit before tax
    4,214       3,486       3,170       2,792       2,307       1,759  
Taxation
    1,041       861       540       622       540       336  
Third-party interests
    141       117       92       73       39       34  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit
    3,032       2,508       2,538       2,097       1,728       1,389  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Banking operations
                                               
Net profit
    1,868       1,545       895       1,442       2,424       1,737  
Taxation
    724       599       333       477       816       646  
Third-party interests
    274       227       240       251       108       59  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before tax
    2,866       2,371       1,468       2,170       3,348       2,442  
Result Libertel
                                    376       461  
Sales result CCF
                                    853          
Re-organization provision CIB
                                    (486 )        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit before tax
    2,866       2,371       1,468       2,170       2,605       1,981  
Taxation
    724       599       333       477       837       646  
Third-party interests
    274       227       240       251       108       59  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit
    1,868       1,545       895       1,442       1,660       1,276  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

8


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2003   2002   2001(2)   2000(2)(3)   1999
    USD(1)   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR
    (in billions, except amounts per share and ratios)
Dutch GAAP Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                                               
Total assets
    941.4       778.8       716.4       705.1       650.2       492.8  
Investments:
                                               
Insurance
    261.1       216.0       214.8       241.0       219.2       137.5  
Banking
    144.8       119.8       84.4       70.2       59.1       59.5  
Eliminations(10)
    (1.0 )     (0.8 )     (1.6 )     (3.8 )     (1.1 )     (1.2 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total investments
    404.9       335.0       297.6       307.4       277.2       195.8  
Lending
    353.7       292.6       284.4       254.2       246.8       201.8  
Insurance provisions:
                                               
Life
    227.5       188.2       186.0       204.6       193.3       101.0  
Non-life
    11.8       9.8       9.8       9.4       6.9       6.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    239.3       198.0       195.8       214.0       200.2       107.5  
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations:
                                               
Savings accounts of the banking operations
    203.2       168.1       115.1       69.6       52.4       47.0  
Other deposits and bank funds
    166.0       137.3       129.2       132.4       134.1       111.9  
Debt securities of the banking operations
    87.5       72.4       75.5       74.4       66.3       65.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    456.7       377.8       319.8       276.4       252.8       224.8  
Due to banks
    123.4       102.1       96.3       107.8       94.7       75.3  
Capital Stock (number in millions) (11)
    2,203.0       2,203.0       2,079.8       2,079.8       2,057.7       2,021.1  
Shareholders’ equity
    25.7       21.3       18.3       21.5       25.3       34.6  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share(8)
    12.18       10.08       9.14       11.03       13.04       17.90  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(8)
    12.18       10.08       9.14       10.92       12.86       17.65  
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                                               
Total assets
    989.8       818.8       762.5       752.3       693.4       509.7  
Shareholders’ equity
    33.8       28.0       25.1       38.8       41.6       40.4  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(8)
    16.04       13.27       12.61       19.83       21.27       20.64  

(1)   Euro amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of $1.2088 to EUR 1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City on March 3, 2004 for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
(2)   In 2001 acquisitions of ReliaStar and Aetna influenced the figures compared to earlier years.
 
(3)   Discontinued business: we sold in 2000 Tiel Utrecht Group in the Netherlands (net profit EUR 63 million).
 
(4)   As of 2001, the “Insurance operations-General” is no longer reported separately. The items previously accounted for under this heading are now included in either the life result or the non-life result. The years prior to 2001 are restated accordingly.
 
(5)   As from 2001, investment income for risk of policyholders has been netted with the related underwriting expenditure. This results in a presentation of investment income of the insurance operations for own risk, which is in line with international practice. The comparative figures have been adjusted accordingly.
 
(6)   After elimination of certain intercompany transactions between the insurance operations and the banking operations. See Note 1.1. to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(7)   Includes all non-interest expenses, including additions to the provision for loan losses. See “Item 5, Operating and Financial Review and prospects — Liquidity and capital resources”.
 
(8)   Net profit per share amounts have been calculated based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding and shareholders’ equity per share amounts have been calculated based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding at the end of the respective periods. For purposes of this calculation ING Groep N.V. shares held by Group companies were deducted from the applicable number of outstanding Ordinary shares. All amounts and numbers are presented after giving effect to all stock dividends and retroactive application of the Company’s 2-for-1 stock split, which became effective July 2, 2001. See Note 5.2.3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(9)   The dividend pay-out ratio is based on distributable net profit.
 
(10)   Consisting of investments in banking operations held by Group insurance companies, investments in insurance operations held by Group banking companies, and ING Groep N.V. shares held by Group insurance companies.
 
(11)   Reflects the Company’s 2-for-1 stock split effected July 2, 2001.

9


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATES

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by owners of shares or ADSs on conversion of dividends, if any, paid in euros on the shares and will affect the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.

The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rate for U.S. dollars into euros based on the Noon Buying Rate. Effective January 1, 1999, the Dutch guilder became a component of the euro.

                                 
    U.S. dollars per euro
    Period   Average        
Calendar Period   End(1)   Rate(2)   High   Low
1999
    1.0070       1.0666       1.1812       1.0016  
2000
    0.9388       0.9207       1.0335       0.8270  
2001
    0.8901       0.8909       0.9535       0.8370  
2002
    1.0485       0.9495       1.0485       0.8594  
2003
    1.2597       1.2074       1.2597       1.0361  
2004 (through March 3, 2004)(2)
    1.2088       1.2447       1.2848       1.2088  

(1)   The Noon Buying Rate at such dates differ from the rates used in the preparation of ING’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of such date. See Note 1.6.1.4. to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2)   The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last business day of each full calendar month during the period.

Recent Exchange Rates f US dollars per Euro

The table below shows the high and low exchange rate of U.S. dollars per euro for the last eight months

                 
    High   Low
July 2003
    1.1580       1.1164  
August 2003
    1.1390       1.0871  
September 2003
    1.1650       1.0845  
October 2003
    1.1812       1.1596  
November 2003
    1.1995       1.1417  
December 2003
    1.2597       1.1956  
January 2004
    1.2853       1.2389  
February 2004
    1.2848       1.2426  

The Noon Buying Rate for euro on December 31, 2003 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.2597 and the Noon Buying Rate for euro on March 3, 2004 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.2088.

RISK FACTORS

RISKS RELATED TO THE FINANCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRY

Because we are an integrated financial services company conducting business on a global basis, our revenues and earnings are affected by the volatility and strength of the economic, business and capital markets environments specific to the geographic regions in which we conduct business and changes in such factors may adversely affect the profitability of our insurance, banking and asset management business.

Factors such as interest rates, exchange rates, consumer spending, business investment, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, and terrorism all impact the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of business we conduct in a specific geographic region. For example, in an economic downturn characterized by higher

10


Table of Contents

unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, lower business investment and consumer spending, the demand for banking and insurance products would be adversely affected and our reserves and provisions would likely increase, resulting in lower earnings. Similarly, a downturn in the equity markets could cause a reduction in commission income we earn from managing portfolios for third parties, as well as income generated from our own proprietary portfolios, each of which is generally tied to the performance and value of such portfolios. We also offer a number of insurance and financial products that expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, securities prices or the value of real estate assets. In addition, a mismatch of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities in any given period may, in the event of changes in interest rates, have a material effect on the financial condition or result from operations of our banking businesses.

Because our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses are subject to losses from unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events, which are inherently unpredictable, our actual claims experience may exceed our established reserves or we may experience an abrupt interruption of activities, each of which could result in lower net profits and have an adverse affect on our results of operations.

In our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses, we are subject to losses from natural and man-made catastrophic events. Such events include weather and other natural catastrophes such as hurricanes, floods and earthquakes, as well as events such as the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the United States. The frequency and severity of such events, and the losses associated with them, are inherently unpredictable and can not always be adequately reserved for. In accordance with industry practices, reserves are established based on estimates using actuarial projection techniques. The process of estimating is based on information available at the time that the reserves are originally established. Although we continually review the adequacy of the established claim reserves, and based on current information, we believe our claim reserves are sufficient, there can be no assurances that our actual claims experience will not exceed our estimated claim reserves. If actual claim experience exceeds the estimated claim reserves, our earnings may be reduced and our net profits may be adversely affected. In addition, because unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events can lead to abrupt interruption of activities, our banking and insurance operations may be subject to losses resulting from such disruptions. Losses can relate to property, financial assets, trading positions and also to key personnel. If our business continuity plans can not be put into action or do not take such events into account, losses may further increase.

Because we operate in highly regulated industries, changes in statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that govern activities in our various business lines could have an affect on our operations and our net profits.

Our insurance and banking operations are subject to insurance, banking and financial services statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that govern what products we sell and how we manage our business. Changes in existing statutes, regulations and regulatory policies, as well as changes in the implementation of such statutes, regulations and regulatory policies may affect the way we do business, our ability to sell new policies, products or services and our claims exposure on existing policies. In addition, changes in tax laws may affect our tax position and/or the attractiveness of certain of our products, some of which currently have favorable tax treatment.

RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY

Because we operate in highly competitive markets, including in our home market, we may not be able to further increase, or even maintain, our market share, which may have an adverse affect on our results of operations.

There is substantial competition in The Netherlands and the other countries in which we do business for the types of insurance, commercial banking, investment banking and other products and services we provide. Customer loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including relative service levels, the prices and attributes of products and services, and actions taken by competitors. If we are not able to match or compete with the products and services offered by our competitors, it could adversely impact our ability to maintain or further increase our market share, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Such competition is most pronounced in our

11


Table of Contents

more mature markets of The Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia. In recent years, however, competition in emerging markets, such as South America, Asia and Central and Eastern Europe, has also increased as large insurance and banking industry participants from more developed countries have sought to establish themselves in markets which are perceived to offer higher growth potential, and as local institutions have become more sophisticated and competitive and have sought alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with our competitors. We derived approximately 52% of our operating profit in 2003 from the Netherlands. Based on geographic division of our operating profit, The Netherlands is our largest market for both our banking and insurance operations. We are the second largest bank in The Netherlands. In the retail market our market share is approximately 23% based on total assets, approximately 25% based on total deposits and 24% based on retail mortgages. Our main competitors are ABN Amro N.V. and Rabo Group B.A. In The Netherlands, we are also currently the largest insurance company, with a market share of approximately 23% in the life insurance market and approximately 9% in the non-life insurance market, each based on premium income. Our main competitors are Fortis Utrecht N.V. and Aegon N.V. We derived approximately 14% of our operating insurance profit in 2003 from the United States, which is our second largest market for the insurance operations. In the United States, we have two core operating units and own the second-largest broker-dealer network in the US with over 10,000 registered representatives. Our main competitors in the United States are insurance companies such as: Lincoln National, The Hartford, Aegon Americas, Met Life Nationwide and Principal Financial. Increasing competition in these or any of our other markets may significantly impact our results if we are unable to match the products and services offered by our competitors.

Because our reinsurance arrangements are with a limited number of reinsurers, the inability of one or more of those reinsurers to meet its financial obligations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our insurance operations have bought protection for risks that exceed certain risk tolerance levels set for both our life and non-life business. This protection is bought through reinsurance arrangements in order to reduce possible losses. Because in most cases we must pay the policyholders first, and then collect from the reinsurer, we are subject to credit risk with respect to each reinsurer for all such amounts. As of December 2003, approximately 40% of our (potential) reinsurance receivables are with our main reinsurer and approximately 30% are with six other reinsurers. The inability of any one of these reinsurers to meet its financial obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our net profits and our financial results.

Because we also operate in markets with less developed judiciary and dispute resolution systems, proceedings could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.

In the less developed markets in which we operate, judiciary and dispute resolution systems may be less developed. In case of a breach of contract we may have difficulties in making and enforcing claims against contractual counterparties. On the other hand, if claims are made against us, we might encounter difficulties in mounting a defense against such allegations. If we become party to legal proceedings in a market with an insufficiently developed judiciary system, it could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.

Because we are a financial services company and we are continually developing new financial products, we might be faced with claims that could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result if clients’ expectations are not met.

When new financial products are brought to the market, communication and marketing is focussed on potential advantages for the customers. If the products do not generate the expected profit, or result in a loss, customers may file claims against us for not fulfilling our potential duty of care. Potential claims could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.

Because we are a Dutch company the rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights of shareholders in other jurisdictions, which could limit your rights as a shareholder and reduce the accountability of the members of our Executive and Supervisory Boards and our management to our shareholders.

12


Table of Contents

While holders of our bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at the general meetings of shareholders, voting rights are not attached to the bearer depositary receipts. Stichting ING Aandelen (or the Trust) the trust which holds more than 99% of our ordinary shares, exercises the voting rights attached to the ordinary shares (for which bearer receipts have been issued). Holders of bearer receipts who attend – in person or by proxy - the general meeting of shareholders must obtain voting rights by proxy from the trust. Holders of bearer receipts and holders of the ADSs representing the bearer receipts, who do not attend the general meeting of shareholders may give binding voting instructions to the Stichting ING Aandelen. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – Voting of the Ordinary Shares by holders of Bearer receipts as proxy for the Trust”. The Trust is entitled to vote any ordinary shares corresponding with bearer depositary receipts for which the Trust has not granted voting proxies, or voting instructions have not been given to the Trust. In exercising its voting discretion, the Trust is required to make use of the voting rights attached to the ordinary shares in the interest of the holders of bearer depositary receipts, while having regard for

    our interests;
 
    the interests of our affiliates; and
 
    the interests of our other stakeholders

in such a way that all interests are balanced and safeguarded as effectively as possible. The Trust may, but has no obligation to, consult with the holders of bearer receipts or ADSs in exercising its voting rights in respect of any ordinary shares for which it is entitled to vote. These arrangements differ to some extent from U.S. practice and accordingly may affect the rights of the holders of bearer receipts or ADSs and their power to affect the Company’s business and operations and the accountability of the Company’s directors and management. See “Item 4. Information on the Company-Corporate Organization” for more information on voting rights and our corporate structure.

The share price of our bearer receipts and ADSs has been, and may continue to be volatile, which may impact the value of our bearer receipts or ADSs you hold.

The share price of our bearer receipts and our ADSs has been volatile in the past due, in part, to the high volatility in the securities markets generally and more particular in shares of financial institutions. In addition, there are other factors, beside our financial results, that may impact our share price. These factors include, but are not limited to:

  market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
 
  investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
 
  a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
 
  potential litigation or regulatory action involving ING Group or sectors we have exposure to through our insurance and banking activities;
 
  announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions;
 
  general market volatility.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and many of the members of our Supervisory and Executive Boards and our officers reside outside of the United States, it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or the members of our Supervisory and Executive Boards or our officers.

Most of the members of our Supervisory Board, our Executive Board and some of the experts named in this Annual Report, as well as many of our officers are persons who are not residents of the United States and most of our assets and most of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, you may not be able to serve process on those persons within the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.

You also may not be able to enforce judgments of U.S. courts under the U.S. federal securities laws in courts outside the United States, including The Netherlands. The United States and The Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, you would not be able to enforce in The Netherlands a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, even if the judgment is not based only on the U.S. federal securities laws, unless a competent court in The Netherlands gives binding effect to the judgment.

13


Table of Contents

Item 4. Information on the Company

GENERAL

ING was established as a Naamloze Vennootschap (public limited liability company) on March 4, 1991 through the merger of Nationale-Nederlanden, the largest insurer in the Netherlands, and NMB Postbank Group, one of the largest banks in the Netherlands. ING Groep N.V. is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

     
The official address of ING Group is:
  Our principal U.S. office is:
 
   
ING Groep N.V.
  ING Financial Holdings Corporation
Amstelveenseweg 500
  1325 Avenue of The Americas
1081 KL Amsterdam
  New York, NY 10019
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
  United States of America
The Netherlands
  Telephone +1 646 424 6000
Telephone +31 20 541 5411
   

Mission

ING’s mission is to be a leading, global, client-focused, innovative and low-cost provider of financial services through the distribution channels of the client’s preference in markets where ING can create value.

Profile

ING Group is a global financial institution of Dutch origin with 115,000 employees. ING offers banking, insurance and asset management to more than 60 million clients in more than 50 countries. The clients are individuals, families, small businesses, large corporations, institutions and governments. ING comprises a broad spectrum of prominent businesses that increasingly serve their clients under the ING brand.

Key to ING’s retail business is its distribution philosophy: “click-call-face”. This is a flexible mix of internet, call centers, intermediaries and branches that enables ING to deliver what today’s clients expect: unlimited access, maximum convenience, immediate and accurate execution, personal advice, tailor-made solutions and competitive rates. ING’s wholesale product offering focuses strongly on its strengths in employee benefits/pensions, financial markets, corporate banking and asset management.

ING’s strategy is to achieve sustainable growth while maintaining healthy profitability. The Group’s financial strength, its broad range of products and services, the wide diversity of its profit sources and the resulting spread of risks form the basis for ING’s continuity and growth potential.

ING seeks a careful balance between the interests of its stakeholders, customers, employees and society at large. It expects all its employees to act in accordance with the Group’s Business Principles.

Strategy and key figures

Satisfying the needs of our clients and delivering on the financial promises we make to our shareholders are our primary goals. In view of the increased stakeholder attention, the further globalization of ING and the rapid developments in the field of sustainability and corporate social responsibility, we continue to aim for a good balance between the interests of all stakeholders: clients, shareholders, employees and society as a whole.

After several years of rapid expansion through acquisition, the emphasis is now on consolidating ING’s strengths and achieving synergies, operational excellence and cost control.

14


Table of Contents

In 2003, ING Group’s total operating income was EUR 69,073 million and its operating net profit was EUR 4,053 million (both Dutch GAAP). ING Group’s total premium income from insurance activities amounted to EUR 45,519 million and total income from banking activities was EUR 11,680 million.

The following table sets forth ING Group’s total operating income by geographical area for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
The Netherlands
    17,448       15,933       15,348  
Belgium
    4,959       4,684       4,092  
Rest of Europe
    4,841       4,804       5,126  
North America
    29,882       37,482       36,999  
Latin America
    3,070       4,255       3,186  
Asia
    6,954       7,059       5,832  
Australia
    2,024       2,275       2,224  
Other
    632       445       1,393  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    69,810       76,937       74,200  
Revenue between geographic areas
    (737 )     (836 )     (650 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total income
    69,073       76,101       73,550  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

CHANGES IN PRESENTATION

Beginning January 1, 2003, the regional ING Investment Management business units have been integrated into the respective regional executive centres. This step was taken in order to improve alignment with the captive distribution channels, enabling ING to respond to regional and local market opportunities more quickly and efficiently than before. A global asset management platform at Group level has been established to coordinate ING’s asset management strategy. In addition, a global IIM Board has been set up to preserve the efficiency of a global manufacturing platform and to ensure global consistency of the investment strategies adopted in each region. In addition, it was decided to discontinue ING Asset Management as a separate profit reporting centre. The responsibility for ING Asset Management’s other business units (Baring Asset Management, ING Real Estate, Parcom Ventures, Baring Private Equity Partners and ING Trust) continues to reside with the Executive Board member responsible for asset management. For a description of these business units please see item 4 under the heading “EC Europe” .

Beginning January 1, 2003 additions to the provision for investment losses are reported on a separate line within Total (operating) expenditure. Previously these additions were reported as an element of Income from investments of the insurance operations.This makes the presentation of the addition to these provisions consistent with the presentation of the addition to the provisions for loan losses of the banking operations. The comparable figures have accordingly been adjusted for all prior periods.

Beginning January 1, 2003, claims handling expenses are accounted for as part of the operating expenses. Previously, these expenses were accounted for as part of the underwriting expenditure. This new classification better represents the nature of the claims handling expenses. The comparable figures have accordingly been adjusted for all prior periods.

The Latin America region is comprised of South America, including Mexico. Prior to January 1, 2003, Mexico was included in the North America region. This new regional classification is more in line with the internal management reporting structure. The comparable figures have accordingly been adjusted for all prior periods.

Prior to January 1, 2002, amortization of deferred acquisition costs (DAC) on insurance policies was accounted for as part of operating expenses of the insurance operations. In order to have a better view on the development of manageable operating expenses, we decided to transfer the amortization of

15


Table of Contents

DAC to underwriting expenditure. The comparable figures have accordingly been adjusted for all prior periods.

CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OF THE GROUP

On October 21, 2003, ING reached an agreement to sell ING Aetna Life to Manulife Indonesia. This is part of ING’s strategy to refocus its insurance activities in the Asia/Pacific region to markets and products where it can reach a leading market position.

On October 21, 2003, ING reached an agreement, in principle, with Baring Private Equity Partners for a management buy out. The agreement is subject to regulatory approval.

On July 21, 2003, ING completed the sale of the Italian agent network activities of ING Sviluppo, as well as the affiliated Italian life insurance, asset management and private banking activities to UniCredito and Aviva. The profit on the sale amounted to EUR 71 million.

On July 3, 2003, ING announced that it acquired the remaining 30% stake in DiBa (Allgemeine Deutsche Direktbank) pursuant to a put option and call option entered into on February 26, 2002 between ING and BGAG (the investment company of a number of German trade unions). On February 26, 2002, ING Group increased its stake in DiBa from 49% to a 70%

On May 16, 2003, ING announced the sale of its 49% shareholding in Seguros Bital (Mexico) to Grupo Financiero Bital for USD 126 million. The profit on the sale amounted to EUR 44 million.

On April 25, 2003, ING completed the sale of 99% of Fatum, its insurance business in the Netherlands Antilles and Aruba, to Guardian Holdings Limited of Trinidad and Tobago. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 45 million.

On July 23, 2003, ING completed the acquisition of Entrium, German’s second largest direct bank, through DiBa (Allgemeine Deutsche Direktbank) from Fineco/Capitalia of Italy, for EUR 300 million.

On September 9, 2002, ING announced it completed the purchase of an additional 24% stake in ING Vysya Bank (India) increasing its interest to 44%. The total purchase price of the additional acquisition was EUR 73 million. The goodwill amounted to EUR 55 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity.

On May 13, 2002, ING completed its acquisition of a 49% stake in Sul América, a leading insurance company in Brazil, thus strengthening the existing partnership. As a result of the transaction ING’s total investment in Sul America consists of approximately EUR 188 million in cash, plus its 49% stake in SulAet, as well as its asset management operations in Brazil (ING Investment Management Brazil). The goodwill amounted to Eur 245 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity.

On April 12, 2002, ING Group acquired car lease company TOP Lease in the Netherlands. The total purchase price of the acquisition amounted to EUR 111 million. The goodwill amounted to EUR 70 million, which was charged to Shareholders equity.

On April 10, 2002, ING and ANZ, one of Australia’s major banks, formed a funds management and life insurance joint venture in Australia. The joint venture, ING Australia Ltd. is owned 51% by ING and 49% by ANZ, and has been proportionally consolidated. ING Group contributed net assets to the new joint venture, which resulted in a net book profit of EUR 469 million accounted for in 2002, of which EUR 247 million was accounted for as non-operating net profit and EUR 222 million was accounted for as operating net profit.

On December 21, 2001, ING announced that it signed an agreement with Piraeus Bank in Greece, which sets out the final terms of a strategic alliance between the two financial groups.

The strategic alliance combines the distribution power of the retail banking network of Piraeus Bank and the agency network of ING’s insurance subsidiary Nationale-Nederlanden Greece (which comprises 300 branches and 2,500 agents in total).

In June 2001, ING Group announced that it had signed an agreement with Savia S.A. to acquire an

16


Table of Contents

additional stake in Seguros Comercial América (SCA), the largest insurance company in Mexico, for approximately USD 791 million. This transaction increased ING’s stake to a total of 87%. The acquisition was partly financed by the sale of shares. In September 2001, ING made a tender offer for the remaining 13% of SCA. In November 2001, ING announced that it had successfully closed the tender offer to purchase the remaining outstanding shares of SCA. The total acquisition price was approximately USD 180 million, and ING now owns 99.91% of the shares of SCA.

In March 2001, ING Group increased its shareholding in Bank Slaski to 82.8% for an amount of EUR 187 million. Effective September 1, 2001, Bank Slaski merged with ING Bank Warsaw. The combined bank, in which ING holds 88%, operates under the brand name ING Bank Slaski. Goodwill amounted to EUR 118 million and was charged to Shareholders’ equity.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On March 11, 2004, the Supervisory Board of ING Group announced it intends to appoint Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière (1939, French) as a member of the Supervisory Board with effect from April 27, 2004. He was the former Chief Financial Officer of Michelin and is currently the chairman of Michelin’s Supervisory Board. Prior to his positions at Michelin he was managing director of the bank JP Morgan.

On March 8, 2004, ING Group announced it reached an agreement with Macquarie Bank Limited (Australia) on the sale of ING’s Asian cash equities sales, trading, research and capital market operations in 10 countries in Asia and key locations in Europe and the United States. The transaction is expected to be completed for most Asian countries by the end of July, 2004.

On March 2, 2004, ING announced that it appointed Cees Maas as Vice Chairman of the Executive Board of ING Group effective on April 28, 2004. Cees Maas will continue in his current role as Chief Financial Officer. Furthermore the Supervisory Board of ING announced it intends to propose to the Annual Shareholders Meeting on April 27, 2004 to appoint Hans Verkoren as a member of the Executive Board of ING Group as of April 27, 2004. Hans Verkoren is currently Global Head ING Direct, member of the Executive Committee Europe and responsible for Retail Financial Services.

On November 19, 2003, ING announced that Ewald Kist will retire on June 1, 2004 having reached the retirement age of 60, as Chairman of the Executive Board of ING Group. Ewald Kist has been Chairman of the Executive Board since June 1, 2000. The Supervisory Board appointed Michel Tilmant as successor to Ewald Kist as Chairman of the Executive Board as of April 28, 2004. Michel Tilmant is currently Vice-Chairman of the Executive Board of ING Group, Chairman of the Executive Committee ING Europe and Chairman of ING Bank N.V. The Supervisory Board announced it also intends to propose to the Annual Shareholders Meeting on April 27, 2004 to appoint Eli Leenaars and Eric Boyer de la Giroday as members of the Executive Board.

GROUP STRATEGY

Market conditions have changed significantly in recent years. Looking back on 2003, although we faced a weak economic climate and unstable geo-political circumstances, we made good progress with regard to our five strategic objectives.

Strengthen our capital base for a solid financial foundation

The stock markets, which fell sharply between 2001 and early 2003, heavily impacted ING’s financial position. At the end of 2002, a number of short-term and long-term measures were announced, aimed at strengthening our capital base and reducing the sensitivity of our financial position to market volatility. An important long-term measure to strengthen our capital base was the introduction of an optional stock dividend as of the final dividend 2002. Furthermore, in 2003, ING successfully issued two subordinated perpetual debt securities, one in Europe and one in the United States, raising a total amount of EUR 1.1 billion. Another measure to improve the capital base was the sale of shares and real estate during the year. The proceeds were used to reduce the core debt of ING and improve the debt/equity ratio. As a result, the debt/equity ratio of ING Group decreased from 19.9% at the end of 2002 to 14.4% at the end of 2003.

17


Table of Contents

Apart from the sale of shares, ING protected EUR 4 billion of its Dutch equity portfolio against a sharp stock-market decline at the beginning of 2003 by means of a cost-neutral collar. This accounts for approximately 40% of ING’s equity portfolio worldwide. In the course of 2003, ING decided to open up the upside potential in the equity portfolio by reducing the total amount of written call options to EUR 0.7 billion, while keeping approximately EUR 4.4 billion of the Dutch equity portfolio hedged against a potential decline.

All these measures resulted in a more favorable capital position for both the insurance company and the bank. At the end of 2003, the capital base of ING’s insurance units amounted to EUR 15.8 billion, which is 180% of the legally required level (year-end 2002: 169%). The Tier-1 ratio, indicating the financial strength of our banking units, improved from 7.31% at the end of 2002 to 7.59% at the end of 2003. The revaluation reserve shares amounted to approximately EUR 900 million as of December 31, 2003.

Optimize the existing portfolio

Focus and execution were the key words in 2003. The adverse economic circumstances forced ING to increase focus in terms of activities and markets it wants to be in. We continued our policy to refrain from making large acquisitions. Furthermore, a more critical assessment of the business portfolio has resulted in a number of actions. For instance, several business units were sold in the course of 2003. Examples are ING Fatum (ING’s insurance business on the Netherlands Antilles and Aruba), ING Sviluppo in Italy, ING Life Indonesia and its share of the AnShin Card Services Company (Taiwan). Furthermore, the international wholesale branch network was restructured. We also announced the management buy-out of Baring Private Equity Partners.

Create value for clients

The multi-product and multi-channel approach has been the core of ING’s strategy. In all markets where ING is active, ING’s business units have continued to improve services to its clients. ING in the Netherlands, for example, combined its sales forces and made further progress integrating its operations. Perfecting its click-call-face concept enabled ING to increase the quality of customer service, giving clients in the Netherlands improved access to the different distribution channels and products.

An example in Asia is the initial product launch of the China Merchant Antai Open-ended Securities Series Funds. ING’s clients in China invested over EUR 500 million in the fund. In the United States, ING Bank has formed a commercial alliance with Bank of New York aimed at marketing, sales and delivery of global custody and related services to international clients. A strong brand enhances trust among customers. In 2003 ING made further progress in creating one global brand. BBL in Belgium was re-branded to ING Belgium. As a result brand awareness increased from 29% at launch date to 47% at year-end.

Develop our special skills

ING Direct continued to exceed expectations and contributed for the first time to the Group profit in 2003, well ahead of schedule. In May, ING Direct launched operations in the United Kingdom, the eighth country where it offers attractive savings products to retail clients. The launch in the UK proved to be the most successful ING Direct start-up so far. By the end of 2003, ING Direct worldwide had close to 8.5 million customers (5.0 million at year-end 2002) and approximately EUR 100 billion in funds entrusted (EUR 55 billion at year-end 2002).

The insurance operations in developing markets have been expanded as well. The organic growth in premium income was 11% in 2003. In China, we expanded our insurance business. Organic premium income in China rose by 50%. ING’s joint venture with China Pacific Insurance Company (CPIC), called PALIC (Pacific Antai Life Insurance Company), received approval to establish a branch in the city of Guangzhou, the third largest city in China. This allows the many millions of potential customers in southern China to buy insurance products from PALIC.

18


Table of Contents

As a result of the global ageing of the population and pension reforms being executed in many countries, ING selected pensions as a global strategic priority. We developed business objectives for 2004 to expand current pension activities and start up many new initiatives. In addition to working on the realization of these commercial objectives, ING is stepping up its pension-advisory services to governments and institutions that can benefit from ING’s pensions knowledge and experience.

Further lower the cost base

In Europe, the Americas and Asia/Pacific large cost-saving programs have been executed in 2003. In the field of Operations/IT in Europe, the alignment of IT architecture and the development of various shared service centres continued.

In the United States, ING has integrated its operations, resulting in yearly cost savings of approximately EUR 300 million. US Financial Services has signed a 7-year contract with IBM to provide information-technology infrastructure services.

As a result of strict cost control, total operating expenses decreased by 3.1%. Organic expenses increased by 3%. The principal explanatory factors for this rise in costs are continued investments in new business (ING Direct and insurance activities in developing countries), substantial investments in IT infrastructure and investments to improve service (e.g. Nationale-Nederlanden). At the insurance operations total operating expenses decreased by 5.9% (organic change: +6.5%). The efficiency ratio of the banking operations improved from 71.0% to 68.4% in 2003 (excluding ING Direct and restructuring provisions).

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION

ING Groep N.V. has a Supervisory Board and an Executive Board. The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group, its three major divisions (Executive Centers Europe, Americas, Asia/Pacific) and the Asset Management platform. The function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the policy of the Executive Board and the general course of events in the Company’s business, as well as to provide advice to the Executive Board.

Corporate Governance

The year 2003 was an important year from a corporate-governance perspective. ING amended its Articles of Association, the result of which was that holders of Bearer Receipts and ADR’s received increased powers. As described below, the Tabaksblat Committee’s report on the principles of good corporate governance and best practices was also published during the year. ING’s response to the recommendations of the Tabaksblat Committee, as well as information on capital and control, the Executive Board, the Supervisory Board and the external auditors are discussed in detail below.

Tabaksblat Code

The discussions of corporate governance in the Netherlands resulted in a new corporate-governance code (the ‘Tabaksblat Code’) being published on December 9, 2003. From the 2004 financial year onwards, listed companies are required by the Code to include a section on their corporate governance and compliance with the Code in their annual report and to explain any non-compliance.

Listed companies are also being recommended to include information in their 2003 annual report on how they are planning to incorporate the Code into their business activities and to indicate any problems they anticipate in this respect. These issues are discussed below and will also be on the agenda for ING’s General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004.

Changes in 2003

In many respects, ING Group’s corporate governance practices were already in compliance with the principles introduced by the Code. A number of significant changes relating to corporate governance were proposed to the General Meeting of Shareholders in April 2003 and were subsequently included in new articles of association. Certain limitations on the holding of shares were abolished and holders of bearer receipts were granted full voting rights. These voting rights can be exercised unconditionally, including in the event of a hostile takeover bid. Steps were also taken to ensure that the Board of the Trust Office ING Shares and the Trust Office ING Continuity remain independent of ING Group. The

19


Table of Contents

2003 financial year also saw shareholders and holders of bearer receipts in the Netherlands being granted the right, for the first time ever, to cast votes ‘indirectly’ via the Communication Channel to shareholders (Stichting Communicatiekanaal Aandeelhouders). Shareholders in the United States and the United Kingdom will also be able to vote by proxy on items included on the agenda for meetings of shareholders as of the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004.

Changes in 2004

The Executive Board and Supervisory Board have decided to implement the Code to the extent possible. The notice convening the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004 has, for example, been drawn up in compliance with the Code. The remuneration policy for the Executive Board will be an agenda item. Moreover, a proposal to amend the Articles of Association will be included on the agenda for the meeting. The intention in this respect is that the Articles of Association should this year be brought into line with the best practices detailed in the Code. One of the most significant amendments is the proposal to end the current requirement for a higher majority if a binding proposal for nomination to the Executive Board or Supervisory Board is to be rejected or if it is proposed to dismiss a member of either Board. The proposed amendment also reduces the number of shareholders’ votes required for an item to be submitted for inclusion on the agenda of the General Meeting of Shareholders (under the new rules, votes representing 0.01% of the share capital or a market value of EUR 50 million will be required). This amendment is being proposed in advance of the Company Structure Reform Bill, which is currently being considered by the Dutch Upper House of Parliament. In February 2004, the Supervisory Board appointed a Company Secretary (the General Counsel) and adopted a set of general regulations on ‘whistleblowers’, which were subsequently approved by the Dutch Central Works Council.

In accordance with the Code, the General Meeting of Shareholders will be asked to appoint new Executive Board members for a period of four years. Given that the current nominees for the Executive Board, Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren, are already employed by ING, their contracts of employment, which are for unspecified periods of time, will continue. The Supervisory Board has also taken account of their existing contractual rights when determining the level of any severance pay that may become due. The Tabaksblat Code recognizes that existing contractual agreements should continue to be respected and that Dutch employment law needs to be amended if Board appointments are to be for limited periods of time. The contracts of existing Board members will not, therefore, be changed. Their appointments for an unspecified period of time will continue, while the existing arrangements in respect of severance pay will also be respected. In other words, they will receive a maximum of three times their most recent fixed annual salary.

In line with the Code, ING’s periodic meetings with analysts, such as those held after publication of the quarterly, half-year and annual figures, will now also be able to be followed simultaneously by telephone or webcast. The new procedure was introduced at the meeting following publication of the 2003 results in February 2004.

Implementation of Tabaksblat Code

We will implement the Tabaksblat Code as much as possible. Depending on how the best practices are interpreted, on any subsequent recommendations that may be made by the Tabaksblat Committee, on legislation on various aspects of the Code and on further discussions within ING, the Group is expected to diverge from the best practices of the Code in some respects:

  Code II.2.7 states: “The maximum remuneration in the event of dismissal is one year’s salary (the ‘fixed’ remuneration component). If the maximum of one year’s salary would be manifestly unreasonable for a management board member who is dismissed during his first term of office, such board member shall be eligible for a severance pay not exceeding twice the annual salary.” ING is prepared to take this best practice into account as a reference for new Executive Board members, provided however that the severance may be higher in an individual case depending on existing rights for severance pay, market practice, competitive considerations and other reasons that may give cause to agree on higher severance if needed to attract the right qualified person.
 
  Code III.3.4 states: The number of supervisory boards of Dutch listed companies of which an individual may be a member shall be limited to such an extent that the proper performance of his duties is assured; the maximum number is five, for which purpose the chairmanship of a supervisory board counts double.” Two members of the Supervisory Board, Messrs. Jacobs and

20


Table of Contents

    Vuursteen, currently hold more supervisory directorships in Dutch listed companies than the maximum recommended in the Code. This issue will be discussed on the next occasion that these gentlemen become eligible for reappointment, which will be in 2006 in the case of Mr. Vuursteen and in 2007 in the case of Mr. Jacobs.
 
  Code III.5.6 states: “The audit committee shall not be chaired by the chairman of the supervisory board or by a former member of the executive board of the company.”
 
    Mr. Jacobs, who was previously chairman of the Executive Board, currently chairs the Audit Committee. It should, however, be noted that Mr. Jacobs resigned from the Executive Board over five years ago and so can be regarded as independent, both in respect of the Code and under the terms of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
 
  Code III.5.11 states: “The remuneration committee shall not be chaired by the chairman of the supervisory board”. The chairman of the Supervisory Board, Mr. Herkströter, chairs the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. Appointments, both to the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board, and remuneration are issues of such importance that we believe it is vital for the chairman of the Supervisory Board to be substantially involved in these discussions at an early stage.

In the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004, the application of the Code by ING will be discussed. Subsequently, the Code will be implemented to the extent possible, taking into account the above-mentioned factors and the discussions in the General Meeting of Shareholders. The implementation will be reported on via a continuously updated ‘corporate-governance charter’ on the website of ING Group, which will be published in print prior to the 2005 Shareholders’ Meeting. At the annual General Meeting of Shareholders in April 2005, the formal shareholders’ approval of ING’s corporate-governance structure related to the Tabaksblat Code will be sought. Providing the various items are approved by the shareholders, ING will then be deemed to be in full compliance with the Code.

Corporate Governance Differences

Under the New York Stock Exchange’s listing standards, foreign private issuers must disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US domestic companies under the NYSE listing standards. We believe the following to be the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies:

  We have a two-tiered board, in contrast to the one-tier board used by most US companies. In the Netherlands, a Naamloze Vennootschap (public limited liability company) has an Executive Board as its management body and a Supervisory Board which advises and supervises the Executive Board. In general the members of the Executive Board are employees of the company while members of the Supervisory Board often are former captains of state or industry and sometimes former members of the Executive Board. Usually the members of the Supervisory Board are independent of the company in the sense of the NYSE listing requirements. Our Audit Committee and Remuneration and Nomination Committee are comprised of members of the Supervisory Board.
 
  In contrast to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Tabaksblat Code contains a “comply-or-explain” principle, offering the possibility to deviate from the Tabaksblat Code as long as any such deviations are explained.
 
  Our Ordinary shares are held by a trust, Stichting ING Aandelen (the “Trust”), which issues Bearer receipts, each Bearer receipt representing financial interests in one Ordinary share held by the Trust. The Trust holds all voting rights over the Ordinary shares, and pursuant to the Trust Constitution and Trust Conditions, the Trust will grant proxies to holders of the Bearer receipts. See Item 7 “Major shareholders and related party transactions”.
 
  Dutch law requires that our external auditors be appointed at the general meetings of shareholders and not by the Audit Committee.
 
  Our Articles of Association provide that there are no quorum requirements to hold a general meeting of shareholders, although the taking of certain actions may require a quorum.

21


Table of Contents

Executive Centers

The Executive Board (supported by various corporate staff departments) determines the Group’s corporate strategy, prescribes capital base ratios and reserving levels, allocates resources, sets financial performance targets and risk profiles for the Executive Centers (ING Europe, ING Americas and ING Asia/Pacific), appoints senior management, manages the Group’s corporate image, establishes information technology strategy, and monitors the realization of the objectives established for the Group. Certain actions of the Executive Board are subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, including the issuance or cancellation of shares, significant acquisitions, the declaration of interim dividends, material capital expenditures and matters concerning substantial changes in employee relations. The Executive Committees formulate the strategic, commercial and financial policy for the Executive Centers in conformity with the group strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board. Each Executive Committee is responsible for the preparation of the annual budget of its Executive Center. This budget is approved and monitored by the Executive Board. Each Executive Committee also approves the strategy, commercial policy and the annual budgets of the business units in its Executive Center and monitors the realization of the policies and budgets of that Executive Center and its business units.

22


Table of Contents

ING EUROPE

2003 HIGHLIGHTS

The profitability of ING’s operations in Europe – especially those in the Benelux – remained key to the results of the Group. As in 2002, the retail businesses contributed to the strong performance. ING Direct had another strong year and showed good profitability. In the wholesale business, Financial Markets delivered excellent results as did wholesale banking in the Benelux. International Corporate Financial Services recovered from the high loan loss provisions taken in 2002. Additional restructuring measures were announced at ING BHF-Bank in order to restore the profitability. Throughout ING Europe, good progress was made during the year in increasing efficiency and improving service levels.

The following table shows income and profit before taxation (both excluding other asset management operations) by business segment:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Income
                       
Retail
    8,301       7,801       7,346  
Wholesale
    5,963       5,524       5,865  
Corporate line
    848       1,172       1,165  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    15,112       14,497       14,377  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before taxation
                       
Retail
    1,702       1,375       1,118  
Wholesale
    1,616       815       1,328  
Corporate line
    651       810       1,241  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    3,969       3,000       3,688  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

FUNCTIONAL AREAS

Retail

On the retail side, the strategy focuses on retail wealth accumulation and financial protection (i.e. retail banking, asset management, asset gathering, life insurance and pensions) and private banking, supported by the “click-call-face” (multi-product, multi-channel) distribution approach.

We serve three types of retail markets in Europe, each reflecting our different market positions and thus requiring a slightly different approach to the retail strategy. In the home markets of the Netherlands, Belgium and Poland, our goal is wealth accumulation supported by an efficient mix of channels appropriate to the client segments and products and focused on cost reduction. In other large mature markets, we are developing our retail banking position around ING Direct, selectively adding new activities and face channels as appropriate. In the developing markets, particularly Central Europe, we are striving to become a market leader in pensions, life and wholesale banking by leveraging our market position, including via distribution alliances, to grow our position over the long-term.

With the European organization in place, the management of Retail Europe works together with the regions to set the priorities for future growth. In particular, this includes developing a common set of retail value drivers to get a better understanding of the quality and sustainability of profits. The value drivers are: scale, cost, cross selling, value of new business and customer satisfaction.

Private Banking

The restructuring of ING Private Banking, which began in 2002, continued during 2003, with a number of unprofitable business units either being closed or transferred to lower-cost retail operations. We also began investing in a number of key developing markets where we believe there are significant growth opportunities, including India, China and Korea.

23


Table of Contents

The rationalization of our product offering also began with the appointment of pan-European product specialists and regional product managers, whose primary objective is the creation of a more simplified and coherent set of products and services, which are aligned to the specific requirements of our clients. We have also begun developing a range of products and services with a strong sustainability element and in this context we are leveraging the Group’s expertise in areas such as micro-lending and charities.

More effective client segmentation has also been a core objective for our business units during the year, with much greater emphasis on the individual needs of our clients and a clear move away from a strictly product-based approach. We are also adopting a more globally consistent approach for our top-tier international clients, through the creation of a new super-high-net-worth segment.

For private banking clients, the “face” approach remains the most important of the ING “click-call-face” channels. However, we have also introduced more “click” and “call” channels for clients this year, with the introduction of trading and advisory call centres in many units, including Belgium and Asia, as well as enhanced internet banking, including execution capabilities and portfolio valuations.

We have also been successful this year in controlling our costs and in starting to maximize our operational efficiency across all five private banking regions. Many initiatives are underway to capitalize on our existing strengths, creating more synergy and coherence across all our units. Examples include portfolio management, third party funds, wealth management and credit.

The financial impact of the more integrated approach to private banking at ING has resulted in an almost trebling of our net profit compared to 2002. Asset growth, when compared to the market, has also shown significant growth. Growth in Asia has exceeded our expectations we have also made progress in key home markets, including the Netherlands and Belgium.

We believe that the outlook for ING Private Banking remains very promising. Asia is expected to continue to outperform most other units in growth, particularly as we step up our investment in the high potential Chinese and Indian markets. The home markets also offer significant growth potential for private banking, particularly in the Netherlands, where a more focused and client-centric private banking strategy is in the process of being rolled out.

ING Wholesale

The Wholesale Bank improved its profitability in 2003 while restructuring its operational cost base and the international branch network, improving risk management and, above all, unifying the client approach across regions and functions to increase value for both ING and its clients. All functional and regional commercial and support units contributed to the improved results and Wholesale Banking pre-tax profits more than doubled compared to 2002, risk costs were halved and the cost/income ratio improved substantially.

ING Wholesale will continue to focus on providing the highest level of service to its clients in its five European regions (The Netherlands, South West Europe, Germany, Central Europe and the UK), as well as its operations in the Americas and Asia, in the year ahead. It will align commercial strategy within Europe and core Emerging Markets in the three functional areas of Corporate Financial Services (CFS), Investment Banking (IB) and Financial Markets (FM), to benefit from the upturn in the local market economies and global economic sentiment.

CFS is defining its client base, that is mid-corporates in the Benelux, Poland and Germany, large international corporates globally, including local ‘blue chip companies’ in Emerging Markets and Financial Institutions (banks and non-banks) worldwide, while delivering high added value to clients. This will be achieved by applying superior relationship-management skills in human capital and client information reporting, developing specific sector expertise and cross-selling capabilities. Of strategic importance are anchor products, such as, payments and cash management, general lending, structured finance (including acquisition finance) and trade banking, plus employee benefits, mergers and acquisitions advisory and asset management in specific markets. Investments will be made in syndicated finance and securitization for the benefit of ING’s customers and its own capital management.

24


Table of Contents

The key Financial Markets (FM) objective is to support the overall wholesale client strategy, by providing target clients (and ING entities) with the full range of FM products and services in both the developed and emerging markets. To this end, FM will continue to put additional resources into developing a closer alignment between product specialists and client relationship managers. In the major developed market Hubs, FM is reorganizing and upgrading its sales teams to focus on servicing the broad financial market needs of defined client groups, such as corporates, financial institutions, fund managers, etc., rather than focusing team efforts on single product groupings.

From a financial perspective, 2003 was a profitable year for ING Wholesale overall but also a challenging one, due to recessions in many countries and a number of serious global events, namely the Iraq war and the SARS outbreak in Asia.

Operations and IT

During 2003, we focussed on further implementing the various programs launched in 2001 and 2002. Those steps include:

  the further roll out of a single IT application architecture,
 
  the establishment of shared services centres,
 
  the consolidation and standardization of IT Infrastructure & Applications.

The implementation continues to progress well and we are on track to meet our financial target of EUR 760 million of cost reductions in the Operations and IT arena by 2005.

Considerable attention was given to improving our operational efficiency, especially in the insurance sector. An important IT investment program was launched, covering both Life and non-Life, to support our insurance operations. The first deliverable of this program became operational in 2003.

Responding to the increased potential for external risks, an EC Europe wide program was started to enhance our IT Security environment. Significant management attention was given to strengthening our IT Security Infrastructure and to improving the IT Controls.

ING INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT EUROPE

ING Investment Management Europe (ING IM), is responsible for managing the investments of the insurance companies of ING, as well as managing equity, fixed income and structured investments for institutional investors and the private label investment funds sold by various ING companies, including ING Bank, ING Belgium, Postbank, Nationale-Nederlanden and third party distributors. ING IM is also responsible for managing the treasury activities of ING Insurance.

With ING Investment Management Europe integrated into the regional Executive Centre Europe as of January 1, 2003, we set up a functional Global ING Investment Management Board to preserve the efficiency of a global manufacturing platform and to ensure global consistency of the investment strategies adopted in each region.

During 2003, ING Group sold its Italian retail operation (including its Italian mutual fund range) to Unicredito. ING IM will however remain active in Italy managing institutional mandates and selling its Luxembourg mutual fund range through third party distributors.

ING IM Europe also experienced both net inflow (EUR 2.0 billion) and positive revaluation (EUR 4.9 billion) in 2003 due to moderately improving market conditions. Both contributed to total assets under management increasing by 6.3% to EUR 110.8 billion.

The investment portfolios of ING Group companies managed by ING IM Europe increased by 11.3% to EUR 41.1 billion in 2003. Assets under management of ING IM on behalf of institutional clients increased by 7.6% to EUR 33.2 billion. The portfolios managed on behalf of institutional clients consist of fixed income securities (approximately 65.5%) and equities (approximately 34.5%). Assets in investment funds managed by ING IM amounted to EUR 36.6 billion, compared to EUR 36.5 billion as of the end of 2002.

25


Table of Contents

ING DIRECT

Financial Results

The strategy of ING Direct is to be a low-cost provider of financial services by achieving scale in large mature markets by offering the clients best value for their money and excellent service via call centres, direct mail and the internet. ING Direct uses a high-rate, no-fee, no-minimum savings account as the entry product. Upon reaching the necessary minimum scale, ING Direct complements the savings account by cross selling a focused range of other wealth accumulation products such as mortgages, mutual funds, e-brokerage, pensions and life insurance. After the savings products, mortgages are the most important product. ING Direct’s primary distribution channels are the call centre and the internet. The call centre is the pulse of the business for ING Direct. The internet and the Intelligent Voice Response (IVR) are two other main channels and they process an increasing number of transactions. On average, 45% of the account openings are activated via the internet and more than 70% of the incoming contacts with existing clients are fully automated (IVR or the internet). ING Direct cafés and co-operation with intermediaries and tied agents from sister companies and third parties form a third supplementary channel. ING Direct makes use of intermediary networks to sell more complex products. In the course of 2003, five business units (Canada, Australia, Spain, Germany and the United States) contributed to the Group’s profit. We expect the youngest operations in France and Italy will break even in the course of 2004, although our operation in the United Kingdom, which started in May 2003, is expected to continue operating at a loss.

Growth and other developments

Due to overall commercial success in the business units, ING Direct almost doubled its size in 2003, based on total funds entrusted (deposits). In each of its markets, ING Direct has achieved a leading position in the direct banking segment. In addition, it has achieved a top-ten position based on savings balances in four of its markets.

Due in part, to the ongoing momentum and heavy usage of the internet and the shift to favorable savings market conditions, approximately 3.5 million new clients joined ING Direct in 2003 to bring the total to more than 8.5 million clients. The total of funds entrusted increased by EUR 44 billion to EUR 99 billion. Brand awareness developed strongly in all countries and acquisition costs declined from an average of EUR 140 per new account to an average of EUR 92 per new account, due in part to cost-effective marketing. In total, ING Direct reached profitability in the fourth quarter of 2002, and made a profit of EUR 151 million (before-tax) for 2003.

                                 
    Total clients   Total funds entrusted
    Year-end   Year-end   Year-end   Year-end
    2003   2002   2003   2002
    (in thousands)   (in billions of EUR)
Canada
    905       684       7.0       5.1  
Germany
    3,735       1,894       38.1       20.3  
Spain
    753       610       7.9       6.0  
Australia
    719       475       6.9       4.1  
France
    339       270       7.6       6.3  
USA
    1,399       864       12.8       8.9  
UK
    305               11.5          
Italy
    379       244       7.6       4.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    8,534       5,041       99.4       55.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

26


Table of Contents

Expanding market positions

ING Direct UK was launched in May 2003. The launch was accompanied by a strong media offensive. The growth-rate of ING Direct UK has been high. In nearly 8 months ING Direct UK has reached a level of over EUR 11 billion funds entrusted. This makes ING Direct UK the fastest growing bank in the UK ever.

In the beginning of 2003, ING announced that it signed a letter of intent with Fineco/Capitalia of Italy to acquire Entrium, Germany’s second largest direct bank. The closing of this acquisition took place in July 2003. Also in July 2003, ING acquired the remaining 30% of the shares in DiBa (Germany) from BGAG. This way, ING owns all shares in DiBa In January 2003, ING Direct USA extended its market to include California.

Outlook

ING Direct will continue to focus on growing all of its business units to reach the necessary scale in savings, and bringing all of the business units to profitability. Although competition in all markets remains fierce, ING Direct expects to increase its profit in 2004, after including start-up losses of newer business units, if any.

OTHER ASSET MANAGEMENT

Beginning January 1, 2003, the activities of ING Investment Management were reorganized along regional lines and have been integrated into each of the regional Executive Centers in the Americas, Asia/Pacific and Europe. As a consequence, the financial results of ING Investment Management activities are now reported within these Executive Centers, and the Executive Center Asset Management no longer functions as a separate global profit center. The other business units of the former Executive Center ING Asset Management continue to report to the Executive Board member responsible for asset management.

In 2003, Other Asset Management comprised of the following five business units:

  ING Real Estate
 
  Baring Asset Management
 
  ING Trust
 
  Parcom Ventures
 
  Baring Private Equity Partners

In 2003, Other Asset Management had an average of 3,022 employees, based on full-time equivalents.

ING Real Estate

ING Group’s real estate activities are conducted through ING Real Estate. With a portfolio of more than EUR 42 billion at the end of 2003, ING Real Estate is ranked as one of the three largest real estate companies in the world with offices in Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia. ING Real Estate operates as an investment manager, developer and financier. Its primary aim is to make maximum use of the global expertise in the creation of valuable products. Despite the softening of the real-estate markets, the 2003 results exceeded expectations.

Investment management activities are carried out for institutional investors who want to diversify their property investments. As an investment manager ING Real Estate launched new funds in 2003, such as the ING Clarion Real Estate Income Fund and the ING Retail Property Fund France Belgium. In 2003, the Investment Management portfolio increased by 7% to EUR 26.3 billion.

27


Table of Contents

ING Real Estate Development covers the development of shopping centres, offices and residential units in response to market demand. It also continued creating value through numerous real estate projects around the world like: Liget Park Atrium (Hungary), Zloty Tarasy (Poland), New York Times Tower (USA), and the Haarlem Court House (The Netherlands). As of the end of 2003, the global real estate development portfolio amounted to EUR 2.0 billion.

Finance offers a wide range of products from mortgages, project finance, construction finance and leasing arrangements to syndicated loans. The Finance activities made a considerable contribution to ING Real Estate’s result with significant portfolio growth. Another remarkable milestone was the establishment of a syndication desk. This was made possible thanks to the increasing demand for large transactions to be syndicated among other players..

Baring Asset Management

Baring Asset Management (BAM) provides a diversified spectrum of investment management services to a variety of institutional and private clients. It manages equity, fixed-interest and balanced portfolios for world-wide clients. BAMs’ business is structured into two business lines: Investment Management Group and Financial Services Group, which accounted for 54% and 46%, respectively, of its total revenues in 2003.

In mid-2003 the investment management business of BAM implemented a new strategy and structure in response to the fundamental changes that are taking place in the industry. BAM changed from a market-driven company to an investment product-oriented company and has focussed successfully on strengthening the relationship between the investor and the client.

During 2003 the management structure of the BAM Financial Services Group was re-organized along functional lines based around the three main businesses of fund administration, offshore banking and custody, and trustee services. This has enabled the businesses to differentiate themselves, be more responsive and adaptable to client needs and create a greater focus on sales and business development.

ING Trust

ING Trust specializes in trustee services and the formation and management of offshore companies used for, among other things, tax planning, estate planning and asset protection. ING Trust is a leading player in the Dutch market for offshore trust services, serving both corporate and private clients. Throughout 2003, ING Trust focused on the implementation of new risk and compliance rules and on strengthening the relationship with the advisors of clients.

Parcom Ventures and Baring Private Equity Partners

Parcom, ING’s captive private-equity unit in the Netherlands, showed good sales results in 2003 despite the difficult circumstances in the venture-capital markets. The last quarter showed a noticeable improvement. The size of the portfolio amounted to EUR 488 million. The 2003 profit contribution was quite satisfactory and Parcom comfortably meets ING’s profit targets. Parcom will continue to focus on mid-corporate buy-outs in Europe.

In 2003 ING reached an agreement in principle with Baring Private Equity Partners (BPEP) for a management buy-out. While ING continues to regard private equity as an attractive asset class to invest in, this agreement is in line with ING’s strategy to focus on its core business. ING will not relinquish its current investments in the existing funds of BPEP.

ING AMERICAS

The Executive Center (EC) ING Americas is comprised of business units operating in three broad geographic-based units in the United States, Canada, and Latin America (including Mexico). The primary products and services provided in ING Americas’ business units are various types of insurance, mutual funds, brokerage services and institutional products, including reinsurance and

28


Table of Contents

principal protection products, as well as retail and institutional asset management. In addition, we offer retail banking products and limited corporate and investment banking products and services in certain countries in the Americas through EC ING Europe.

ING Americas’ combined insurance operations place it among the top ten life insurers in the United States in terms of life and annuity premiums. ING Americas’ total assets under management at the end of 2003 amounted to EUR 167 billion. ING Americas ranks as the number one international insurer in Latin America and is the largest property and casualty writer in Canada.

The following sets forth premium income for the operations in the United States, Canada, and Latin America by product for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
UNITED STATES
                       
Individual Life Insurance
    2,109       2,635       2,593  
Fixed Annuity
    1,407       4,909       3,272  
Variable Annuity
    4,051       4,284       4,841  
Retirement Services
    7,591       8,594       8,571  
Group Insurance
    677       787       804  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
US Financial Services (Total)
    15,835       21,209       20,081  
Reinsurance
    1,199       935       1,447  
Institutional Markets (GICs)
    4,327       5,468       7,190  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
US Institutional Business (Total)
    5,526       6,403       8,637  
Other
    9       18        
Non-life premiums
    624       720       407  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    21,994       28,350       29,125  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
CANADA
                       
Non-life premiums
    2,164       2,094       1,583  
LATIN AMERICA
                       
Life premiums
    466       746       739  
Non-life premiums
    1,872       2,547       1,562  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,338       3,293       2,301  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

A low interest environment and continued focus on sound pricing resulted in substantially lower fixed annuity premiums. The strengthening of the Euro versus other currencies substantially impacted gross written premiums. Excluding currency impact, United States premiums declined only 7% in 2003, whereas Canada increased 11% and Latin America declined 7% compared to 2002.

UNITED STATES

Through its US business operations, EC ING Americas offers a wide range of products that include traditional life, variable universal life, interest sensitive life, universal life, group life, stop loss, guaranteed investment products, variable annuities, mutual funds, fixed annuities and defined contribution products that meet the requirements of 401(k), 403(b) and 457 plans. Distribution channels include independent producers, career agents, broker dealers and financial institutions.

The ING U.S. organization is engaged in a multi-year action to rationalize its structure by reducing the numbers of legal entities to better integrate core operations. While the bulk of these consolidation activities has been accomplished, rationalization efforts are expected to continue beyond the end of 2004.

At December 31, 2003, insurance company subsidiaries doing business under ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc., our U.S. insurance holding company, include the following: ING Life

29


Table of Contents

Insurance and Annuity Company, ING Insurance Company of America, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, USG Annuity & Life Company, United Life & Annuity Insurance Company, Life Insurance Company of Georgia, Southland Life Insurance Company, Golden American Life Insurance Company, ReliaStar Life Insurance Company and ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York.

On January 1, 2004, Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, USG Annuity & Life Company and United Life & Annuity Insurance Company merged with and into Golden American Life Insurance Company, which changed its name to ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company. Other non-insurance entities include ING Investment Management LLC, Investors Financial Group LLC, Lion Connecticut Holdings, Inc., ING International, Inc., and Multi-Financial Securities Corporation.

ING has a long history in the United States, and is committed to further strengthening its existing US operations and optimizing their performance. Although they are in the process of consolidating the US life and non-life markets remain highly fragmented and subject to intense competition as clients move towards investment, savings, and pure risk products. Increasing bank participation in the insurance market will also intensify competition. Retail business units in the US have been organized with either a manufacturing or distribution focus to support the offering of the entire breadth of ING products to ING’s target markets, through the distribution channel of their choice.

In 2003, ING Americas operated in the United States in three business segments: US Financial Services (which includes both retail-oriented businesses and worksite financial services), US Institutional Businesses, and ING Investment Management. The activities of each segment are described below. Reorganization of the businesses will be implemented in 2004 to develop a better focus on the discrete needs of both retail and institutional customers.

United States Financial Services

ING US Financial Services (“USFS”), comprised of six primary lines of business (Individual Life Insurance, Annuities, Retirement Services which includes Defined Contribution Pensions and Rollover/Payout business, Group Insurance, Mutual Funds and ING Advisors Network), provides a wide variety of financial products and services to individuals both on a retail basis and through their employers. An extensive distribution network, Internet, a Voice Response Unit (VRU) and customer service representatives support products and services. The primary customer target market is the mass affluent segment.

USFS markets a complete range of individual insurance and investment products including variable universal life, universal life, and term insurance, fixed and variable annuities and mutual funds. Group insurance and employee benefit-related products and services are also offered, which include group life and disability insurance, dental and vision plans, defined contribution retirement plans, tax-sheltered annuities, voluntary employee-paid products and stop-loss coverage. Products focused on the corporate-owned insurance markets are also available. Additionally, USFS offers financial services such as financial planning, investment advisory services, pension plan administrative services and trust services primarily through the 10,000 financial professionals affiliated with the wholly owned broker-dealers in ING Advisors Network.

The focus of USFS is to market wealth accumulation, income and protection products via product-focused wholesaling forces, which in turn service distribution channels such as independent and career insurance agents, banks and broker/dealers. Approximately 280 internal and external wholesalers market individual insurance and investment products to more than 200,000 financial and investment advisors throughout the United States. Approximately 80 wholesalers market defined contribution retirement plan products in the small case corporate, health, education and government markets. Group Insurance and employee benefit-related products are sold primarily to medium-sized businesses by an 88 person wholesaling team through both major brokerage operations and via direct sales to employers.

30


Table of Contents

ING US Institutional Businesses

ING US Institutional Businesses (USIB) focus on providing products to institutional customers in two areas, reinsurance, through ING Re, and principal protection products, through ING Institutional Markets.

ING Re is the professional life reinsurance arm of ING Americas and is one of the top five life reinsurers in the United States. Its primary focus is assisting its clients by providing knowledge based individual and group life, as well as accident and health, reinsurance solutions. ING Re’s clients are primarily United States domestic life and health insurance companies. Risks are managed using per risk, per incident and per location exposure limits.

ING Institutional Markets offers principal protection products such as funding agreements, guaranteed investment contracts (GICs) and other stable value alternatives to defined contribution plans, fixed income money managers, financial intermediaries and other institutional buyers. The products offered by ING Institutional Markets can be traditional products, which guarantee a fixed or floating rate of interest and a return of principal to the contract holder, or alternative funding products such as synthetic and separate account GICs and GIC-backed medium term notes. The risks of the business unit are managed within very tight tolerances using sophisticated financial techniques and processes.

ING Investment Management

As of 2003, ING Investment Management Americas became part of EC ING Americas in order to better align investment manufacturing and distribution on a regional level. ING Investment Management Americas was formed in 2002 from a combination of ING’s existing investment management operations in the United States, Canada, Mexico, and Chile with those of ING Aeltus Investment Management in Hartford, Connecticut, ING Furman Selz Asset Management based primarily in New York, and ING Funds investment operations in New York and Scottsdale, Arizona.

IIM Americas is comprised of five primary business lines: Proprietary Assets, Mutual Funds, Institutional Portfolios, Alternative Assets, and Managed Accounts. IIM’s assets are managed in a wide range of investment styles and portfolios including: domestic and international equity funds across the value, blend and growth universes as well as the small, mid and large capitalization spectrum; domestic and international fixed income funds across the major bond sectors; balanced portfolios; real estate and private equity.

IIM manages Proprietary Assets for ING Americas insurance entities, investing in a diverse mix of public fixed income, private placements, structured products and commercial mortgages. IIM’s third party products are distributed through proprietary, affiliated and outside distribution channels. Its mutual funds are distributed primarily through ING USFS products (including worksite retirement products, individual annuity products, and life insurance products), through ING and third party financial intermediaries, and through ING’s internet bank, ING Direct.

IIM’s institutional funds primarily serve the defined benefit market and are distributed directly to pension plans and through consultants by IIM’s dedicated institutional sales force. IIM Americas’ institutional funds are also distributed through affiliated ING distribution channels in Europe and Asia/Pacific.

IIM’s Alternative products are targeted to high net worth individuals and institutional investors. These products include single strategy hedge funds, hedge fund of funds, private equity, and structured products and are distributed primarily through proprietary distribution channels. IIM’s managed account business serves almost 40,000 high net worth customers by offering individually managed portfolios through financial intermediaries.

IIM Americas’ business strategy is to further leverage the powerful distribution existing in ING’s affiliate businesses and expand the model of maximizing the number of distribution channels for a given investment product or capability.

31


Table of Contents

CANADA

ING Americas’ business strategy for Canada is centered around risk management expertise delivered through strong manufacturing and distribution capabilities. In addition, a wealth management capability supports the distribution network.

ING Canada is the No. 1 insurer in the Canadian property and casualty market with a market share in excess of 10%. The total volume of direct written premiums in 2003 was EUR 2.2 billion representing an 11% increase over the prior year (all organically).

ING markets property and casualty insurance products through multiple distribution channels, including brokers, affinity programs as well as direct to the customer. This multiple-channel strategy reaches a broad cross-section of personal lines customers. In the commercial market, business is conducted through brokers, and customers are primarily small and medium size businesses. Commercial specialty lines products, such as marine, surety and other niche products are also offered.

ING Insurance Company of Canada, capitalizing on the brand strength in Canada, as well as ING’s global brand positioning, serves brokers and their customers across Canada; while ING Novex offers personal lines insurance to groups throughout Canada.

ING Canada markets P&C insurance directly to customers through BELAIRdirect. Its products are marketed and sold mainly through the Internet and by phone through call-centers in Quebec and Ontario.

ING Advisor Network division operates with a mandate to further strengthen the financial services network across the country. This division is dedicated to support broker partners in building financial services capabilities within their brokerages.

In addition to insurance operations, ING Canada also has a mutual fund operation, ING Funds, and a registered mutual fund dealer, ING Wealth Management. The team’s focus is to deliver packaged financial solutions to our brokers of the Advisor Network.

ING Canada has a customer base of over 3.6 million.

LATIN AMERICA

ING Americas seeks to be a leading player in emerging and other selected markets outside North America that have the potential for attractive long-term returns. Therefore, ING Americas, through subsidiaries and joint venture affiliates, sells life insurance, health insurance, pensions, property and casualty insurance, and financial services products in selected markets in strategic Latin American countries. Activities are focused on the countries of Brazil, Chile and Mexico. ING also has a presence in the AFP (privatized pension) and annuities market in Peru. The evaluation of non-strategic activities for divestment will continue throughout the Latin American operations.

Mexico

ING Americas’ current presence in Mexico consists of the largest insurance company, ING Comercial America (“ING CA”) and ING Comerical America Afore, a top five pension companies. ING CA is the market leader in the Mexican insurance industry with premium income of EUR 1.9 billion on an annual basis. ING CA has its strongest market positions in autos (#1), commercial property & casualty business (#1) and health insurance (#2). The growth focus will be on personal lines with the emphasis on life and wealth accumulation products.

ING Comercial America Afore, a privatized pension savings fund business started in 1997, has more than 2.7 million clients and AUM exceeding EUR 2.6 billion.

In 2003, ING sold its 49% interest in the Mexican bancassurance joint venture Seguros Bital to HSBC.

32


Table of Contents

Argentina

Since 1996, ING has had a life insurance operation in Argentina that sold primarily unit-linked individual life insurance products through a sales force of tied agents. ING Argentina is experiencing an economic environment that was not envisaged when the Board approved the business plan justifying the original Argentinean investment. Through aggressive management actions the financial risks of the insurance operations have been limited. On February 17, 2004 ING announced that it made a decision to close ING Insurance in Argentina, and as a result ING Insurance Argentina is closing its branch offices throughout the country.

Chile

ING Americas has gained scale to become a leading financial services group in Chile with the #1 market ranking for life premiums and the #2 ranking for health premiums. 2003 total revenues (premium income and asset management fees) in Chile were EUR 611 million and assets under management were EUR 6.6 billion.

Brazil

ING obtained a 49% share in the health insurance subsidiary of Sul America, SulAet, with the acquisition in 2000 of Aetna International. In 2002, ING expanded this relationship and acquired 49% in Sul America, positioning ING at the forefront in the largest South American insurance market. As well as the #1 ranking health line, products now include life and personal accident, pension, auto, other P&C, and fund management activities. A co-branding project was launched in 2003.

Peru

ING has a 60% stake in AFP Integra, the leading private pension fund in Peru with EUR 1.6 billion in assets under management. ING also has a minority stake in InVita Life, which offers life, survivor and disability insurance, as well as annuities. Non-life interests were divested in 2002.

Netherlands Antilles and Aruba

ING completed the sale of its life, non-life and health operations in the Netherlands Antilles and Aruba (ING Fatum), with approval of the Central bank of the Netherlands Antilles, in early 2003.

ING ASIA/PACIFIC

                         
    Year ended December 31
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR Millions)
Total operating income
    8,511       8,826       7,501  
Operating result before taxation
    453       603       304  

The Executive Centre (EC) ING Asia/Pacific is responsible for primarily retail strategies in delivering insurance and wealth management product lines in the key markets of Taiwan, Hong Kong, Australia/New Zealand, Japan, Korea and Malaysia, while further developing greenfields in China, India and Thailand.

A regional office in Hong Kong supports all business units in the region, ensures implementation of strategy and standards, encourages synergy both regionally and globally, and produces regional management reports to headquarters in Amsterdam.

With the exception of Japan and Australia, ING distribution in the region has been dominated by tied or career agents, but this is changing with the growth of independent agents, financial planners, and bancassurance, together with e-business, which is making inroads in terms of both direct customer access and supporting intermediary channels.

33


Table of Contents

Market positioning has been strengthened in several countries through joint ventures. In Australia and New Zealand, the life insurance and funds management joint venture with ANZ is tracking according to plan. The Life Joint Venture with Beijing Capital Group started business in Dalian at the beginning of 2003 The Shanghai joint venture received approval to open a new branch in Guangzhou. Further we have begun bancassurance sales with Kookmin Bank in South Korea.

Australia and New Zealand

ING has two large joint ventures in Australia. ING Australia (the life and wealth management joint venture with ANZ) ranks No. 4 in the life business and No. 5 in the wealth management business). QBE Mercantile Mutual (the non-life joint venture with QBE) ranks No. 6 in the non-life industry. ING Australia continues to focus on leveraging its reach and scale to generate profitable growth by lowering operational cost ratios, enhancing product platforms, and growing ANZ distribution capacity and production via aligned distribution in multiple channels. QBE Mercantile Mutual distributes a range of general insurance products through professional general insurance intermediaries. In New Zealand, ING acquired the life insurer, Club Life in 2003.

Taiwan

Taiwan remains one of the most important markets for ING in the Asia Pacific region. ING’s businesses in Taiwan include the No. 4 ranked life insurer, ING Antai, and a mutual fund joint venture with Chang Hwa Bank. Career life agents are the main distribution channel, although bancassurance has grown in prominence. Priorities for the life business include the introduction of innovative products with appropriate pricing, and the management of health products in order to reduce risk and improve profitability. Managing the low interest rate environment and improving investment performance within the investment mandate are also critical.

Hong Kong

ING’s Hong Kong strategies focus on growing market position, besides developing alternative channels like bancassurance and financial planning to accelerate growth for the life business. In particular, ING has deepened its relationships with regional banks with sales support and training to enhance operating efficiency and quality of sales. The non-life business aims to maximize synergy and cross sell opportunities with other ING businesses operating in Hong Kong. The pension business will seek to continue to reduce costs through various initiatives.

China

The life insurance joint venture (PALIC) in Shanghai with China Pacific Insurance Company now ranks No. 7 in new business premium and fourth in terms of agency sales. It continues to focus on improving agency productivity and developing alternative distribution channels such as bancassurance. The Dalian life insurance joint venture (ICLIC) started operations in December 2002 and now ranks No. 5 in Dalian. The fund management joint venture China Merchant Funds launched China’s first open ended fund and first money market fund during 2003, raising in total over EUR 500 million.

South Korea

ING Life Korea is one of the fastest growing international companies in the country. In 2003 ING Life Korea was ranked No. 5 by total premium. Life premium grew rapidly through the traditional tied agency distribution channel and bancassurance activities with Kookmin Bank during 2003. To further strengthen this position, ING’s priorities in 2004 include deepening bancassurance distribution and broadening the agency pool. The extended strategic investment agreement with Kookmin Bank provides expanded distribution for life insurance and asset management products. ING’s 20% owned investment trust joint venture with Kookmin Bank ended the year with assets under management of over EUR 6.8 billion.

34


Table of Contents

Japan

In Japan, ING plans to maintain its leadership positions in the Corporate Owned Life Insurance (COLI) segment and the Single Premium Variable Annuity (SPVA) segment. ING ranks No. 3 in the SPVA segment. ING will continue to be a producer for independent agents and banks. Important new distribution alliances with four mega banks have been successfully launched, and the product range will be broadened. The pension joint venture with Principal Financial Group (USA), which focuses on small and medium-sized companies, markets a comprehensive range of products related to defined contribution pensions. The pensions joint venture is the No. 7 ranked corporate defined contribution pension plan provider in Japan. ING will support pensions and SPVA business by continuing to build its asset management proprietary funds capability.

Malaysia

In Malaysia, ING ranks No. 4 in terms of life new business with a 10% market share and, in 2003, became the No. 1 provider of employee benefits. In 2004 we expect to broaden our product range, improve operational efficiency and expense performance to drive profitability. Pension deregulation will permit pension products to be added. ING Malaysia has rebranded itself successfully from Aetna to ING leading to increased awareness of the ING brand.

India

In 2003, ING Vysya Life Insurance in India now is focusing on developing a large, professional tied agency force, expanded its product portfolio and bancassurance sales models for life and mutual fund products are also being developed. ING Vysya Bank, where ING owns a significant minority shareholding, continues to focus on enhancing its retail banking and distribution capabilities for third party retail products and improving its portfolio of corporate lending by leveraging on the ING Group connections

Thailand

In Thailand, ING’s main focus is on growing and enhancing the productivity of the traditional tied agency force, and meeting the sales targets of the accelerated life greenfield business plan. The sales mix has been rationalized to achieve higher profitability. Bancassurance opportunities are also being actively pursued to diversify distribution.

Indonesia

The life business conducted by ING in Indonesia was divested in 2003.

35


Table of Contents

THE FOLLOWING TABLE SETS FORTH OUR PRINCIPAL GROUP COMPANIES:
Unless otherwise stated our participating interest is 100%, or almost 100%

COMPANIES TREATED AS PART OF THE INSURANCE OPERATIONS

         
The Netherlands
       
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
  The Hague    
ING Vastgoed Belegging B.V.
  The Hague    
N.V. Nationale Borg-Maatschappij
  Amsterdam    
Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V.
  Rotterdam    
Nationale-Nederlanden Schadeverzekering Maatschappij N.V.
  The Hague    
Nationale-Nederlanden Zorgverzekering N.V.
  The Hague    
Parcom Ventures B.V.
  Utrecht    
Postbank Levensverzekering N.V.
  The Hague    
Postbank Schadeverzekering N.V.
  The Hague    
RVS Levensverzekering N.V.
  Rotterdam    
RVS Schadeverzekering N.V.
  Ede    
Movir N.V.
  Nieuwegein    
 
       
Belgium
       
ING Insurance N.V.
  Antwerp    
 
       
Rest of Europe
       
Nationale-Nederlanden Poist’ovna A.S.
  Bratislava, Slovakia    
Nationale-Nederlanden Life Insurance Company Poland
  Warsaw, Poland    
NN Pension Fund Poland
  Warsaw, Poland    
ING Nederlanden Asigurari de Viata S.A.
  Bucharest, Romania    
NN Life Insurance Company S.A.
  Athens, Greece    
NN Greek General Insurance Company S.A.
  Athens, Greece    
ING Magyarországi Biztosító Rt.
  Budapest, Hungary    
NN Vida, Compañia de Seguros y Reasuguros S.A.
  Madrid, Spain    
NN Generales Compañia de Seguros y Reasuguros S.A.
  Madrid, Spain    
 
       
North America
       
Belair Insurance Company Inc.
  Montreal, Quebec, Canada    
ING Insurance Company of Canada
  Toronto, Ontario, Canada    
ING Novex Insurance Company of Canada
  Toronto, Ontario, Canada    
ING Western Union Insurance Company
  Calgary, Alberta, Canada    
The Nordic Insurance Company of Canada
  Toronto, Ontario, Canada    
Equitable of Iowa Life Insurance Company
  Des Moines, Iowa, U.S.A.    
Golden American Life Insurance Company
  Wilmington, Delaware, U.S.A.    
ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.
  Wilmington, Delaware, U.S.A.    
ING International Insurance Holdings, Inc.
  Hartford, Connecticut, U.S.A.    
ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company
  Hartford, Connecticut, U.S.A.    
ING North America Insurance Corporation
  Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A.    
Life Insurance Company of Georgia
  Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A.    
Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.
  Hartford, Connecticut, U.S.A.    
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company
  Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S.A    
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York
  Woodbury, New York, U.S.A    
Security Life of Denver Insurance Company
  Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.    
Southland Life Insurance Company
  Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A.    
United Life & Annuity Insurance Company
  Des Moines, Iowa, U.S.A.    
USG Annuity & Life Company
  Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, U.S.A.    
 
       
Latin America
       
GBM Atlantico
  Mexico City, Mexico    
ING Seguros, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico City, Mexico    

36


Table of Contents

         
Pensiones Bital, S.A.
  Mexico City, Mexico    
ING Seguros de Vida S.A.
  Santiago, Chile    
 
       
Asia
       
ING Life Insurance Company Ltd.
  Tokyo, Japan    
ING Life Insurance Company, Korea, Ltd. (80%)
  Seoul, South Korea    
ING Antai Life Insurance Company
  Taipei, Taiwan    
ING Life Insurance Malaysia
  Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia    
 
       
Australia
       
ING Australia Limited*
  Sydney, Australia    
ING Australia Pty. Ltd.
  Sydney, Australia    
 
       
Reinsurance companies
       
ING Re (Netherlands) N.V.
  The Hague, the Netherlands    

Branches

In addition, ING Insurance and its subsidiaries have offices in Brazil, China, Czech Republic, India, Luxembourg

* including ANZ (51%)

COMPANIES TREATED AS PART OF THE BANKING OPERATIONS

     
The Netherlands
   
ING Bank N.V.
  Amsterdam 
Bank Mendes Gans N.V. (97.79%)
  Amsterdam
CenE Bankiers N.V.
  Utrecht
ING Car Lease Nederland B.V.
  ‘s-Hertogenbosch
ING Bank Corporate Investments B.V.
  Amsterdam
ING Trust (Nederland) B.V.
  Amsterdam
ING Vastgoed B B.V.
  The Hague
ING Vastgoed Ontwikkeling B.V.
  The Hague
InterAdvies N.V.
  Amsterdam
Nationale-Nederlanden Financiële Diensten B.V.
  Amsterdam
N.V. Nationale Volksbank (NVB)
  Amsterdam
NMB-Heller Holding N.V. (50%)*
  Amsterdam
Postbank N.V.
  Amsterdam
Postbank Groen N.V.
  Amsterdam
Postkantoren B.V. (50%)
  Groningen
Stichting Regio Bank
  Amsterdam
Wijkertunnel Beheer II B.V.
  Amsterdam
 
   
Belgium
   
ING België N.V.
  Brussels
 
   
Rest of Europe
   
Bank Slaski S.A. (87.8%)
  Katowice, Poland
Baring Asset Management Holdings Ltd.
  London, United Kingdom
ING BHF-BANK A.G.
  Frankfurt, Germany
Allgemeine Deutsche Direktbank
  Frankfurt, Germany
 
   
North America
   
Furman Selz Holding LLC
  New York, NY, U.S.A.
ING Financial Holdings Corporation
  New York, NY, U.S.A.
ING Bank of Canada
  Toronto, Ontario, Canada

37


Table of Contents

     
Latin America
   
ING Sociedad De Bolsa (Argentina) S.A.
  Buenos Aires, Argentina
ING Trust (Antilles) N.V.
  Curaçao, Netherlands Antilles
Middenbank Curaçao N.V.
  Curaçao, Netherlands Antilles
 
   
Australia
   
ING Bank (Australia) Ltd.
  Sydney, Australia
 
   
Asia
   
ING Baring Securities (Japan) Ltd.
  Tokyo, Japan
ING Capital Markets (Hong Kong) Ltd.
  Hong Kong, China
ING Futures & Options (Hong Kong) Ltd.
  Hong Kong, China
ING Merchant Bank (Singapore) Ltd.
  Singapore, Singapore
ING Vysya Bank Ltd. (44%)
  Bangalore, India
 
   
Other
   
ING Direct N.V.
  Canada, Germany, Spain,
  Australia, France, USA, Italy, UK

Branches

ING Bank N.V. has offices in most of the major financial centres, including London, Frankfurt, Hong Kong and Tokyo. In addition, ING Bank and/or ING België N.V. have offices in Asunción, Bangkok, Bratislava, Bucharest, Buenos Aires, Curaçao, Dublin, Havana, Istanbul, Lima, Madrid, Manila, Milan, Paris, Prague, São Paulo, Seoul, Shanghai, Singapore, Sofia, Taipei and Vienna among others.

* Proportionally consolidated

38


Table of Contents

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

The insurance, banking and asset management business of ING are subject to detailed comprehensive regulation in all the jurisdictions in which ING does business. This regulation is based in a large part on European Union (“EU”) directives, discussed more fully below. These directives have a significant impact on the regulation of the insurance, banking, asset management and broker dealer businesses in the EU.

A group of companies in the EU may be engaged in both insurance and banking, although direct mergers between banking and insurance companies are not permitted.

On December 16, 2002, the European Union adopted a directive on the supplementary supervision of credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms in a financial conglomerate. This directive aims to address the supervisory issues that arise from the blurring of distinctions between the activities of firms in each of the banking, securities, investment services and insurance sectors. The main objectives of the directive are to:

  ensure that a financial conglomerate has adequate capital;
 
  introduce methods for calculating a conglomerate’s overall solvency position;
 
  deal with the issues of intra-group transactions, exposure to risk and the suitability and professionalism of management at financial conglomerate level; and
 
  prevent situations in which the same capital is used simultaneously as a buffer against risk in two or more
 
  entities which are members of the same financial conglomerate (“double gearing”) and where a parent issues debt and downstreams the proceeds as equity to its regulated subsidiaries (“excessive leveraging”).

Member States have to adopt the provisions of this directive to the supervision of accounts for the financial year beginning on January 1, 2005. ING does not expect this directive to have a material impact on its business or on its capital requirements or solvency position, as it already complies with comparable national legislation.

ING Groep N.V. and its subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable banking and insurance regulations and capitalization and capital base requirements of each applicable jurisdiction.

39


Table of Contents

INSURANCE

ING Europe

Insurance companies in the EU are subject to supervision and regulation by insurance regulatory authorities. carrying out prudential and conduct of business supervision.

The relevant national regulation is based on the 1992 EU Insurance Directives. These are founded on the “home country control” principle, according to which the ongoing regulation of insurance companies, including their foreign insurance operations, is the responsibility of the home country insurance regulatory authority. The home country insurance regulatory authority monitors compliance with applicable regulations, the capital base of the insurer and its actuarial reserves, as well as the assets of the insurer, which support such reserves. As a result of the implementation of these directives, an insurance company that has been licensed to conduct insurance business in one jurisdiction of the EU may do business directly or through foreign branches in all other jurisdictions of the EU without being subject to licensing requirements under the laws of the other EU member-states.

In The Netherlands, the home country insurance regulatory authority is the Pensions and Insurance Supervisory Authority, who ensures that the insurers and pension funds that operate in the Netherlands are and remain financially sound. In Belgium, our insurance operations are supervised by the Banking, Finance and Insurance Commission, created as a result of the integration of the Insurance Supervisory Authority (ISA) and the Banking and Finance Commission (CBFA) and who since 1 January 2004 is the single supervisory authority for the Belgian financial sector. In other European Union countries our insurance operations are subject to regulation by similar regulatory authorities.

ING Insurance’s life and non-life subsidiaries in the EU are required to file detailed annual reports with their home country insurance regulatory authority. These reports are audited by ING Insurance’s independent auditors and include balance sheets, profit and loss statements, actuarial statements and other financial information. The authorization granted by the insurance regulatory authority stipulates the class or classes of business that an insurer may write, and is required for every proposed new class of business. In addition, the home country insurance regulatory authority may require an insurer to submit any other information it requests and may conduct an audit at any time.

On the basis of the EU-directives, European life insurance companies are required to maintain at least a shareholders’ equity level of generally 4% of insurance reserves (1% of separate account reserves) plus 0.3% of the amount at risk under insurance policies. The required shareholders’ equity level for Dutch non-life insurers is the greater of two calculations: one based on premiums and the other on claims. The former is based on 16% of gross premiums written for the year, the latter is based on 23% of a three-year average of gross claims. As of December 31, 2003, the capital base, being EUR 7.2 billion of ING Group’s Dutch insurance subsidiaries substantially exceeded the minimum standards amounting to EUR 2.9 billion, resulting in a surplus of EUR 4.3 billion.

In 1998, the directive of the European Parliament and Council on the supplementary supervision of the insurance undertakings in an insurance group was adopted. The directive enables the insurance regulatory authorities involved to form a more sound judgement on the financial situation of insurance undertakings that are part of a group, in order to provide additional safety to policyholders. Furthermore, the directive aims to prevent distortion of competition and contribute to the safety of the financial markets. 2002 has been the first financial year in which was reported according to this directive.

The supervision of our significant insurance businesses outside the EU is described below.

ING Americas

ING Group’s United States insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation and supervision in the individual states in which they operate. Supervisory agencies in various states have broad powers to grant or revoke licenses to transact business, regulate trade practices, license agents, approve policy forms and certain premium rates, set standards of capital base and reserve requirements, determine the form and content of required financial reports, examine insurance companies and prescribe the

40


Table of Contents

type and amount of investments permitted. Insurance companies are subject to a mandatory annual audit of their statutory basis financial statements by an independent certified public accounting firm and an insurance department examination approximately every three to five years.

Insurers, including the companies comprising ING Insurance’s U.S. operations are subject to Risk Based Capital (“RBC”) guidelines. These guidelines provide a method to measure the adjusted capital (statutory capital and surplus plus other adjustments) that insurance companies should have for regulatory purposes, taking into account the risk characteristics of the company’s investments and products. The RBC ratio of an insurance company will vary over time depending upon many factors, including its earnings, the mix of assets in its investment portfolio, the nature of the products it sells and its rate of sales growth, as well as changes in the RBC formulas required by regulators. The RBC guidelines are intended to be a regulatory tool only, and are not intended as a means to rank insurers generally. Each of the companies comprising ING Insurance’s U.S. operations was above its target and statutory minimum RBC ratios at year-end 2003.

Insurance holding company statutes and regulations of each insurer’s state of domicile require periodic disclosure concerning the ultimate controlling person (i.e., the corporation or individual that controls the domiciled insurer in each state). Such statutes also impose various limitations on investments in affiliates and may require prior approval of the payment of certain dividends by the registered insurer to ING or several of its affiliates. ING is subject, by virtue of its ownership of insurance companies, to certain of these statutes and regulations.

Our insurance businesses in Canada are federal companies incorporated pursuant to the Canada Business Corporations Act. The various provincial statutes are almost identical. The law of Quebec, which is based on a Civil Code (modeled on the Napoleonic Code of France), varies in form from that of the other provinces. There are few significant differences between provinces in the administration of the insurance statutes. Ontario has case law that makes insurers absolutely liable for the actions of their agents, even if that agent is acting outside the scope of his or her appointment. The only defense available to the insurer is one of fraud. Due diligence may be pleaded; however, unless the insurer can prove that its standards of education, monitoring and auditing of agents are of the highest level, the insurer will be held responsible for the agents’ action. Quebec also has a statute that similarly makes the insurer responsible for the acts of its agents. As for mutual funds and other investment products, the various provincial statutes are almost identical and the rules are almost identical to the U.S. rules in this regard.

ING Asia/Pacific

Significant changes have taken place in the Japanese financial sector prompted by deregulation and the turmoil caused by the prolonged economic recession. The Financial Services Agency (“FSA”) was established on July 1, 2000, by the integration of the Financial Supervisory Agency and the Financial System Planning Bureau of the Ministry of Finance.

New products, revision of existing products and changes in policy provisions require approval by the FSA. Cabinet Office and FSA ordinances stipulate the types of assets in which an insurance company can invest. In addition, ordinances limit the proportion of assets that an insurance company may invest in certain categories of investments. The Insurance Business Law further requires that an insurance company set aside a liability reserve for each policyholder every business period to provide for the fulfillment of the level of expected mortality and other assumptions that are applied in calculating liability reserves for long-term contracts. An insurance company shall appoint a corporate actuary at a meeting of the board of directors and have such a corporate actuary be involved in the method of calculating premiums and other actuarial matters. An external audit is required for all insurers. The auditors must report on whether the balance sheet and income statements show fairly the status of the insurer’s assets and liabilities in conformity with relevant laws, Cabinet Office or FSA ordinances and the insurer’s articles of incorporation. In addition to the external audit, the statutory corporate auditors must be elected to examine whether there have been any serious violations of the law, relevant FSA ordinances or the insurer’s articles of incorporation by the insurer’s directors. The statutory corporate auditors are also responsible for accounting matters, depending on the results produced from the external audit and are required to draw up a report covering financial and non-financial issues, which is included in the annual report to shareholders.

41


Table of Contents

ING Group’s Korean insurance subsidiaries, are subject to regulation and supervision of the Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) and its executive arm, the Financial Supervisory Service (“FSS”). A second body, the Korean Life Insurance Association advises the Ministry of Finance and Economy on policies and systems related to life insurance such as the Insurance Business Act. In August 2002, the Insurance Business Act was revised to deregulate the insurance industry and to increase competition. The FSC announced a plan also aimed at increased competition in the domestic financial sector, to be implemented in three phases as of 2003.

The financial services activities of life insurance, investments, superannuation, general insurance and banking are currently governed by separate legislation under Australian law. The two main financial services regulators are the Australian Securities and Investment Commission (“ASIC”) and the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (“APRA”). APRA is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers APRA’s responsibilities include regulating capital and liquidity requirements and monitoring the management functions of product providers. ASIC is responsible for consumer protection and market integrity across the financial systems, including the areas of insurance banking and superannuation.

BANKING

ING Europe

Basel Standards

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision of the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) develops international capital adequacy guidelines based on the relationship between a bank’s capital and its credit risks. In this context, on July 15, 1988, the Basel Committee adopted risk-based capital guidelines (the “Basel guidelines”), which have been implemented by banking regulators in the countries that have endorsed them. The Basel guidelines are intended to strengthen the soundness and stability of the international banking system. The Basel guidelines are also intended to reduce an existing source of competitive inequality among international banks by harmonizing the definition of capital and the rules for the evaluation of asset risks and by establishing a uniform target capital base ratio (capital to risk-weighted assets). Supervisory authorities in each jurisdiction have, however, some discretion in determining whether to include particular instruments as capital under the Basel guidelines and to assign different weights, within a prescribed range, to various categories of assets. The Basel guidelines were adopted by the European Community. In June 1999, the Basel Committee proposed a review of the Basel guidelines of 1988.

Since then the proposals of the consultative paper of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision were further discussed by several international working parties. Once finalized, the implementation of the New Basel Capital Accord is expected in 2007.

The purpose of Basel II is to lay down capital requirements that are more risk-sensitive. There is also greater emphasis on internal methods of risk control by banks. For example, the Accord further refines the system of risk weightings and permits capital requirements to be calculated based upon the ratings issued by recognized rating agencies. In addition, under certain conditions, banks will be permitted to use their internal rating models to determine the amount of capital that they must hold. It also adds capital requirements for operating risk to those laid down for credit risk and market risk.

The European Union will be drawing up a directive, the Third Capital Adequacy Directive (CAD3), which will apply to both banks and investment firms. Through this European directive, Basel II will be implemented in the legislation and regulations and in supervisory practice in all EU member states.

European Union Standards

The European Community has adopted a capital adequacy regulation for credit institutions in all its member states based on the Basel guidelines. In 1989, the EC adopted the Council Directive of April 17, 1989 on the “own funds” of credit institutions (the “Own Funds Directive”), defining qualifying capital (“own funds”), and the Council Directive of December 18, 1989 on a capital base ratio for credit

42


Table of Contents

institutions (the “Capital base Ratio Directive” and, together with the Own Funds Directive, the “EC Directives”), setting forth the required ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items. The EC Directives required the EU member states to transform the provisions of the Capital base Ratio Directive and the provisions of the Own Funds Directive into national law directly binding on banks operating in the member states. The EC Directives permit EU member states, when transforming the EC Directives into national law, to establish more stringent requirements, but do not permit more lenient requirements.

The EC Directives are aimed at harmonizing banking regulations and supervision throughout the EU by laying down certain minimum standards in key areas, and requiring member states to give “mutual recognition” to each other’s standards of regulation. The concept of “mutual recognition” has also been extended to create the “passport” concept: the freedom to establish branches in, and to provide cross-border services into, other EU member states once a bank has been licensed in its “home” state. The single market program for banking was completed when the Capital Adequacy Directive, or CAD, was implemented in the Netherlands with effect from January 1, 1996. In particular, CAD introduces a new requirement for banks to provide capital for market risk.

An EU member state credit institution is not permitted to start operations through a branch in another EU member state until it has received confirmation from its home country banking regulatory authority that the information required by the Second Directive on the Coordination of Legislation to the Taking Up and Pursuit of the Business of Credit Institutions (the “Second Banking Coordination EC Directive”) has been submitted to that regulator and until, following this confirmation, a period of two months has elapsed or until, before the expiry of this period, it has received confirming information by that home country banking regulatory authority.

The EC Directives require a bank to have a capital base ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and certain off-balance sheet items of at least 8%. At least one-half of the own funds in the numerator of the ratio must be “original own funds”, or “Tier 1” capital. The rest may be “additional own funds”, or “Tier 2” capital. As of January 1, 1997, Tier 1 capital consists solely of paid-up capital plus share premium accounts, other reserves and the fund for general banking risks less a deduction for goodwill. Tier 2 capital includes revaluation reserves, value adjustments and certain other funds and securities (such as fixed-term cumulative preferential shares and subordinated debt). The aggregate of a bank’s subordinated loans and fixed-term cumulative preferential shares may not exceed 50% of the bank’s Tier 1 capital.

To compute the denominator of the capital base ratio, the assets of a bank are assigned to five broad categories of relative credit risk (0%, 10%, 20%, 50% and 100%) and the balance sheet value of each asset is multiplied by the percentage weight applicable to its risk category to arrive at the risk-adjusted value. With respect to off-balance sheet items, such as financial guarantees and letters of credit, first, their face value is adjusted according to their risk classification depending on the type of instrument (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%), then they are assigned, like on-balance sheet assets, to the credit risk categories depending on the type of debtor and multiplied by the applicable percentage weights. With respect to derivatives contracts, first, their fair value is adjusted with a product specific potential future credit exposure (0% to 15% over the notional amounts), then they are assigned, like on-balance sheet assets, to the credit risk categories depending on the type of debtor and multiplied by the applicable percentage weights.

In 2000, the EC Directives were brought together in the EC Directive 2000/12.

ING Bank files consolidated monthly and annual reports of its financial position and results with the Dutch Central Bank. ING Bank’s independent auditors audit these reports. Our banking operations in Belgium are supervised by the Banking, Finance and Insurance Commission. Banking supervision in Germany is carried out by the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority, working in co-operation with the German Central Bank (‘Deutsche Bundesbank’). Similar authorities supervise ING’s banking operations in other European Union countries, such as the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom.

The supervision of our significant banking businesses outside the EU is described below.

43


Table of Contents

ING Americas

ING Bank does have a limited direct presence in the United States through the facility of the ING Bank Representative Office in New York. Although that office’s activities are strictly limited, essentially to that of a marketing agent of bank products and services and a facilitator (i.e., the office may not take deposits or execute any transactions), that office is subject to the jurisdiction of the State of New York Banking Department and the Federal Reserve.

A major part of our banking activities in the United States, ING Direct USA, is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, a division of the United States Department of the Treasury and, to a lesser extent, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, an independent agency of the Federal government that operates under the auspices of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a US federal law.

ING Bank of Canada is a federally regulated financial institution that is subject to the supervision of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”), which is the primary regulator of federally chartered financial institutions (including banks) and federally administered pension plans. ING Bank of Canada operates a wholly owned mortgage loan company subsidiary, ING Mortgage Broker Services Inc., which is subject to provincial regulation in the provinces in which it operates. ING MBS’s home province regulator is the Financial Services Commission of Ontario, which regulates insurance, pensions, credit unions, caisses populaires, cooperatives, mortgage brokers and loan & trust companies in the province of Ontario.

ING Asia/Pacific

The financial services activities of life insurance, investments, superannuation, general insurance and banking are currently governed by separate legislation under Australian law. No one piece of legislation exclusively covers all financial services. The two main financial services regulators are the Australian Securities and Investment Commission (“ASIC”) and the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (“APRA”). APRA is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers. APRA’s responsibilities include regulating capital and liquidity requirements and monitoring the management functions of product providers

BROKER-DEALER AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES

ING’s broker-dealer entities in the United States are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states, and the self-regulatory organizations (e.g., the NASD and the NYSE) of which they individually are members. The primary governing statutes for such entities are the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and state statutes and regulations, as applicable. Those laws, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, impose requirements (among others) regarding minimum net capital requirements, safeguarding of customer assets, protection and use of material, non-public (inside) information, record-keeping requirements, supervision of employee activities, credit to customers, suitability determinations in the context of recommending transactions to customers and clearance and settlement procedures. The rules of the self-regulatory organizations in some respects duplicate the aforementioned legal requirements, but also impose requirements specific to the marketplaces that those organizations oversee. For example, the NASD imposes requirements relating to activities by market-makers in the over-the-counter market in equity securities and the NYSE imposes requirements regarding transactions effected in its listed securities market. In addition, in December 2001, the Department of Treasury proposed new anti-money laundering standards applicable to broker-dealers.

Certain ING entities in the United States (including certain of its broker-dealers) also act in the capacity of a federally registered investment advisor (i.e. providing transactional advice to customers for a fee), and are governed in such activities by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Moreover, certain ING entities manage investment funds (such as mutual funds); the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, regulates the governance and activities of those funds. These laws impose record-keeping and disclosure requirements on ING in the context of such activities. Moreover, the laws impose restrictions on transactions or require disclosure of transactions involving advisory clients and the advisor or the advisors’ affiliates, as well as transactions between advisory clients. In addition, the

44


Table of Contents

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, imposes certain obligations on investment advisors managing employee plan assets as defined in this act.

The failure of ING to comply with these various requirements could result in civil and criminal sanctions and administrative penalties imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states, or self-regulatory organizations upon those entities that have committed the violations. Moreover, employees who are found to have participated in the violative activity, and managers of such employees, also may be subject to penalties by governmental and self-regulatory agencies.

SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION ON BANKING OPERATIONS

The tables below set forth selected statistical information regarding the Group’s banking operations. Unless otherwise indicated, average balances, when used, are calculated from monthly data and the distinction between domestic and foreign is based on the location of the office where the assets and liabilities are booked, as opposed to the domicile of the customer. However, the Company believes that the presentation of these amounts based upon the domicile of the customer would not result in material differences in the amounts presented below.

The return on equity of the banking operations amounted to 11.0% in 2003 against 6.5% in 2002 and 10.2% in 2001, whereas the return on equity of ING Group amounted to 21.5%, 17.4% and 15.3% for the years 2003, 2002 and 2001 respectively. The dividend pay-out ratio of ING Group amounted to 48.5% in 2003, 44.1% in 2002 and 44.1% in 2001.

AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES

The following tables show the banking operations, average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities, together with average rates, for the periods indicated. The interest income, interest expense and average yield figures include interest on non-accruing loans and do not reflect:

•      income on amortized results investments;

•      lending commissions;

•      interest income on off-balance sheet instruments;

•      other income not considered to be directly related to interest-earning assets;

•      interest expense on off-balance sheet instruments, or

•      other expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing liabilities,

all of which are reflected in the corresponding interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures in the Consolidated Financial Statements. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures to the corresponding line items in the Consolidated Financial Statements is provided below.

45


Table of Contents

ASSETS

                                                                         
  Interest-earning assets
            2003                   2002                   2001    
    Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average
    balance   income   yield   balance   income   yield   balance   income   yield
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Time deposits with banks
                                                                       
domestic
    1,984       98       4.9       3,625       128       3.5       5,522       364       6.6  
foreign
    24,450       723       3.0       21,965       935       4.3       24,488       1,261       5.2  
Loans and advances
                                                                       
domestic
    154,944       7,800       5.0       146,277       7,885       5.4       132,714       7,805       5.9  
foreign
    160,338       6,790       4.2       148,979       7,149       4.8       137,098       8,843       6.5  
Interest-earning securities(1)
                                                                       
domestic
    25,384       682       2.7       20,472       692       3.4       21,165       589       2.8  
foreign
    116,092       4,450       3.8       92,616       4,182       4.5       78,615       3,375       4.3  
Other interest-earning assets
                                                                       
domestic
    3,563       208       5.8       4,588       167       3.6       4,313       293       6.8  
foreign
    9,188       262       2.9       11,040       465       4.2       12,110       759       6.3  
 
   
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
         
Total
    495,943       21,013       4.2       449,562       21,603       4.8       416,025       23,289       5.6  
 
           
 
                     
 
                     
 
         
Non-interest earning assets
    24,011                       27,216                       30,134                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                     
 
                 
Total assets(1)
    519,954                       476,778                       446,159                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                     
 
                 
Percentage of assets applicable to foreign operations
            64.9 %                     62.1 %                     61.6 %        
Other interest income (reconciliation to Consolidated Financial Statements):
                                                                       
amortized results investments(2)
            258                       348                       152          
lending commission
            96                       102                       167          
adjustment for interest on non- performing loans(3)
            (123 )                     (105 )                     (122 )        
interest on off-balance instruments (4)
            2,187                       1,758                       1,325          
other
            371                       382                       (493 )        
 
           
 
                     
 
                     
 
         
Total interest income
            23,802                       24,088                       24,318          
 
           
 
                     
 
                     
 
         

46


Table of Contents

LIABILITIES

                                                                         
                            Interest-earning liabilities                
            2003                   2002                   2001    
    Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average
    balance   expense   yield   balance   expense   yield   balance   expense   yield
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Time deposits from banks
                                                                       
domestic
    19,829       666       3.4       23,789       832       3.5       25,986       1,117       4.3  
foreign
    36,870       771       2.1       43,435       1,238       2.9       45,995       2,255       4.9  
Demand deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    32,694       219       0,7       31,291       332       1.1       28,195       384       1.4  
foreign
    23,867       391       1.6       20,994       528       2.5       17,760       589       3.3  
Time deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    13,082       391       3.0       17,675       746       4.2       19,923       1,165       5.9  
foreign
    31,207       956       3.1       34,432       1,242       3.6       37,631       1,715       4.6  
Savings deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    50,051       1,425       2.9       43,463       1,300       3.0       38,194       1,329       3.5  
foreign
    100,317       2,878       2.9       57,781       2,050       3.6       25,361       1,048       4.1  
Short term debt
                                                                       
domestic
    5,664       180       3.2       5,082       193       3.8       5,090       253       5.0  
foreign
    48,305       909       1.9       48,836       1,309       2.7       46,961       1,958       4.2  
Long term debt
                                                                       
domestic
    15,586       895       5.7       19,278       865       4.5       19,029       1,008       5.3  
foreign
    32,143       1,300       4.1       30,439       1,634       5.4       26,135       1,965       7.5  
Subordinated liabilities
                                                                       
domestic
    10,915       647       5.9       9,109       589       6.5       7,266       467       6.4  
foreign
    2,921       178       6.1       3,184       190       6.0       3,215       232       7.2  
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
domestic
    19,475       583       3.0       10,972       359       3.3       14,088       590       4.2  
foreign
    25,253       1,063       4.2       22,890       1,103       4.8       35,598       1,435       4.0  
 
   
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
         
Total
    468,179       13,452       2.9       422,650       14,510       3.4       396,427       17,510       4.4  
Non-interest bearing liabilities
    34,587                       36,726                       33,490                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                     
 
                 
Total Liabilities
    502,766                       459,376                       429,917                  
Group Capital
    17,188                       17,402                       16,242                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                     
 
                 
Total liabilities and capital
    519,954                       476,778                       446,159                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                     
 
                 
Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations
            65.1 %                     63.2 %                     60.9 %        
Other interest expense (reconciliation to Consolidated
                                                                       
Financial Statements):
                                                                       
interest on off-balance instruments(6)
            2,027                       1,718                       1,364          
other
            208                       214                       (628 )        
 
           
 
                     
 
                     
 
         
Total interest expense
            15,687                       16,442                       18,248          
 
           
 
                     
 
                     
 
         
Total net interest result
            8,115                       7,646                       6,072          
 
           
 
                     
 
                     
 
         

(1)   Substantially all interest-earning securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities.

(2)   Includes amortization of premiums and discounts and deferred realized gains and losses on sales of investments in debt securities on a straight-line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio.

(3)   Interest on non-performing loans is included when calculating the average yield in this table but excluded from interest income reported in the consolidated profit and loss account.

47


Table of Contents

(4)   Includes amortization of deferred realized gains and losses on off-balance sheet hedging instruments on a straight line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio and interest accrued on hedging instruments, primarily on interest rate swaps.
 
(5)   These captions do not include deposits from banks.
 
(6)   Includes accrued interest expense on hedging instruments, primarily on interest rate swaps.

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME

The following table allocates changes in the Group’s interest income and expense and net interest result between changes in average balances and rates for the periods indicated. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate have been allocated to changes in average volume. The net changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result, as calculated in this table, have been reconciled to the changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result in the Consolidated Financial Statements. See introduction to “Average Balances and Interest Rates” for a discussion of the differences between interest income, interest expense and net interest result as calculated in the following table and as set forth in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                 
    2003 over 2002   2002 over 2001
            Increase (decrease)                   Increase (decrease)    
            due to changes in                   due to changes in    
    average   average   net   average   average   net
    volume   rate   change   volume   rate   change
    (EUR millions)   (EUR millions)
Interest-earning assets
                                               
Time deposits to banks
                                               
domestic
    (81 )     51       (30 )     (67 )     (169 )     (236 )
foreign
    73       (285 )     (212 )     (107 )     (219 )     (326 )
Loans and advances
                                               
domestic
    436       (521 )     (85 )     731       (650 )     81  
foreign
    481       (840 )     (359 )     570       (2,265 )     (1,695 )
Interest-earning securities
                                               
domestic
    132       (142 )     (10 )     (23 )     127       104  
foreign
    900       (632 )     268       632       175       807  
Other interest-earning assets
                                               
domestic
    (60 )     101       41       10       (136 )     (126 )
foreign
    (52 )     (151 )     (203 )     (45 )     (250 )     (295 )
Interest income
                                               
domestic
    427       (511 )     (84 )     651       (828 )     (177 )
foreign
    1,402       (1,908 )     (506 )     1,050       (2,559 )     (1,509 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,829       (2,419 )     (590 )     1,701       (3,392 )     (1,686 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Other interest income (reconciliation to Consolidated Financial Statements)
                    304                       1,456  
 
                   
 
                     
 
 
Total interest income
                    (286 )                     (230 )
 
                   
 
                     
 
 

48


Table of Contents

                                                 
    2003 over 2002   2002 over 2001
            Increase (decrease)                   Increase (decrease)    
            due to changes in                   due to changes in    
    average   average   net   average   average   net
    volume   rate   change   volume   rate   change
    (EUR millions)   (EUR millions)
Interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
Time deposits from banks
                                               
domestic
    (133 )     (33 )     (166 )     (77 )     (208 )     (285 )
foreign
    (137 )     (330 )     (467 )     (73 )     (943 )     (1,016 )
Demand deposits
                                               
domestic
    9       (122 )     (113 )     33       (84 )     (51 )
foreign
    47       (184 )     (137 )     81       (142 )     (61 )
Time deposits
                                               
domestic
    (138 )     (217 )     (355 )     (95 )     (325 )     (420 )
foreign
    (99 )     (187 )     (286 )     (115 )     (359 )     (474 )
Savings deposits
                                               
domestic
    188       (63 )     125       158       (186 )     (28 )
foreign
    1,220       (392 )     828       1,150       (148 )     1,002  
Short term debt
                                               
domestic
    19       (32 )     (13 )     (0 )     (59 )     (59 )
foreign
    (10 )     (390 )     (400 )     50       (701 )     (651 )
Long term debt
                                               
domestic
    (212 )     242       30       11       (154 )     (143 )
foreign
    69       (403 )     (334 )     231       (562 )     (331 )
Subordinated liabilities
                                               
domestic
    107       (49 )     58       119       3       122  
foreign
    (16 )     4       (12 )     (2 )     (40 )     (42 )
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
domestic
    255       (31 )     224       (102 )     (129 )     (231 )
foreign
    99       (139 )     (40 )     (612 )     279       (333 )
Interest expense
                                               
domestic
    95       (305 )     (210 )     47       (1,142 )     (1,095 )
foreign
    1,173       (2,021 )     (848 )     710       (2,616 )     (1,906 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,268       (2,326 )     (1,058 )     757       (3,758 )     (3,001 )
Other interest expense (reconciliation to Consolidated Financial Statements)
                    303                       1,197  
 
                   
 
                     
 
 
Total interest expense
                    (755 )                     (1,804 )
 
                   
 
                     
 
 
Net interest
                                               
domestic
    333       (208 )     125       604       314       918  
foreign
    228       115       343       339       57       397  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net interest
    561       (93 )     468       944       371       1,315  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Other net interest result (reconciliation to Consolidated Financial Statements)
                    1                       259  
 
                   
 
                     
 
 
Net interest result
                    469                       1,574  
 
                   
 
                     
 
 

49


Table of Contents

LOAN PORTFOLIO

Loans and advances to banks and customers

Loans and advances to banks include all receivables from credit institutions, except for cash, current accounts and deposits with other banks (including central banks). Lending facilities to corporate and private customers encompass among others, loans, overdrafts and finance lease receivables.

The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers for the last five years.

                                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
    (EUR millions)
By domestic offices:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    6,473       8,013       8,949       8,306       9,357  
Loans secured by mortgages
    94,125       86,932       78,789       65,585       58,196  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    8,367       7,103       8,356       3,643       3,076  
Other private lending
    7,009       8,201       3,775       3,532       3,281  
Other corporate lending
    36,861       42,083       35,060       33,715       30,755  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total domestic offices
    152,835       152,332       134,929       114,781       104,665  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
By foreign offices:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    16,603       15,750       13,398       13,019       12,880  
Loans secured by mortgages
    39,604       31,260       19,502       14,048       14,794  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    17,879       23,562       21,861       19,635       13,353  
Other private lending
    7,813       6,810       3,259       2,790       2,086  
Other corporate lending
    86,722       82,256       88,687       102,484       70,806  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total foreign offices
    168,621       159,638       146,707       151,976       113,919  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    321,456       311,970       281,636       266,757       218,584  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The total net loans and advances to banks and customers amounted to EUR 316,785 million at December 31, 2003 and to EUR 307,100 million at December 31, 2002. The difference between total net loans and advances to banks and customers on the one hand and total gross loans and advances to banks and customers on the other, amounting to EUR 4,671 million, EUR 4,870 million and EUR 4,474 million at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, represents the provisions for loan losses.

50


Table of Contents

Maturities and sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates

The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by time remaining until maturity as at December 31, 2003.

                                 
    1 year   1 year   After    
    or less   to 5 years   5 years   Total
            (EUR millions)        
By domestic offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    1,068       529       4,877       6,474  
Loans secured by mortgages
    7,594       9,288       77,243       94,125  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    7,185       825       357       8,367  
Other private lending
    5,538       866       604       7,008  
Other corporate lending
    25,158       6,897       4,806       36,861  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total domestic offices
    46,543       18,405       87,887       152,835  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
By foreign offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    6,215       6,665       3,723       16,603  
Loans secured by mortgages
    3,518       10,626       25,460       39,604  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    11,585       3,882       2,412       17,879  
Other private lending
    5,307       2,146       360       7,813  
Other corporate lending
    65,217       13,182       8,323       86,722  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total foreign offices
    91,842       36,501       40,278       168,621  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    138,385       54,906       128,165       321,456  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by interest rate sensitivity by maturity as at December 31, 2003.

                         
    1 year or        
    less   Over 1 year   Total
            (EUR millions)        
Non-interest earning
    3,442       552       3,994  
Fixed interest rate
    77,385       49,799       127,184  
Semi-fixed interest rate(1)
    4,688       87,735       92,423  
Variable interest rate
    52,870       44,985       97,855  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    138,385       183,071       321,456  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Loans that have an interest rate that remains fixed for more than one year and which can then be changed are classified as “semi-fixed”

Risk elements

     Non-accrual and past due loans

Each of the business units within the banking operations of ING Group maintains its own system for servicing and monitoring past due loans. ING Group’s international banking offices and subsidiaries generally account for delinquent loans in accordance with U.S. GAAP. When a loan is in default as to payment of principal and interest for 90 days or when, in the judgment of management, the accrual of interest should cease before 90 days, such a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Any accrued but unpaid interest is reversed against current period interest revenue. Interest payments received on a cash basis during the period are recorded as interest income. Domestic banking offices follow the same policy for consumer mortgage and private loans. All of the foregoing loans are included in the table below under “Non-accrual”.

Under “Accruing but past due 90 days”, all loans are reported that are still accruing but on which

51


Table of Contents

principal or interest payments are contractually past due 90 days or more. Domestic commercial loans combined with an overdraft facility, which make up approximately 50% of the reported amount in the domestic “Accruing but past due 90 days” category, were included in the 2003, 2002 and 2001 table below if the overdraft facility exceeded a specified limit for 90 days or more at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The amount of loans meeting these criteria in prior years was estimated by management based on the size of the underlying portfolio and specific risk factors.

Based on the foregoing, the following table sets forth management’s estimate, without giving effect to available security or related specific provisions, of the amounts of its loan portfolio in each of the two categories indicated.

                                         
            Year ended December 31,    
    2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
            (EUR millions)        
Non-accrual
                                       
domestic
    965       1,093       1,425       711       1,072  
foreign
    2,599       3,044       2,613       2,745       2,313  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub-total
    3,564       4,137       4,038       3,456       3,385  
Accruing but past due 90 days
                                       
domestic
    830       986       1,083       1,112       573  
foreign
    819       1,048       957       756       952  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub-total
    1,649       2,034       2,040       1,868       1,525  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    5,213       6,171       6,078       5,324       4,910  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

These loans are under constant review of the credit risk department.

Restructured loans

The following table sets forth the troubled debt restructuring loans consisting of loans that are accruing interest but at rates different from the original terms of such loans as a result of the terms of any such restructuring.

                                         
            Year ended December 31,        
    2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
            (EUR millions)        
Troubled debt restructuring
domestic
    115       439       57       154       202  
foreign
    516       461       1,054       569       583  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total troubled debt restructuring
    631       900       1,111       723       785  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

On receipt of cash, suspended interest is recovered prior to the principal outstanding, except that, where amounts are outstanding for costs and other late payment charges, the cash received is first used to recover these costs and charges. When it becomes apparent that recovery of interest is unlikely, interest ceases to be accrued and is suspended.

Interest income that would have been recognized in 2003 under the original terms of the non-accrual and restructured loans amounted to an estimated EUR 48 million from loans granted by domestic offices and an estimated EUR 137 million from loans granted by foreign offices. Interest income of approximately EUR 25 million from such domestic loans and approximately EUR 28 million from such foreign loans was recognized in the profit and loss account for 2003.

At December 31, 2003, ING Group had loans amounting to EUR 3,627 million that were not included in the risk elements schedule above. These loans are considered potential problem loans as the credit review officers obtained information that caused doubts as to the repayment of the loan by the borrower. Of this total, EUR 1,676 million relates to domestic loans and EUR 1,951 million relates to

52


Table of Contents

foreign loans. Appropriate provisions, following ING Group’s credit risk rating system, have been established for these loans.

     Cross-border outstandings

Cross-border outstandings are defined as loans (including accrued interest), acceptances, interest-earning deposits with other banks, other interest-earning investments and any other monetary assets that are denominated in euro or other non-local currency. To the extent that material local currency outstandings are not hedged or are not funded by local currency borrowings, such amounts are included in cross-border outstandings.

The following tables analyze cross-border outstandings as of the end of each of the last three years, stating the name of the country and the aggregate amount of cross-border outstandings to borrowers in each foreign country where such outstandings exceed 1% of total assets, by the following categories.

Guaranteed or secured loans are deducted from gross outstandings to arrive at net outstandings provided that political and transfer risks are also covered explicitly by the agreement. Commitments such as irrevocable letters of credit are not considered as cross border outstanding. Total outstandings are in line with Dutch Central Bank requirements. At December 31, 2003, there were no outstandings exceeding 1% of total assets in any country where current conditions give rise to liquidity problems which are expected to have a material impact on the timely repayment of interest or principal.

                                         
            Year ended December 31, 2003        
            Banks            
    Government   & other            
    & official   financial   Commercial        
    institutions   institutions   & industrial   Other   Total
                    (EUR millions)                
United Kingdom
    503       19,403       16,818       1,034       37,758  
Germany
    6,294       16,810       2,405       2,705       28,214  
United States
    193       3,295       18,066       324       21,878  
Spain
    2,157       9,760       1,490       221       13,628  
France
    2,926       5,725       3,388       699       12,738  
Italy
    4,141       4,384       2,440       409       11,374  
                                         
            Year ended December 31, 2002        
            Banks            
    Government   & other            
    & official   financial   Commercial        
    institutions   institutions   & industrial   Other   Total
                    (EUR millions)                
United Kingdom
    5       17,782       20,032       1,280       39,099  
United States
    2,013       2,491       19,578       912       24,994  
Germany
    4,660       8,899       2,165       2,070       17,794  
France
    515       3,941       2,876       784       8,116  
Belgium
    2,039       1,940       2,248       1,256       7,483  

53


Table of Contents

                                         
            Year ended December 31, 2001        
            Banks            
    Government   & other            
    & official   financial   Commercial        
    institutions   institutions   & industrial   Other   Total
                    (EUR millions)                
United Kingdom
            15,101       13,547       785       29,433  
United States
    1,461       5,194       15,534       1,406       23,595  
Germany
    3,911       11,380       3,832       2,796       21,919  
Belgium
    1,135       3,560       2,188       2,154       9,037  
France
    1,155       3,234       2,262       562       7,213  
Italy
    2,456       3,894       455       363       7,168  

At December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the following countries had cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets:

         
    Cross-border outstandings
    Year ended December 31
2003
       
Belgium
    6,888  
 
       
2002
       
Italy
    7,101  
Spain
    5,828  
 
       
2001
       
Japan
    5,571  

Loan concentration

The following industry concentrations were in excess of 10% of total loans as at December 31, 2003:

         
    Total outstandings
    (EUR millions)
Financial institutions(1)
    60,841  
Service industry
    57,012  
Manufacturing
    30,503  

(1) Excluding bank deposits given of approximately EUR 61 billion.

Bad and doubtful debts

A provision for loan losses is maintained for the banking operations that is considered adequate to absorb losses arising from the existing portfolios of loans. The provision for loan losses is made in accordance with the overall supervisory direction of the Dutch Central Bank. Each operating company makes provisions for bad and doubtful debts, based on centrally given instructions. The provisions are reviewed on a quarterly basis by management. On the face of the balance sheet, the provisions are deducted from ‘Lending’ and ‘Banks’. The net additions to or subtractions from such balance sheet provisions are reflected in the Group’s profit and loss account, principally under ‘Value adjustments to receivables’ of the Banking operations.

In determining the amount of the provisions, corporate loans are assessed on a case-by-case basis, and the following factors are considered:

  the financial standing of the customer, including a realistic assessment of the likelihood of repayment of the loan within an acceptable period and the extent of ING Group’s other commitments to the same customer;

54


Table of Contents

  the realizable value of any security for the loan; and

  the costs associated with obtaining repayment and realization of any such security.

For certain groups of small private and corporate loans with similar characteristics, provisions are also assessed using statistical techniques.

On certain foreign outstandings, a country provision is calculated for regulatory purposes based on detailed instructions given by the Dutch Central Bank. The amount is a function of the risk of the country as well as the risk of the transaction itself. For accounting purposes, adequate provisions are calculated for countries that are near default or have recently defaulted.

ING Group also maintains an unallocated provision for loan losses that is required to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of credit risk assessment that are not considered on an individual basis. Considerable judgement is exercised in determining the extent of the provision and is based on management’s evaluation of the risk in the portfolio, current economic conditions, recent years’ loss experience, and credit and geographical concentration trends. When there is no prospect of recovering principal or interest, the outstanding debt and any suspense balances are written off.

55


Table of Contents

Summary of loan loss experience

The following table shows the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for the past five years.

                                         
            Calendar Period        
    2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
            (EUR MILLIONS)        
Balance at January 1
    4,870       4,474       4,272       4,522       3,417  
Change in the composition of the Group
    104       93       (171 )             834  
Charge-offs:
                                       
Domestic:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
            (1 )                        
Loans secured by mortgages
    (1 )     (4 )     (4 )     (3 )     (4 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (27 )     (18 )                     (10 )
Other private lending
    (65 )     (31 )     (31 )     (77 )     (26 )
Other corporate lending
    (166 )     (211 )     (166 )     (198 )     (170 )
Foreign:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    (1 )                                
Loans secured by mortgages
    (30 )     (8 )     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (10 )     (3 )     (9 )     (91 )     (138 )
Other private lending
    (105 )     (32 )     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )
Other corporate lending
    (797 )     (530 )     (391 )     (458 )     (224 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total charge-offs
    (1,202 )     (838 )     (603 )     (829 )     (574 )
Recoveries:
                                       
Domestic:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                                       
Loans secured by mortgages
                    3       5          
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    7       4                          
Other private lending
    9       2       4       5       5  
Other corporate lending
            3       8       4       8  
Foreign:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                                       
Loans secured by mortgages
            2               2          
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    4                       1       5  
Other private lending
    10       7                          
Other corporate lending
    19       15       23       34       1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total recoveries
    49       33       38       51       19  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net charge-offs
    (1,153 )     (805 )     (565 )     (778 )     (555 )
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations), excluding foreign currency exchange
    850       1,108       938       528       826  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance at December 31
    4,671       4,870       4,474       4,272       4,522  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
    0.37 %     0.27 %     0.22 %     0.31 %     0.32 %

Additions to the provision for loan losses are based on management’s judgment, taking into account all available evidence, on borrower creditworthiness, contractual loan terms, available judicial and other remedies, historical patterns of losses and current economic developments.

Management regularly assesses the adequacy of the provision for loan losses by performing ongoing evaluations of the loan portfolio. A formal analysis of specifically identified loans takes place every quarter, including evaluation of economic risks associated with each loan, the current financial

56


Table of Contents

condition of the borrower, the economic environment in which the borrower operates, the level of delinquent loans and the value of collateral. Credit ratings are assigned to the borrowers by allocating all outstanding loans into various Risk Rating categories on a regular basis.

The policy for determining the provision for loan losses is set out in more detail under the heading “Bad and Doubtful debts” and in Note 1.6.2.5. to the Financial Statements.

Additions to the provision for loan losses presented in the table above were influenced by developments in general economic conditions as well as certain individual exposures. Significant movements in the addition to the provision for loan losses are explained in the paragraph “Addition to the provision for loan losses” on page 100.

The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for the past five years:

                                                                                 
                                    Year ended December 31,        
    2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
    EUR   %(1)   EUR   %(1)   EUR   %(1)   EUR   %(1)   EUR   %(1)
                                    (EUR millions)                                
Domestic:
                                                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
            2.00       31       2.56               3.18               3.11               4.28  
Loans secured by mortgages
    164       29.15       120       27.87       112       29.01       105       18.21       104       26.62  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
            2.59               2.28               2.96               1.37               1.41  
Other private lending
    258       2.17       199       2.63       107       1.34       88       1.31       76       1.50  
Other corporate lending
    728       11.83       649       13.49       742       11.42       766       19.03       828       14.07  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total domestic
    1,150       47.75       999       48.83       961       47.91       959       43.03       1,008       47.88  
Foreign:
                                                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    30       5.14       47       5.05       68       4.76       7       4.88       46       5.89  
Loans secured by mortgages
    238       12.27       73       10.02       41       6.92       103       5.27       27       6.78  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    28       5.54       90       7.55       43       7.76       70       7.36       322       6.11  
Other private lending
    385       2.42       145       2.18       181       1.16       82       1.05       72       0.95  
Other corporate lending
    2,840       26.89       3,516       26.37       3,180       31.49       3,051       38.41       3,042       32.39  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total foreign
    3,521       52.25       3,871       51.17       3,513       52.09       3,313       56.97       2,514       52.12  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    4,671       100.00       4,870       100.00       4,474       100.00       4,272       100.00       4,522       100.00  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.

57


Table of Contents

The following table shows the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers as a percentage of the related loan portfolio for the past five years:

                                         
            Year ended December 31,    
    2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
                    (in %)                
Domestic:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    0.01       0.39                          
Loans secured by mortgages
    0.17       0.14       0.14       0.16       0.18  
Other private lending
    3.67       2.43       2.83       2.53       2.32  
Other corporate lending
    1.91       1.54       2.31       2.27       2.69  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total domestic
    0.75       0.66       0.71       0.84       0.96  
Foreign:
                                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    0.18       0.30       0.51       0.06       0.36  
Loans secured by mortgages
    0.60       0.23       0.21       0.73       0.18  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    0.15       0.36       0.20       0.35       2.41  
Other private lending
    4.93       2.13       5.55       2.94       3.47  
Other corporate lending
    3.27       4.27       3.59       2.98       4.30  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total foreign
    2.09       2.42       2.39       2.18       3.08  
Total
    1.45       1.56       1.59       1.60       2.07  

DEPOSITS

The aggregate average balance of all the Group’s interest-bearing deposits (from banks and customer accounts) increased by 20.03% to EUR 378,347 million. Interest rates paid reflect market conditions. The effect on net interest income depends upon competitive pricing and the level of interest income that can be generated through the use of funds.

Deposits by banks are primarily time deposits, the majority of which are raised by the Group’s Amsterdam-based money market operations in the world’s major financial markets.

Certificates of deposit represent 31% of the category ‘Debt securities’ (47% at the end of 2002). These instruments are issued as part of liquidity management with maturities generally of less than three months.

58


Table of Contents

                                                 
    2003   2002   2001
    Average   Average   Average   Average   Average   Average
    deposit   rate   deposit   rate   deposit   rate
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Deposits by banks
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    10               899               1,452          
             – interest bearing
    2,911       1.8       1,091       5.0       1,422       3.4  
Time
    32,104       2.2       30,504       3.5       36,707       3.9  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total domestic offices
    35,025               32,494               39,581          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    2,470               3,011               1,551          
– interest bearing
    20,846       1.7       12,728       2.6       12,936       3.1  
Time
    47,733       2.3       59,562       3.4       64,082       4.7  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total foreign offices
    71,049               75,301               78,569          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total deposits by banks
    106,074               107,795               118,150          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Customer accounts
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    12,197               15,572               10,071          
– interest bearing
    46,710       1.9       17,543       2.8       36,550       2.5  
Savings
    24,443       1.3       43,389       3.0       18,866       3.8  
Time
    27,601       3.0       23,252       4.2       23,759       4.9  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total domestic offices
    110,951               99,756               89,246          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    3,036               3,407               4,282          
– interest bearing
    34,057       1.8       25,973       2.0       27,717       2.4  
Savings
    96,055       2.8       55,553       3.6       26,018       3.9  
Time
    45,887       3.1       45,614       3.2       49,014       4.1  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total foreign offices
    179,035               130,547               107,031          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total customers accounts
    289,986               230,303               196,277          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Debt securities
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Debentures
    7,871       4.5       14,636       3.9       8,269       5.1  
Certificates of deposit
    4,084       3.4       2,967       4.5       10,532       4.3  
Other
    3,174       3.6       2,806       4.0       1,614       4.6  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total domestic offices
    15,129               20,409               20,415          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Debentures
    14,994       4.5       13,267       8.5       14,414       6.5  
Certificates of deposit
    17,741       2.7       33,821       3.1       26,663       4.8  
Other
    22,910       2.4       10,781       8.7       10,410       5.5  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total foreign offices
    55,645               57,869               51,487          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total debt securities
    70,774               78,278               71,902          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         

For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was EUR 33,874 million, EUR 30,551 million and EUR 34,848 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2003, the maturity of domestic time certificates of deposit and other time deposits, exceeding EUR 25,000, was:

59


Table of Contents

                                 
    Time certificates of deposit   Other time deposits
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
3 months or less
    5,581       81.9       73,862       65.7  
6 months or less but over 3 months
    318       4.7       11,187       9.9  
12 months or less but over 6 months
    912       13.4       13,112       11.7  
Over 12 months
    2       0.0       14,242       12.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    6,813       100.0       112,403       100.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The following table shows the amount outstanding for time certificates of deposit and other time deposits exceeding EUR 25,000 issued by foreign offices at December 31, 2003.

         
    Year ended
    December 31, 2003
    (EUR millions)
Time certificates of deposit
    16,150  
Other time deposits
    73,544  
 
   
 
 
Total
    89,694  
 
   
 
 

INVESTMENTS OF THE GROUP’S BANKING OPERATIONS

The following table shows the balance sheet value under Dutch GAAP of the investments of the Group’s banking operations:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Dutch government
    5,512       3,429       2,913  
German government
    7,211       2,783       2,892  
Central banks
    667       668       894  
Belgian government
    12,839       13,165       12,266  
Other governments
    21,152       15,200       10,517  
Corporate debt securities
                       
Banks and financial institutions
    35,830       18,527       14,819  
Other corporate debt securities
    5,718       6,210       9,354  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    2,834       5,180       3,818  
Other debt securities
    24,267       13,917       5,796  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total debt securities
    116,030       79,079       63,269  
Shares and convertible debentures
    766       1,254       2,877  
Land and buildings (1)
    2,970       3,709       2,302  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    119,766       84,042       68,448  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Including commuted ground rents

60


Table of Contents

Banking investment strategy

ING’s investment strategy for its investment portfolio related to the banking activities is formulated by the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The exposures of the investments to market rate movements are managed by modifying the asset and liability mix, either directly or through the use of derivative financial products including interest rate swaps, futures, forwards and purchased option positions such as interest rate caps, floors and collars. See “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”.

The investment portfolio related to the banking activities primarily consists of fixed-interest securities. Approximately 38% of the land and buildings owned by ING Bank are wholly or partially in use by Group companies.

Portfolio maturity description

                                                 
                    Between   Between
    1 year or less   1 year and 5 years   5 and 10 years
    Book value   Yield(1)   Book value   Yield(1)   Book value   Yield(1)
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Dutch government
    4       4.7       446       4.4       5,168       4.3  
German government
    499       3.4       1,397       4.1       5,304       4.2  
Belgian government
    1,769       6.4       3,038       6.0       7,454       4.6  
Central banks
    31       2.9       333       4.4       303       4.4  
Other governments
    2,531       6.1       6,393       4.3       10,716       4.5  
Banks and financial institutions
    3,664       3.2       17,319       3.5       14,287       4.3  
Corporate debt securities
    668       4.1       3,248       4.3       1,584       4.7  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    504       1.9       659       3.9       466       3.7  
Other debt securities
    1,440       3.2       7,662       3.8       13,383       4.2  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
TOTAL
    11,110               40,495               58,665          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
                                                         
    Over 10 years   Without maturity            
    Book       Book                
    value       value       Total   Premium/   Balance
    (EUR   Yield(1)   (EUR   Yield(1)   Book   (discount)   sheet
    millions)   %   millions)   %   value   (EUR millions)   value
Dutch government
                                    5,618       106       5,512  
German government
    131       5.6                       7,331       120       7,211  
Belgian government
    568       5.1                       12,829       (10 )     12,839  
Central banks
                                    667               667  
Other governments
    1,773       5.1                       21,413       261       21,152  
Banks and financial institutions
    874       3.9                       36,144       314       35,830  
Corporate debt securities
    216       5.0                       5,716       (2 )     5,718  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    1,225       3.3                       2,854       20       2,834  
Other debt securities
    1,889       3.0       18               24,392       125       24,267  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
     
 
     
 
 
TOTAL
    6,676               18               116,964       934       116,030  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax- equivalent basis.

61


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2003, ING Group also held the following securities for the banking operations that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity:

                                 
    2003   2002
    Book   Market   Book   Market
    value   value   value   value
    (EUR millions)   (EUR millions)
Dutch government
    5,618       5,692       3,478       3,634  
Belgian government
    12,829       13,657       13,155       14,170  
German government
    7,331       7,424       2,789       2,934  

COMPETITION

There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and the other countries in which ING Group does business for the types of insurance, retail and wholesale banking and other products and services provided by the Group. Such competition is more pronounced in the mature markets of the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia than in the developing markets. In recent years, however, competition in developing markets has increased as financial institutions from mature markets have sought to establish themselves in markets that are perceived to offer higher growth potential. Like ING, competitors have sought alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with local institutions, which have become more sophisticated and competitive.

The Netherlands, which is the largest national market for our banking operations and the second largest for our insurance operations, has historically favored open markets. The presence of large domestic competitors in both the insurance and banking sectors has resulted in fierce competition for virtually all of the Group’s products and services. In addition, the Dutch market is a mature market and one in which the Group already maintains significant market shares in most lines of business. Although certain parts of the Dutch financial-services sector are growing, in recent years ING Bank has been facing increasing competition from other principal Dutch banks in the market segment of small and medium-sized enterprises, as well as in other parts of its Dutch business. Management believes, however, that notwithstanding these factors, there is still the potential for increased growth in the Dutch markets in which the Group currently is active. Changes in government policy result in government withdrawing from social security and various other programs, shifting the coverage and services provided thereunder to the private sector. In this regard, the distribution channels maintained in the Netherlands (direct marketing, the Internet, intermediaries, branches and tied agents) allow the Group to allocate resources to different sectors of the Dutch market as growth opportunities arise and, in management’s view, provide the Group with significant competitive advantages. In the Netherlands, the insurance industry has been affected by many changes in legislation (i.e. new tax law). Savings for pensions continue to be tax-favored to some extent, but professional advice is needed in the labyrinth of rules and regulations. The Dutch insurance industry will be further shaped by the need to adapt to new technologies, bring down costs and increase efficiency. With our large market share, we expect that we will be able to benefit from these trends, especially by creating shared service centers.

In the United States, due to the rebounding economic climate, a shift from guaranteed products to unit-linked products, from fixed to variable annuities and from savings products to stock-market products is evident. The inflow of money into mutual funds has also rapidly increased. After several years of bear market, customers in the United States are increasing their allocation to equity products. The “baby boomers” are now moving closer toward retirement, which creates new opportunities. For the insurance and asset management business, we believe long-term opportunities continue to improve for ING’s wealth management businesses. Several further trends in the US market are significant to our business. First, interest rates have remained at a 45-year low which puts pressure on margins for fixed products. While the low interest rates have helped to fuel the US economy, sustained low rates will challenge our profit generation. In addition, distribution is shifting from career agents to independent advisers and wholesalers, as more insurers come under pressure to turn fixed costs into variable costs. Third, there is a clear shift in power from manufacturers to distributors when it comes to the distribution of financial products. To mitigate these changes in the market, ING has made a concerted

62


Table of Contents

effort to retain and forge strong relationships with our distribution partners. Finally, the ING Brand has grown significantly in the US. In all, we believe our US operations are well-positioned to benefit from these trends.

Competition with respect to the products and services provided by the Group in both mature and developing markets is based on many factors, including brand recognition, scope of distribution systems, customer service, products offered, financial strength, price and, in the case of investment-linked insurance products and asset management services, investment performance. Management believes its major competitors are the larger Dutch, other European, U.S. and Japanese commercial banks, insurance companies, asset management and other financial-services companies.

RATINGS

ING Groep N.V.’s long term senior debt rating is rated “Aa3” by Moody’s Investors Service, with a stable outlook. ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt rating is rated “A+” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a division of the McGraw Hill companies, Inc., or Standard & Poor’s, with a stable outlook.

ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s long term senior debt is rated “A+” by Standard & Poor’s (with a stable outlook) and ‘Aa3’ by Moody’s .

ING Bank N.V.’s long term senior debt is rated “AA-” (with a stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s and “Aa2” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s. The “AA” rating is the second highest of the seven ratings assigned by Standard & Poor’s, which range from “AAA” to “C”. Ratings from AA to B may be modified by the use of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing of the issuer within those rating categories. The “Aa” rating is the second highest of the nine ratings assigned by Moody’s, which range from “Aaa” to “C”. Ratings from “Aaa” to “C” may be modified by the use of numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3, to show the relative standing of the issuer within those rating categories.

ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s short-term term senior debt is rated “A1” by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” by Moody’s . ING Bank’s N.V.’s short-term debt is rated “A1+” by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” by Moody’s. The “A1+” rating is the highest possible of the seven ratings assigned by Standard & Poor’s, which range from “A1+” to “D”. The “P-1” rating is the highest possible of the three ratings assigned by Moody’s, which range from “P-1” to ‘Not Prime’.

The following insurance subsidiaries all held “AA” (with a negative outlook) insurer financial strength ratings by Standard & Poor’s at December 31, 2003: Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, Southland Life Insurance Company, USG Annuity and Life Company, Golden American Life Insurance Company, Midwestern United Life Insurance Company, Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, ReliaStar Life Insurance Company, ING Life Insurance & Annuity Company, ING Insurance Company of America, and ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York. Additionally, on January 1, 2004, Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, USG Annuity and Life Company, and United Life and Annuity Insurance Company merged with and into Golden American Life Insurance Company. This entity was renamed ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company. Subsequently, Standard & Poor’s assigned an “AA” (with a negative outlook) insurer financial strength rating to this entity. Previously, United Life and Annuity Insurance Company was not rated by Standard & Poor’s. Standard & Poor’s states that an insurer rated “AA” has a “very strong” capacity to meet its financial commitments. It differs from the highest rated insurers only in small degree. The “AA” rating is the second highest of the eight claims-paying ratings assigned by Standard & Poor’s, which range from “AAA” (Superior) to “R” (Regulatory action). Life Insurance Company of Georgia has a “A-” (with a stable outlook) insurer financial strength rating by Standard and Poor’s. Standard and Poor’s states that an insurer rated “A” has a “strong” capacity to meet its financial commitments but is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than insurers in higher-rated categories.

The following insurance subsidiaries all held “Aa3” (with a stable outlook) financial strength ratings by Moody’s as of December 31, 2003: ING Life Insurance & Annuity Company, ING Insurance Company of America, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, , Southland Life Insurance Company, USG Annuity and Life Company, Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, ReliaStar Life Insurance Company, and ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York. On January 1, 2004, Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, USG Annuity and Life Company, and United Life and Annuity Insurance

63


Table of Contents

Company merged with and into Golden American Life Insurance Company. This entity was renamed ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company. Subsequently, Moody’s assigned an “Aa3” financial strength rating to this entity. Previously, United Life and Annuity Insurance Company and Golden American Life Insurance Company were not rated by Moody’s. As of December 31, 2003 Life Insurance Company of Georgia held a “A2” (with a negative outlook) financial strength rating by Moody’s. On January 7, 2004 the financial strength rating of Life Insurance Company of Georgia was downgraded to “A3” (with a stable outlook).Moody’s states that the “Aa3” rating is assigned to those companies that, in its opinion, offer financial security. The “Aa3” rating is the second highest of the nine Financial strength ratings assigned by Moody’s, which range from “Aaa” (Exceptional) to “C” (Lowest).

ING Bank N.V.’s long-term debt is rated AA- by Fitch Ratings Ltd., or Fitch Ratings. The “AA” rating is the second highest of the nine ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings, Ltd. which range from “AAA” to “C”. Ratings from “AA” to “B” may be modified by the use of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing of the issuer within those rating categories.

The following insurance subsidiaries, held an “A+” rating by A.M. Best as of December 31, 2003: Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, Southland Life Insurance Company, USG Annuity and Life Company, ING Insurance Company of America, ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, Golden American Life Insurance Company, Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, ReliaStar Life Insurance Company, and ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of NY. In addition, Midwestern United Life Insurance Company, United Life and Annuity Insurance Company, and Life Insurance Company of Georgia held an “A” rating by A.M. Best as of December 31, 2003. . On January 1, 2004, Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa, USG Annuity and Life Company, and United Life and Annuity Insurance Company merged with and into Golden American Life Insurance Company. This entity was renamed ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company. Subsequently, A.M. Best assigned an “A+” rating to this entity. A.M. Best states that the “A+” rating is assigned to companies which have, on balance, superior balance sheet strength, operating performance and business profile when compared to the standards established by A.M. Best. These companies, in their opinion, have a very strong ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders. The “A+” rating is the second highest of 15 ratings assigned by A.M. Best, which range from “A++” (Superior) to “F” (In Liquidation).

None of the foregoing ratings is an indication of the historic or potential performance of the Company’s stock or other securities and should not be relied upon with respect to making an investment in ING Groep N.V.’s Ordinary shares, Bearer receipts, ADSs or other securities.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

ING Group has an ongoing project to improve the capabilities of the Information Technology function. In a collaborative approach with the Executive Centers and businesses, ING has been working to identify and realize opportunities for IT-enabled improvements and value enhancing initiatives with lower costs.

ING is now starting to see the results of these activities. Medium Term Plan (MTP) results are showing lower IT costs as a percentage of business in the coming three years. ING has availed itself of opportunities in the area of alternative sourcing such as leveraging offshore application development and maintenance. In the business arena, ING has seen rationalization of the infrastructure and applications portfolio to focus on the core business and selective use of outsourcing with partners to gain access to scale and skills. ING has also focussed on more actively partnering with some key IT suppliers such as Microsoft, IBM, HP and Peoplesoft. The Global Infrastructure Services department has a strategic goal of providing more seamless and cost effective connectivity to ING’s businesses across the globe.

Maintaining the appropriate balance between group and local ownership (responsibility, accountability) is essential to ensure an accelerated rate of more common application deployment as well as infrastructure rationalization. Shared services and data centres have emerged through consolidation at Management Committee (MC) and Executive Committee (EC) levels. A regional service provider concept provides support services across ECs within each region. For many businesses, the environment is proving challenging with a need to better understand and manage the risk they face. ING’s approach to information risk and security is also evolving to reflect a changing

64


Table of Contents

environment.

In order to continue to improve the speed of decision making and ensure tighter alignment of business and IT focus, everything that’s being done in IT is working through the established corporate IT governance mechanisms. ING continuously seeks to eliminate redundancy, reduce costs and ensure optimum usage of the Group’s IT assets. While keeping an eye on our customers, shareholders and employees, ING will continue to offer efficient and effective IT enabled solutions to help drive customer satisfaction and improve profitability.

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

In the Netherlands, ING Group owns substantially all of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. Outside the Netherlands, ING Group predominantly leases all of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. At December 31, 2003, ING Group had more than 1,500 branch, representative and similar offices worldwide of which approximately 500, principally branch offices, were located in the Netherlands. In addition, ING Group has part of its investment portfolio invested in land and buildings. Management believes that the Group’s facilities are adequate for its present needs in all material respects.

Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects

The following review and prospects should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with Dutch GAAP, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Reference is made to Note 6 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the significant differences between Dutch GAAPand U.S. GAAPand a reconciliation of shareholders’equity and net profit to U.S. GAAP. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information for ING Group included herein is presented on a consolidated basis under Dutch GAAP.

FACTORS AFFECTING RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ING Group’s results of operations are affected by demographics (particularly with respect to life insurance) and by a variety of market conditions, including economic cycles, insurance industry cycles (particularly with respect to non-life insurance), banking industry cycles and fluctuations in stock markets, interest and foreign exchange rates.

General Market Conditions

Demographic studies suggest that over the next decade there will be growth in ING’s principal life insurance markets of the Netherlands, the rest of Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia, in the number of individuals who enter the age group that management believes is most likely to purchase retirement-oriented life insurance products. In addition, in a number of its European markets, including the Netherlands, retirement, medical and other social benefits previously provided by the government have been, or are expected to be, curtailed in the coming years, which management believes will increase opportunities for private sector providers of life insurance, health, pension and other social benefits-related insurance products. Management believes that ING Insurance’s distribution networks, the quality and diversity of its products and its investment management expertise in each of these markets positions ING Insurance to benefit from such developments. In addition, the emerging markets in Central and Eastern Europe, Asia and South America, in which ING Insurance has insurance operations, generally have lower gross domestic products per capita and gross insurance premiums per capita than the countries in Western Europe and North America in which ING Insurance has insurance operations. Management believes that insurance greenfield operations in such emerging markets provide ING Insurance with the market presence that will allow it to take advantage of anticipated growth in such regions. Conditions in the non-life insurance markets in which ING Insurance operates are also cyclical, and characterized by periods of price competition, fluctuations in underwriting results and the occurrence of unpredictable weather-related and other losses.

Fluctuations in equity securities markets

Our insurance and asset management operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity securities markets. Our overall investment return and fee income from equity linked products are impacted by equity markets and the fees we charge for managing portfolios are often based on performance and

65


Table of Contents

value of the portfolio. In addition, fluctuations in equity securities markets may affect sales of life and pension products, unit-linked products, including variable business and may increase the amount of withdrawals which will reduce related management fees. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity securities markets. Given the fact that ING Bank’s policy is to maintain an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio, market downturns are likely to lead to declines in securities trading and brokerage activities that we execute for customers and therefore to declines in related commissions.

Fluctuations in interest rates

Our insurance operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates through impacts on sales and surrenders of life insurance and annuity products. Declining interest rates may increase sales but may impact profitability as a result of a reduced spread between the guaranteed interest rates to policyholders and the investment returns on fixed interest investments. Rising interest rates may increase surrenders of policies which may require liquidation of fixed interest investments at unfavorable market prices. This could result in realized investment losses. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. Our management of interest rate sensitivity affects the results of our banking operations. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the relationship between changes in market interest rates and changes in net interest income. The composition of our banking assets and liabilities results in a structural mismatch which causes the banking operations’ net interest income to be affected by changes in interest rates.

Fluctuations in exchange rates

We publish our consolidated financial statements in euros. Because a substantial portion of our revenue and expenses are denominated in currencies other than euros, fluctuations in the exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the Japanese yen, the British pound and the Polish zloty into euros will impact our reported results of operations and cash flows from year to year. Fluctuations in exchange rates will also impact the value (denominated in euro) of our investments in our non-Euro reporting subsidiaries. The impact of these fluctuations in exchange rates is mitigated to some extent by the fact that the revenues and related expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, of each of our non-euro reporting subsidiaries are generally denominated in the same currencies. ING Group policy is to hedge the translation risk of foreign operations in order to minimize the impact of foreign currency movements (See Note 7.11 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

During 2003, the value of the euro strengthened against most currencies. The impact on operating net profit was a negative EUR 49 million. This figure includes the mitigating effect of the US dollar hedge result of EUR 119 million after tax versus EUR 55 million in the same period last year. ING has hedged the expected profits in US dollar and US dollar-linked currencies for 2004 and 2005. On the insurance side, profits were hedged at a EUR/USD exchange rate of 0.922 for 2004 and 1.253 for 2005. On the banking side, the EUR/USD exchange rates were 1.222 for 2004 and 1.253 for 2005.

For each of the years 2003, 2002 and 2001, the year-end exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements for balance sheet items not denominated in euros) and the average annual exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements for income statement items and cash flows not denominated in euros) were as follows:

                         
            Average    
    2003   2002   2001
U.S. dollar
    1.1345       0.9458       0.8950  
Australian dollar
    1.7484       1.7404       1.7366  
Canadian dollar
    1.5912       1.4838       1.3850  
Pound sterling
    0.6899       0.6279       0.6196  
Japanese yen
    131.1930       117.9310       108.6980  

66


Table of Contents

                         
            Year-end    
    2003   2002   2001
U.S. dollar
    1.2616       1.0487       0.8853  
Australian dollar
    1.6788       1.8594       1.7338  
Canadian dollar
    1.6281       1.6548       1.4072  
Pound sterling
    0.7063       0.6505       0.6110  
Japanese yen
    134.8000       124.4000       116.2500  

Off-Balance-Sheet- Arrangements

Reference is made to pages F-40-F-42: Note 2.18.2 Off-Balance-Sheet-Arrangements.

                         
            Less   More
            than   than
    Total   one   one
    2003   year   year
    (EUR millions)
Insurance operations
                       
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
    652       272       380  
Commitments concerning fixed-interest securities
    1,301       1,292       9  
Guarantees
    1,232       1,232          
Other
    605       433       172  
Banking operations
                       
Contingent liabilities in respect of:
                       
– guarantees
    17,115       6,648       10,467  
– irrevocable letters of credit
    5,356       5,330       26  
– other
    355       355          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    26,616       15,562       11,054  
irrevocable facilities
    66,640       38,402       28,238  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    93,256       53,964       39,292  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
                                 
    Payments due by period
    Total   Less than   1-5   More
    2003   a year   years   than 5 years
    (EUR millions)
Contractual Obligations
                               
Operating lease obligations 1)
    658       149       336       173  
Subordinated Loans of Group Companies 2)
    14,511       673       4,217       9,621  
Debenture Loans 2)
    9,961       765       6,148       3,048  
Loans Contracted 2)
    5,500       4,403       794       303  
Loans from Credit Institutions 2)
    3,672       3,029       624       19  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    34,302       9,019       12,119       13,164  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

1)   The Company’s operating lease obligations are described in Note 2.18.3
 
2)   Subordinated Loans of Group Companies, Debenture Loans, Loans Contracted and Loans from Credit Institutions are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet; refer to Note 2.16 for additional details

Critical Accounting Policies

Dutch GAAP

Reference is made to page to F-9: Note 1.5 Critical Accounting Policies.

Transition to IAS/IFRS

As of January 1, 2005 we will be required to prepare our financial statements and report our operating results in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), previously known as International Accounting Standards (IAS). In June 2002, the Council of the European Union adopted a

67


Table of Contents

regulation requiring listed companies in its Member States to prepare consolidated financial statements based on IFRS. The full impact on financial statements and results under IFRS is not able to be exactly predicted as certain Standards have not yet been fully finalized, especially with respect to accounting for insurance contracts and financial instruments.

Overview Group result 2003 versus 2002

Income

Total operating income decreased by 9.2% to EUR 69,073 million, due, in part, to the fact that the euro strengthened against most currencies.

Efficiency

Total operating expenses decreased 3.1% from EUR 13,501 million in 2002 to EUR 13,081 million in 2003. This is a result of ongoing cost control measures, as well as the many restructuring and integration efforts, which were partially offset by an increase in expenses. This expense growth was a result of the ongoing expansion of ING Direct and the insurance operations in developing markets, higher pension costs, accelerated depreciation of capitalized software, higher expenses to reduce backlogs and to improve the service level at ING’s Dutch insurance operations, and the new collective labor agreement in the Netherlands.

Profit

The positive trend already visible in the first nine months of 2003 continued in the fourth quarter, resulting in a full-year operating net profit of EUR 4,053 million, up 18.1% from 2002. Currency-rate differences, despite the mitigating effect of the US-dollar hedge, had a negative impact of EUR 49 million. Excluding currency-rate differences and acquisitions/divestments, operating net profit increased by 20.9%.

Net profit over 2003 fell EUR 457 million, or 10.2%, to EUR 4,043 million, mainly due to the absence of net realized capital gains on shares in 2003 as a result of a policy change. In 2002, net profit included EUR 820 million of net realized capital gains on shares compared with a net realized loss of EUR 10 million in 2003. In addition, 2002 net profit included a EUR 247 million non-operating profit on the sale of 49% of ING’s life and mutual-fund operations in Australia to the joint venture with ANZ.

The further recovery of the most important stock market indices in the fourth quarter of 2003 resulted in a positive balance of more than EUR 0.9 billion in the revaluation reserve shares as of 31 December 2003. This revaluation reserve includes unrealized gains and losses on shares in ING’s equity portfolio. On February 17, 2004, the revaluation reserve in respect of shares amounted to approximately EUR 1.4 billion. The revaluation reserve in respect of real estate amounted to EUR 1.0 billion at year-end 2003, a decrease of EUR 0.2 billion compared with year-end 2002 as a result of sales in 2003.

Insurance operations

Operating net profit from the insurance operations decreased from EUR 2,538 million in 2002 to EUR 2,508 million in 2003 (1.2%). The strengthening of the euro against other (major) currencies had a negative impact of EUR 92 million despite the mitigating effect of the dollar hedge. Excluding the impact of the strong euro, operating net profit from insurance rose 2.7%. Operating profit before tax increased 10.0% compared with 2002.

Total premiums decreased by 12.9% to EUR 45,519 million. Excluding the impact of the strong euro, premium growth was flat as a result of continued efforts to properly balance profitability and market share. In the Netherlands, life premiums grew by 13.3%.

Despite strict cost control in all regions total operating expenses increased organically by 6.5% as a result of an increase in pension costs, higher expenses to reduce backlogs and to improve the service level in the Netherlands, one-time reorganization and IT outsourcing expenses in the US, as well as the growth of developing-market activities.

Banking operations

Operating net profit from the banking operations increased by 72.6% to EUR 1,545 million in 2003, mainly driven by a higher interest result, lower expenses and lower loan-loss provisions. One-off items

68


Table of Contents

had a small mitigating effect on the improvement (EUR (34) million in 2002 versus EUR (65) million in 2003).

Profit before tax rose by EUR 903 million or 61.5%. Total income growth of 4.3% (organically 7.2%) was caused by a EUR 469 million higher interest result thanks to increased volumes (notably at ING Direct) and a higher average interest margin in the Netherlands.

Operating expenses decreased by 1.4% (organically, +1.0%) despite higher pension expenses, the impact of the collective labor agreement in the Netherlands as well as the ongoing expansion of ING Direct. Compared to the third quarter 2003, operating expenses in the fourth quarter rose by EUR 152 million to EUR 2,192 million. This exceptionally high expense level is due to a number of non-recurrent expenses including the accelerated depreciation of capitalized software especially in the fourth quarter, a catch-up in bonus accruals and higher marketing costs. The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 310 million to EUR 1,125 million, which is equal to 46 basis points of average credit-risk weighted assets, compared with 59 basis points in 2002.

Currency-rate fluctuations impacted operating net profit by +EUR 43 million, mainly as a result of a US dollar-denominated loss in the fourth quarter of 2002.

Return on equity

The operating net return on equity increased from 17.4% in 2002 to 21.5% in 2003. The return on equity of the insurance operations was 22.7% against 18.6% for 2002. The return on equity of the banking operations increased from 6.5% in 2002 to 11.1% in 2003.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth the consolidated results of operations of ING Group for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Operating profit before tax:
                       
Insurance operations
    3,486       3,170       2,792  
Banking operations
    2,371       1,468       2,170  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit before tax
    5,857       4,638       4,962  
Taxation
    1,460       873       1,099  
Third-party interests
    344       332       324  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit
    4,053       3,433       3,539  
Non-operating profit after taxation
            247       325  
Realized capital gains (losses) after taxation
    (10 )     820       713  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit
    4,043       4,500       4,577  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our non-operating profits by insurance and banking operations:

                                                 
                    Year ended December 31,        
    2002   2001   2002   2001   2002   2001
    Insurance operations   Banking operations   Total
    (EUR millions)
Non-operating profit:
                                               
Result on joint venture ANZ
    280                               280          
Result on sale of investments for financing of acquisitions
            325                               325  
Taxation on non-operating results
    (33 )                             (33 )        
 
   
 
                             
 
         
Non-operating profit after taxation
    247       325                       247       325  
 
   
 
     
 
                     
 
     
 
 

69


Table of Contents

The following discussion is based on our consolidated financial statements (see “Item 18. Financial Statements”) and should be read in conjunction with those statements. ING Group evaluates the results of its insurance operations and banking operations using non-GAAP financial performance measures called operating result before taxation and operating (net) profit. Operating (net) profit is defined as (net) profit, excluding:

- capital gains and losses on equity securities,

- the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities , and

- realized gains on divestments that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds to finance acquisitions.

While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of operating results enhances the understanding and comparability of its performance by highlighting net income attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the businesses. Trends in the underlying profitability of ING Group’s businesses can be more clearly identified without the fluctuating effects of realized capital gains and losses on equity securities and the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities. These results are largely dependent on market cycles and can vary across periods. The timing of sales that would result in gains or losses is largely at the discretion of the company. The realized gains on divestments that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds related to the divestments to finance acquisitions are excluded because the timing of these gains is largely subject to the company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING Group does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Operating result before taxation and operating net profit are not a substitute for profit before taxation and net profit as determined in accordance with Dutch GAAP. ING Group’s definition of operating result before taxation and operating net profit may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time. See Note 3.6.6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of our segment operating results to our net profit.

The following table sets forth the operating profit before tax and after tax of the Group’s consolidated operations by geographic region for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
The Netherlands
    3,059       2,901       3,062  
Belgium
    587       687       596  
Rest of Europe
    215       (156 )     540  
North America
    912       311       202  
Latin America
    410       381       202  
Asia
    318       283       419  
Australia
    236       384       73  
Other
    120       (153 )     (132 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit before tax
    5,857       4,638       4,962  
Taxation
    1,460       873       1,099  
Third-party interests
    344       332       324  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit
    4,053       3,433       3,539  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

The contribution of the insurance operations to the operating net profit of ING Group, after tax and third-party interests, was 61.9%, 73.9% and 59.3% in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Total operating income of ING Group decreased by EUR 7,028 million, or (9.2%) to EUR 69,073 million, from EUR 76,101 million in 2002, reflecting an decrease in income of the Group’s insurance operations of (11.3%) and an increase in the banking operations of 4.3%. Total operating expenditure decreased

70


Table of Contents

EUR 8,247 million, or (11.5%), from EUR 71,463 million in 2002 to EUR 63,216 million in 2003, reflecting decreases of (12.4%) and (4.4%) respectively, in total expenditure for the Group’s insurance and banking operations. The Group’s operating profit before tax increased in The Netherlands, Rest of Europe, North America, Latin America and Asia, but declined in Belgium and Australia.

Consolidated operating profit before tax increased EUR 1,219 million, or 26.3%, to EUR 5,857 million in 2003 compared to EUR 4,638 million in 2002, reflecting increases of 10.0% for the insurance operations and 61.5% for the banking operations. Including non-operating results, profit before tax decreased EUR 44 million, or (0.7%), to EUR 5,877 million in 2003 compared to EUR 5,921 million in 2002. The Group’s consolidated taxes (operating) of EUR 1,460 million in 2003 and EUR 873 million in 2002 represented overall effective tax rates of 24.9% and 18.8%, respectively, compared to the statutory rates for the Group’s primary Dutch and other non-domestic operating subsidiaries that ranged from 16.5% to 47%, and averaged 35%. The increase was mainly due to higher tax-exempt gains as well as the release of a tax provision in the insurance operations in 2002. The difference between statutory and effective rates was due primarily to a reduction in the taxes paid by the Group’s Dutch subsidiaries, for which the statutory rate was 34.5% and the effective rate was 19.1% in 2002.

Operating net profit increased EUR 620 million, or 18.1%, to EUR 4,053 million in 2003 compared to EUR 3,433 million in 2002, reflecting the increased pre-tax profits, although the effect of exchange rate movements between the euro and certain of the Group’s primary operating currencies decreased operating net profit in 2003 by EUR 49 million, compared to an increase of EUR 76 million in 2002, both net of US-dollar hedging. Including non-operating profits, net profits decreased EUR 457 million, or (10.2%), to EUR 4,043 million in 2003 compared to EUR 4,500 million in 2002.

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

Total operating income of ING Group increased by EUR 2,551 million, or 3.5% to EUR 76,101 million, from EUR 73,550 million in 2001, reflecting an increase in income of the Group’s insurance operations of 3.9% and an increase in the banking operations of 0.8%. Total operating expenditure increased EUR 2,875 million, or 4.2%, from EUR 68,588 million in 2001 to EUR 71,463 million in 2002, reflecting increases of 3.5% and 8.9% respectively, in total expenditure for the Group’s insurance and banking operations. The Group’s operating profit before tax increased in, Belgium, North America, Latin America and Australia, but declined in The Netherlands, Rest of Europe and Asia.

Consolidated operating profit before tax decreased EUR 324 million, or 6.5%, to EUR 4,638 million in 2002 compared to EUR 4,962 million in 2001, reflecting an increase of 13.5% for the insurance operations and a decrease of 32.4% for the banking operations. Including non-operating profits, profit before tax decreased EUR 145 million, or 2.4%, to EUR 5,921 million in 2002 compared to EUR 6,066 million in 2001. The Group’s consolidated taxes (operating) of EUR 873 million in 2002 and EUR 1,099 million in 2001 represented overall effective tax rates of 18.8% and 22.2%, respectively, compared to the statutory rates for the Group’s primary Dutch and other non-domestic operating subsidiaries that ranged from 16.5% to 47%, and averaged 35%. The difference between statutory and effective rates was due primarily to a reduction in the taxes paid by the Group’s Dutch subsidiaries, for which the statutory rate was 34.5% and the effective rate was 12.1% in 2002.

Operating net profit decreased EUR 106 million, or 3.0%, to EUR 3,433 million in 2002 compared to EUR 3,539 million in 2001, reflecting the decreased pre-tax profit and lower overall tax rates described above, as well as the effect of exchange rate movements between the euro and certain of the Group’s primary operating currencies, which increased operating net profit in 2002 by EUR 76 million, compared to an increase of EUR 12 million in 2001. Including non-operating profits, net profits decreased EUR 77 million, or 1.7%, to EUR 4,500 million in 2002 compared to EUR 4,577 million in 2001.

71


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth ING Group’s consolidated assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR billions, except amounts per share )
Investments
    335.0       297.6       307.4  
Bank lending
    292.6       284.4       254.2  
Total assets
    778.8       716.4       705.1  
Insurance provisions
Life
    188.2       186.0       204.6  
Non-life
    9.8       9.8       9.4  
Total insurance provisions
    198.0       195.8       214.0  
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations (1)
    377.8       319.8       276.4  
Due to banks
    102.1       96.3       107.8  
Total liabilities
    757.5       698.1       683.6  
Shareholders’ equity
    21.3       18.3       21.5  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share
    10.08       9.14       11.03  

(1)   Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations consists of savings accounts, other deposits, bank funds and debt securities privately issued by the banking operations of ING.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Total assets increased by 8.7% in 2003 to EUR 778.8 billion, due to increased fixed income investments, bank lending and banks. Investments increased by EUR 37.4 billion, or 12.6%, to EUR 335.0 billion in 2003 from EUR 297.6 billion in 2002, representing a small increase of EUR 1.5 billion in insurance investments and an increase of EUR 36.0 billion in banking investments mainly attributable to ING Direct ( EUR 29.8 billion).

Bank lending grew EUR 8.2 billion, or 2.9%, rising to EUR 292.6 billion at the end of 2003 from EUR 284.4 billion at the end of 2002. Of this amount, EUR 143.7 billion related to lending in the Netherlands and EUR 148.9 billion to international lending. The total increase of EUR 8.2 billion was on balance due to decreased corporate loans mainly as a result of negative currency rate fluctuations, by EUR 5.2 billion and higher personal lending of EUR 13.4 billion.

Group shareholders’ equity increased by 16.9% or EUR 3,077 million to EUR 21,331 million at December 31, 2003 compared to EUR 18,254 million at December 31, 2002. On balance, net profit of EUR 4,043 million increased and exchange rate differences lowered shareholder’s equity by EUR (1,123) million. In addition, the portion of the 2002 final dividend and 2003 interim dividend paid caused shareholders’ equity to decrease by EUR 943 million offset by the issue of shares, of EUR 925 million, to fund the cash dividend.

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

Total assets increased by 1.6% in 2002 to EUR 716.4 billion, on balance due to decreased fixed income investments and an increase in bank lending volume. Investments declined by EUR 9.9 billion, or 3.2%, to EUR 297.6 billion in 2002 from EUR 307.4 billion in 2001, representing a reduction of EUR (25.7) billion in insurance investments, which was offset in part by an increase of EUR 15.8 billion in banking investments.

Bank lending grew EUR 30.2 billion, or 11.9%, rising to EUR 284.4 billion at the end of 2002 from EUR 254.2 billion at the end of 2001. Of this amount, EUR 145.4 billion related to lending in the Netherlands and EUR 139.0 billion to international lending. The consolidation of DiBa, Toplease and ING Vysya Bank added EUR 7.3 billion to bank lending. The total increase of EUR 30.2 billion was mainly due to increased loans secured by mortgages, including Dutch residential mortgages of EUR 19.9 billion,

72


Table of Contents

and higher other personal lending of EUR 8.0 billion partly caused by a reclassification from other corporate loans.

Group shareholders’ equity decreased by 15.2% or EUR 3,260 million to EUR 18,254 million at December 31, 2002 compared to EUR 21,514 million at December 31, 2001. Net profit of EUR 4,500 million and the changes in the value of ING Group N.V. shares held by group companies of EUR 822 million caused shareholders’ equity to increase. Write-offs of goodwill totaled EUR (1,176) million, which write-offs have been directly charged in full to shareholders’ equity. Realized revaluations released to the profit and loss account of EUR (1,051) million and unrealized revaluations after taxation amounted to EUR (3,343) million, mainly due to the revaluation of the equity portfolio due to the economic downturn. Exchange rate difference lowered shareholder’s equity by EUR (1,041) million. In addition, the portion of the 2001 final dividend and 2002 interim dividend paid caused shareholders’ equity to decrease by EUR 1,969 million.

SEGMENT REPORTING

ING Group’s segments are based on the management structure of the Group, which is different from its legal structure. Each Executive Center formulates its strategic, commercial and financial policy in conformity with the strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board. Each Executive Center is also responsible for the preparation of its annual budget and each Executive Center monitors the realization of its policies and budgets and its business units. The following table sets forth the contribution of our Executive Centers to our Total operating income and Operating profit before tax for each of the years 2001-2003:

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Total operational income   Operational result before taxation
    (EUR millions)
Europe (1)
    28,571       26,955       27,217       4,305       3,242       3,888  
Americas
    31,973       40,608       39,388       1,086       1,043       884  
Asia/Pacific
    8,511       8,826       7,501       453       603       304  
Other (2)
    18       (288 )     (556 )     13       (250 )     (114 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Group
    69,073       76,101       73,550       5,857       4,638       4,962  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   As of December 31, 2002, the asset management business units ING Real Estate, Baring Asset Management, ING Trust, Parcom and Baring Private Equity Partners are part of EC ING Europe. The years prior to 2003 are restated accordingly. See “Item 4 Information on the Company”.

(2)   Reflects intersegment eliminations.

See Note 3.6.6 Segment Reporting to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of our segment operating results to our net profits under Dutch GAAP.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

ING Europe

Gross premiums written in the life operations increased by EUR 639 million, or 7.5%, to EUR 9,199 million. Gross premiums written in the non-life operations increased EUR 23 million, or 1.1%, to EUR 2,202 million. Total income from the banking operations increased by EUR 137 million, or 1.3%, from EUR 10,693 million in 2002 to EUR 10,830 million in 2003, mainly due to an increase in the interest result. Income from the asset management activities, being mainly real property and venture capital activities rose by 13.4%, or EUR 97 million to EUR 822 million in 2003.

The operating profit before tax increased by 32.8% to EUR 4,305 million from EUR 3,242 million in 2002. The operating profit before tax of the insurance operations grew by 8.8%, although it was negatively affected by one-off items. Pressure on investment income and higher expenses resulted in lower life results in the Netherlands. The life operations in Belgium and Poland, however, performed

73


Table of Contents

well. The non-life results on the home markets in the Netherlands and Belgium developed very favorably. Operating profit before tax of the banking operations increased by 58.3% to EUR 2,253 million. Operating profit before tax from the asset management businesses rose by 38.8% to EUR 336 million.

According to US GAAP operating profit before tax would have been EUR 359 million lower in 2003 and EUR 736 million lower in 2002. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2003: the 2002 US GAAP operating profit included a goodwill impairment charge of EUR 1,168 million (2003: nil), accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management EUR (367) million (2002: EUR 60 million) and valuation of debt securities EUR 313 million (2002: EUR 573 million) . For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and US GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-102 to F-106.

ING Americas

Gross premiums written in the life business decreased by EUR 6,550 million, or 23.1%, from EUR 28,380 million in 2002 to EUR 21,830 million in 2003, mainly caused by decreased fixed annuities sales, which suffered from the depressed interest rate environment. Gross non-life premiums decreased EUR 803 million, or 14.7%, to EUR 4,660 million in 2003.

The operating profit before tax increased slightly by EUR 43 million from EUR 1,043 million to EUR 1,086 million, due to the impact of lower interest rates causing margin compression and lower fixed annuity sales as well as unfavorable mortality in the reinsurance business. Growth in the property and casualty businesses and higher benefit costs combined with one-time US costs increased total expenses with 2.9% . Excluding the impact of the currency hedge gain, exchange rates and one-off items, operating profit before tax increased 28.9% over 2002 to EUR 905 million. According to US GAAP operating profit before tax would have been EUR 445 million higher in 2003 and EUR 11,559 million lower in 2002. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2003 impairment of goodwill of EUR (125) million (2002: EUR (10,942) million), valuation of debt securities EUR (333) million (2002: EUR (375) million), realized results on sales and amortization of premiums and discount of debt securities EUR 833 million (2002: EUR 546 million), accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management EUR 283 million (2002: EUR (538) million). For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and US GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-102 to F-106.

ING Asia / Pacific

Gross premiums written in the life business decreased by EUR 243 million, or (3.3%), from EUR 7,436 million in 2002 to EUR 7,193 million in 2003. Gross premiums, life and non-life, of the developing markets operations (mainly Korea and Taiwan) increased 23.6% in local currencies. In Japan, premium income decreased by 1.4% in local currency due to the flat sales of single premium variable annuity product. Gross premiums of the non-life operations increased by 10.8% from EUR 362 million in 2002 to EUR 401 million in 2003.

The operating profit before tax of the insurance operations decreased by EUR 117 million, or 20.6%, primarily due to the operating gain of EUR 222 million in 2002 from the transaction with ANZ, to EUR 452 million in 2003. The operations in Australia, Japan, Hong Kong and Korea all showed improved results in local currencies. Results from Taiwan were lower, mainly because of an addition of EUR 50 million to the provision against a prolonged low interest rate environment. Excluding this provision and at constant exchange rates, profit increased.

The operating profit before tax of the banking operations decreased by EUR 33 million from EUR 34 million in 2002 to EUR 1 million in 2003, mainly because of lower dividends in 2003, EUR (18) million received on the investment in Kookmin Bank (South Korea) and lower results EUR (15) million regarding the 44% stake in Vysya Bank (India)

74


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

ING Europe

Gross premiums written in the life operations decreased by EUR 41 million, or 0.5%, to EUR 8,560 million. Gross premiums written in the non-life operations increased EUR 81 million, or 3.9%, to EUR 2,179 million. Total income from the banking operations increased by EUR 38 million, or 0.4%, from EUR 10,390 million in 2001 to EUR 10,620 million in 2002, on balance due to an increase in the interest result, which was almost fully offset by a strong decrease in commission income, reflecting overall market declines.

The operating profit before tax decreased by 16.6% to EUR 3,242 million from EUR 3,888 million in 2001. The operating profit before tax of the insurance operations grew by 7.5% due to higher realized capital gains on real property and lower operating expenses, while the operating profit before tax of the banking operations decreased by 35.3%, due to lower commissions and other income in the Belgian operations as well as substantial higher additions to the provision for loan losses, mainly in the German and American wholesale operations, partly offset by lower operating expenses. According to US GAAP operating profit before tax would have been EUR 736 million lower in 2002 and EUR 523 million lower in 2001. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2002: goodwill of EUR (1,168) million (2001: EUR (514) million) and mainly valuation of debt securities EUR 573 million (2001: EUR 15 million. For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and US GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-102 to F-106.

ING Americas

Gross premiums written in the life business decreased by EUR 664 million, or 2.3%, from EUR 29,044 million in 2001 to EUR 28,380 million in 2002, mainly caused by increased fixed annuities sales, which were more than offset by a decrease in premium income from variable annuities, short term Guaranteed Investment Contracts and reinsurance premiums. Gross non-life premiums increased EUR 1,480 million, or 37.2%, to EUR 5,463 million in 2002, and mainly caused by the acquisition of the retail insurance portfolio from Zurich in Canada, as well as the integration of the additional 58.5% ownership of ING Commercial America acquired in the second half of 2001 in Mexico.

The operating profit before tax increased by EUR 159 million from EUR 884 million to EUR 1,043 million, caused by lower operating expenses, decreased interest expenses and higher investment income partly offset by substantially higher investment losses and increased charges due to DAC unlocking. According to US GAAP operating profit before tax would have been EUR 11,559 million lower in 2002 and EUR 1,917 million lower in 2001. This difference is mainly caused by the following reconciling items for 2002: impairment of goodwill of EUR (10,942) million (2001: EUR (1,216) million), valuation of debt securities EUR (375) million (2001: EUR (132) million), realized results on sales and amortization of premiums and discount of debt securities EUR 546 million (2001: EUR 230 million), accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management EUR (538) million (2001: EUR (321) million) and provision for future catastrophes and other accidental losses EUR (181) million (2001: EUR (329) million). For an explanation of differences between Dutch GAAP and US GAAP please refer to Notes 6.1 and 6.2 on pages F-102 to F-106.

ING Asia / Pacific

Gross premiums written in the life business increased by EUR 939 million, or 14.5%, from EUR 6,497 million in 2001 to EUR 7,436 million in 2002. Gross premiums of the life business in Australia decreased by 17.5% primarily due to the ING-ANZ joint venture formation, reducing ING’s share of premium Gross premiums of the ex-Greenfield operations (mainly Korea and Taiwan) increased 7.4% (14.6% in local currency). In Japan, premium income grew by 102% in local currency due to the strong sales of a newly introduced single premium variable annuity product. Gross premiums of the non-life operations increased by 15.3% from EUR 314 million in 2001 to EUR 362 million in 2002.

The operating profit before tax of the insurance operations increased by EUR 268 million, or 89.0%, to EUR 569 million in 2002. The profit includes EUR 222 million profit relating to the formation of the joint

75


Table of Contents

venture life and mutual fund operations in Australia with ANZ (ING 51% ownership). The operations in Australia, Japan, Taiwan and Korea all showed improved results.

The operating profit before tax of the banking operations increased strongly by EUR 31 million from EUR 3 million in 2001 to EUR 34 million in 2002, mainly caused by higher results of the Australian operations and the first time consolidation of ING Vysya Bank in India.

Investment portfolio impairments and unrealized losses

The carrying value of all investments in our investment portfolio is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The review includes, amongst other, an evaluation of the level and trends of interest rates, trends and level of volatility in stock markets, financial condition of the issuer or counterparty, economic developments and expectations in the business segment in which the issuer or counterparty operates, the extent to which the fair value is below the cost price, the period of time for which unrealized losses have existed and ING Group’s intent and ability to hold a security until fair value will recover. For all investments for which, based on such review, the unrealized losses are expected to be other than temporary, the amount of unrealized loss is charged to the profit and loss account.

     Unrealized losses

On a US GAAP basis, our consolidated investment portfolio included unrealized gains of EUR 11,245 million and unrealized losses of EUR 1,408 million as of December 31, 2003.

The table below provides a reconciliation of the net unrealized gains and losses on equity securities of EUR 919 million to the net unrealized gains and losses on a US GAAP basis as of December 31, 2003.

                         
    Dutch GAAP   Additional   U.S. GAAP
        U.S. GAAP    
        impairments    
        (cumulative)    
    (EUR millions)
Unrealized gains
    2,243             2,518  
Unrealized losses
    1,324       1,435       164  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    919       1,435       2,354  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Under US GAAP, unrealized losses on equity securities are EUR 1,435 million (2002: EUR 1,770 million) lower as set out in Note 6.1.e. on page F-103.

The table below provides the gross unrealized loss on a US GAAP basis of EUR 1,408 million as of December 31, 2003 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price:

76


Table of Contents

                                 
    Less than   Between 6        
    6 months   and 12   More than    
    below cost   months   12 months    
            below cost   below cost   Total
    (EUR millions)
Debt securities:
                               
Dutch Government
    61       2               63  
Foreign Governments
    152       124       83       359  
Corporate debt securities
    257       221       47       525  
Mortgage-backed securities
    123       80       49       252  
Other
    14       26       5       45  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub-total
    607       453       184       1.244  
Shares and convertible debentures
    75       19       70       164  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    682       472       254       1,408  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The company does not consider the securities with unrealized losses for over 12 months of EUR 254 million to be impaired, since either:

-   the securities are only insignificantly lower than the cost price
 
-   the unrealized loss arose due to changes in interest rates, however this has not effected the expected future cash flows.
 
-   the securities are with counterparties who are considered not to be in financial difficulty, despite the fact that their credit rating has been lowered, reducing the market value

The unrealized losses on a U.S. GAAP basis of EUR 1,236 million as of December 31, 2002 are provided in the table below.

                         
    Dutch GAAP   Additional   U.S. GAAP
    Gross   U.S. GAAP   Gross
    unrealized   impairments   unrealized
    losses   (cumulative)   losses
    (EUR millions)
Debt securities
    903             903  
Equity securities
    2,103       1,770       333  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    3,006       1,770       1,236  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

The table below provides the gross unrealized loss on a U.S. GAAP basis of EUR 1,236 million as of December 31, 2002 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price:

                         
    Less than   More than    
    6 months   6 months    
    below cost   below cost   Total
    (EUR millions)
Debt securities
    449       454       903  
Equity securities
    286       47       333  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    735       501       1,236  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Impairments

Impairments are measured as the difference between the carrying value of a particular investment and the expected recoverable amount. Impairments are charged to the profit and loss account.

In 2003, we recorded impairments of EUR 689 million on a US GAAP basis (2002: EUR 2,248 million and 2001: EUR 1,136 million). Of such amount, EUR 474 million is related to our portfolio of debt securities (2002: EUR 716 million and 2001: EUR 451 million).

77


Table of Contents

     Impairment of debt securities under Dutch GAAP

Unrealized losses on debt securities consist of two components: interest related unrealized losses and credit related unrealized losses. Interest related unrealized losses, which fully relate to fluctuations in risk free market interest rates, generally would not result in any impairments. Credit related unrealized losses may relate to impairment if it is uncertain whether future interest and principal payments will be collected.

Impairments on debt securities, recorded at redemption value under Dutch GAAP, are accounted for as a reduction of the carrying value of the debt security. This reduction is reversed in a subsequent period if the recoverable amount increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized in income. The amount of the reversal is then included in the profit and loss account for the period.

Developments in 2003

The 2003 impairment review of the debt securities in our investment portfolio produced an impairment of EUR 141 million, of which EUR 135 million is related to our portfolio in the United States.

  EUR 51 million on debt securities of issuers in the airline industry. The majority of our airline investments are comprised of Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (“EETC”). Since the events of September 11, 2001, the airline industry has suffered from reduced passenger volume due to a combination of security concerns and the slowdown in 2002 and gradual recovery in 2003 of the U.S. economy. Compounding the reduced volume are increased costs of enhanced security measures, increased fuel costs and relatively high cost structures. Over the past two years several carriers have sought bankruptcy protection and rejected a number of leases supporting debt structures similar to those held by ING resulting in our impairment.

  EUR 31 million attributed to asset-backed securities.

  EUR 11 million on debt securities of issuers in the cable and telecommunications industry. During 2003, the telecommunications industry remained under pressure due to a gradual recovery in the economy and an overcapacity of the industry’s infrastructure.
 
  EUR 11 million on debt securities of issuers in the healthcare industry. The most significant holdings that were impaired due to material accounting irregularities.

Developments in 2002

Based on our review of the carrying value of the debt securities, we recorded impairments of EUR 583 million under Dutch GAAP, related to our portfolio of debt securities. The majority of the impairments related to our portfolio in the United States, of which the most significant items were the following:

  EUR 144 million on debt securities of issuers in the energy industry. During 2002, the energy sector continued to feel the fallout of Enron, accounting irregularities and over-capacity due to a slowdown in the economy. Our assessment indicated that the debt securities of several issuers were impaired. The most significant holdings that were impaired related to NRG Energy (EUR 29 million).

  EUR 193 million on debt securities of issuers in the cable and telecommunications industry. During 2002, the telecommunications industry was under considerable pressure due to questions about industry practices and over-capacity and due to a slowdown in the economy and over-building of the industry’s infrastructure. The most significant holdings that were impaired related to Worldcom (EUR 63 million).

     Impairment of debt securities under US GAAP

Under US GAAP impairments are determined similar to Dutch GAAP. In the case of impairment, the related unrealized loss (included in the revaluation reserve) is recorded through the profit and loss account. Under U.S. GAAP impairments may not be reversed in future periods. Impairments are treated as a reduction of cost price and are reversed upon sale of the asset. This difference has not resulted in any differences between the cost price of securities under Dutch GAAP and US GAAP in 2002 or 2003, as no impairments were reversed under Dutch GAAP.

The most significant item is the EUR 285 million (2002: EUR 154 million) impairment on asset-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations, mortgage-backed and mortgage-backed derivative

78


Table of Contents

securities was recorded based on EITF 99-20 requirements related to market values being below carrying value and adverse changes in cash flows.

     Impairment of equity securities under Dutch GAAP

Under Dutch GAAP, distinction is made between unrealized losses due to general market fluctuations and unrealized losses due to issuer-specific developments. Unrealized losses due to temporary fluctuations in equity markets do not lead to impairment. The impairment review focuses on issuer specific developments regarding financial condition and future prospects, taking into account the intent and ability to hold the securities under the ING Group’s long term investment strategy. Issuer specific developments may include significant financial difficulty of the issuer, a high probability of bankruptcy or other financial reorganization of the issuer and the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset due to financial difficulties. If, in a subsequent period, the recoverable amount increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized in income, the loss should be reversed, with the reversal included in net result for the period.

Developments in 2003

Of the EUR 1,324 million unrealized losses on equity securities under Dutch GAAP that were in an unrealized loss position for more than six months as of December 31, 2003, EUR 887 million related to the equity security portfolio of our insurance operations in The Netherlands. The unrealized losses are concentrated in the nutrition industry (EUR 174 million), chemical industry (EUR 104 million), IT services (EUR 76 million), retail-wholesale (EUR 64 million), general industrials (EUR 57 million) and financials (EUR 25 million).

In 2003, ING Group recognized impairments of EUR 55 million under Dutch GAAP, consisting of several minor impairments, concentrated in the general industrials (EUR 16 million) and IT services (EUR 8 million).

Developments in 2002

Of the EUR 2,103 million of unrealized losses on equity securities under Dutch GAAP that were in an unrealized loss position for more than six months as of December 31, 2002, EUR 1,478 million related to the equity security portfolio of our insurance operations in the Netherlands.

The most significant categories of unrealized losses related to the nutrition industry (EUR 424 million), retail-wholesale (EUR 310 million), chemical industry (EUR 204 million), IT services (EUR 143 million) and temporary labor industry (EUR 108 million).

The impairment review process has resulted in EUR 292 million impairment charges on a Dutch GAAP basis, mainly relating to the investment portfolio of our insurance operations in The Netherlands, concentrated in the following industries:

  Communications

The share prices of telecommunications companies were under considerable pressure in 2002 (see also comment on debt securities) which produced an impairment of EUR 139 million as under the long term investment strategy, ING Group did not have the intent to hold these securities.

  Retail-wholesale

ING Group’s shareholding in Laurus, a large food retail company in The Netherlands, produced an impairment of EUR 69 million in 2002. Concerns about the continuity of Laurus if the company would not be able to attract new funding dragged the share price of Laurus down to EUR 1.50 at the time of the impairment.

     Impairment of equity securities under US GAAP

Under US GAAP, based on strict SEC interpretations, additional impairments are recognized for other than temporary unrealized losses on top of the impairments already recognized under Dutch GAAP.

An additional impairment may be recognized under US GAAP after giving additional consideration to the extent to which the fair value is below the cost price and the period of time for which unrealized

79


Table of Contents

losses have existed. Under US GAAP, impairments may not be reversed in future periods. Impairments are treated as a reduction of cost price and are only reversed upon sale of the asset. This difference has not resulted in any differences between the cost price of securities under Dutch GAAP and US GAAP in 2002 as no impairments were reversed under Dutch GAAP.

Developments in 2003

In 2003, under US GAAP, impairments of equity securities were EUR 335 million lower, as the adjustment for realized losses (either sold or impaired) under Dutch GAAP, which were already recognized under US GAAP in prior years, exceeds the additional impairment on a US GAAP basis.

In 2003, we recorded an impairment of EUR 215 million related to other than temporary losses on a US GAAP basis, concentrated in the temporary labor industry (EUR 62 million), IT services (EUR 54 million), nutrition industry (EUR 40 million) and retail-wholesale (EUR 11 million).

Developments in 2002

Under US GAAP, impairments of equity securities are EUR 1,085 million higher as set out in Note 6.1.e on page F-103. We recorded an impairment of EUR 1,532 million related to other than temporary losses on a US GAAP basis. The reconciling item relates to the impairment on a U.S. GAAP basis, adjusted for equity securities for which under US GAAP an impairment was recognised in 2001 and on which under Dutch GAAP a realized loss was recorded in 2002 (either sold or impaired under Dutch GAAP).

Of the impairment of EUR 1,532 million related to our portfolio of equity securities, the majority related to the portfolio of our insurance operations in The Netherlands. The impairments were concentrated in the nutrition industry (EUR 330 million), retail-wholesale (EUR 310 million), chemical industry (EUR 204 million), IT services (EUR 84), financials (EUR 38 million) and temporary labor industry (EUR 21 million).

     Impact on future earnings

Although all individual securities were reviewed to ensure that no material impairments or other than temporary losses were required to be charged to the profit and loss account in 2003, the identification of impairment and other then temporary losses and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors, including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices. Further developments after December 31, 2003 may indicate that certain unrealized losses that existed as of December 31, 2003 will need to be considered other than temporary, resulting in a negative impact on our profit and loss account.

Goodwill

In 2002, a significant difference existed between the result pursuant to Dutch GAAP, which was a profit of EUR 4,500 million, and the net loss of EUR 9,627 million pursuant to US accounting principles. This difference was primarily the result of the adoption of new goodwill requirements under US GAAP.

As of January 1, 2002 goodwill is no longer amortized but tested for impairment if any events or a change in circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place, or at a minimum on an annual basis. See Note 7.12, ‘Business Combinations’ for additional information on the accounting treatment of goodwill under US GAAP.

Under Dutch GAAP, goodwill paid on acquisitions is directly charged to shareholders’ equity at the time of an acquisition. This difference between Dutch and US accounting principles is explained in Note 6.1 to the financial statements.

Transitional goodwill impairment test 2002

ING Group adopted SFAS 142 as of January 1, 2002 and performed the required assessment of whether there was any indication that goodwill was impaired as of the date of adoption. As a result,

80


Table of Contents

certain goodwill was impaired and ING Group recognized a transitional goodwill impairment charge of EUR 13.103 billion in the 2002 profit and loss account for the cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles as required by SFAS 142.

The transitional goodwill impairment charge related to the following reporting units:

         
    2002
Reporting unit
       
US
    8,077  
Latin America
    2,836  
 
   
 
 
Sub-total EC Americas
    10,913  
Germany
    977  
UK
    191  
 
   
 
 
Sub-total EC Europe
    1,168  
Greater China
    1,022  
 
   
 
 
Sub-total EC Asia/Pacific
    1,022  
Total transitional goodwill impairment charge
    13,103  
 
   
 
 

In performing the transitional goodwill impairment test ING Group determined the fair value of the reporting units using valuation techniques consistent with market appraisals for insurance companies and banks. The fair value of our insurance operations, including the reporting units US, Latin America and Greater China, was determined using a discounted cash flow model, discounting the future earnings arising on the books at December 31, 2001, requiring assumptions as to a discount rate and expectations with respect to future growth rates.

Goodwill allocated to the reporting units US, Latin America and Greater China mainly relates to the goodwill paid on the acquisition of ReliaStar Financial Corp., Aetna Financial Services and Aetna International in 2000. ING Group acquired these companies in 2000 at the height of the acquisition market. At the time of the acquisition, similar models were used to estimate the fair value of these entities, using then prevailing assumptions. These assumptions were significantly affected by the ongoing weakness in the overall economic conditions. In 2001, market and business conditions deteriorated compared to 2000, which has adversely affected the assumptions used at the time of acquisition and as a result, adversely affected the fair value of the reporting units. Future earnings were discounted at the risk free rate, adjusted for the basic risk premium that differs per country, which depends on the size of the business, immature market conditions and economic and political conditions. Discount rates used in the transitional goodwill impairment test are 11% for US, 12.5% to 16% for Latin America and 13.5% for Greater China.

The fair value of our banking operations, including the reporting units Germany and UK, was determined with a price/earnings multiple model, in which the 2002 forecasted profit was multiplied by the current price/earnings multiple for similar acquisitions. Goodwill allocated to these reporting units relates mainly to the acquisition of BHF-BANK A.G. in 1998. Since then, the price/earnings multiple for similar acquisitions has decreased significantly given the overall weakness in the economy set out above, which has adversely affected the fair value of the reporting unit.

Annual goodwill impairment tests

The 2002 annual goodwill impairment test did not result in any impairment charges. In 2003, the annual goodwill impairment test was performed in the fourth quarter for all reporting units. With the exception of reporting unit Latin America discussed below, there is no indication that goodwill was impaired as of December 31, 2003.

Goodwill for reporting unit Latin America was almost fully impaired in the 2002 transitional goodwill impairment test. Remaining goodwill for reporting unit Latin America was EUR 461 million, of which

81


Table of Contents

EUR 439 million related to the 49% interest in Sul América, accounted for under the equity method in the Dutch GAAP annual accounts. Goodwill allocated to equity method investments is not tested for impairment in accordance with SFAS 142 but under APB 18, which requires that a other than temporary decline in value of an equity method investments is recognized in the profit and loss account.

As of December 31, 2003 the fair value, estimated using a discounted cash flow model was below carrying value. Since the acquisition in 2002, the local economic environment and business conditions deteriorated, leading to higher interest rates and devaluation of the Real. The decline in fair value is viewed as other than temporary and ING Group has recognized an impairment charge of EUR 101 million for US GAAP purposes.

This impairment charge had no impact on net income under Dutch GAAP since goodwill has not been capitalized but charged to equity immediately at the time of the acquisition.

The following discussions are based on our consolidated financial statements (see “Item 18. Financial Statements”) and should be read in conjunction with those statements. ING Group evaluates the results of its insurance operations and banking operations using non-GAAP financial performance measures called operating result before taxation and operating (net) profit. See page 69, Consolidated Results of Operations.

82


Table of Contents

INSURANCE OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth selected financial information for the Group’s consolidated insurance operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Income from insurance operations:
                       
Gross premiums written:
                       
Life
    38,231       44,367       44,557  
Non-life
    7,288       7,917       5,903  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    45,519       52,284       50,460  
Income from investments
    9,721       10,506       9,723  
Commissions and other income
    2,320       2,127       2,281  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total (1)
    57,560       64,917       62,464  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net premiums written:
                       
Life
    37,129       43,274       43,157  
Non-life
    6,358       6,642       5,288  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    43,487       49,916       48,445  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit before tax from insurance activities:
                       
Life
    2,478       2,603       2,285  
Non-life
    1,008       567       507  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    3,486       3,170       2,792  
Taxation
    861       540       622  
Third party interests
    117       92       73  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit
    2,508       2,538       2,097  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Under US GAAP total operating income 2003 was EUR 36,676 million (2002 EUR 36,991 million, 2001: EUR 37,280 million). The difference with Dutch GAAP mainly relates to contracts that do not expose the Company to significant mortality or morbidity risks. (See note 6.4.k to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

The following table sets forth the breakdown of gross premiums written and profits before tax by geographic area for the Group’s consolidated insurance operations for each of the years indicated. The relationship between gross premiums written and profits before tax varies significantly between geographic areas and from year to year, based upon a variety of factors, including differences in regulatory requirements, product mixes and levels of competition in different countries, as well as our capital allocation and internal funding policies.

                                                 
    Gross premiums written   Profit before tax
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)   (EUR millions)
The Netherlands
    7,429       6,786       7,164       1,471       1,391       1,539  
Belgium
    2,568       2,335       1,878       109       74       75  
Rest of Europe
    1,404       1,618       1,657       230       155       176  
North America
    24,314       30,699       30,707       802       820       652  
Latin America
    2,338       3,293       2,300       292       307       174  
Asia
    5,950       6,035       4,782       280       245       226  
Australia
    1,644       1,763       2,029       176       329       80  
Other
    342       388       216       126       (151 )     (130 )
Premiums between geographic areas (1)
    (470 )     (633 )     (273 )                  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    45,519       52,284       50,460       3,486       3,170       2,792  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Represents reinsurance premiums ceded between Group companies in different geographic areas.

83


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002.

On a consolidated basis, the Group’s insurance operations contributed EUR 3,486 million and EUR 3,170 million to the Group’s profits before tax in 2003 and 2002, respectively, and EUR 2,508 million and EUR 2,538 million to the Group’s net profits in such years. Changes in income and profit were affected by disposals in 2003 (i.e. Seguros Bital, Sviluppo), the joint venture with ANZ (one of Australia’s major banks) which we entered into in 2002, and by a few smaller acquisitions and divestitures.

     Total income

Total income from insurance operations in 2003 decreased by EUR 7,357 million, or 11.3%, to EUR 57,560 million, from EUR 64,917 million in 2002. The decrease was fully caused by exchange rate movements, as the euro strengthened against most other currencies. Gross premiums decreased by EUR 6,765 million mainly due to currency effects. However, gross premiums in the Netherlands and Belgium increased by 9.5% and 10.0% respectively. Investment income decreased by 7.5% over 2002 levels due to currency effects, and the operating part of the ANZ gain in 2002; however, realized capital gains on real estate were higher than in 2002. Despite the currency effect, commissions and other income increased by EUR 193 million, or 9.1%, amongst others due to a gain from, primarily discontinued reinsurance activities (EUR 303 million) and the release of a catastrophe provision (EUR 88 million), both in 2003, which was, in part, offset by the profit on the surrender of a group life contract (EUR 120 million) in 2002.

The total impact of exchange rate movements amounted to EUR (7,735) million. Acquisitions and divestitures decreased total income by EUR 263 million. The organic growth of total income, disregarding the influence of acquisitions, divestitures and exchange rate movements, was EUR 642 million or 1.2%, reflecting on balance flat gross premiums (Life (0.8%) and Non-life 4.2%) and 5.7% higher investment income, commissions and other income.

     Profit before tax

The profit before tax from the Group’s insurance activities increased in 2003 by EUR 316 million, or 10.0%, to EUR 3,486 million, from EUR 3,170 million in 2002, reflecting a decrease in life operations of 4.8% and a growth in non-life operations of 77.8%. The influence of exchange rate movements decreased the profit before tax by EUR 220 million, mainly due to the depreciation of most currencies against the euro, offset in part by EUR 98 million higher hedge profits. Higher profits were generated especially in the Netherlands, Belgium, rest of Europe, Asia and Other regions while North America, Latin America and Australia showed lower profits compared with 2002.

Operating expenses for 2003 decreased by 5.9% over 2002, as personnel expenses decreased by 1.0% and other operating expenses decreased by 11.4%. Excluding exchange rate differences and acquisitions and divestments, total operating expenses increased organically by 6.5%, mainly because of higher pension costs, additional expenses with regard to the improvement of the service levels of the Dutch operations, implementation costs of shared service centres, reorganization costs in the US and Poland and increased claim handling expenses in some business units. In addition, a strong expense growth in Canada and Korea.

The difference between the (adjusted) premium and (adjusted) expense growth of the life and non-life operations, excluding Australia (due to the influence of the ANZ joint venture), was (7.8) percentage points compared to 16.1% in 2002. The deterioration primarily reflects much higher expenses in the Netherlands and lower fixed annuities sales and higher expenses in North America.

     Taxation

The overall effective tax rate in 2003 for the Group’s insurance operations was 24.7%, compared to a 17.0% rate in 2002. The tax rate increase was mainly caused by the release of a tax provision in 2002 and lower tax-exempt gains in 2003.

     Operating net profit

Operating net profit for the Group’s insurance operations in 2003 amounted to EUR 2,508 million, a decrease of EUR 30 million, or 1.2% compared with 2002.

84


Table of Contents

     Embedded value of life operations

At the end of 2003, the total embedded value of ING’s life insurance operations was EUR 21.7 billion compared to EUR 23.3 billion at year-end 2002. The primary reasons for the decline in embedded value are the lower assumed investment return especially in the Netherlands and Asia/Pacific and the impact of the strengthening of the euro. The value of new business written decreased from EUR 519 million in 2002 to EUR 440 million in 2003. This decrease reflects lower sales and lower returns on investment. During 2003 ING invested EUR 1,479 million to write new life insurance business. The overall rate of return expected on this investment is 10.9%. This compares to an overall return of 11.5% in 2002. The expected rate of return in developing markets is 15.3%.

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001.

On a consolidated basis, the Group’s insurance operations contributed EUR 3,170 million and EUR 2,792 million to the Group’s profits before tax in 2002 and 2001, respectively, and EUR 2,538 million and EUR 2,097 million to the Group’s net profits in such years. Changes in income and profit were affected by the increased shareholding in Seguros Comercial América (SCA) in Mexico from 41.5% in June 2001 to almost 100% at the end of 2001, the joint venture with ANZ (one of Australia’s major banks) and by a few smaller acquisitions and divestments. The profit of SCA for the first six months of 2001 has been consolidated on equity accounting basis; since July 1, 2001 SCA has been fully consolidated. In 2002 the name of SCA was changed to ING Comercial América (ICA). The operating part of the profit relating to the formation of the joint venture life and mutual fund operations in Australia with ANZ amounted to EUR 222 million and is included in investment income. The remaining EUR 247 million has been reported as non-operating net profit

     Total income

Total income from insurance operations in 2002 increased by EUR 2,453 million, or 3.9%, to EUR 64,917 million, from EUR 62,464 million in 2001, mainly reflecting the increased shareholding in ICA. Gross premiums increased by EUR 1,824 million of which EUR 1,509 million was due to the increased shareholding in ICA in Mexico. Asia and Belgium were also higher but the Netherlands, Rest of Europe, South America and Australia showed a decrease in gross premiums written. Investment income increased by 8.1% over 2001 levels (higher realized capital gains on real estate and the operational part of the ANZ gain were partly offset by higher default losses) and commissions and other income decreased by EUR 154 million, or 6.8%, amongst others due to depressed stock markets and lower assets under management.

The total impact of exchange rate movements amounted to EUR (2,533) million. Acquisitions and divestitures and the impact of ANZ Australia increased total income by EUR 1,522 million. The organic growth of total income, disregarding the influence of acquisitions, divestitures, ANZ Australia and exchange rate movements, was EUR 3,464 million or 6.1%, reflecting increases in gross premiums (Life and Non-life) of 6.1% and increases in investment income, commissions and other income of 6.4%.

     Profit before tax

The profit before tax from the Group’s insurance activities increased in 2002 by EUR 378 million, or 13.5%, to EUR 3,170 million, from EUR 2,792 million in 2001, reflecting growth in life operations of 13.9% and non-life operations of 11.8%. The influence of exchange rate movements decreased the profit before taxation by EUR 62 million, mainly due to the depreciation of the US dollar versus the euro. However, this effect was fully offset by a EUR 63 million higher (USD and CAD) hedge profit. Higher profits were generated especially in North America, Latin America, Asia and Australia but the Netherlands, Belgium, rest of Europe and Other region showed lower profits compared with 2001.

Operating expenses for 2002 decreased by 6.8% over 2001. Operating expenses consist of personnel expenses, which grew by 1.2%, and other operating expenses, which decreased by 14.5%; claims handling expenses are now included in other operating expenses and rose from EUR 205 million in 2001 to EUR 391 million in 2002. The overall decline in operating expenses was mainly driven by the significant expenses reductions in the United States in 2002 and the restructuring charge relating to the integration of the Aetna/ReliaStar acquisitions in 2001.

The positive difference between the (adjusted) premium and (adjusted) expense growth of the life and non-life operations, excluding Australia (due to the influence of the ANZ joint venture), was 16.1

85


Table of Contents

percentage points compared to 2.8% in 2001. The improvement primarily reflects increased fixed annuity sales in the United States and successful expense reduction.

    Taxation

The overall effective tax rate in 2002 for the Group’s insurance operations was 17.0%, compared to a 22.3% rate in 2001. Apart from the release of a tax provision, the decrease stems from the tax-exempt gain on the formation of the joint venture with ANZ and from the tax-exempt release of contingent provisions in the United States. Tax free dividends on 5% interests decreased.

    Operating net profit

Operating net profit for the Group’s insurance operations in 2002 amounted to EUR 2,538 million, an increase of EUR 441 million, or 21.0% compared with 2001.

    Embedded value of life operations

At the end of 2002, the total embedded value of ING’s life insurance operations was EUR 23.3 billion compared to EUR 25.8 billion at year-end 2001. The primary reasons for the decline in embedded value relate to the poor economic environment, e.g. negative equity returns and low investment yields. The value of new business written in 2002 was EUR 519 million, a substantial increase over the 2001 level of EUR 336 million. During 2002 ING invested EUR 1,862 million to write new life insurance business. The overall rate of return expected on this investment is 11.5%. This compares to an overall return of 11.2% in 2001. The expected rate of return in developing markets is 15.0%.

Life insurance operations

The following table sets forth certain summarized financial information for the Group’s life insurance operations for the years indicated.

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Gross premiums
    38,231       44,367       44,557  
Net premiums (1)
    37,129       43,274       43,157  
Income from investments
    8,285       8,289       8,330  
Other income
    94       223       155  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total income
    45,508       51,786       51,642  
Life policy benefits paid or provided for
    39,236       44,804       44,513  
Operating expenses
    2,459       2,601       3,159  
Acquisition costs and other expenses
    1,335       1,778       1,685  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total expenses
    43,030       49,183       49,357  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before taxation
    2,478       2,603       2,285  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Net of reinsurance premiums ceded of EUR 1,102 million, EUR 1,093 million and EUR 1,400 million, in 2003, 2002 and 2001 respectively.

86


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Group’s gross life premiums by geographic area and type of product for the years indicated.

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
            (EUR millions)        
The Netherlands
                       
Individual
                       
Single premium
    1,788       1,517       1,678  
Periodic premium
    1,561       1,584       1,598  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    3,349       3,101       3,276  
Group
                       
Single premium
    904       675       989  
Periodic premium
    1,314       1,125       1,057  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,218       1,800       2,046  
Reinsurance assumed
    15       26       31  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    5,582       4,927       5,353  
Belgium
                       
Individual
                       
Single premium
    1,888       1,696       1,293  
Periodic premium
    193       190       174  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,081       1,886       1,467  
Group
                       
Single premium
    51       49       55  
Periodic premium
    124       117       103  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    175       166       158  
Reinsurance assumed
    1       1          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,257       2,053       1,625  
Rest of Europe
                       
Individual
                       
Single premium
    85       240       164  
Periodic premium
    1,185       1,108       1,024  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,270       1,348       1,188  
Group
                       
Single premium
    49       177       311  
Periodic premium
    41       54       37  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    90       231       348  
Reinsurance assumed
    1       87          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,360       1,580       1,623  
North America
                       
Individual
                       
Single premium
    597       4,025       4,436  
Periodic premium
    8,188       8,727       7,906  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    8,785       12,752       12,342  
Group
                       
Single premium
    1,615       5,468       7,861  
Periodic premium
    9,672       8,142       7,123  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    11,287       13,610       14,984  
Reinsurance assumed
    1,298       1,268       1,391  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    21,370       27,630       28,717  

87


Table of Contents

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Latin America
                       
Individual
                       
Single premium
    121       233       300  
Periodic premium
    140       166       211  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    261       399       511  
Group
                       
Single premium
    122       172       85  
Periodic premium
    83       176       143  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    205       348       228  
Reinsurance assumed
                       
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    466       747       739  
Asia
                       
Individual
                       
Single premium
    987       1,180       90  
Periodic premium
    4,819       4,679       4,499  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    5,806       5,859       4,589  
Group
                       
Single premium
    1       1       3  
Periodic premium
    98       109       125  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    99       110       128  
Reinsurance assumed
            1          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    5,905       5,969       4,718  
Australia
                       
Individual
                       
Single premium
    711       901       1,080  
Periodic premium
    403       298       265  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,114       1,199       1,345  
Group
                       
Single premium
    58       140       261  
Periodic premium
    116       128       173  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    174       268       434  
Reinsurance assumed
                       
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,288       1,467       1,779  
Other
                       
Reinsurance assumed
    6       3       5  
Premiums between geographic areas (1)
    (3 )     (9 )     (2 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    38,231       44,367       44,557  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Represents reinsurance premiums ceded between Group companies in different geographic areas.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

    Premium income

Gross premium income of the Group’s life operations in 2003 decreased by EUR 6,136 million, or 13.8%, compared to 2002 levels. Disregarding the negative effects of exchange rate movements (EUR (5,623) million) and acquisitions/divestitures (EUR (217) million), gross premium income for the Group decreased organically by EUR 296 million or 0.8%, due (primarily) to the uncertainty of consumers about the economic climate, the fierce competition in the main insurance markets and the choice of ING for profitability above market share. However, Life premiums in the Dutch and Belgian Life market showed double digit growth. Excluding guaranteed investment contracts (GICs) premium income in the United States dropped organically by 7.4%, mainly due to lower sales of annuities.

88


Table of Contents

    Life policy benefits paid or provided for

Life policy benefits paid or provided for consist of life benefits paid to policy owners and beneficiaries, increases in life insurance provisions and profit sharing and rebates for policyholders. Total life policy benefits decreased by EUR 5,568 million, or 12.4%, to EUR 39,236 million from EUR 44,804 million in 2002, in each case net of reinsurance. Life policy benefits paid and insurance provisions decreased by EUR 5,764 million, or 13.0%, to EUR 38,481 million in line with the decrease in premiums. Profit sharing and rebates, which consist of distributions (in the form of a reduction of premiums or credits) to policyholders with respect to portfolio yield or the profits of the policy issuing company, increased from EUR 60 million in 2002 to EUR 328 million in 2003; bonuses added to policies decreased from EUR 499 million in 2002 to EUR 426 million in 2003.

    Operating expenses

Life operating expenses decreased by EUR 142 million, or 5.5%, from EUR 2,601 million in 2002 to EUR 2,459 million in 2003. The decrease was fully due to exchange rate movements.

    Profit before tax

The profit before tax from life insurance operations in 2003 decreased by 4.8% or EUR 125 million compared with 2002 to EUR 2,478 million.

This decrease can be attributed primarily to the operational part of the ANZ gain (EUR 222 million) in Australia in 2002 and lower profits in the Netherlands and North America.

The following table sets forth a geographic breakdown of the profits before taxation of the Group’s life operations:

                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002
    (EUR millions)
The Netherlands
    1,212       1,238  
Belgium
    86       72  
Rest of Europe
    220       149  
North America
    583       642  
Latin America
    127       127  
Asia
    281       251  
Australia
    101       290  
Other
    (132 )     (166 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,478       2,603  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     In the Netherlands, profit before tax decreased by EUR 26 million, or 2.1%, over 2002 levels due to lower interest income and lower dividend income mainly as a consequence of measures to strengthen ING’s capital base and to reduce core debt. Higher realized capital gains on real estate partly offset these effects. Operating expenses were higher, due to higher pension costs as well as expenses to reduce backlogs and improve the service level. Mortality and morbidity experience improved over 2002. One-time items amounted to EUR 160 million in 2003 (release of a catastrophe provision and a gain from previously discontinued reinsurance business) versus EUR 120 million in 2002 (profit on the surrender of a group life contract).

     In Belgium, profit before tax rose by EUR 14 million or 19.4% from 2002 levels, mainly due to the strong retail profit on universal life products.

     In the Rest of Europe, the profit before tax increased by EUR 71 million, or 47.7%, to EUR 220 million, including part of the gain on the sale of ING Sviluppo (EUR 56 million; an additional EUR 15 million was recorded in the Other area). Almost all operations in Eastern Europe as well as Greece and Spain posted higher profits than in 2002.

     In North America, profit before tax decreased by EUR 59 million, or 9.2%, to EUR 583 million. However, excluding currency impact, currency hedge gain and the release in 2002 of contingent provisions associated with prior acquisitions, the profit before tax in North America increased by EUR

89


Table of Contents

69 million or 18.3%. Higher profits in the US were mainly caused by improved equity markets and lower net credit related investment losses, partly offset by lower investment spreads and unfavorable individual reinsurance product experience.

     In Latin America, profit before tax amounted to EUR 127 million, equal to 2002. Excluding the currency impact and the gain from the sale of the Seguros Bital joint venture in Mexico the profit before tax decreased by EUR 12 million, mainly due to Argentina (currency gain from working capital denominated in USD in 2002) and the impact of divestitures in 2002.

     In Asia, profit before tax was EUR 281 million, EUR 30 million higher than in 2002. The main contributors to this growth were Korea and Japan. Profits from Japan increased mainly due to higher results on mortality and morbidity and profits in Korea rose due to better results on mortality, interest, expenses and surrenders. Businesses in the developing markets of China, India and Thailand also posted substantial increases. Profits from Taiwan were lower, mainly because of an addition of EUR 50 million to the provision against a prolonged low interest rate environment.

     In Australia, profit before tax decreased by EUR 189 million to EUR 101 million in 2003. Excluding the EUR 222 million of the operational part of the ANZ gain in 2002, profit before tax rose by EUR 33 million, reflecting the continuing strong underwriting environment, higher premium rates and favorable claims experience.

     Profit before tax in the area Other (for a large part consisting of paid interest on core debt) improved amongst others due to EUR 15 million from the gain on the sale of ING Sviluppo (reinsurance business).

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

    Premium income

Gross premium income of the Group’s life operations in 2002 decreased by EUR 190 million, or 0.4%, compared to 2001 levels. Disregarding the negative effect of acquisitions/ divestitures (EUR 118 million, especially ICA and ANZ) and the effect of exchange rate movements (EUR (1,943) million), gross premium income for the Group increased organically by EUR 1,871 million or 4.6%. The decrease mainly reflects lower premiums in the Netherlands (due to changed tax treatment, fierce competition and the surrender of a large life contract), North America (mainly caused by lower sales of Guaranteed Investment Contracts and lower sales of variable annuities) and Australia (caused by the ANZ joint venture), which was partly offset by higher premiums in Belgium (due to continued strong unit-linked sales) and Asia (mainly due to the strong sales of a newly introduced single premium variable annuity product in Japan and continued sales growth and high persistency in Korea).

    Life policy benefits paid or provided for

Life policy benefits paid or provided for consist of life benefits paid to policy owners and beneficiaries, increases in life insurance provisions and profit sharing and rebates for policyholders. Total life policy benefits increased by EUR 291 million, or 0.7%, to EUR 44,804 million from EUR 44,513 million in 2001, in each case net of reinsurance. Life policy benefits paid and insurance provisions increased by EUR 452 million, or 1.0%, to EUR 44,245 million. The modest growth reflects the growth of business. Profit sharing and rebates, which consist of distributions (in the form of a reduction of premiums or credits) to policyholders with respect to portfolio yield or the results of the policy issuing company, decreased from EUR 254 million in 2001 to EUR 60 million in 2002; bonuses added to policies increased from EUR 466 million in 2001 to EUR 499 million in 2002.

    Operating expenses

Life operating expenses decreased by EUR 558 million, or 17.7%, from EUR 3,159 million in 2001 to EUR 2,601 million in 2002. The strong decrease was mainly caused by aggressive expense management in all regions (especially in the US) resulting in a decrease which was substantially higher than the decrease in premiums written (0.4%).

    Profit before tax

     The profit before tax from life insurance operations in 2002 increased by 13.9% or EUR 318 million

90


Table of Contents

compared with 2001 (of which EUR 116 million was from realized capital gains on real estate) to EUR 2,603 million.

This increase can be attributed primarily to the operational part of the ANZ gain (EUR 222 million) in Australia and higher profits in the Netherlands, North America, Latin America and Asia.

The following table sets forth a geographic breakdown of the profits before tax of the Group’s life operations:

                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
The Netherlands
    1,238       1,404  
Belgium
    72       69  
Rest of Europe
    149       175  
North America
    642       442  
Latin America
    127       102  
Asia
    251       224  
Australia
    290       59  
Other
    (166 )     (190 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,603       2,285  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     In the Netherlands, profit before tax decreased by EUR 166 million, or 11.8%, over 2001 levels. In 2001, the Dutch life profit was supported by a partial release of a catastrophe provision and a gain from old reinsurance business. Interest received on an intercompany loan to the US operations was lower than last year. Profits on venture capital activities were also lower compared to 2001. In 2002 a profit on the surrender of a group life contract was partly offset by a lower result on interest and mortality.

     In Belgium, profit before tax increased by EUR 3 million or 4.3% from 2001 levels, mainly as a result of a strong growth in the Individual Life profits due to a sharp increase in the sale of unit-linked products.

     In the Rest of Europe, profit before tax decreased by EUR 26 million, or 14.9%, to EUR 149 million. Substantially lower profits in Greece (in 2001 EUR 50 million profit from the strategic alliance with Piraeus Bank) were partly compensated by higher profits in Italy, Poland, Romania, Hungary and the Czech Republic.

     In North America, profit before tax increased by EUR 200 million, or 45.2%, to EUR 642 million. Excluding the release in 2002 of contingent provisions associated with prior acquisitions, the profit in North America increased by EUR 94 million. The increase reflects significant expense reductions, higher investment income and lower financing costs. Accelerated amortization of deferred acquisition costs (EUR 263 million), higher credit related investment losses (net of DAC EUR 318 million) and lower revenues on assets under management negatively impacted the profit. The World Trade Centre losses (EUR 150 million) and a restructuring charge relating to the US reorganization adversely impacted the 2001 profit. The hedge program of the US and Canadian dollar contributed EUR 85 million before tax compared to EUR 22 million in 2001

     In Latin America, profit before tax amounted to EUR 127 million, compared with EUR 102 million in 2001. The increase was mainly due to higher profits in Argentina (currency exchange gains from working capital denominated in USD), Chile and lower allocated head office expenses, partly offset by lower profits in Mexico.

     In Asia, profit before tax was EUR 251 million, EUR 27 million higher than the 2001 profit before tax. Higher profits in Taiwan (growth of business in combination with tight cost control), Korea (ongoing strong production, better persistency and improved claims) and Japan (lower claims and surrenders

91


Table of Contents

as well as reduced costs due to changes in distribution), were partly offset by the start-up loss of the joint venture Vysya Life India.

     In Australia, profit before tax increased by EUR 231 million to EUR 290 million in 2002. EUR 222 million of the increase reflects the operational part of the ANZ gain.

     Profit before tax in the area Other (for a large part consisting of paid interest on core debt) showed in 2002 a loss before tax of EUR 166 million and in 2001 a loss of EUR 190 million.

Non-life insurance operations

The following table sets forth certain summarized financial information for the Group’s non-life operations for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Gross premiums written
    7,288       7,917       5,903  
Net premiums earned (1)
    6,128       6,297       5,283  
Income from investments
    920       732       649  
Other income
    9       62       13  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total income
    7,057       7,091       5,945  
Claims and claims expenses
    3,945       4,390       3,717  
Operating expenses
    849       911       808  
Acquisition costs and other expenses
    1,255       1,223       913  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total expenses
    6,049       6,524       5,438  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before tax
    1,008       567       507  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Net of reinsurance ceded of EUR 930 million, EUR 1,275 million and EUR 614 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively and changes in provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks.

The following table sets forth the Group’s non-life gross written premiums by geographic area:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
The Netherlands
    1,847       1,859       1,811  
Belgium
    311       282       253  
Rest of Europe
    44       38       34  
North America
    2,944       3,069       1,990  
Latin America
    1,872       2,546       1,561  
Asia
    45       66       64  
Australia
    356       296       250  
Other
    337       385       211  
Premiums between geographic areas (1)
    (468 )     (624 )     (271 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    7,288       7,917       5,903  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Represents reinsurance premiums ceded between Group companies in different geographic areas.

92


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

    Premium income

Gross premium income of the Group’s non-life operations in 2003 decreased by EUR 629 million, or 7.9%, over 2002 levels. Disregarding the negative effects of exchange rate movements (EUR (873) million) and acquisitions/divestitures (EUR (48) million), gross premium income for the Group increased organically by EUR 292 million or 4.2%.

Non-life gross premiums in the Netherlands decreased by 0.6% mainly in the loss of income and accident lines. In Belgium all lines of business, but especially motor and fire, contributed to the 10.2% growth. Gross premiums in North America decreased by 4.1%, but rose organically by 9.2% thanks to Canada (motor, miscellaneous and fire) and the US (health). Latin America showed an organic decrease of 2.0% due to Mexico (miscellaneous and motor), and gross premiums Australia rose organically by 20.9%, primarily due to miscellaneous and fire due to rate increases. The decrease of the non-life premium income in Other areas is fully due to reinsurance premiums.

Net non-life premiums written in 2003 and 2002 reflected premiums ceded to reinsurers of EUR 930 million and EUR 1,275 million, respectively, resulting in overall retention levels of 87.2% in 2003 and 83.9% in 2002. Net non-life premiums written amounted to EUR 6,358 million in 2003 compared to EUR 6,642 million in 2002.

    Claims and claims expenses

Claims and claims expenses for the Group’s non-life business decreased by EUR 445 million, from EUR 4,390 million in 2002 to EUR 3,945 million in 2003, due to nearly all business lines, especially Health EUR (123) million, Automobile EUR (128) million and Accident EUR (115) million. Claims and claims expenses in the reinsurance business were EUR 60 million lower than in 2002. For a more detailed discussion of unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses and developments between years, see Note 7.7 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report.

The development of net premiums earned and claims and claims expenses resulted in a lower overall non-life loss ratio (69.3% versus 75.0%). All regions contributed to this improvement. By business line, the loss ratio of Fire improved by 3.7 percentage points to 55.7% in 2003, the loss ratio of Loss of Income/Accident improved by 12.1 percentage points to 66.9% and the loss ratio of Automobile improved by 5.0 percentage points to 72.4%.

    Operating expenses

Operating expenses decreased by EUR 62 million or 6.8% from EUR 911 million in 2002 to EUR 849 million in 2003, fully due to exchange rate movements.

    Profit before tax

The profit before tax from non-life insurance operations in 2003 increased by EUR 441 million, or 77.8%, compared with 2002, to EUR 1,008 million. This increase was due to all regions, except Latin America (caused by currency influences). The following table sets forth the profit before taxation of the Group’s non-life operations by geographic area:

                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002
    (EUR millions)
The Netherlands
    259       153  
Belgium
    23       2  
Rest of Europe
    10       6  
North America
    219       178  
Latin America
    165       180  
Asia
    (1 )     (6 )
Australia
    75       39  
Other
    258       15  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,008       567  
 
   
 
     
 
 

93


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth loss, expense and combined ratio information for the Group’s non-life operations by geographic area for the years 2003 and 2002:

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    Loss ratio   Expense ratio   Combined ratio
                    (all figures %)                
The Netherlands
    69.9       77.5       30.9       28.9       100.8       106.4  
Belgium
    70.6       76.7       35.1       34.7       105.7       111.4  
Rest of Europe
    40.9       49.8       37.0       41.6       77.9       91.4  
North America
    73.9       77.7       24.7       25.6       98.6       103.3  
Latin America
    68.1       68.8       26.9       25.6       95.0       94.4  
Asia
    55.1       66.6       43.5       51.5       98.6       118.1  
Australia
    49.9       66.9       28.5       29.5       78.4       96.4  
Other
    41.8       94.4       52.0       7.8       93.8       102.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total non-life
    69.4       75.0       28.2       27.1       97.6       102.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     In the Netherlands, non-life profit before tax increased by EUR 106 million from EUR 153 million in 2002 to EUR 259 million in 2003. Especially the result of loss of income/accident rose strongly, mainly as a result of a favorable run-off of outstanding claims from former years and the release of a redundant insurance provision. The results from motor insurance also developed favorably.

     In Belgium, non-life profit before tax increased from EUR 2 million in 2002 to EUR 23 million in 2003, due to premium rate increases and an improved claims ratio in both the retail and wholesale business.

     In the Rest of Europe, non-life profit before tax rose in 2003 by EUR 4 million to EUR 10 million due to higher results in fire.

     In North America, non-life profit before tax increased by EUR 41 million, or 23.0%, to EUR 219 million in 2003. Excluding currency effects the organic increase was EUR 59 million, mainly due to Canada (EUR 52 million). Canada delivered a record combined ratio of 94.9% in 2003 improving from 97.7% in 2002. Strong underwriting performance combined with organic premium growth of 10.9% mainly caused these higher profits. Non-life profits in the US rose organically by EUR 7 million due to increased health results.

     In Latin America, non-life profit before tax decreased from EUR 180 million in 2002 to EUR 165 million in 2003. However, excluding the currency impact and the gain from the sale of the Seguros Bital joint venture in Mexico the profit before tax increased by EUR 24 million, mainly due to higher profits in Mexico (EUR 11 million, mainly investment income), Brazil (EUR 6 million) and Chile (EUR 4 million).

     In Asia, non-life profit before tax increased from a loss of EUR 6 million in 2002 to a loss of EUR 1 million in 2003. The increase was mainly due to health, partly offset by miscellaneous.

     In Australia, non-life profit before tax increased by EUR 36 million to EUR 75 million in 2003, mainly due to higher results in the loss of income, accident and miscellaneous lines, largely caused by higher premiums, improved claims ratios and in the release of prior year provisions.

     The non-life profit before tax of Other areas, mainly the in-house reinsurance activities (ING Reinsurance), was strongly affected by the unallocated one-off gain from previously discontinued reinsurance activities in 2003 (EUR 228 million). In addition the higher results reflected on improved claims ratio in the fire lines as a result of lower catastrophe claims.

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

    Premium income

Gross premium income of the Group’s non-life operations in 2002 increased by EUR 2,014 million, or

94


Table of Contents

34.1%, over 2001 levels. Disregarding the positive effect of acquisitions/divestitures (EUR 1,327 million, mainly the impact of the increased shareholding in ICA) and the effect of exchange rate movements (EUR (178) million), gross premium income for the Group increased organically by EUR 865 million or 19.0%.

The increase mainly reflects higher premium income in the Netherlands (largely reflecting higher premiums in Health and Loss of income/Accident and Fire), Belgium (all lines of business contributed to the growth), North America (in Canada the increase was partly due to the acquisition of the Zurich business at the end of 2001 and in the US due to higher reinsurance premiums) and Latin America (in Mexico ING Comercial América (ICA) contributed EUR 1,300 million to the growth, due to the increased shareholding, partly offset by decreased premium income due to the sale of Columbia Aetna and the non-life business in Argentina).

The increase of the non-life premium income in Other areas is fully due to reinsurance premiums relating to the acquired Zurich business, ceded by the Canadian operations to the Group’s in-house reinsurance company, which in turn part of the business ceded to the operations in the United States.

Net non-life premiums written in 2002 and 2001 reflected premiums ceded to reinsurers of EUR 1,275 million (increase due to reinsurance construction re the acquisition Zurich business) and EUR 614 million, respectively, resulting in overall retention levels of 83.9% in 2002 and 89.6% in 2001. Net non-life premiums written amounted to EUR 6,642 million in 2002 compared to EUR 5,289 million in 2001.

    Claims and claims expenses

Claims and claims expenses for the Group’s non-life business increased by EUR 673 million, from EUR 3,717 million in 2001 to EUR 4,390 million in 2002 for the greater part due to the increased shareholding in ICA. Claims and claims expenses in the business line Automobile were EUR 300 million higher than in 2001 and in Health EUR 186 million higher. Claims and claims expenses in the reinsurance business were EUR 241 million higher than in 2001. For a more detailed discussion of unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses and developments between years, see Note 7.7 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report.

The development of net premiums earned and claims and claims expenses resulted in a higher overall non-life loss ratio (75.0% versus 73.8%). This deterioration was a result of an increase in the Netherlands, North America, Asia and Other regions, partly offset by a decrease in the loss ratio in Belgium, rest of Europe, Latin America and Australia. The deterioration of the loss ratio in Other areas (2002: 94.4%, 2001: 63.9%) was primarily due to in house reinsurance activities (ING Reinsurance). By business line, the loss ratio of Fire decreased by 2.2 percentage points to 59.4% in 2002. The loss ratio of Health increased by 6.8 percentage points to 83.2 and loss ratio Loss of Income/Accident decreased by 3.9 percentage points to 79.0% in 2002, the loss ratio of Automobile decreased by 0.8 percentage points to 77.4%.

    Operating expenses

Operating expenses rose by EUR 103 million or 12.7% from EUR 808 million in 2001 to EUR 911 million in 2002. Part of the increase was due to the impact of increased shareholding in ICA in Mexico.

    Profit before tax

The profit from non-life insurance operations in 2002 increased by EUR 60 million, or 11.8%, compared with 2001, to EUR 567 million. This increase was due to The Netherlands, Rest of Europe, Latin America and Australia, partly offset by the Belgium, North America, Asia and Other. The following table sets forth the profits before tax of the Group’s non-life operations by geographic area:

95


Table of Contents

                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
The Netherlands
    153       135  
Belgium
    2       6  
Rest of Europe
    6       1  
North America
    178       210  
Latin America
    180       72  
Asia
    (6 )     2  
Australia
    39       21  
Other
    15       60  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    567       507  
 
   
 
     
 
 

The following table sets forth loss, expense and combined ratio information for the Group’s non-life operations by geographic area for the years 2002 and 2001:

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2002   2001   2002   2001   2002   2001
    Loss ratio   Expense ratio   Combined ratio
                    (all figures %)                
The Netherlands
    77.5       77.1       28.9       30.4       106.4       107.5  
Belgium
    76.7       76.9       34.7       35.0       111.4       111.9  
Rest of Europe
    49.8       50.1       41.6       51.4       91.4       101.5  
North America
    77.7       71.1       25.6       27.6       103.3       98.7  
Latin America
    68.8       74.3       25.6       27.5       94.4       101.8  
Asia
    66.6       58.6       51.5       44.6       118.1       103.2  
Australia
    66.9       70.7       29.5       32.5       96.4       103.2  
Other
    94.4       63.9       7.8       11.4       102.2       75.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total non-life
    75.0       73.8       27.1       29.1       102.1       102.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     In the Netherlands, non-life profits before tax increased by EUR 18 million from EUR 135 million in 2001 to EUR 153 million in 2002. Higher profits Loss of Income/Accident due to favorable claims experience were partly offset by lower results from Fire (number of claims increased, among others following the storm in October) and Automobile (due to higher additions to the technical provision).

     In Belgium, non-life profits before tax decreased from EUR 6 million in 2001 to EUR 2 million in 2002, due to adverse claims experience in Health, Loss of Income/Accident and Miscellaneous, partly offset by lower losses in Automobile.

     In the Rest of Europe, non-life profits before tax rose in 2002 by EUR 5 million to EUR 6 million due to higher results in Automobile and Loss of Income/Accident.

     In North America, non-life profits decreased by EUR 32 million, or 15.2%, to EUR 178 million in 2002. The non-life profits in the United States decreased by EUR 39 million mainly due to lower Health results. The Canadian operations reported a profit before tax of EUR 123 million, an increase of EUR 10 million compared to 2001, mainly due to favorable loss ratios.

     In Latin America, non-life profits increased from EUR 72 million in 2001 to EUR 180 million in 2002. The increase of the profits was caused by a higher profit in Mexico (EUR 157 million, due, in part, to increased shareholding in ICA, favorable loss ratios in car insurance and effective cost management, which was partially offset by hurricane losses in 2002). However, losses from a business acquired in Brazil in 2002 and lower profits in Chile and the Netherlands Antilles. The 2001 profits included a one time gain on sale of operations in Colombia (EUR 6 million).

96


Table of Contents

     In Asia, non-life profits decreased from EUR 2 million in 2001 to a loss of EUR 6 million in 2002. The decrease was mainly a result of run-off expenses in Indonesia and Singapore (disposal of non-life operations in the second quarter of 2002 and the second quarter of 2001, respectively).

     In Australia, non-life profits increased by EUR 18 million to EUR 39 million in 2002. The profit improved due to better claims ratios (particularly in Fire) and cost control initiatives.

     The non-life profits of Other areas, mainly regarding the in-house reinsurance activities (ING Reinsurance), decreased by EUR 45 million, to EUR 15 million in 2002, primarily due to a one-time gain from old reinsurance operations in 2001 (EUR 27 million), as well as lower results Fire due to hurricanes Isidore and Kenna (both in Mexico) and the October storms in the Netherlands.

Allocation of income from investments and commission and other income

As of 2001 profits of Insurance Operation-General is no longer reported separately. The profits previously accounted for under this heading are now more in line with international practice and depending on their activities included in either the profit life or the profit non-life. The profits of the non-insurance companies, mainly asset management and mutual fund companies, are allocated to life. The following table sets forth the profit of the allocation for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Income from investments
    9,721       10,506       9,723  
Commissions and other income
    2,320       2,127       2,281  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    12,041       12,633       12,004  
Investment expenses
    2,557       2,629       2,657  
Addition to the provision for investment losses
    163       664       157  
Other expenses
    14       34       43  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    9,308       9,306       9,147  
Allocated to income from investments:
                       
Life operations
    8,285       8,289       8,330  
Non-life operations
    920       732       649  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    9,205       9,021       8,979  
Allocated to other income:
                       
Life operations
    94       223       155  
Non-life operations
    9       62       13  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    103       285       168  
 
   
     
     
 

97


Table of Contents

Insurance investments

The following table sets forth the components of the investment portfolio of the Group’s insurance operations at the end of the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Land and buildings(1)
    6,024       7,242       8,239  
Fixed-interest securities(2)
    129,575       132,059       133,185  
Shares and convertible debentures
    9,922       11,024       16,625  
Interests in investment pools of the insurance operations(3)
    71       99       86  
Deposits with insurers
    85       94       31  
Investments for the risk of policyholders and investments of annual life funds
    70,552       64,281       82,743  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    216,229       214,799       240,909  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Including commuted ground rents.
 
(2)   Includes EUR 1,481 million, EUR 1,823 million and EUR 1,914 million at December 31, 2003, 2003 and 2001, respectively, representing intercompany balances between Group insurance and banking companies.
 
(3)   Consists of assets relating to certain large Dutch group life policies under which coverage is provided by ING and other insurers.

The decrease in Land and buildings mainly reflects the sale of real estate in 2003 as part of measures to improve Group solvency. The component of the investment portfolio Fixed interest securities consists of 69.5% debentures and fixed-interest securities (68.4% year-end 2002), 19.9% mortgage loans (20.4% year-end 2002), 5.7% private loans (5.8% year-end 2002) and 4.8% other fixed interest securities (5.4% year-end 2002). The change in the Fixed interest securities portfolio was negatively affected by exchange rate movements (approximately EUR 14 billion).

The Shares and convertible debentures portfolio decreased mainly due to disposals. The increase in investments for the risk of policyholders of EUR 6,271 million primarily relates to the component Shares and convertible debentures which increased by EUR 7,673 million to EUR 60,772 million at year-end 2003; the component Fixed interest securities decreased from EUR 9,948 million to EUR 8,484 million at year-end 2003

                                                 
    2003   2002   2001 restated
            Pre-tax           Pre-tax           Pre-tax
    Income   yield(1)   Income   yield(1)   Income   yield(1)
                    (EUR millions)                
Income from disposal of group companies
    110               238               17          
Land and buildings
    822       11.3 %     872       10.4 %     665       8.3 %
Fixed-interest securities (2)(3)
    8,299       6.3 %     8,788       6.6 %     8,214       6.7 %
Shares and convertible debentures
    490       4.7 %     608       4.4 %     651       3.7 %
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total (4)
    9,721               10,506               9,723          
Commission and other income (5)
    2,320               2,127               2,281          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total
    12,041               12,633               12,004          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         

(1)   Pre-tax yield is calculated using interest, rental, dividend, realized gains on convertible debentures and land and buildings in 2002, 2001 and 2000, divided by the average of beginning and year-end balances on related assets (excepting the calculation of the yield in 2002 of land and buildings: in December 2002 EUR 1.0 billion non-EU real estate was transferred from ING Insurance to ING Bank).
 
(2)   Includes income from interests in investment pools that consists of investment income from assets relating to certain large Dutch group life policies under which coverage is provided by ING and other insurers.
 
(3)   Includes mortgages and other loans.
 
(4)   Includes EUR 218 million, EUR 73 million and EUR 75 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, representing intercompany interest between Group insurance and banking companies.

98


Table of Contents

(5)   ‘Commission and other income’ consists primarily of fees on asset management and insurance brokerage, profits of minority interests and profits from financial transactions.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

In 2003, income from investments, commission and other income of the Group’s insurance operations decreased in total by EUR 592 million, or 4.7%, to EUR 12,041 million, from EUR 12,633 million in 2002. This decrease was due to lower income from investments (EUR 785 million), partly offset by higher commission and other income (EUR 193 million). However, disregarding the effect of acquisitions and divestitures and the effect of exchange rate movements, income from investments, commission and other income increased by EUR 645 million, or 5.7%.

Income from investments decreased by EUR 785 million from EUR 10,506 million in 2002 to EUR 9,721 million in 2003. Income from disposal of group companies decreased by EUR 128 million reflecting the gain on the ANZ joint venture in 2002 (EUR 222 million), partly compensated by disposals in 2003 (amongst others Seguros Bital, Sviluppo). Income from land and buildings in 2003 was EUR 50 million lower than in 2002, mainly due to EUR 102 million lower rental income caused by the sale of real estate, partly compensated by higher realized real estate capital gains. Income from fixed interest securities decreased by EUR 489 million or 5.6% to EUR 8,299 million, due to lower interest levels (mainly in the United States). The income in investments in shares and convertible debentures decreased by EUR 118 million to EUR 490 million amongst others due to the decreased value of the portfolio.

Income from commissions decreased by EUR 32 million, or 2.4%, to EUR 1,313 million from EUR 1,345 million. Except the regions the Netherlands (EUR 18 million), North America (EUR 10 million) and Asia (EUR 4 million) all regions showed a decrease in income from commissions, especially Latin America EUR (31) million, mainly currency impact) and Rest of Europe EUR (24) million).

Other income, including profits on sale of equity participations and financial transactions, increased by EUR 225 million, from EUR 782 million to EUR 1,007 million, due to a gain from old reinsurance activities (EUR 303 million) and the release of a catastrophe provision (EUR 88 million) both in 2003, which was, in part, offset by the profit on the surrender of a group life contract (EUR 120 million) and a gain from previously discontinued reinsurance activities both in 2002.

Investment expenses decreased in 2003 by EUR 72 million, or 2.7%, to EUR 2,557 million. The addition to the provision for investment losses decreased from EUR 664 million in 2002 to EUR 163 million in 2003. For both years these losses are almost fully attributable to the US. The losses equal to 13 basis points of the total fixed interest securities in 2003 (in 2002 50 basis points).

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

In 2002, income from investments, commission and other income of the Group’s insurance operations increased in total by EUR 629 million, or 5.2%, to EUR 12,633 million, from EUR 12,004 million in 2001. This increase was due to the income from investments (EUR 783 million), partly offset by lower commission and other income (EUR 154 million). Disregarding the effect of acquisitions and divestitures and the effect of exchange rate movements, the increase amounted to EUR 728 million, or 6.4%.

Income from investments increased by EUR 783 million from EUR 9,723 million in 2001 to EUR 10,506 million in 2002. Income from disposal of group companies increased by EUR 221 million reflecting gain on the ANZ joint venture. Income from land and buildings in 2002 was EUR 207 million higher than in 2001, mainly thanks to higher realized capital gains real estate (from EUR 226 million in 2001 to EUR 353 million in 2002) explaining the improved yield on land and buildings (10.4% in 2002 and 8.3% in 2001). Income from fixed interest securities increased by EUR 574 million or 7.0% to EUR 8,788 million, due in part to higher private loans. Income from investments in shares and convertible debentures decreased by EUR 43 million from EUR 651 million to EUR 608 million in 2002.

Income from commissions decreased by EUR 86 million, or 6.0%, to EUR 1,345 million. Except the region Australia (EUR 13 million) all regions showed a decrease in income from commissions,

99


Table of Contents

especially North America (EUR 59 million), South America (EUR 21 million) and the Netherlands (EUR 9 million). These decreases mainly reflect depressed stock markets and lower assets under management.

Other income, including profits on sale of equity participations and financial transactions, decreased by EUR 68 million, from EUR 850 million to EUR 782 million, due to lower profits from old reinsurance activities and joint venture activities (Netherlands), which was, in part, offset by the profit on the surrender of a group life contract.

Investment expenses decreased in 2002 by EUR 28 million, or 1.1%, to EUR 2,629 million. The addition to the provision for investment losses increased from EUR 157 million in 2001 to EUR 664 million in 2002, mainly due to large losses in the US (i.e. WorldCom). The losses equal to 50 basis points of the total fixed interest securities in 2002 (in 2001 14 basis points).

100


Table of Contents

BANKING OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth certain summary financial data for the Group’s banking operations for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Interest income
    23,802       24,088       24,318  
Interest expense
    15,687       16,442       18,246  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net interest result
    8,115       7,646       6,072  
Commissions
    2,464       2,615       2,765  
Other income
                       
Income from securities and participating interests
    154       201       530  
Result from financial transactions
    562       454       1,080  
Other revenue
    385       285       664  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total other income
    1,101       940       2,274  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total income
    11,680       11,201       11,111  
Staff costs
    4,694       4,787       5,064  
Other administrative expenses
    3,150       3,173       2,762  
Depreciation
    340       338       365  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating expenses
    8,184       8,298       8,191  
Operating result before addition to the provision for loan losses
    3,496       2,903       2,920  
Addition to the provision for loan losses
    1,125       1,435       750  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit before taxation
    2,371       1,468       2,170  
Taxation
    599       333       477  
Third party interests
    227       240       251  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit
    1,545       895       1,442  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

    Profit before taxation

The operating profit before taxation from ING’s banking operations for 2003 increased by EUR 903 million, or 61.5%, to EUR 2,371 million from EUR 1,468 million for 2002. Net of the EUR 310 million lower addition to the provision for loan losses due in part to the National Century Financial Enterprises provisioning in the fourth quarter of 2002), the operating result before addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 593 million or 20.4%. Although 2002 income was boosted by an exceptional gain of EUR 94 million on the sale of Cedel shares, total income in 2003 rose by EUR 479 million or 4.3%. The increase was on balance caused by a EUR 469 million higher net interest result as a result of increased volumes (notably ING Direct) and a higher average interest margin in the Netherlands. Operating expenses decreased by EUR 114 million or 1.4%. Included in the operating expenses are restructuring provisions of respectively EUR 128 million in 2002 (for the international wholesale banking activities) and EUR 82 million in 2003 (whereof EUR 30 million for ING BHF-Bank, EUR 15 million for ING Bank France and EUR 37 million for the international wholesale banking activities).

Both income and operating expenses were furthermore affected by the appreciation of the euro against most currencies. Excluding currency fluctuations and the acquisition of Toplease and ING Vysya Bank in 2002, operating profit before taxation rose organically by 59.1% (income +7.2%, operating expenses +1.0%). Also excluding the aforementioned gain on the sale of Cedel-shares and restructuring provisions, the operating profit before taxation improved by 60.9%.

Most banking units reported improved results. The operating profit before taxation of ING Direct turned from a loss of EUR 48 million in 2002 to a profit of EUR 151 million in 2003. The main driver of this success was the increasing number of customers and funds entrusted resulting in a strong growth of the net interest result. The operations in Canada, Australia, USA, Spain and Germany reported profits.

101


Table of Contents

Although slightly improved compared to prior year, the result of ING BHF-Bank is still far from break-even, mainly due to continued high risk costs.

Exchange rate movements increased the total operating profit before taxation by EUR 56 million, mainly as a result of a US dollar-denominated loss in the fourth quarter of 2002 (NCFE).

    Total income

Total income from the banking operations increased by EUR 479 million, or 4.3%, to EUR 11,680 million from EUR 11,201 million for 2002. Adjusted for currency translation and excluding the consolidation effect of Toplease and ING Vysya Bank, total income increased by EUR 776 million, or 7.2%.

    Operating expenses

Operating expenses decreased by EUR 114 million, or 1.4%, to EUR 8,184 million, from EUR 8,298 million for 2002. Adjusted for currency translation and excluding the consolidation effect of Toplease and ING Vysya Bank, operating expenses increased by EUR 84 million, or 1.0%. Also excluding restructuring provisions (in 2002 EUR 128 million and in 2003 EUR 82 million) and the continuously expanding ING Direct, operating expenses decreased by EUR 84 million or 1.2%.

    Efficiency ratio

Excluding the continued rapidly expanding ING Direct operations and the restructuring provisions, the efficiency ratio (total operating expenses as a percentage of total income) was 68.4% for 2003, an improvement compared to 71.0% for 2002. Including ING Direct and the restructuring provisions, the efficiency ratio was 70.1% for 2003, compared to 74.1% for 2002.

    Net interest result

Within the banking operations, the net interest result for 2003 increased by EUR 469 million, or 6.1%, to EUR 8,115 million from EUR 7,646 million for 2002, reflecting a higher average balance sheet total (notably ING Direct) and an improvement of the interest margin in the Netherlands. The widening of the interest margin in the Netherlands can be attributed to improved product margins and a steepening of the average yield curve.

    Commissions

Commissions for 2003 decreased by EUR 151 million, or 5.8%, to EUR 2,464 million, from EUR 2,615 million for 2002. In particular, securities commissions and management fees were lower, reflecting the lower activity level on the stock markets and the continued reluctance of private clients to invest in securities.

    Other income

Other income for 2003 increased by EUR 161 million, or 17.1%, to EUR 1,101 million, from EUR 940 million for 2002. Income from securities and participating interests dropped EUR 47 million, while the results from financial transactions and other revenue increased by EUR 108 million and EUR 100 million respectively.

    Addition to the provision for loan losses

The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 310 million, or 21.6%, to EUR 1,125 million, from EUR 1,435 million for 2002. The addition in 2003 equaled 46 basis points of average credit risk weighted assets against 59 basis points in 2002.

102


Table of Contents

    Effect of acquisitions/consolidations

The consolidation of Toplease (as of May 1, 2002) and ING Vysya Bank (as from October 1, 2002) contributed to the Group’s 2003 total income, total operating expenses and profit before taxation as follows:

                         
    Year ended     Consoli-
    December 31     dation
    2003   2002   effect
    (EUR millions)
Net interest result
    42       13       29  
Commissions
    15       4       11  
Other income
    20       29       (9 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total income
    77       46       31  
Staff costs
    42       7       35  
Other expenses
    38       7       31  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating expenses
    80       14       66  
Operating profit before addition to the provision for loan losses
    (3 )     32       (35 )
Addition to the provision for loan losses
    0       0       0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before taxation
    (3 )     32       (35 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

    Profit before taxation

The operating profit before taxation from ING’s banking operations for 2002 decreased by EUR 702 million, or 32.4%, to EUR 1,468 million from EUR 2,170 million for 2001. This decrease was entirely a result of substantially higher risk costs, resulting in an increase of the addition to the provision for loan losses by EUR 685 million to EUR 1,435 million. In the fourth quarter 2002, a significant provision was created with respect to a potential loss on National Century Financial Enterprises in the United States. Included in the full year 2002 result are the exceptional profit of EUR 94 million on the sale of Cedel shares and the creation of a EUR 128 million provision for the restructuring of the international wholesale banking activities outside the Benelux. In spite of the restructuring provision, the operating profit before addition to the provision for loan losses decreased only marginally by EUR 17 million, or 0.6%, to EUR 2,903 million. Total income rose by EUR 90 million, or 0.8%, thanks to strongly increased interest results, while the other income components suffered severely from the disappointing market circumstances. Operating expenses increased by EUR 107 million, or 1.3%, due to the further expansion of ING Direct (including the consolidation of DiBa), the restructuring provision and the increased investments in synergy projects. Although most banking units were hit by the deterioration of economic conditions, both Postbank and ING Direct reported a strongly improved profit before taxation.

For the first time and ahead of plan, ING Direct (including DiBa as from 2002) reported a positive pretax profit of EUR 13 million over the fourth quarter 2002. For the full year 2002, the loss before taxation amounted to EUR 67 million, which was much better than expected and a strong improvement compared to the loss of EUR 199 million in 2001. The strong growth in funds entrusted and client base combined with the current steep yield curve led to a substantial increase in income, exceeding the rise in expenses. The operations in Canada, Australia and the United States reported profits for the full year (after cost of capital).

Exchange rate movements increased the profit before taxation by EUR 44 million.

103


Table of Contents

    Total income

Total income from the banking operations increased by EUR 90 million, or 0.8%, to EUR 11,201 million from EUR 11,111 million for 2001. Adjusted for currency translation and excluding the consolidation effect of DiBa, Toplease and ING Vysya Bank, total income decreased by EUR 87 million, or 0.8%.

    Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased by EUR 107 million, or 1.3%, to EUR 8,298 million, from EUR 8,191 million for 2001. Adjusted for currency translation and excluding the consolidation effect of DiBa, Toplease and ING Vysya Bank, operating expenses increased by EUR 4 million. Excluding the EUR 128 million restructuring provision for international wholesale banking, operating expenses decreased by EUR 124 million or 1.5%.

    Efficiency ratio

Excluding the continued rapidly expanding ING Direct operations and the EUR 128 million restructuring provision for international wholesale banking, the operating efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percentage of total income) was 71.0% for 2002, a slight improvement compared to 71.7% for 2001. Including ING Direct and the restructuring provision, the operating efficiency ratio was 74.1% for 2002, compared to 73.7% for 2001.

    Net interest result

Within the banking operations, the net interest result for 2002 increased by EUR 1,574 million, or 25.9%, to EUR 7,646 million from EUR 6,072 million for 2001, reflecting a higher average balance sheet total and an improvement of the interest margin. The widening of the interest margin can be attributed to improved product margins, a steepening of the average yield curve and strong growth in retail savings.

    Commissions

Commissions for 2002 decreased by EUR 150 million, or 5.4%, to EUR 2,615 million, from EUR 2,765 million for 2001. In particular, securities commissions and management fees were lower, reflecting the sharp fall of the stock markets and the reluctance of private clients to invest in securities.

    Other income

Other income for 2002 decreased by EUR 1,334 million, or 58.7%, to EUR 940 million, from EUR 2,274 million for 2001. The decrease occurred in all components. Income from securities and participating interests was EUR 329 million lower, while the results from financial transactions and other revenue dropped by EUR 626 million and EUR 379 million respectively.

    Addition to the provision for loan losses

The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 685 million, or 91.3%, to EUR 1,435 million, from EUR 750 million for 2001. The deterioration of economic conditions and the significant provision with respect to a potential loss on National Century Financial Enterprises in the US caused the strong increase in 2002 compared to 2001.

    Effect of acquisitions/consolidations

The consolidation of DiBa (as of January 1, 2002), Toplease (as of May 1, 2002) and ING Vysya Bank (as from October 1, 2002) contributed to the Group’s 2002 total income, total operating expenses and profit before taxation as follows:

104


Table of Contents

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2002   2001   2000
    (EUR millions)
Net interest result
    201               201  
Commissions
    34               34  
Other income
    67       2       65  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total income
    302       2       300  
Staff costs
    74               74  
Other expenses
    165               165  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating expenses
    239               239  
Operating profit before addition to the provision for loan losses
    63       2       61  
Addition to the provision for loan losses
    10               10  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before taxation
    53       2       51  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Net interest result

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the total net interest result of the Group’s banking operations. The interest income and net interest result figures in the following table (other than Other net interest result and Total net interest result) include interest on non-accruing loans and do not reflect (i) interest income on amortized results investments; (ii) lending commissions; (iii) interest income on off-balance sheet instruments; (iv) other interest income not considered to be directly related to interest-earning assets; (v) interest expense on off-balance sheet instruments; or (vi) other interest expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing liabilities, all of which are reflected in the Other net interest result and Total net interest result below, which corresponds to the net interest result line item in the Consolidated Financial Statements. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures below to the corresponding line items in the Consolidated Financial Statements is contained in the table under “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected Statistical Information on Banking Operations – Average Balances and Interest Rates”.

105


Table of Contents

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
            (EUR millions)        
Interest income(1)
    21,013       21,603       23,289  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net interest result(1)
    7,561       7,093       5,779  
Other net interest result(2)
    554       553       293  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total net interest result
    8,115       7,646       6,072  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Average interest-earning assets
    495,943       449,562       416,025  
Average interest-bearing liabilities
    468,179       422,650       396,427  
Domestic
                       
Interest income(1)
    8,788       8,873       9,051  
Net interest result(1)
    3,782       3,656       2,739  
Average interest-earning assets
    185,875       174,962       163,714  
Average interest-bearing liabilities
    167,295       160,660       157,770  
Foreign
                       
Interest income(1)
    12,225       12,730       14,238  
Net interest result(1)
    3,779       3,437       3,040  
Average interest-earning assets
    310,068       274,600       252,311  
Average interest-bearing liabilities
    300,884       261,990       238,657  
Gross yield(3)
                       
Domestic
    4.73 %     5.07 %     5.53 %
Foreign
    3.94 %     4.64 %     5.64 %
Total
    4.24 %     4.81 %     5.60 %
Interest spread(4)
                       
Domestic
    1.74 %     1.82 %     1.53 %
Foreign
    1.14 %     1.09 %     0.95 %
Total
    1.36 %     1.37 %     1.18 %
Interest margin(5)
                       
Domestic
    2.03 %     2.09 %     1.67 %
Foreign
    1.22 %     1.25 %     1.20 %
Total
    1.52 %     1.58 %     1.39 %

(1)   See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Average balances and Interest rates”
 
(2)   Additional net interest result required to reconcile Total net interest result to Consolidated Financial Statements. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Average balances and interest rates”
 
(3)   Gross yield is the average interest rate earned on Average interest-earning assets. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Average balances and interest rates”.
 
(4)   Interest spread is the difference between the average interest rate earned on Average interest-earning assets and the average interest rate paid on Average interest-bearing liabilities. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Average balances and interest rates.”
 
(5)   Interest margin is ‘Net interest result’ before reconciliation to Consolidated Financial Statements as a percentage of Average interest-earning assets.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

The Group’s total net interest result in 2003 increased by EUR 469 million, from EUR 7,646 million in 2002 to EUR 8,115 million in 2003, representing a EUR 46.4 billion, or 10.3%, increase in volume, combined with a narrowing of the interest margin by 6 basis points. Both domestic and international operations recorded volume growth, of 6.2% and 12.9% respectively. The narrowing of the total interest margin by 6 basis points is the result of the 6 basis points lower interest margin in the Netherlands and the 3 basis points lower interest margin in the international operations, combined with the increased

106


Table of Contents

stake of the interest-earning assets outside the Netherlands (mainly triggered by ING Direct), with a substantially lower interest margin than within the Netherlands. The EUR 10.9 billion increase in volume of average interest-earning assets in the domestic operations was mainly caused by an increase of EUR 8.7 billion in average loans and advances and an increase of EUR 4.9 billion in interest-earning securities. The increase in volume of the average interest-earning assets in the international operations of EUR 35.5 billion, attributable primarily to ING Direct, was mainly caused by an increase of EUR 23.5 billion in average interest-earning securities and an increase of EUR 11.4 billion in average loans and advances.

The change in total net interest result in 2003 can be allocated by average rate and volume effects as follows:

         
    (EUR millions)(1)
Increase due to changes in average balances
    561  
Decrease due to changes in average rates
    (93 )
 
   
 
 
Increase due to changes in average rates and balances
    468  
Increase due to changes in other net interest (from reconciliation)
    1  
 
   
 
 
Total
    469  
 
   
 
 

(1)   See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Analysis of changes in net interest income”.

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

The Group’s total net interest result in 2002 increased by EUR 1,574 million, from EUR 6,072 million in 2001 to EUR 7,646 million in 2002, representing a EUR 33.5 billion, or 8.1%, increase in volume, combined with an increase of the interest margin by 19 basis points. Both domestic and international operations recorded volume growth, of 6.9% and 8.8%, respectively. The increase in the interest margin was especially attributable to the domestic operations (42 basis points); in the international operations there was a slight increase of 5 basis points. The EUR 11.2 billion increase in volume of average interest-earning assets in the domestic operations was mainly caused by an increase of EUR 13.6 billion in average loans and advances, partly offset by a decrease of EUR 1.9 million in average time deposits to banks. The increase in volume of the average interest-earning assets in the international operations of EUR 22.3 billion, attributable primarily to the consolidation of DiBa, was mainly caused by an increase of EUR 14.0 billion in average interest-earning securities and an increase of EUR 11.9 billion in average loans and advances.

The change in total net interest result in 2002 can be allocated by average rate and volume effects as follows:

         
    (EUR millions)(1)
Increase due to changes in average balances
    944  
Increase due to changes in average rates
    371  
 
   
 
 
Increase due to changes in average rates and balances
    1,315  
Increase due to changes in other net interest (from reconciliation)
    259  
 
   
 
 
Total
    1,574  
 
   
 
 

(1)   See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Selected statistical information on banking operations – Analysis of changes in net interest income”.

107


Table of Contents

Commissions

The following table sets forth the components of commission income for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Funds transfer
    587       592       526  
Securities business
    665       731       884  
Insurance brokerage
    115       117       88  
Management fees
    594       688       751  
Brokerage and advisory fees
    146       197       203  
Other
    357       290       313  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,464       2,615       2,765  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Total commissions for 2003 decreased by EUR 151 million, or 5.8%, to EUR 2,464 million, from EUR 2,615 million for 2002.

    Funds transfer

Commissions from funds transfer decreased slightly by EUR 5 million, or 0.8%, to EUR 587 million from EUR 592 million for 2002. ING Bank’s commission from domestic funds transfer increased by EUR 4 million, or 1.0%. Commission from international funds transfer decreased by EUR 9 million, or 4.5%, mainly at ING Bank Slaski, partly compensated by ING Vysya Bank.

    Securities business

Commissions from the securities business decreased by EUR 66 million, or 9.0%, to EUR 665 million from EUR 731 million for 2002, mainly due to the lower activity level on the stock markets. The decrease occurred entirely outside the Netherlands (decrease of EUR 69 million or 11.4%). In the Netherlands commissions from securities transactions increased by EUR 3 million or 2.4%.

    Insurance brokerage

The commissions from insurance brokerage decreased by EUR 2 million, or 1.7%, to EUR 115 million from EUR 117 million for 2002. The increase in ING Belgium was fully offset by lower commissions in the Netherlands.

    Management fees

Management fees decreased by EUR 94 million, or 13.7%, to EUR 594 million from EUR 688 million for 2002, caused by the on average lower stock market levels and the reluctance of private clients to invest in securities. In particular, ING Belgium, Baring Asset Management, ING Bank Netherlands and ING Furman Selz reported lower management fees.

    Brokerage and advisory fees

Brokerage and advisory fees decreased by EUR 51 million, or 25.9%, to EUR 146 million from EUR 197 million for 2002. The decrease can be fully attributed to the international wholesale banking units. The brokerage and advisory fees in the Netherlands and ING Belgium were higher.

    Other

The 23.1% increase in other commission income (from EUR 290 million in 2002 to EUR 357 million in 2003) can mainly be attributed to the international wholesale banking units.

108


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

Total commissions for 2002 decreased by EUR 150 million, or 5.4%, to EUR 2,615 million, from EUR 2,765 million for 2001.

    Funds transfer

Commissions from funds transfer increased by EUR 66 million, or 12.5%, to EUR 592 million from EUR 526 million for 2001. ING Bank’s commissions from domestic funds transfer, primarily at Postbank, increased by EUR 30 million, or 8.4%. Commissions from international funds transfer increased by EUR 36 million, or 21.7%, notably DiBa and BBL.

    Securities business

Commissions from the securities business decreased by EUR 153 million, or 17.3%, to EUR 731 million from EUR 884 million for 2001. The decrease occurred both in the Netherlands (decrease of EUR 34 million or 21.4%) and outside the Netherlands (decrease of EUR 119 million or 16.3%), following the sharp fall of the stock markets and the continuing reluctance of private clients to invest in securities.

    Insurance brokerage

The commissions from insurance brokerage increased by EUR 29 million, or 33.0%, to EUR 117 million from EUR 88 million for 2001. The increase can be attributed to BBL, reflecting increased sales in Belgium.

    Management fees

Management fees decreased by EUR 63 million, or 8.4%, to EUR 688 million from EUR 751 million for 2001, also caused by the sharp fall of the stock markets and the reluctance of private clients to invest in securities. In particular, Baring Asset Management and ING Furman Selz Asset Management reported lower management fees.

    Brokerage and advisory fees

In 2002, brokerage and advisory fees of EUR 197 million were EUR 6 million, or 3.0%, lower compared to EUR 203 million for 2001.

    Other

Other commission income decreased by EUR 23 million, or 7.3%, to EUR 290 million from EUR 313 million for 2001.

Other Income

The following table sets forth the components of other income for the years indicated:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Income from securities and participating interests
    154       201       530  
Result from financial transactions
    562       454       1,080  
Other revenue
    385       285       664  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,101       940       2,274  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

109


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Other income increased by EUR 161 million, or 17.1%, to EUR 1,101 million from EUR 940 million.

Income from securities and participating interests

Income from securities and participating interests consists of dividends, other income from shares held in the investment portfolio and the results from participating interests. Income from securities and participating interests decreased by EUR 47 million, or 23.4%, to EUR 154 million from EUR 201 million in 2002. Last year’s figure included an exceptional profit of EUR 94 million on Cedel shares.

Result from financial transactions

The result from financial transactions includes exchange rate differences and capital gains and losses on securities held in the trading portfolio. Also included in this item are exchange rate differences in connection with holding assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, the results of the associated forward contracts and the results from financial instruments other than those serving to hedge interest rate risks. Asset trading results are also included in this item. The accounting principles for recognition of result from financial transactions under Dutch and US GAAP are different. See Note 6.1.d of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The result from financial transactions can be analyzed as follows:

                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002
    (EUR millions)
Result from securities trading portfolio
    226       201  
Result from currency trading portfolio
    46       242  
Other results
    290       11  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    562       454  
 
   
 
     
 
 

On balance, result from financial transactions increased by EUR 108 million, or 23.8%, to EUR 562 million from EUR 454 million for 2002. There are strong fluctuations between the separate lines, which are to a large extent interrelated. The increase of the total result from financial transactions can be mainly attributed to ING BHF-Bank, ING Furman Selz (mainly lower losses on seed capital) and ING Bank Netherlands. The main contributors to the result from financial transactions (i.e. the international wholesale banking units and ING Belgium) realized only slightly higher results compared to 2002.

     Result from securities trading portfolio. The result from the securities trading portfolio for 2003 increased by EUR 25 million, or 12.4%, to EUR 226 million from EUR 201 million for 2002. On balance, the increase was caused by ING Furman Selz (lower losses on seed capital investments).

     Result from currency trading portfolio. The result from the currency trading portfolio for 2003 decreased by EUR 196 million, or 81.0%, to EUR 46 million from EUR 242 million for 2002. The decrease occurred mainly in the international wholesale banking units and ING Belgium. This development was largely offset by higher related results from derivatives trading (part of Other results).

     Other results. Other results, (which include asset trading, results from derivatives trading and the effects of revaluations in hyperinflationary countries), for 2003 improved by EUR 279 million to EUR 290 million from EUR 11 million for 2002. The improvement can mainly be attributed to higher results from derivatives trading in ING Belgium and the international wholesale banking units.

Other revenue. Income from Other revenue for 2003 rose by EUR 100 million, or 35.1%, to EUR 385 million from EUR 285 million for 2002. The increase was to a large extent caused by higher results from real estate. It should be noted that Other revenue in 2002 was relatively low due to one-off losses relating to operational problems in car leasing and securities brokerage at ING Bank.

110


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

Other income decreased by EUR 1,334 million, or 58.7%, to EUR 940 million from EUR 2,274 million.

Income from securities and participating interests

Income from securities and participating interests consists of dividends, other income from shares held in the investment portfolio and the results from participating equity interests. Income from securities and participating interests decreased by EUR 329 million, or 62.1%, to EUR 201 million from EUR 530 million. This strong decrease is mainly attributable to ING BHF Bank and the international wholesale banking units.

Result from financial transactions

The result from financial transactions includes exchange rate differences and capital gains and losses on securities held in the trading portfolio, as well as valuation differences on equity participations. Also included in this item are exchange rate differences in connection with holding assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, the results of the associated forward contracts and the results from financial instruments other than those serving to hedge interest rate risks. Asset trading results are also included in this item. The accounting principles for recognition of result from financial transactions under Dutch and US GAAP are different. See Note 6.1.d of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The result from financial transactions can be analyzed as follows:

                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Result from securities trading portfolio
    201       617  
Result from currency trading portfolio
    242       465  
Other results
    11       (2 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    454       1,080  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Result from securities trading portfolio. The result from the securities trading portfolio for 2002 decreased by EUR 416 million, or 67.4%, to EUR 201 million from EUR 617 million for 2001. The ongoing fall in equity prices impacted the result from securities trading negatively. The decrease mainly reflects lower trading results at BBL, international wholesale banking and the former ING Furman Selz Asset Management (revaluation of seed capital investments).

     Result from currency trading portfolio. The result from the currency trading portfolio for 2002 decreased by EUR 223 million, or 48.0%, to EUR 242 million from EUR 465 million for 2001. The decrease occurred mainly in the Americas, (reflecting in part the impact of the devaluation of the Brazilian Real) and Central Europe.

     Other results. Other results, (which include asset trading, equity participations, interest derivatives and the effects of revaluations in hyperinflationary countries), for 2002 improved by EUR 13 million to EUR 11 million from EUR (2) million for 2001. The improvement can be attributed to a smaller downward revaluation of equity participations in 2002 compared to the downward revaluation in 2001.

Other revenue. Income from Other revenue for 2002 decreased by EUR 379 million, or 57.1%, to EUR 285 million from EUR 664 million for 2001. The decrease is due, among others, to losses relating to operational problems in car leasing and securities brokerage at ING Bank. Furthermore, notably BBL, international wholesale banking and Postbank reported lower Other revenue compared to the high level in 2001.

111


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

The following table sets forth the components of Operating expenses:

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR millions)
Staff costs
    4,694       4,787       5,064  
Other administrative expenses
    3,150       3,173       2,762  
Depreciation
    340       338       365  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    8,184       8,298       8,191  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Total operating expenses of ING’s banking operations decreased by EUR 114 million, or 1.4%, to EUR 8,184 million, from EUR 8,298 million for 2002. Included in the operating expenses are restructuring provisions of respectively EUR 128 million in 2002 (for the international wholesale banking activities) and EUR 82 million in 2003 (whereof EUR 30 million for ING BHF-Bank, EUR 15 million for ING Bank France and EUR 37 million for the international wholesale banking activities). Adjusted for currency translation and excluding the effect of the consolidation of Toplease and ING Vysya Bank, operating expenses increased by EUR 84 million, or 1.0%. Also abstracted from the restructuring provisions created in 2002 and 2003 and the continuously expanding ING Direct (which saw operating expenses rise by EUR 214 million at constant exchange rates) expenses decreased by EUR 84 million, or 1.2%. This decrease reflects stringent cost control despite higher pension expenses, the impact of the collective labor agreement in the Netherlands and accelerated depreciation of capitalized software.

    Staff costs

Despite the impact of the collective labor agreement in the Netherlands and higher pension costs, total staff costs decreased by EUR 93 million, or 1.9%, to EUR 4,694 million in 2003, reflecting lower expenses for third-party staff, lower stock option expenses and a change in the staff composition (fewer staff in international wholesale banking, more in ING Direct and newly acquired ING Vysya Bank). In the Netherlands, the average number of staff (full time equivalents) decreased by 3.3% from 22,639 in 2002 to 21,886 in 2003. Outside the Netherlands, the average number of staff employed increased by 2,950, or 7.7%, from 38,550 in 2002 to 41,500 in 2003. Excluding the consolidation of ING Vysya Bank and excluding the continuously expanding ING Direct, the average foreign headcount in 2003 decreased by approximately 2,500.

    Other administrative expenses

Other administrative expenses decreased by EUR 23 million, or 0.7%, to EUR 3,150 million from EUR 3,173 million in 2002. The impact of cost containment actions and the depreciation of most currencies against the euro was to a large extent offset by the strong growth of ING Direct, the consolidation of Toplease and ING Vysya Bank and the accelerated depreciation of capitalized software.

    Depreciation

Total depreciation (on equipment and other operating assets) increased by EUR 2 million, or 0.6%, from EUR 338 million in 2002 to EUR 340 million in 2003.

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

Total operating expenses of ING’s banking operations increased by EUR 107 million, or 1.3%, to EUR 8,298 million, from EUR 8,191 million for 2001. Expenses were increased by the EUR 128 million restructuring provision for international wholesale banking created in the third quarter 2002. Adjusted for currency translation and excluding the effect of the consolidation of DiBa, Toplease and ING Vysya

112


Table of Contents

Bank and excluding the restructuring provision, operating expenses decreased by EUR 124 million, or 1.5%. If the further expansion of ING Direct (which saw operating expenses excluding DiBa rise by EUR 106 million) and the increased investments in a number of synergy projects (EUR 138 million) are also excluded, the decrease was 4.7%. This decrease reflects the sale of the US investment banking activities in April 2001 on the one hand and stringent cost control and lower bonus accruals in 2002 on the other.

    Staff costs

Despite the impact of the collective labor agreement and higher pension costs mainly in the Netherlands, total staff costs decreased by EUR 277 million, or 5.5%, to EUR 4,787 million in 2002, reflecting lower bonus accruals and a change in the staff composition (fewer staff in investment banking, more in ING Direct and newly acquired ING Vysya Bank). In the Netherlands, the average number of staff (full time equivalents) decreased by 3.6% from 23,473 in 2001 to 22,639 in 2002. Outside the Netherlands, the average number of staff employed increased by 1,252, or 3.4%, from 37,298 in 2001 to 38,550 in 2002. Excluding the consolidation of DiBa and ING Vysya Bank average foreign headcount decreased in 2002 by approximately 1,200.

    Other administrative expenses

Other administrative expenses increased by EUR 411 million, or 14.9%, to EUR 3,173 million from EUR 2,762 million in 2001. This increase was mainly due to ING Direct, the consolidation of DiBa, Toplease and ING Vysya Bank and the restructuring provision for international wholesale banking.

    Depreciation

Total depreciation decreased by EUR 27 million, or 7.4%, from EUR 365 million in 2001 to EUR 338 million in 2002.

Addition to the provision for loan losses

In 2003, the total addition to the provision for loan losses amounted to EUR 1,125 million, a decrease of EUR 310 million compared to the level in 2002 (EUR 1,435 million). The addition equaled 46 basis points of average credit risk weighted assets, against 59 basis points in 2002. In the fourth quarter 2003, ING Bank added EUR 270 million to the provision for loan losses, a EUR 30 million increase compared to the third quarter 2003. Included in the fourth quarter addition are a provision for Parmalat and an extra addition for NMB Heller’s credit portfolio.

The continued weak economic conditions combined with the bankruptcy of National Century Financial Enterprises (NCFE) in the United States required an addition to the provision for loan losses of EUR 510 million in the fourth quarter 2002, compared to EUR 300 million in the third quarter 2002. The total addition to the provision for loan losses in 2002 rose by EUR 685 million, or 91.3%, to EUR 1,435 million from EUR 750 million for 2001, corresponding with 59 basis points of average credit risk weighted assets against 33 basis points for the full year 2001.

Taxation

The effective taxation rate for the operating net profit of the banking operations was 25.3% (EUR 599 million), 22.7% (EUR 333 million) and 22.0% (EUR 477 million) in 2003, 2002 and 2001 respectively, compared to a statutory rate of 34.5% in 2003 and 2002 and 35% in 2001 in the Netherlands. The difference between the effective and statutory rates reflected the effect of foreign tax rates and other items. The relatively low taxation rates in these years were mainly caused by non-taxable gains and to a substantially lower tax ratio of the Belgian banking operations.

113


Table of Contents

Operating net profit

Operating net profit for 2003 increased by EUR 650 million, or 72.6%, to EUR 1,545 million, from EUR 895 million for 2002. Operating net profit for 2002 decreased by EUR 547 million, or 37.9%, to EUR 895 million, from EUR 1,442 million for 2001.

Total net profit

Due to the absence of non-operating items in 2003, 2002 and 2001 operating net profit from banking operations equaled total net profit.

Geographical breakdown

The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of operating income and operating profit before taxation of the banking operations:

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
    Operational income   Operational result before taxation
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
            (EUR millions)                   (EUR millions)        
The Netherlands
    5,270       4,982       4,821       1,588       1,510       1,523  
Belgium
    2,012       2,044       1,957       478       613       521  
Rest of Europe
    2,997       2,773       3,018       (15 )     (311 )     364  
North America
    731       536       530       110       (509 )     (450 )
Latin America*
    162       315       245       118       74       28  
Asia
    376       436       476       38       38       193  
Australia
    132       107       55       60       55       (7 )
Other
    0       8       9       (6 )     (2 )     (2 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    11,680       11,201       11,111       2,371       1,468       2,170  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

*   Latin America = South America, including Mexico.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

     In the Netherlands, operating income for 2003 increased by EUR 288 million, or 5.8%, to EUR 5,270 million, from EUR 4,982 million for 2002. The net interest result rose by EUR 259 million, or 6.7%. The average interest margin improved by 13 basis points to 2.00%, mainly due to higher product margins. Commissions rose by EUR 42 million, or 5.4%. Higher brokerage and advisory fees and other commission income, were partly offset by lower management fees. Other income decreased by EUR 13 million, or 3.8%. Operating expenses rose by EUR 91 million, or 2.8%. The impact of a reduced average number of staff and lower expenses for third-party staff was more than offset by higher pension costs, higher marketing costs and the accelerated depreciation of capitalized software. The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 119 million, among others at NMB Heller. The operating profit before taxation rose by EUR 78 million, or 5.2%, to EUR 1,588 million, from EUR 1,510 million for 2002.

     In Belgium, operating income for 2003 decreased by EUR 32 million, or 1.6%, to EUR 2,012 million, from EUR 2,044 million for 2002. Excluding the exceptional gain on the sale of Cedel-shares in 2002 of which EUR 64 million was booked in Belgium, income rose by 1.6% due to a higher interest result. Operating expenses increased by EUR 50 million, or 3.6%. Compared to 2002, loan loss provisioning increased by EUR 53 million, but is still relatively low. The operating profit before taxation decreased by EUR 135 million, or 22.0%, to EUR 478 million, from EUR 613 million for 2002.

     In the Rest of Europe, operating income for 2003 rose by EUR 224 million, or 8.1%, to EUR 2,997 million, from EUR 2,773 million for 2002. Higher interest results (mainly ING Direct) and higher results on real estate and leasing were partly offset by lower commissions. Despite the strong growth of ING Direct, operating expenses decreased by EUR 164 million, or 6.3%, mainly in the international wholesale banking units. Included in the expenses are restructuring provisions of respectively EUR 60

114


Table of Contents

million in 2002 (as part of the EUR 128 million for the total of the international wholesale banking activities) and EUR 82 million in 2003 (whereof EUR 30 million for ING BHF-Bank, EUR 15 million for ING Bank France and EUR 37 million for the international wholesale banking activities). The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 92 million, mainly due to higher risk costs of ING BHF-Bank, the international wholesale banking activities and ING Direct. As a result, the operating profit before taxation improved by EUR 296 million to EUR (15) million, from EUR (311) million for 2002. Especially the performance in Germany (ING BHF-Bank) and Poland (ING Bank Slaski) was disappointing. The results of the international wholesale banking units, ING Direct, ING Real Estate and ING Belgium in this geographical region improved considerably.

     In North America, operating profit before taxation turned from a loss of EUR 509 million in 2002 to a profit of EUR 110 million in 2003. The strong improvement was mainly caused by EUR 364 million lower loan loss provisioning (which was exceptionally high in 2002 amongst others due to the provisioning for National Century Financial Enterprises). Operating income for 2003 increased by EUR 195 million, or 36.4%, to EUR 731 million, from EUR 536 million for 2002. This increase can be mainly attributed to ING Direct, ING Furman Selz and ING Real Estate. Operating expenses decreased by EUR 60 million, or 11.0%. Lower operating expenses for the international wholesale banking units and ING Furman Selz were partly offset by higher expenses ING Direct.

     In Latin America, operating income for 2003 decreased by EUR 153 million, or 48.6%, to EUR 162 million, from EUR 315 million for 2002. The sharp decrease in income was compensated by EUR 19 million lower operating expenses and a EUR 178 million lower addition to the provision for loan losses (in 2002 high due to Argentina provisioning). The operating profit before taxation increased by EUR 44 million to EUR 118 million, from EUR 74 million for 2002.

     In Asia, in spite of the consolidation of ING Vysya Bank, operating income for 2003 decreased by EUR 60 million, or 13.8%, to EUR 376 million, from EUR 436 million for 2002. The decrease was entirely due to lower income from the international wholesale banking activities partly compensated by ING Vysya Bank. Operating expenses decreased by EUR 15 million, or 3.9%. The lower expenses of the international wholesale banking activities (in 2002 high due to the Asian share of the restructuring provision for international wholesale banking) was largely offset by the consolidation effect of ING Vysya Bank. The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 45 million, due to a release of provisions in 2003. As a result, the operating profit before taxation remained unchanged on EUR 38 million.

     In Australia, operating income for 2003 increased by EUR 25 million, or 23.4%, to EUR 132 million, due to an increase of EUR 27 million in net interest result (mainly ING Direct Australia). Operating expenses increased by EUR 7 million, or 12.7%, while the addition to the provision for loan losses rose by EUR 13 million. The operating profit before taxation increased by EUR 5 million to EUR 60 million, from EUR 55 million for 2002.

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

     In the Netherlands, operating income for 2002 increased by EUR 161 million, or 3.3%, to EUR 4,982 million, from EUR 4,821 million for 2001. The net interest result rose by EUR 661 million, or 20.7%, due to increased interest margins and growth of the average balance sheet total. Commissions rose by EUR 7 million, or 0.9%. Higher funds transfer commission (mainly Postbank) was largely offset by lower securities commission. Other income decreased by EUR 507 million, or 60.0%, among others due to substantial lower results from financial transactions and a one-off loss relating to operational problems in securities brokerage at ING Bank. Operating expenses increased by EUR 80 million, or 2.5%. The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 94 million, as result of the deteriorated economic climate. The operating profit before taxation decreased by EUR 13 million, or 0.9%, to EUR 1,510 million, from EUR 1,523 million for 2001.

     In Belgium, operating income for 2002 rose by EUR 87 million, or 4.4%, to EUR 2,044 million, from EUR 1,957 million for 2001. This increase was mainly due to higher interest results and the exceptional profit on the sale of Cedel shares (EUR 64 million booked in Belgium). Result from financial transactions and commission income was lower. Operating expenses decreased by EUR 77 million, or 5.3%, mainly due to lower staff numbers and tight cost control. Compared to a release in 2001, loan

115


Table of Contents

loss provisioning increased by EUR 72 million, but is still relatively low. The operating profit before taxation increased by EUR 92 million, or 17.7%, to EUR 613 million, from EUR 521 million for 2001.

     In the Rest of Europe, in spite of the consolidation of DiBa, operating income for 2002 decreased by EUR 245 million, or 8.1%, to EUR 2,773 million, from EUR 3,018 million for 2001. In addition to lower results from financial transactions and lower commissions, income from securities and participating interests also dropped sharply (mainly at ING BHF Bank). The interest result, however, increased by EUR 347 million, of which EUR 182 million can be attributed to DiBa. Operating expenses increased by EUR 251 million, or 10.7%, mainly due to the consolidation of DiBa (EUR 211 million) and the restructuring provision for the international wholesale banking activities, partly charged to this geographical region. The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 179 million, mainly due to higher risk costs of ING BHF Bank and the international wholesale banking activities. As a result, the operating profit before taxation decreased by EUR 675 million to EUR (311) million, from EUR 364 million for 2001.

     In North America, operating income for 2002 increased by EUR 6 million, or 1.1%, to EUR 536 million, from EUR 530 million for 2001. This increase was caused by higher interest results (mainly ING Direct USA and Canada), which was largely offset by lower results from financial transactions and lower income from securities and participating interests (in 2001 EUR 40 million gain on the sale of the US investment banking activities). Operating expenses decreased by EUR 173 million, or 24.0%, to EUR 547 million. This decrease was due to the sale of the US investment banking activities in April 2001, which was partly offset by higher expenses of ING Direct USA and the regional part of the restructuring provision. The addition to the provision for loan losses increased sharply by EUR 238 million, in part due to the provisioning for National Century Financial Enterprises. The operating profit before taxation decreased by EUR 59 million to EUR (509) million, from EUR (450) million for 2001. In 2002 the ING Direct operations in the United States and Canada reported positive results for the full year.

     In Latin America, operating income for 2002 increased by EUR 70 million, or 28.6%, to EUR 315 million, from EUR 245 million for 2001. Higher interest results were partly offset by lower results from financial transactions. Despite the restructuring provision for international wholesale banking, operating expenses decreased by EUR 1 million due to cost containment actions. The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 25 million compared to the already high level in 2001, due to ongoing high Argentina provisioning. The operating profit before taxation increased by EUR 46 million to EUR 74 million, from EUR 28 million for 2001.

     In Asia, in spite of the consolidation of ING Vysya Bank, operating income for 2002 decreased by EUR 40 million, or 8.4%, to EUR 436 million, from EUR 476 million for 2001. The decrease was mainly due to lower commission income. Operating expenses increased by EUR 24 million, or 6.6%, to EUR 389 million, entirely due to the Asian share of the restructuring provision for international wholesale banking and ING Vysya Bank. Compared to the release of country risk provisions in 2001, the addition to the provision for loan losses increased by EUR 91 million, but is still relatively low. As a result, the operating profit before taxation decreased by EUR 155 million, or 80.3%, to EUR 38 million, from EUR 193 million for 2001.

     In Australia, operating income for 2002 increased by EUR 52 million, or 94.5%, to EUR 107 million, due to an increase of EUR 54 million in net interest result (mainly ING Direct Australia). Operating expenses increased by EUR 4 million, or 7.8%, while the addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by EUR 14 million. The operating profit before taxation improved by EUR 62 million to EUR 55 million, from EUR (7) million for 2001.

116


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

ING Groep N.V. is a holding company whose principal assets are its investments in the capital stock of its primary insurance and banking subsidiaries. The liquidity and capital resource considerations for ING Groep N.V., ING Insurance and ING Bank vary in light of the business conducted by each, as well as the insurance and bank regulatory requirements applicable to the Group in the Netherlands and the other countries in which it does business. ING Groep N.V. has no employees and substantially all of ING Groep N.V.’s operating expenses are allocated to and paid by its operating companies.

As a holding company, ING Groep N.V.’s principal sources of funds are funds that may be raised from time to time from the issuance of debt or equity securities and bank or other borrowings, as well as cash dividends received from its subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s total debt outstanding to third parties at December 31, 2003 was EUR 8,956 million, and at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was EUR 8,116 million and EUR 6,304 million, respectively. The EUR 8,956 million of debt outstanding at December 31, 2003 consisted of EUR 600 million principal amount of 6.5% perpetual subordinated debt securities issued in September 2001, US$ 800 million principal amount of 7.05% perpetual debt securities issued in July 2002, which have a balance sheet value of EUR 634 million, US$ 1,100 million principal amount of 7.20% perpetual debt securities issued in December 2002, which have a balance sheet value of EUR 872 million, EUR 750 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in June 2003, US$ 500 million principal amount of 6.20% perpetual debt securities issued in October 2003, which have a balance sheet value of EUR 396 million and EUR 5,704 million debentures. The detail with respect to the debentures is as follows:

                         
                    Principal amount
Interest Rate (%)
  Year of issue
  Due date
  (EUR millions)
 
5.0
      2001     May 3, 2006     1,000  
 
6.125
      2000     January 4, 2011     1,000  
 
6
      2000     August 1, 2007     750  
 
5.5
      2000     May 11, 2005     1,500  
 
5.5
      1999     September 14, 2009     1,000  
 
7.125
      1999     June 28, 2004     454  
 
 
                 
 
 
 
 
                  5,704  
 
 
                 
 
 

At December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, ING Groep N.V. also owed EUR 655 million, EUR 376 million, EUR 837 million, respectively, to ING Group companies pursuant to intercompany lending arrangements. Of the EUR 655 million owed by ING Groep N.V. to ING Group companies at December 31, 2003, EUR 92 million was owed to ING Insurance companies, EUR 12 million was owed to ING Bank companies and EUR 551 million was owed to direct subsidiaries of ING Group companies, as a result of normal intercompany transactions.

At December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, ING Groep N.V. had EUR 204 million, EUR 269 million and EUR (433) million, respectively, of cash. Dividends paid to the Company by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 1,102 million, EUR 1,604 million and EUR 1,499 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, in each case representing dividends declared and paid with respect to the reporting calender year and the prior calendar year. Of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 519 million, EUR 1,262 million and EUR 560 million were received from ING Insurance in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively; EUR 583 million, EUR 258 million and EUR 939 million were received from ING Bank in 2003, 2002 and 2001 respectively, and for 2003 EUR 0 million was received from other ING Group companies. Repayments to ING by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 40 million, EUR 1,453 million and EUR 50 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 40 million was received from ING Bank in 2003, EUR 1,453 million and EUR 50 million were received from ING Bank in 2002 and 2001, respectively. ING and its Dutch subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code provides that dividends can only be paid by Dutch companies up to an amount equal to the excess of a company’s shareholders’ equity over the sum of (i) paid-up capital and (ii) shareholders’ reserves required by law. Further, certain of

117


Table of Contents

the Group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to ING Groep N.V.

In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and capital base requirements that are imposed by insurance, banking and other regulators in the countries in which the Group’s subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. For example, the operations of the Group’s insurance company subsidiaries located in the United States are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to their parent company under applicable state insurance laws. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations generally require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.

In order to strengthen the capital base, the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders of ING Group N.V. approved, in April 2003, the introduction of optional cash/stock dividend as from the final dividend 2002, and fully fund the cash element by issuing and selling to the market the depositary receipts that would have been issued if stock would have been chosen instead of cash.

ING Groep N.V. made dividend payments of EUR 21 million, EUR 21 million and EUR 21 million on its Preference shares and declared dividends of EUR 2,024 million, EUR 1,930 million and EUR 1,914 million on its Ordinary shares, in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Of the amounts paid as dividends on ING Groep N.V.’s Ordinary shares in 2002 and 2001 EUR 429 million and EUR 1,914 million, respectively, were paid in the form of cash dividends and the remainder was paid in the form of stock dividends. For the optional dividend 2003, payable in May 2004, the cash component is not yet known.

ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 60,179 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to EUR 26,022 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase in cash flow generated through the insurance funds of EUR 24,563 and through the funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations of EUR 58,321 million was partly used for the lending and investment portfolio. The cash flow employed in lending decreased from a cash outflow of EUR 30,277 million in 2002 to a cash outflow of EUR 9,233 million in 2003. The year 2003 reflects mainly a lower level of advances regarding corporate lending due to the deterioration of the economic circumstances. Interbank lending showed a cash flow in 2003 of EUR 8,463 million against a cash flow of EUR 5,895 million in 2002. The cash outflow for taxation increased from EUR 381 million in 2002 to EUR 1,181 million in 2003 partly due to a tax refund received in 2002 and also due to the timing of payments to various taxation authorities, including finalization of tax assessments for prior years.

Net cash used in investment activities in 2003 was EUR 65,558 million, compared to EUR 26,556 million in 2002, reflecting on balance higher investments in fixed-interest securities and investments for account and risk of policyholders.

Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 973 million in 2003, compared to EUR 3,184 million in 2002. The decrease of EUR 2,211 million in net cash flow from financing activities mainly reflects a decrease in the issuance of bonds and subordinated loans and lower cash dividend due to the change in dividend policy from cash dividends to stock dividends.

The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2003 of EUR 7,338 million, compared to EUR 7,830 million at year-end 2002, a small decrease of EUR 492 million from 2002 levels.

Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 26,022 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to EUR 23,424 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The increase in cash flow generated through the funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations of EUR 45,580 million was partly used for the lending portfolio. The cash flow employed in

118


Table of Contents

lending increased from a cash outflow of EUR 8,154 million in 2001 to a cash outflow of EUR 30,277 million in 2002. The cash outflow in respect of lending in the year 2001 was impacted by the sale of the United States investment banking activities (effect approximately EUR 20 billion). The year 2002 reflects mainly a high level of advances regarding corporate lending and mortgages in the Netherlands as well as the growth in international (wholesale) banking.

Net cash used in investment activities in 2002 was EUR 26,556 million, compared to EUR 27,152 million in 2001, reflecting on balance higher investments in fixed-interest securities and lower investments in shares and property to diminish the sensitivity for market circumstances of the investment portfolio.

Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 3,184 million in 2002, compared to EUR 5,283 million in 2001. The decrease of EUR 2,099 million in net cash flow from financing activities mainly reflects a decrease in the cash flow regarding bonds, loans contracted and deposits by reinsurers in 2002.

The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2002 of EUR 7,830 million, compared to EUR 4,681 million at year-end 2001, an increase of EUR 3,149 million from 2001 levels.

ING Insurance Cash Flows

The principal sources of funds for ING Insurance are premiums, net investment income and proceeds from sales or maturity of investments, while the major uses of these funds are to provide life policy benefits, pay surrenders and profit sharing for life policyholders, pay non-life claims and related claims expenses, and pay other operating costs. ING Insurance generates a substantial cash flow from operations as a result of most premiums being received in advance of the time when claim payments or policy benefits are required. These positive operating cash flows, along with that portion of the investment portfolio that is held in cash and highly liquid securities, have historically met the liquidity requirements of ING Insurance’s operations, as evidenced by the growth in investments, see also Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure on Market Risk”.

Premium income and income from investments totaled EUR 45,519 million and EUR 9,523 million in 2003, EUR 52,284 million and EUR 11,716 million in 2002 and EUR 49,800 million and EUR 10,753 million in 2001, respectively. Uses of funds by ING Insurance include underwriting expenditures (reinsurance premiums, benefits, surrenders, claims and profit sharing by life policyholders) and employee and other operating expenses, as well as interest expense on outstanding borrowings. Underwriting expenditures, employee and other operating expenses and interest expense for ING Insurance totaled EUR 47,723 million, EUR 4,897 million and EUR 1,291 million in 2003, EUR 54,575 million, EUR 5,203 million and EUR 1,305 million in 2002 and EUR 52,642 million, EUR 5,583 million and EUR 1,286 million in 2001, respectively.

ING Insurance’s liquidity requirements are met on both a short- and long-term basis by funds provided from insurance premiums collected, investment income and collected reinsurance receivables, and from the sale and maturity of investments. ING Insurance also has access to the commercial paper, medium-term note and other credit facilities. ING Insurance’s balance of cash and cash equivalents was EUR 1,859 million at December 31, 2003, EUR 3,237 million at December 31, 2002 and EUR 1,534 million at December 31, 2001, respectively.

Net cash provided by operating activities was EUR 25,028 million, EUR 10,567 million and EUR 12,232 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Net cash used by ING Insurance in investment activities was EUR 26,781 million, EUR 8,583 million and EUR 17,706 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Cash provided by ING Insurance’s financing activities amounted to EUR 521 million, EUR 61 million and EUR 5,495 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

119


Table of Contents

          Capital Base Margins and Capital Requirements

In the United States, since 1993, insurers, including the companies comprising ING Insurance’s U.S. operations, have been subject to risk based capital (‘RBC’) guidelines. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Regulation and Supervision – Insurance – ING Americas.”

As at December 31, 2003, the required capital base margin of the insurance companies of ING Group computed in accordance with these protocol directives amounted to EUR 8,779 million compared to EUR 8,718 million for 2002. The total capital and surplus of these companies was EUR 18,463 million as at December 31, 2003 compared to EUR 17,848 million for 2002.

ING Bank Cash Flows

The principal sources of funds for ING Bank’s operations are growth of the retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits, repayments of loans, disposals and redemptions of investment securities (mainly bonds), sales of trading portfolio securities, interest income and commission income. The major uses of funds are advances of loans and other credits, investments, purchases of investment securities, funding of trading portfolios, interest expense and administrative expenses (see also Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure on Market Risk”). At December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, ING Bank had EUR 5,735 million, EUR 5,191 million and EUR 3,467 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents.

ING Bank’s operating activities had a EUR 36,130 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared with a EUR 16,900 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2002, a cash inflow of EUR 10,307 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The EUR 19,230 million increase in cash provided from operations from 2003 to 2002 was largely attributable to the decrease of banks available on demand and the increase of loans and advances and the increase of the trading portfolio which were partially offset by an increase in growth of funds entrusted.

The EUR 6,593 million increase in cash provided from operations from 2002 to 2001 was largely attributable to the increase of loans and advances and the decrease of trading portfolio which was partially offset by an increase in growth of funds entrusted. In the year 2002, the cash outflow employed in loans and advances compared with the year 2001 increased partly due to the consolidation of DiBa and Vysya Bank and a strong increase of reverse repurchases and corporate and residential mortgages.

On the other hand, the depreciation of most currencies against the euro had a negative effect on bank lending.

Savings accounts, as part of the funds entrusted, grew strongly in the year 2002 mainly because of increased thrift as a result of the uncertain economic climate.

Net cash generated from investment activities was EUR 38,639 million cash outflow, EUR 17,759 million cash outflow and EUR 8,657 million cash outflow in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, mainly reflecting the investment in interest-earning securities exceeding the dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities. Investment in interest-earning securities was EUR 90,811 million, EUR 70,273 million and EUR 68.522 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities was EUR 52,799 million, EUR 52,537 million and EUR 59,921 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Net cash flow from financing activities amounted to EUR 510 million, EUR 1,750 million and EUR 1,571 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

The operating, investment and financing activities described above resulted in a negative net cash flow of EUR 1,999 million in 2003, EUR 891 million in 2002 and a net cash flow of EUR 3,221 million in 2001, respectively.

Capital Adequacy

Capital adequacy and the use of capital are monitored by ING Bank and its subsidiaries, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and

120


Table of Contents

implemented by the EU and the Dutch Central Bank for supervisory purposes (see Item 4, “Information on the Company”).

The following table sets forth the risk-weighted capital ratios of ING Bank N.V. as of each of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003   2002   2001
    (EUR million, other than percentages)
Risk-Weighted Assets
    251,266       247,287       243,174  
Consolidated group equity:
                       
Tier 1 Capital
    19,074       18,080       17,083  
Tier 2 Capital
    9,743       9,116       8,588  
Tier 3 Capital
    138       257       290  
Supervisory deductions
    (473 )     (302 )     (250 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total qualifying capital
    28,482       27,151       25,711  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
    7.59 %     7.31 %     7.03 %
Total Capital Ratio (Tier 1, 2 and 3)
    11.34 %     10.98 %     10.57 %

ING Group’s management believes that working capital is sufficient to meet the current and reasonably foreseeable needs of the Company.

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

ING Groep N.V. has a Supervisory Board and an Executive Board. The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management. The function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the policy of the Executive Board and the general course of events in the company, as well as to provide advice to the Executive Board. In the performance of their duties, the members of the Supervisory Board must serve the interests of ING Group and should not serve specific interests to the exclusion of other interests involved. Certain decisions of the Executive Board affecting ING Group as a whole – such as issuance or acquisition of shares, profit appropriation, major investments and capital expenditures and major changes in the working conditions of a substantial numbers of employees – require the approval of the Supervisory Board or the General Meeting of Shareholders.

The current members of the Executive Board are employees of ING Groep N.V. and are appointed by the Supervisory Board. Following the amendments of the Articles of Association in 2003, new members will be appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders. Members of the Executive Board are appointed for an indefinite period. They retire by the end of the month in which they reach the age of 60. By mutual agreement the retirement date can be extended to the end of the month in which they reach the age of 61 or 62.

121


Table of Contents

Following the amendments of the Articles of Association in 2003, new Supervisory Board members shall be appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders from a binding nomination of at least two candidates for each vacancy. No employee of ING Group is eligible for appointment to the Supervisory Board. Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a term of four years and may be reappointed for two terms. The current members of the Supervisory Board were appointed by the Supervisory Board with a right of objection for the Central Works Council and the General Meeting of Shareholders.

Set forth below is certain information concerning the members of the Supervisory and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.

SUPERVISORY BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.

                             
            Year   Term    
Name   Born   Appointed   Expires   Other Business Activities
Cornelius A.J. Herkströter,
Chairman
    1937       1998       2006     Former President of Royal Dutch Petroleum Company N.V. and Chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors Royal Dutch/Shell Group. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Royal DSM N.V. Member of the Advisory Committee obert Bosch GmbH. Trustee of the International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation. Chairman of the Listing and Issuing Rules Advisory Committee Euronext N.V. Chairman of the Social Advisory Council Tinbergen Institute. Professor of International Management University of Amsterdam. Chairman of the Board of Trustees Council Erasmus University Rotterdam.
 
                           
Luella Gross Goldberg
    1937       2001       2005     Former member of the Board of Directors of ReliaStar Financial Corp. Member of the Board of Directors of each of TCF Financial Corporation, Hormel Foods Corporation, Communications Systems Inc. and Hector Communications Corporation. Member of the Advisory Board of Carlson School of Management, University of Minnesota.

122


Table of Contents

                             
            Year   Term    
Name   Born   Appointed   Expires   Other Business Activities
Paul F. van der Heijden
    1949       1995       2007     Rector-Magnificus and Professor of labor law and industrial relations at the University of Amsterdam. Member of the Supervisory Board of NUON N.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of Buhrmann Nederland B.V. Crown-appointed member of the Social and Economic Council, the Netherlands. President of the ILO Governing Body, Committee on Freedom of Association (United Nations).
 
                           
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
    1942       2003       2007     Former Chief Financial Officer of Robert Bosch GmbH. Managing partner of H+H Senior Advisors, Stuttgart. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of SupplyOn AG. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of Bauerfeind AG. and Jowat AG.
 
                           
Adrianus G. Jacobs
    1936       1998       2007     Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V. (retired in May 1998). Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Royal Dutch/Shell Group, Imtech N.V., Johan Enschede and N.V. Verenigd Bezit VNU. Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of IHC Caland N.V. and Buhrmann N.V.
 
                           
Wim Kok
    1938       2003       2007     Former Minister of Finance and Prime Minister of the Netherlands. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of Royal Dutch/Shell Group, TPG N.V. and KLM Royal Dutch Airlines.
 
                           
Godfried J. A. van der Lugt
    1940       2001       2005     Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V. (retired in May 2000) Member of the Supervisory Board of Grontmij N.V. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Siemens Nederland N.V and Stadsherstel Amsterdam N.V. Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of Academisch Ziekenhuis Groningen (Hospital).

123


Table of Contents

                             
            Year   Term    
Name   Born   Appointed   Expires   Other Business Activities
Paul J.A. Baron de Meester
    1935       1998       2005     Former Member of the Board of Directors of BBL. Former chairman of Belgische Betonmaatschappij Besix-Betonimmo N.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of Tessenderlo Chemie N.V. and ETEX N.V. Chairman of the International Chamber of Commerce Belgium, Member of the Supervisory Board of Regionaal Ziekenhuis H. Hart (Hospital).
 
                           
Jan D. Timmer
    1933       1996       2005     Former President and Chairman of the Executive Board of Philips Electronics N.V.
 
                           
Karel Vuursteen
    1941       2002       2006     Former chairman of the Executive Board of Heineken N.V. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Ahold N.V. and Randstad Holding N.V. Member of the Executive Board of Heineken Holding N.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of AB Electrolux (Sweden) and Akzo Nobel N.V. Director of Henkel KgaA.

Mr. Hoffmann is of German nationality. Mrs. Gross Goldberg is of US nationality. Mr. Baron De Meester is of Belgian nationality. The other members are of Dutch nationality.

Messrs. Hoffmann and Kok were appointed in the General Meeting of Shareholders on 15 April 2003. At that meeting Lutgart van den Berghe, Hans Tietmeyer and Mijndert Ververs retired from the Board. In January 2003, Johan Stekelenburg, member of the Supervisory Board, contracted a serious illness from which he died nine months later, on September 22, 2003. We will remember him as an exceptional and passionate man, always looking for solutions. In that role he has been of great value to ING.

In the Shareholders’ Meeting of April 27, 2004, Mr. Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière (1939, French nationality) will be proposed for appointment to the Supervisory Board.

EXECUTIVE BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.

Ewald Kist, Chairman
(Born 1944, Dutch nationality)

Ewald Kist joined Nationale-Nederlanden in 1969. In 1986 he was appointed President of NN-US Corporation in the United States. In 1989 he became a member of the general management of Nationale-Nederlanden for the Netherlands, of which he was appointed Chairman in 1991. Since 1993 he has been a member of the Executive Board of ING Group, of which he was appointed Vice-Chairman as of April 1, 1999. Ewald Kist was appointed Chairman of the Executive Board as of May 2, 2000. His main responsibilities are Strategy, Communications and Audit Services. He will retire as of June 1, 2004. Mr. Kist is also a board member of VNO/NCW (Federation of Netherlands’ Employers).

124


Table of Contents

Michel Tilmant, Vice-Chairman
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality)

Michel Tilmant started his career with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company in New York. In 1992 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, where he was appointed Chairman of the Executive Board in 1997. After the acquisition of BBL by ING in 1998, he was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group. He was appointed Vice-Chairman as of May 2, 2000. His main responsibilities are ING Europe including the global wholesale activities and ING Direct. Following the annual General of Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004 he will succeed Ewald Kist as Chairman of the Executive Board. Mr. Tilmant is also a member of the Supervisory Board of the University of Louvain.

Frederick S. Hubbell
(Born 1951, American nationality)

Fred Hubbell was Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and President of the US life insurance company Equitable of Iowa, which was acquired by ING in mid-1997. Following his responsibility for the international insurance activities, he was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group on May 2, 2000. His main responsibilities are ING Americas and asset management. Mr. Hubbell is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Macerich Company.

Cees Maas, Chief Financial Officer
(Born 1947, Dutch nationality)

After completing his degree in engineering physics and economics at the Erasmus University of Rotterdam in 1976, Cees Maas joined the Ministry of Finance. From 1986 to 1992 he was Treasurer-General. In July 1992, he joined ING Group and became a member of the Executive Board. In July 1996, Cees Maas was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Executive Board. His main responsibilities are Control & Finance, Tax, Legal & Compliance, Investor Relations and Risk Management. Mr. Maas is also a member of the Advisory Board of Euronext.

Alexander Rinnooy Kan
(Born 1949, Dutch nationality)

Since 1977, Alexander Rinnooy Kan has held various positions with the Erasmus University of Rotterdam, of which he was appointed Rector-Magnificus in 1986. In 1991, he became President of the Federation of Netherlands Industry and Employers (VNO). After the merger in 1995 with the Netherlands Christian Employers’ Federation (NCW) he became President of VNO-NCW. In September 1996, Alexander Rinnooy Kan became a member of the Executive Board of ING Group. His main responsibilities are ING Asia/Pacific, ING Real Estate, Information Technology, Human Resources & Management Development and Procurement.

New appointments

At the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004, the Supervisory Board will propose appointing Eric Boyer de la Giroday (1952, Belgian nationality), Eli Leenaars (1961, Dutch nationality) and Hans Verkoren (1947, Dutch nationality) to the Executive Board. Eric Boyer is a member of the Management Committee South-West Europe, with responsibility for Financial Markets and Wholesale Banking, and a member of the Board of ING Belgium S.A. Eli Leenaars is chairman of ING Central Europe and a member of the Executive Committee ING Europe. Hans Verkoren is Global Head of ING Direct and member of the Executive Committee for ING Europe, responsible for Retail Financial Services.

Ewald Kist, the current chairman of the Executive Board, will retire on June 1, 2004. As chairman, he will be succeeded by Michel Tilmant as of April 28, 2004. Cees Maas will become vice-chairman as of that date, in addition to his role as Chief Financial Officer

125


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

For compensation of directors and officers reference is made to Note 3.2.3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-58 to F-73.

Committees

The Supervisory Board has three Committees: the Audit Committee, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee consists of four members and meets at least four times a year of which at least one meeting a year with the external auditors, without the members of the Executive Board being present. The Committee consists of Aad Jacobs (chairman), Claus Dieter Hoffman, Paul Baron de Meester and Jan Timmer. The Audit Committee advises the Supervisory Board in observing its responsibility for ensuring that the Group’s financial systems provide accurate and up-to-date information on its financial position and that the Group’s published financial statements represent a true and fair reflection of this position. It also advises the Supervisory Board in ensuring that appropriate accounting policies, internal controls, risk management and compliance procedures are in place. The meetings are attended by the chairman and vice-chairman of the Executive Board as well as the chief financial officer. The general manager of Corporate Control & Finance, the General Counsel, the internal auditor and the external auditors attend its meetings.

Remuneration and Nomination Committee

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee meets at least two times a year. It consists of four members – Cor Herkströter (chairman), Luella Gross Goldberg, Paul van der Heijden and Jan Timmer. The Committee advises the Supervisory Board on compensation policies and the composition of the Supervisory Board and Executive Board. The committee advises the Supervisory Board, also supported by external consultants, on the compensation packages of the members of the Executive Board. From the Executive Board the meetings are attended by the chairman, vice-chairman and the Executive Board member responsible for Human Resources and Management development.

Corporate Governance Committee

The Corporate Governance Committee meets at least once a year and consists of four members. The current members are Cor Herkströter (chairman), Luella Gross Goldberg, Paul van der Heijden and Jan Timmer. The primary tasks of the Corporate Governance Committee are to perform an annual evaluation of ING’s corporate governance as a whole and the governance of the Executive Board, to make proposals to the Supervisory Board and to the Annual General Meeting for improvements and to ensure that the corporate governance of ING as a whole and the policy on which its is based is fully transparent and communicated in the Annual Report and to the Annual General Meeting. From the Executive Board the meetings are attended by the chairman and vice-chairman.

EMPLOYEES

The number of staff employed on a full time equivalent basis of ING Group averaged 115,218 in 2003, of which 34,154, or 30%, were employed in the Netherlands. The geographical distribution of employees with respect to the Group’s insurance operations and banking operations over the past three years was as follows (average full time equivalents):

126


Table of Contents

                                                                         
    Insurance operations   Banking operations   Totals
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
The Netherlands
    12,268       11,706       11,096       21,886       22,639       23,473       34,154       34,345       34,569  
Belgium
    1,388       1,440       1,455       11,345       12,072       12,584       12,733       13,512       14,039  
Rest of Europe
    3,710       3,821       3,853       19,847       20,155       19,203       23,557       23,976       23,056  
North America
    14,752       15,499       15,618       2,087       1,941       1,955       16,839       17,440       17,573  
Latin America
    11,332       11,809       11,188       510       593       737       11,842       12,402       11,925  
Asia
    6,557       5,829       5,665       7,119       3,287       2,376       13,676       9,116       8,041  
Australia
    1,798       1,763       2,352       571       427       363       2,369       2,190       2,715  
Other
    27                   21       75       80       48       75       80  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    51,832       51,867       51,227       63,386       61,189       60,771       115,218       113,056       111,998  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

In addition, the number of staff employed by joint ventures included in the Group’s consolidated accounts averaged 2,275 in 2003, 2,147 in 2002 and 1,019 in 2001. The Group does not employ significant numbers of temporary workers. The percentage of the Group’s employees allocated to the three Executive Centers was as follows for each of the years 2003, 2002 and 2001:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
ING Europe
    67 %     67 %     69 %
ING Americas
    23       24       23  
ING Asia / Pacific
    10       8       7  
Other(1)
            1       1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Mainly central staff departments

Substantially all of the Group’s Dutch employees are subject to collective labor agreements covering the banking and insurance industries. The Group believes that its employee relations are generally good.

Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions

As of December 31, 2003, Stichting ING Aandelen (the “Trust”) held 2,114,961,163 Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., which represents 99.9% of the Ordinary shares outstanding. These holdings give the Trust voting control of ING Groep N.V. The following is a description of the material provisions of the Articles of Association (Statuten) and the related Conditions of Administration (Administratievoorwaarden) (together the “Trust Agreement”), which governs the Trust, and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Trust Agreement and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law referred to in such description.

As of December 31, 2003, there were 109,414,194 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of Bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 915 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the Bearer Depositary receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders.

Bearer receipts, which are negotiable instruments under Netherlands law, are issuable by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Each Bearer receipt represents financial interests in one Ordinary share held by the Trust, as described herein. Holders of Bearer receipts (including those Bearer receipts for which ADSs have been issued) do not have any voting rights with respect to the Ordinary shares underlying the Bearer receipts owned by the Trust. Such rights belong only to the Trust and will be exercised by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Bearer depositary receipts are also issued by the Trust for Preference shares.

127


Table of Contents

The Bearer receipts are in the form of bearer ‘Centrum voor Fondsenadministratie’ certificates (“CF Certificates”), with a dividend sheet without coupons or talons. The Centrum voor Fondsenadministratie provides central administration for the dividend sheets of the CF Certificates. The dividend sheets of CF Certificates, which do not trade separately from the CF Certificates, must be held by an eligible custodian. Transfer of title in the Bearer receipts in the form of CF Certificates together with the dividend sheet is effected by book-entry through the facilities of the Netherlands Central Institute for Securities Book-Entry Transactions (“NECIGEF”) and its participants pursuant to the Netherlands Act on book-entry transactions (“Wet giraal effectenverkeer”). Owners of Bearer receipts participate in the NECIGEF system by maintaining accounts with NECIGEF participants. There is no limitation under Netherlands law on the ability of non-Dutch citizens or residents to maintain such accounts that are obtainable through Dutch banks.

Voting of the Ordinary shares by holders of Bearer receipts as proxy of the Trust

Holders of Bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at general meetings of shareholders of ING Groep N.V. but do not have any voting rights.

However, the Trust will, subject to certain restrictions, grant a proxy to a holder of Bearer receipts to the effect that such holder may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to the number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of Bearer receipts held by such holder of Bearer receipts.

On the basis of such a proxy, the holder of Bearer receipts may vote according to his own discretion. The requirements with respect to the use of the voting rights on the Ordinary shares that apply for the Trust (set out in the paragraph below) do not apply for the holder of Bearer receipts voting on the basis of such a proxy.

The restrictions under which the Trust will grant a voting proxy to holders of Bearer receipts are:

  the relevant holder of Bearer receipts must have announced his intention to attend the general meeting of shareholders observing the provisions laid down in the articles of association of ING Groep N.V.;
 
  the relevant holder of Bearer receipts may delegate the powers conferred upon him by means of the voting proxy; provided that the relevant holder of Bearer receipts has announced his intention to do so to the Trust observing a term before the commencement of the general meeting of shareholders, which term will be determined by the Trust.

Voting instructions of holders of Bearer receipts of Ordinary shares to the Trust

Holders of Bearer receipts are entitled to give binding instructions to the Trust, concerning the Trust’s exercise of the voting rights attached to its Ordinary shares. The Trust will follow such instructions for a number of Ordinary shares equal to the number of Bearer receipts held by the relevant holder of Bearer receipts.

Voting of the Ordinary shares by the Trust

The Trust will only determine its vote with respect to the Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., held by the Trust, that correspond with Bearer receipts:

  the holder of which does not, either in person or by proxy, attend the general meeting of shareholders;
 
  the holder of which, did not give a voting instruction to the Trust.

For the Ordinary shares for which the Trust may determine its vote, the Trust is required, under the terms of the Trust Agreement, to make use of the voting rights associated with these Ordinary shares, in such a manner that the interest of holders of Bearer receipts and the interests of holders of shares of ING Groep N.V. be served, taking into account the interests of (i) ING Groep N.V., (ii) the enterprises sustained by ING Groep N.V. and the companies affiliated as a group with ING Groep N.V, and (iii) all other parties connected with ING Groep N.V., in such a way that all these interests be balanced and safeguarded.

128


Table of Contents

Administration of the Trust

The Management Board will determine the number of its members itself, subject to the restriction that there may be no more members than seven and no less than three. Managing Directors will be appointed by the Management Board itself without any approval from ING Groep N.V. or any of its corporate bodies being required. Members of any corporate body of ING Groep N.V. are no longer eligible for appointment as a Managing Director.

Managing Directors are appointed for terms of three years and may be reappointed.

Valid resolutions may be passed only if all Managing Directors have been duly notified, except that in a case where there is no such notification valid resolutions may nevertheless be passed by unanimous consent at a meeting at which all Managing Directors are present or represented. A Managing Director may be represented only by a fellow Managing Director who is authorized in writing. All resolutions of the Management Board shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes.

The legal relationship between holders of Bearer receipts and the Trust is governed entirely by Netherlands law.

Termination of the Trust

Should the Trust be dissolved or wish to terminate its function under the Trust Agreement, or should ING Groep N.V. wish to have such function terminated, ING Groep N.V. shall, in consultation with the Trustee and with the approval of the meeting of holders of Bearer receipts, appoint a successor to whom the administration can be transferred. The successor shall have to take over all commitments under the Trust Agreement. Within two months of the decision to dissolve or terminate the Trust, the Trust shall have the shares which it holds for administration transferred into its successor’s name. For a period of two months following notification of succession of the administration, holders of Bearer receipts may elect to obtain free of charge, shares of type of which they hold Bearer receipts. In no case shall the administration be terminated without ING Groep N.V.’s approval.

Holders of Bearer receipts with a stake of 5% or more

According to filings under the Dutch Act on the Disclosure of Significant Interests, only three shareholders held more than 5% of the Bearer receipts of ING Groep N.V. as of December 31, 2003. They were ABN AMRO, Aegon and Fortis. To the best of our knowledge, there are no other shareholders who own a more than 5% interest in Bearer receipts of ING Groep N.V. Because shareholders are permitted to report their cumulative holdings of Bearer Receipts and are not required to separately identify which are with respect to preferred shares and which are with respect to ordinary shares, we are not able to accurately identify holders who own more than a 5% interest in Bearer Receipts for ordinary shares.

The following table sets forth the share ownership of each 5% holder of ING issued capital.

         
Shareholder   % of Issued capital (1)(2)
ABN AMRO Holding N.V.
    5.12  
AEGON N.V.
    6.25  
Fortis N.V.
    6.15  

(1)   This information is based upon filings made under the Dutch Major Holdings Disclosure Act as of the respective filing dates and may not be accurate as of the date hereof.
 
(2)   The Dutch Major Holdings Disclosure Act requires investors to file their ownership as a percentage of the company’s issued capital rather than as a percentage of the class of securities. For more information on the Act and the filings based upon the Act, please visit the website of the Dutch Authorities for the Financial Markets at www.afm.nl

129


Table of Contents

Under the Dutch Act on the Disclosure of Significant Interests, shareholders are not required to provide updated information or make regular additional filings. As a result, we are not, nor would we be likely to be, aware of any significant changes in the ownership of ING Groep N.V. Bearer receipts.

None of these major shareholders possesses voting rights different from those possessed by other shareholders. The voting rights of the majority of ING ordinary shares are held by the Trust. As of December 31, 2003, shareholders in the Netherlands held approximately 353 million Bearer receipts, or 19% of the total number of Bearer receipts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2003, shareholders in the United States held approximately 430 million Bearer Receipts (including ADSs), or 23% of the total number of Bearer receipts then outstanding.

As of December 31, 2003, other than the Trust, no other person is known to the Company to be the owner of more than 10% of the Ordinary shares or Bearer receipts. As at December 31, 2003, members of the Supervisory Board held 16,487 ING Group Bearer receipts and 387 ING Group warrants. If Supervisory Board members hold ING options that were granted in their former capacity as member of the ING Executive Board, these options are part of the ING Stock option plan described in Note 3.2.3. to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Related Party Transactions

As of December 31, 2003, the amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances made to members of the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.8 million, at an average interest rate of 4.7%. The amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances, mostly mortgages, to members of the Executive Board was EUR 2.2 million, at an average interest rate of 4.6%. The largest aggregate amount of loans and advances outstanding to members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board during 2003 was EUR 4.4 million.

The loans and advances mentioned in the preceding paragraph (i) were made in the ordinary course of business, (ii) were granted on conditions that are comparable to those of loans and advances granted to people in peer groups and (iii) did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. For the members of the Supervisory Board this means that the conditions have been set according to prevailing commercial conditions. For members of the Executive Board this means that the conditions have been set according to the prevailing conditions for ING personnel.

As described under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees,” some members of the Supervisory Board are current or former senior executives of leading multi-national corporations based primarily in The Netherlands. ING Group may at any time have lending, investment banking or other financial relationships with one or more of these corporations in the ordinary course of business on terms which we believe are no less favorable to ING than those reached with unaffiliated parties of comparable creditworthiness.

Item 8. Financial information

Legal Proceedings, Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See item 18, “Financial Statements” on pages F-1 through F-138.

ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

These legal proceedings include a claim filed by the Mexican fertilizer producer Fertinal against ING Comercial América, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claims EUR 238 million (USD

130


Table of Contents

300 million) from ING Comercial América, the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. The case is disputed before a judge in Mexico; we cannot assess the final outcome. Fertinal has also filed a criminal complaint of fraud against ING Comercial América and some of its employees, the outcome of which is also yet unclear.

In The Netherlands ING Bank, together with all other major Dutch banks and their joint venture Interpay, are the subjects of an examination by the Dutch competition authority “Nederlandse Mededingings-autoriteit” or NMa. Allegedly the Dutch banks and Interpay have artificially kept the prices for the use of electronic payment systems higher than necessary. This investigation could result in a fine to be paid, but whether such fine will be imposed and, if so, what the amount of the fine will be, is still uncertain.

Like many other companies in the U.S. mutual fund and insurance industries, several of our U.S. companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various U.S. and state governmental and self-regulatory agencies in connection with investigations related to trading of mutual funds and variable insurance products. ING is responding to the requests and is also conducting its own review with the assistance of outside counsel. While the investigations have not been concluded, we believe that any questionable arrangements or trading that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the businesses involved and that the outcome of the investigations will not be material to ING Group.

DIVIDENDS

ING Groep N.V. has declared and paid dividends each year since its formation in 1991. Each year, a final dividend in respect of the prior year is generally declared at and paid after the annual General Meeting of Shareholders generally held in April of each year. An interim dividend is generally declared and paid in September, based upon the results for the first six months. The declaration of interim dividends is subject to the discretion of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V., whose decision to that effect is subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of the Company. The Executive Board decides, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V., which part of the annual profits (after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares) will be added to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. The part of the annual profits that remains after this addition to the reserves and after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares is at the disposal of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which may declare dividends therefrom and/or add additional amounts to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. A proposal of the Executive Board with respect thereto is submitted to the General Meeting of Shareholders. The declaration and payment of dividends and the amount thereof is dependent upon the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Executive Board in determining the appropriate amount of reserves and there can be no assurance that the Company will declare and pay any dividends in the future.

ING Groep N.V. has historically provided shareholders with the option of receiving dividends either in cash or in the form of additional Ordinary shares. Until the final dividend for the year 1998 (paid in May 1999), if a shareholder opted to receive the dividend in cash, Ordinary shares were consequently not issued to such shareholder but were sold by ING Groep N.V. on the open market in the form of Bearer receipts. Beginning with the interim dividend for 1999, ING changed its dividend policy, and will only issue new shares for its shareholders that have opted to receive a stock dividend.

At the end of 2000 ING announced that starting with the final 2000 dividend, dividends will be paid in cash only. This decision was based on two reasons: First, it will prevent dilution, and second, the tax benefit for individual shareholders in the Netherlands resulting from the stock dividend choice no longer applied as a result of the Income Tax Act that was effective from January 1, 2001.

In order to further strengthen the capital base, the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on April 15, 2003 approved the reintroduction of the option of receiving dividends either in cash or in the form of additional Ordinary shares. If a shareholder opts to receive the dividend in cash, Ordinary shares will be issued but not to such shareholders. These will be sold by or on behalf of ING Groep N.V. on the open market in the form of Bearer receipts. Shareholders will have five AEX stock-exchange days, beginning with the ex-dividend date, to indicate their preference for dividend payment in cash or in (bearer receipts for) Ordinary shares. The exact value of the (interim) dividend in (bearer receipts for) Ordinary shares will be established based on the weighted average price of ING shares on the AEX

131


Table of Contents

during this five-day period. Based on this price, ING will determine the value difference between the payment in shares and the payment in cash. The payment in shares can be slightly higher than the payment in cash. ING has deliberately chosen this five-day period for the value determination in order to avoid being dependent on chance price fluctuations of ING shares on one particular day.

Cash distributions on ING Groep N.V.’s Ordinary shares and Bearer receipts are generally paid in euros. However, the Executive Board may decide, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, to declare dividends in the currency of a country other than the Netherlands in which the Bearer receipts are trading. Amounts payable to holders of ADSs that are paid to the Depositary in a currency other than dollars will be converted to dollars and subjected to a charge by the Depositary for any expenses incurred by it in such conversion. The right to cash dividends and distributions in respect of the Ordinary shares will lapse if such dividends or distributions are not claimed within five years following the day after the date on which they were made available.

If a distribution by ING Groep N.V. consists of a dividend in Ordinary shares, such Ordinary shares will be held by the Trust, and the Trust will distribute to the holders of the outstanding Bearer receipts, in proportion to their holdings, additional Bearer receipts issued for the Ordinary shares received by the Trust as such dividend. In the event the Trust receives any distribution with respect to Ordinary shares held by the Trust other than in the form of cash or additional shares, the Trust will adopt such method as it may deem legal, equitable and practicable to effect such distribution.

If ING Groep N.V. offers or causes to be offered to the holders of Ordinary shares the right to subscribe for additional shares, the Trust, subject to applicable law, will offer to each holder of Bearer receipts the right to subscribe for additional Bearer receipts of such shares on the same basis.

If the Trust has the option to receive such distribution either in cash or shares, the Trust will give notice of such option by advertisement and give holders of Bearer receipts the opportunity to choose between cash and shares until the fourth day before the day on which the Trust must have made such choice. Holders of Bearer receipts may receive an equal nominal amount in Ordinary shares, provided that they are natural persons, they do not hold more than 1% of issued share capital of ING Groep N.V., in the form of Ordinary shares, and they meet any other criteria set forth in the Articles of Association. These transfer and holding restrictions will be abolished under the Proposal.

There are no legislative or other legal provisions currently in force in the Netherlands or arising under ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association restricting the remittance of dividends to holders of Ordinary shares, Bearer receipts or ADSs not resident in the Netherlands. Insofar as the laws of the Netherlands are concerned, cash dividends paid in Euro may be transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank N.V.) and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons, that are subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the Government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations, or adopted by the European Union. Dividends are subject to withholding taxes in the Netherlands as described under “Item 10. Additional Information – Taxation –Netherlands Taxation”.

Since December 31, 2003 no significant changes have occurred in the financial statements of the Group included in “Item 18, Financial Statements” of this document.

Item 9. The offer and listing

Bearer receipts representing Ordinary shares (nominal value EUR 0.24 per share) are traded on the Official Market of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.’s Stock Exchange, the principal trading market for the Bearer receipts. The Bearer receipts are also listed on the stock exchanges of Euronext Brussels, Euronext Paris, Deutsche Börse as well as on the Swiss Exchange. As of December 31, 2003, ING Group was the second largest company quoted on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, based on market capitalization. ING Bank is one of the principal market-makers for the Bearer receipts on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange.

132


Table of Contents

Since June 13, 1997, American Depositary Shares (‘ADS’), each representing one Bearer receipt in respect of one Ordinary share, have traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ING”, and are the principal form in which the Bearer receipts are traded in the United States. Prior to June 13, 1997, there was no active trading market for the ADSs. The ADSs are issued by JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Depositary, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated March 16, 2004, among the Company Stichting ING Aandelen, as Trustee, such Depositary and the holders of ADSs from time to time. Stichting ING Aandelen (the “Trust”) holds all voting rights over the Ordinary shares, and pursuant to the Trust Constitution and Trust Conditions, the Trust will grant proxies to holders of the Bearer receipts. See Item 7 “Major shareholders and related party transactions”. Under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement holders of ADSs may instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of proxy voting rights associated with the ADSs. As of December 31, 2003, there were 109,488,152 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of Bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 915 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the Bearer Depositary receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders. As of December 31, 2003, approximately 19% of the Bearer receipts were held by Dutch investors, approximately 25% by investors in the U.K. and approximately 23% by investors in the United States and Canada (including as represented by ADSs).

The following are the high and low sales prices of the Bearer receipts on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, and the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, for the period 1999 – February 27, 2004:

                                                 
                    Trading                    
                    volume,                   Trading
                    in millions                   volume,
    Euronext Amsterdam   of Bearer   New York   in millions
    Stock Exchange (EUR)   receipts(1)   Stock Exchange (USD)   of ADSs(1)
Calendar period   High   Low           High   Low        
1999
    61.85       50.19       1,602.4       697/16       4713/16       16.0  
2000
    86.10       48.21       1,666.3       801/8       471/16       28.7  
2001 (2)
    43.97       22.80       2,687.5       41.75       21.30       43.5  
2002
                                               
First quarter
    31.20       25.70       349.7       27.10       22.62       13.7  
Second quarter
    30.98       23.13       357.2       27.32       22.75       13.9  
Third quarter
    26.30       13.29       686.3       25.95       13.07       24.5  
Fourth quarter
    19.55       14.31       640.1       19.31       14.05       25.9  
2003
                                               
First quarter
    17.30       8.70       817.4       18.22       9.96       37.2  
Second quarter
    16.21       10.75       805.0       19.00       11.90       36.1  
Third quarter
    19.00       14.65       673.8       21.14       17.33       29.5  
Fourth quarter
    19.06       16.20       567.3       23.41       19.21       22.1  
2003 and 2004
                                               
August 2003
    18.63       17.06       194.1       21.10       19.48       9.4  
September 2003
    19.00       15.73       229.4       21.14       18.50       9.3  
October 2003
    17.86       16.20       227.9       20.84       19.21       8.1  
November 2003
    19.06       17.52       194.5       22.20       20.87       7.6  
December 2003
    18.49       17.47       144.9       23.41       21.47       6.4  
January 2004
    21.00       18.75       215.8       26.51       23.49       8.3  
February 2004
    21.20       19.67       181.5       27.37       24.59       8.0  

(1)   Aggregate of purchases and sales
 
(2)   With effect from July 2, 2001 the stock of ING Group was split in a 2:1 ratio.

133


Table of Contents

Item 10. Additional information

Memorandum and Articles of Association

ING Groep N.V. is a holding company organized under the laws of The Netherlands. Our object and purpose, as set forth in Article 3 of our Articles of Association, is to participate in, manage, finance, provide personal or real security for the obligations of, and provide services to other business enterprises and institutions of any kind whatsoever, but in particular business enterprises and institutions which are active in the field of insurance, banking, investment and/or financial services, and to do anything which is related to the foregoing or may be conducive thereto. ING Groep N.V. is registered under the number 33231073 in the Company Registry of Amsterdam and our Articles of Association are available there.

Certain Powers of Directors

The Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the members of the Executive Board and the compensation of members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the General Meeting of Shareholders. Neither members of the Executive Board nor members of the Supervisory Board will vote on compensation for themselves or any other member of their body.

During their office, members of the Supervisory Board are not allowed to borrow from ING Group or any of its subsidiaries. Members of the Executive Board are empowered to exercise all the powers of ING Group to borrow money, subject to regulatory restrictions (if any) and, in the case of the issuance of debt securities, to the approval of the Supervisory Board.

Our Articles of Association do not contain any age limits for retirement of the members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board. Nevertheless, it has become standard practice for Executive Board members to retire at the age of 60. Pursuant to the Articles of Association, members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a four-years term and may be re-appointed for no more than two additional four-year terms.

Members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are not required to hold any shares of ING Groep N.V. to qualify as such.

Description of Shares

A description of our securities, and other information with respect to shareholders, annual meetings, changes in capital and limitations on changes in control can be found in our registration statements filed with the Commission on Form F-1 on June 12, 1997 and in this Annual Report under the heading “Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”.

Material contracts

There have been no material contracts (outside the ordinary course of business) to which ING is a party in the last two years.

Documents on Display

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These materials, including this annual report and its exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the public reference room and the copy charges. You may also inspect our SEC reports and other information at the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005, or on our website at http://www.ing.com.

Exchange controls

Cash distributions, if any, payable in euros on Ordinary shares, Bearer receipts and ADSs may be officially transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency without violating Dutch law, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by

134


Table of Contents

ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations.

Restrictions on voting

The ADSs represent interests in the Bearer receipts of the Trust, which holds the Ordinary shares for which such Bearer receipts are issued. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. The Trust is the holder of all Ordinary shares underlying the Bearer receipts. Only holders of shares (including the Trust) may vote at General Meetings of Shareholders.

Holders of Bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of the Company; however holders of Bearer receipts (including the Depositary on behalf of the holders of ADSs) as such are not entitled to vote at such meetings. However, as set out in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”, the Trust will grant a proxy to the effect that such holder of Bearer receipts may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to a number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of Bearer receipts held by him. On the basis of such a proxy the holder of Bearer receipts may vote according to its own discretion.

Holders of Bearer receipts may surrender the Bearer receipts in exchange for Ordinary shares. The Trust charges a fee for exchanging Bearer receipts for Ordinary shares. Such fee, in each case, is a minimum of EUR 25.00, but varies based on the number of Bearer receipts so exchanged.

Obligations of shareholders to disclose holdings

The Netherlands’ Act on Disclosure of Holdings in Listed Companies (the “Major Holdings Act”) applies to any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or disposes of an interest in the voting rights and/or the capital of a public limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with an official listing on a stock exchange within the European Economic Area, as a result of which acquisition or disposal the percentage of voting rights or capital interest acquired or disposed of reaches, exceeds or falls below 5%, 10%, 25%, 50% or 66 2/3%. With respect to ING Groep N.V., the Major Holdings Act would require any person whose interest in the voting rights and/or capital of ING Groep N.V. reached, exceeded or fell below those percentage interests, whether through ownership of Bearer receipts, Ordinary shares, ADSs, Preference shares, Options or Warrants, to notify in writing both ING Groep N.V. and the Financial Markets Authority of the Netherlands (Autoriteit Financiële Markten) immediately after the acquisition or disposal of the triggering interest in ING Groep N.V.’s share capital.

Upon ING Groep N.V.’s receipt of the notification, the information will be disclosed, as notified, forthwith to the public by means of an advertisement in a newspaper distributed throughout the Netherlands. Noncompliance with the obligations of the Major Holdings Act can lead to criminal prosecution. In addition, a civil court can issue orders against any person who fails to notify or incorrectly notifies the Financial Markets Authority or ING Groep N.V., in accordance with the Major Holdings Act, including suspension of the voting right in respect of such person’s Ordinary shares.

TAXATION

The following is a summary of the Netherlands tax consequences, and the United States Federal income tax consequences, of the ownership of Bearer receipts or American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) by U.S. Shareholders (as defined below). For purposes of this summary a “U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of Bearer receipts or ADSs that is:

  an individual citizen or resident of the United States,
 
  a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States,
 
  an estate, the income of which is subject to United States Federal income tax without regard to its source; or
 
  a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

The summary is a general description of the present Netherlands and United States Federal income

135


Table of Contents

tax laws and practices as well as the relevant provisions of the present double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and the United States (the “Treaty”). It should not be read as extending to matters not specifically discussed, and investors should consult their own advisors as to the tax consequences of their ownership and disposal of Bearer receipts or ADSs. In particular, the summary does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investors (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market their securities holdings, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting stock of ING Groep N.V. or investors that hold Bearer receipts or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction), some of which may be subject to special rules. The Netherlands rules applying to holders of a “substantial interest” – in broad terms, individuals who hold or have held directly or indirectly either independently or jointly with certain close relatives at least 5% of the nominal paid-up capital or of any class of shares in ING Groep N.V. – are not addressed in this summary. With respect to U.S. Shareholders, this summary generally applies only to holders who hold Bearer receipts or ADSs as capital assets. The summary is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

In general, for United States Federal income and Netherlands tax purposes, holders of Bearer receipts will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares underlying the Bearer receipts, holders of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares evidenced by Bearer receipts, and exchanges of Ordinary shares for Bearer receipts and then for ADSs, and exchanges of ADSs for Bearer receipts and then for Ordinary shares, will not be subject to United States Federal or Netherlands income tax.

It is assumed, for purposes of this summary, that a U.S. shareholder is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and that a U.S. Shareholder’s eligibility is not limited by the limitations on benefits provisions of article 26 of the Treaty.

NETHERLANDS TAXATION

Withholding tax on dividends

The Netherlands imposes a withholding tax on a distribution of a dividend at the rate of 25%. Stock dividends paid out of ING Groep N.V.’s paid-in share premium recognized for Netherlands tax purposes as such are not subject to the above withholding tax.

Under the Treaty, dividends paid by ING Groep N.V. to a resident of the United States (other than an exempt organization or exempt pension trust, as defined in the Treaty) who is the beneficial owner of the dividends are generally eligible for a reduction of Netherlands withholding tax to 15%, provided that such resident does not have an enterprise which carries on a business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or performs independent personal services from a fixed base situated in the Netherlands to which or to whom the Bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable. Such reduced dividend withholding rate can be applied for at source upon payment of the dividend submitting a form IB 92 USA prior to the dividend payment date, which form includes a banker’s affidavit stating that the Bearer receipts or ADSs are in the bank’s custody in the name of the applicant, or that the Bearer receipts or ADSs have been exhibited to the bank as being the property of the applicant. A U.S. Shareholder who is unable to claim withholding tax relief in this manner can obtain a refund or excess tax withheld by filing a Form IB 92 USA and describing the circumstances that prevented a claim for withholding tax relief at source. In case above-mentioned beneficial owner of the dividends is a company which holds directly at least 10 percent of the voting power of ING Groep N.V. a further reduction of Dutch dividend withholding tax to 5% can be applied for.

The Treaty provides for a complete exemption from withholding for dividends received by exempt pension trusts and other exempt organizations, as defined in the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts may claim the benefits of a reduced withholding tax rate pursuant to article 35 of the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts normally remain subject to withholding at the rate of 25% and are required to file for a refund of the tax withheld. Only if certain conditions are fulfilled, such pension trusts may be eligible for relief at source upon payment of the dividend. Qualifying exempt

136


Table of Contents

organizations (other than qualifying exempt pension trusts) are subject to withholding at the rate of 25% and can only file for a refund of the tax withheld.

There is currently an arrangement with the Netherlands Ministry of Finance under which U.S. Shareholders of outstanding ADSs (but not holders of Bearer receipts) of ING Groep N.V. may obtain the lower 15% withholding rate under the Treaty without filing forms described above. The arrangement also applies to qualifying exempt pension trusts but not to other exempt organizations.

On August 29, 2002 dividend-stripping rules have been introduced in Netherlands tax law. These rules have retroactive effect per April 27, 2001. The rules provide that in the case of dividend-stripping, the 25% dividend withholding tax cannot be reduced or refunded. Dividend-stripping is deemed to be present if the recipient of a dividend is, different from what has been assumed above, not the beneficial owner thereof and is entitled to a larger credit, reduction or refund of dividend withholding tax than the beneficial owner of the dividends. Under these rules, a recipient of dividends will not be considered the beneficial owner thereof if as a consequence of a combination of transactions a person other than the recipient wholly or partly benefits form the dividends, whereby such person retains, whether directly or indirectly, an interest in the share on which the dividends were paid.

Currently ING Groep N.V. may, with respect to certain dividends received from qualifying non-Netherlands subsidiaries, credit taxes withheld from those dividends against the Netherlands withholding tax imposed on certain qualifying dividends that are redistributed by ING Groep N.V., up to a maximum of the lesser of

  3% of the amount of qualifying dividends redistributed by ING Groep N.V. and
 
  3% of the gross amount of certain qualifying dividends received by ING Groep N.V.

The reduction is applied to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must pay to the Dutch tax authorities and not to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must withhold. Taxes on income and capital gains

A U.S. Shareholder will not be subject to Netherlands income tax or corporation tax, other than the withholding tax described above, or capital gains tax, provided that:

  such shareholder is not a resident or deemed resident and, in the case of an individual, has not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands; and
 
  such shareholder does not have an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise, which in its entirety or in part carries on business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or deemed permanent establishment to which or to whom the Bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable; and
 
  such shareholder does not have a substantial interest, as defined in Dutch tax law, in the share capital of ING Groep N.V.

Gift, estate or inheritance tax

No Netherlands gift, estate or inheritance tax will be imposed on the acquisition of Bearer receipts or ADSs by gift or inheritance from a holder of Bearer receipts or ADSs who is neither resident nor deemed resident in the Netherlands, provided that the ADSs or Bearer receipts are not attributable to an enterprise which in its entirety or in part is carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands. Furthermore, Dutch gift and inheritance tax is due if the holder of Bearer receipts or ADSs dies within 180 days of making the gift, and at the time of death is a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands. A non-resident Netherlands citizen, however, is still treated as a resident of the Netherlands for gift and inheritance tax purposes for ten years after leaving the Netherlands. An individual with a non-Dutch nationality is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands for the purposes of Dutch gift tax if he or she has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of the gift.

137


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES TAXATION

Taxes on income

For United States Federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Shareholder will be required to include in gross income the full amount of a cash dividend (including any Netherlands withholding tax withheld) as ordinary income when the dividend is actually or constructively received by the Trust in the case of Bearer receipts, or the Depositary in the case of ADSs. For this purpose, a “dividend” will include any distribution paid by ING Groep N.V. with respect to the Bearer receipts or ADSs, but only to the extent such distribution is not in excess of ING Groep N.V.’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as defined for United States Federal income tax purposes. Such a dividend will constitute income from sources outside the United States. A dividend will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. If you are a noncorporate U.S. Shareholder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2002 and before January 1, 2009 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the Bearer receipts or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 120-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. On February 19, 2004, the IRS announced that it will permit taxpayers to apply a proposed legislative change to the holding period requirement described in the preceding sentence as if such change were already effective. This “technical correction” would change the minimum required holding period, retroactive to January 1, 2003, to more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date. Dividends we pay with respect to the Bearer receipts or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income.

Subject to the limitations provided in the United States Internal Revenue Code, a U.S. Shareholder may generally deduct from income, or credit against its United States Federal income tax liability, the amount of any Netherlands withholding taxes under the Treaty. The Netherlands withholding tax will likely not be creditable against the U.S. Shareholder’s United States tax liability, however, to the extent that ING Groep N.V. is allowed to reduce the amount of dividend withholding tax paid over to the Netherlands Tax Administration by crediting withholding tax imposed on certain dividends paid to ING Groep N.V. ING Groep N.V. will endeavor to provide to U.S. Shareholders information concerning the extent to which it has applied the reduction described above with respect to dividends paid to U.S. Shareholders. In addition, special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.

Because payments of dividends with respect to Bearer receipts and ADSs will be made in euros, a U.S. Shareholder will generally be required to determine the amount of dividend income by translating the euro into United States dollars at the “spot rate” on the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder to the date such payment is converted into United States dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. Such gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Taxes on capital gains

Gain or loss on a sale or exchange of Bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will generally be a capital gain or loss for United States Federal income tax purposes. If such U.S. Shareholder has held the Bearer receipts or ADSs for more than one year, such gain or loss will generally be long term capital gain or loss. Long term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder that is recognized on or after May 6, 2003 and before January 1, 2009 is generally subject to a maximum tax rate of 15%. In general, gain or loss from a sale or exchange of Bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will be treated as United States source income or loss for United States foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

138


Table of Contents

Passive foreign investment company

ING Groep N.V. believes that it is not a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for United States Federal income tax purposes. This is a factual determination that must be made annually and thus may change.

If ING Groep N.V. were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. Shareholder makes an effective election to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the Bearer receipts or ADSs, any gain from the sale or disposition of Bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder would be allocated ratably to each year in the holder’s holding period and would be treated as ordinary income. Tax would be imposed on the amount allocated to each year prior to the year of disposition at the highest rate in effect for that year, and interest would be charged at the rate applicable to underpayments on the tax payable in respect of the amount so allocated. The same rules would apply to “excess distributions”, defined generally as distributions exceeding 125% of the average annual distribution made by ING Groep N.V. over the shorter of the holder’s holding period or the three preceding years.

A U.S. Shareholder who owns Bearer receipts or ADSs during any year that ING Groep N.V. is a PFIC must file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

Item 11 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk

Introduction

The Executive Board gives a high priority to risk management and risk control. By virtue of the Group’s size and its wide variety of activities, types of clients and geographic regions, ING seeks to maintain the highest quality of risk management and control and to apply the most up-to-date and reliable methods available, not only to protect the Group itself but also its clients and shareholders. ING has comprehensive risk management and control procedures in place at all levels within the Group, which enable the Group to control and monitor risks and the accumulation of risks. The risk governance and systems of controls in use ensure management that risks are being measured, monitored and reported adequately and effectively. The principal risks are credit risk, market risk, insurance risk, liquidity risk and operational risk.

Risk Policy Committee (RPC)

The RPC evaluates and sets ING Group’s overall risk profile, aiming for a balance between risk, return and capital. The Committee advises the Executive Board on:

-   Risk Adjusted Return on Capital (RAROC) and the RAROC methodology, as well as the allocation of economic capital to the business units and to the risk categories;
 
-   the consolidated Group limits for the principal risk categories;
 
-   capital position, taking into account aspects such as the capital investment policy and methodology.

RPC ensures that the risk-management organization adequately supports the risks ING incurs, that the risk-management process is properly audited and that improvements in this process are completed to meet regulatory and internal requirements. ING’s risk profile, risk-management processes and systems of internal controls in relation to market developments are assessed in quarterly RPC meetings. The RPC consists of members of the Executive Board, as well as the heads of Corporate Audit Services, Corporate Control & Finance, Corporate Market Risk Management, Corporate Credit Risk Management and Corporate Insurance Risk Management.

The below-mentioned risk committees act within the overall risk-policy guidelines and delegated authorities granted by the RPC. These committees also ensure a close link with the business units through representation of business heads on the committees.

Central Credit Committee ING Bank (CKC)

The CKC is the highest credit approval body within ING Bank. It establishes country limits, country ratings, credit limits and counterparty limits and advises the Executive Board on provisions. CKC

139


Table of Contents

oversees other credit committees covering the entire business of ING Bank. The CKC meets on a weekly basis and is chaired by the CFO.

ING Group Risk Concentration Committee (IRCC)

The IRCC advises the Executive Board about ING Group’s largest credit-risk concentrations across portfolios of corporate customers, industries, financial institutions and sovereign customers and provides recommendations on the direction of the exposure, but not on specific limits. The IRCC meets on a monthly basis and is chaired by the CFO.

ING Bank Provisioning Committee (IPC)

The IPC decides on ING Bank’s specific debtor- and country- provisioning levels based on formal analyses of the credit portfolio, which take place on a quarterly basis. The IPC meets on a quarterly basis and is chaired by the CFO.

Asset & Liability Committee ING Group (ALCO ING Group)

ALCO ING Group sets the overall risk profile of the parent company ING Groep N.V. ALCO ING Group defines the policy regarding funding, liquidity, interest-rate mismatch and foreign-exchange risks of the parent company. ALCO ING Group meets on a monthly basis and is chaired by the CFO.

Asset & Liability Committee ING Bank (ALCO Bank)

ALCO Bank sets the overall risk profile of all ING Bank’s non-trading market risk that occurs in its banking activities. ALCO Bank defines the policy regarding funding, liquidity, interest-rate mismatch and solvency of ING Bank. ALCO Bank monitors balance-sheet developments, the funding structure, the liquidity position, contingency funding and the interest-rate sensitivity of interest margin. ALCO Bank is also responsible for the hedging of translation risk of investments in foreign entities. ALCO Bank meets on a monthly basis and is chaired by the CFO.

ING Bank Market Risk Committee (IMRC)

The IMRC sets the overall trading-risk profile of ING Bank. The IMRC sets trading limits for normal market conditions (Value-at-Risk) and for events (Event Risk) for all trading-risk categories (Foreign Exchange, Interest Rate and Equity), as well as trading-issuer limits and underwriting limits. IMRC also decides on new trading products and associated limits and on risk factors. The IMRC meets on a monthly basis and is chaired by the CFO.

Asset & Liability Committee Insurance (ALCO Insurance)

ALCO Insurance is responsible for monitoring market risks (with relevant links to actuarial risks) for all ING insurance activities. This includes volatility (affecting earnings and value), exposure (required capital and market risk) and translation risk (hedging). ALCO Insurance monitors and set standards for the interest-rate risk of products sold, signs off on the investment mandates and reviews the actual asset allocation and performance against the mandate. ALCO Insurance meets six times during the year and is chaired by the CFO.

Operational Risk Committee ING Group (ORC)

The ORC advises the Executive Board on the operational-risk profile and determines ING Group’s policies concerning security and IT risk, compliance, regulatory, legal and litigation issues, crisis and business continuity risk, reputational risk, as well as management-information systems. The ORC meets on a quarterly basis and is chaired by the CFO.

RAROC Directors Committee (RDC)

The RDC is responsible for the overall consistency of methodologies and methods used in the banking

140


Table of Contents

RAROC framework. The RDC meets on a quarterly basis and is chaired by the head of Corporate Control & Finance/Management Accounting.

Risk Management Departments

Risk management (measurement, monitoring and reporting) within ING is managed by three departments at Group level: Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM), Corporate Market Risk Management (CMRM) including Corporate Operational Risk Management (CORM), and Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM). The heads of these departments (Corporate Risk Managers) report to the CFO. The risk departments advise the risk committees and are responsible for the harmonization and standardisation of risk-management practices, risk definitions and standards, policies, procedures, models and methodologies.

The regional and local risk managers in the business entities have a functional reporting line to the Corporate Risk Managers; the regional risk managers/local risk managers ensure day-to-day risk analysis, proper measurement and controls, aggregation of risks, policy development and standards within the overall risk-governance framework.

Risk Adjusted Return on Economic Capital

ING Group applies the Risk Adjusted Return on Capital (RAROC) framework as a management tool for its banking operations to consistently measure operational performance on a risk-adjusted basis (which is linked to shareholder-value creation). RAROC increases focus, in the decision-making process, on rewards versus risk and consequently the use of scarce capital in the most efficient way. Risk-adjusted pricing tools are used as a basis for the pricing of transactions and as an important determinant in the credit-approval procedures.

RAROC is calculated as the risk-adjusted return divided by economic capital. The risk-adjusted return is based on similar valuation principles as applied in the financial accounts, with two important exceptions: the actual credit-risk provisioning is replaced by expected losses reflecting statistically calculated average credit losses over the entire economic cycle; secondly, the Profit and Loss account is adjusted for effects that relate to replacing actual book capital by economic capital.

Economic capital is defined as the amount of capital required to bear the economic risks created by the activities of the company at the company’s desired level of comfort. ING uses a one-sided confidence interval of 99.95% - consistent with our target debt rating (AA/Aa2 long term) - and a one-year time horizon.

RAROC for banking operations (excluding ING Direct) by Management Centre

                                 
                    Economic    
                    capital    
    RAROC           (in billions    
    (pre-tax)           of euros)    
    2003   2002   2003   2002
MC Netherlands
    43.5 %     38.4 %     4.5       4.8  
MC South-West Europe
    21.8 %     17.0 %     3.1       3.4  
MC Germany
    (3.4 %)     (3.5 %)     1.4       1.4  
MC Central Europe
    11.2 %     9.5 %     0.8       1.0  
MC UK/Americas/Asia
    7.2 %     (0.4 %)     1.9       3.1  
Other
    (46.5 %)     (64.9 %)     1.1       0.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total banking operations
    17.6 %     13.2 %     12.8       14.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Retail
    35.8 %     26.4 %     2.8       2.7  
Wholesale
    12.5 %     10.1 %     10.0       11.8  

‘Other’ include items of Corporate lines, EC Americas, EC Asia Pacific and Other Asset Management. 2002 figures have been restated.

141


Table of Contents

The total pre-tax RAROC for the banking operations corresponds to an after-tax RAROC of 13.1% (excluding ING Direct) that can be compared with 10.2% for 2002.

Economic capital break-down by risk category ING Bank

                 
    2003   2002
Credit risk (including Transfer risk)
    52 %     49 %
Market risk
    22 %     20 %
Business risk
    13 %     17 %
Operational risk
    13 %     14 %
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    100 %     100 %
 
   
 
     
 
 

The percentages shown by risk category reflect all diversification effects, including risk reduction between the risk categories.

Diversification effects as a result of combining bank and insurance activities are not taken into account.

ING Group continues to develop and refine the models supporting the RAROC calculations. The overall consistency of methodologies and methods used is governed by the RDC. All risks, except for business risk, are subject to an independent control process with a functional reporting line to the Corporate Risk Managers. Although business risk is factored into the planning and budgeting process, business risk is not subject to an independent control process, but is the responsibility of the relevant business units.

Credit Risk

ING’s policy is to maintain an internationally diversified loan and bond portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. The emphasis is on managing business developments within the regions by means of top-down concentration limits for countries, individual borrowers and industries. The aim is to expand relationship-banking activities, while maintaining stringent internal risk/return guidelines and controls. For the investment portfolios backing the insurance liabilities, ING’s policy is to maintain a diversified credit fixed-income investment portfolio within acceptable internally and externally driven parameters.

Credit risk – ING Bank

Credit risk is the risk of loss from the default by a debtor or counterparty. Credit risks arise in ING’s lending and investment activities, as well as in its trading activities. Credit-risk management is supported by general information systems and internal rating methodologies for debtor and counterparties.

Risk analysis Credit analysis is risk/reward-oriented whereby the level of credit analysis is a function of the risk amount, tenor, structure (e.g. covers received) of the facility, and the risks entered into. Continually more sophisticated RAROC-based tools are used internally to ensure a proper balance of risk and reward within the portfolio and concentration parameters established by the RPC and the Credit Risk Committee (CRC is dedicated to the harmonization of credit risk management practices through credit risk definitions and standards, policies, procedures, models and methodology). ING’s credit analysts make use of publicly available information in combination with in-house analysis based on information provided by the customer, peer-group comparisons, industry comparisons and other quantitative tools.

Risk concentration monitoring Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) is responsible for developing and maintaining common credit risk and country risk policies and procedures throughout the Group. Additionally, CCRM is responsible for evaluating country-, borrower- and counterparty-concentration risk issues by applying senior risk management level oversight to the credit review and monitoring activities of all business units. Lastly, CCRM is responsible for consolidated credit risk reporting and improving risk-measurement techniques. To achieve these goals, CCRM is responsible for standardizing tools and systems used at all levels of credit risk management.

Delegated authorities Within globally established procedures all banking units of ING Bank have their own bodies for the approval of credits within a system of delegated authorities. The RPC

142


Table of Contents

determines which authorities are delegated to various credit committees and approval bodies. The credit-approval hierarchy is separate from line functions, but has balanced participation from both senior credit risk and senior commercial personnel.

Credit exposure The credit exposure of ING Bank is mainly related to traditional lending to private individuals and businesses. Loans to private individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Loans to businesses are often collateralised, but can be unsecured based on internal analysis of the borrowers’ creditworthiness. Credit exposure arises also from trading activities, for instance in derivatives, repurchase transactions and securities lending/borrowing.

Risk classes are defined based upon the quality of the lending portfolio in terms of creditworthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade.

Risk classes ING Bank in % of total outstandings (1)

                                 
                    Moody’s   S&P’s
    2003   2002   equivalent   equivalent
Investment Grade: 1-10
    57.1 %     46.5 %   Aaa - Baa3   AAA - BBB-
Speculative Grade: 11-17
    41.2 %     51.7 %   Ba1-C   BB+ -C
Problem Grade: 18-22
    1.7 %     1.8 %     D     D
 
   
 
     
 
                 
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %                

(1) Based on the retail and wholesale lending activities and investments

The proportional increase in investment grade outstandings as a percent of total outstandings is principally related to the growth of ING Direct.

Risk concentration ING Bank by Economic Sector

                 
    2003   2002
Automotive
    1.1 %     0.9 %
Basic Industries
    0.5 %     0.5 %
Building Materials
    0.6 %     0.8 %
Chemicals
    0.4 %     0.6 %
Civic, Religious & Social Organizations
    0.3 %     0.3 %
Construction, Infrastructure & Real Estate
    5.1 %     5.7 %
Financial Institutions
    39.4 %     43.3 %
Food, Beverages & Personal Care
    1.8 %     2.0 %
General Industries
    1.9 %     3.3 %
Health Care and Pharmaceuticals
    1.1 %     1.0 %
Natural Resources
    1.7 %     2.0 %
Private Individuals
    23.8 %     21.0 %
Public Administration
    8.4 %     6.9 %
Retail
    1.1 %     0.9 %
Services
    2.5 %     2.8 %
Telecommunications, Media & Technology
    1.5 %     1.9 %
Transportation & Logistics
    2.0 %     2.4 %
Utilities
    1.5 %     1.6 %
Other
    5.3 %     2.1 %
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
 
   
 
     
 
 

Debtor provisioning The credit portfolio is under constant review. A formal analysis takes place on a quarterly basis to determine the provisions for possible bad debts, using a bottom-up approach. Conclusions are discussed in IPC, which decides on specific provisioning levels. ING Group identifies

143


Table of Contents

as impaired loans those loans for which it is probable that the principal and interest amounts contractually due will not be collected in a timely manner.

ING is of the opinion that its loan-loss provisions as of December 31, 2003 are adequate to absorb losses from ING Bank’s credit risk taking activities.

Additions to the provision for loan losses ING Bank (based on risk country) (1)

                 
    2003   2002
Netherlands
    352       236  
Belgium
    114       53  
Rest of Western Europe
    410       352  
Central and Eastern Europe
    94       80  
North America
    194       497  
Latin America
    (18 )     167  
Asia
    (31 )     3  
Other
    10       47  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,125       1,435  
 
   
 
     
 
 

(1) The regions are related to the risk country of the underlying credit risk.

Country risks – ING Bank

Country risk is the risk that ING faces which is specifically attributable to events in a specific country (or group of countries). Country risk is identified in lending (corporate and counterparty), trading and investment activities. All transactions and trading positions generated by ING include a country risk. Country risk is further divided into economic and transfer risk. Economic risk is the concentration risk relating to any event in the risk country which may affect transactions and other exposure in that country, regardless of the currency. Transfer risk is the risk incurred through the inability of ING or its counterparties to meet their respective foreign currency obligations due to a specific country event.

Limit setting and monitoring In countries where ING is active, the risk profile is regularly evaluated, resulting in a country rating. Country limits are based on this rating and ING’s risk appetite. Exposures derived from lending and investment activities are then measured and reported against these country limits on a daily basis. Country-risk limits are assigned for transfer risk, generally only in emerging markets. The emerging-markets transfer risk as a percentage of total retail and wholesale activities decreased from 6% in 2002 to 4.6% in 2003. Exposure is closely monitored for economic country risk, although no formal limits are established. The table below shows the largest economic country risks as of year-end 2003 compared with 2002.

144


Table of Contents

Largest economic exposures ING Bank by country (1) (amounts in billions of euros)

                 
    2003   2002
Netherlands
    183.5       145.4  
United States
    50.4       67.4  
Germany
    49.9       43.1  
United Kingdom
    47.1       36.0  
Belgium
    41.1       25.3  
France
    24.6       24.0  
Spain
    19.2       10.1  
Canada
    12.3       9.0  
Italy
    11.8       6.3  
Australia
    11.0       7.3  

(1)   Only covers exposures in excess of EUR 10 billion, including intercompany exposures with ING Insurance

Country-risk capital allocation The methodology of calculating risk capital is linked to the risk definitions with respect to determining where the country risk occurs. Emerging market countries with low and medium risk that have not defaulted, require no mandatory provisions for transfer risk. Instead of provisions, additional capital is allocated to transactions that incur country risk, the amount of which is a function of the risk of the country as well as the risk of the transaction itself. For high risk countries that are near default or have recently defaulted, adequate provisioning is a requirement. ING’s policies with respect to capital allocation and provisioning for country risk are in line with the country-risk directives issued by the Dutch Central Bank.

Largest cross border lending exposures ING Bank in emerging markets in excess of EUR 750 million (1)

                                                 
                    Provisions    
    Gross transfer   on foreign   Country capital
    exposure   currency loans   add-on
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    (EUR millions)                
Country
                                               
South Korea
    1,529       1,942       0       5       0       0  
Poland
    1,465       1,832       1       65       0       0  
China
    1,091       784       6       23       0       0  

(1)   Figures exclude local currency denominated loans.

Settlement risks – ING Bank

Settlement risk arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates and receipt is not verified or expected until ING has paid or delivered its side of the trade. The risk is that ING delivers, but does not receive delivery from the counterparty. Settlement risk can most commonly be contained and reduced by entering into transactions with delivery-versus-payment (DVP) settlement methods, as is common with most clearing houses, or settlement netting agreements. A recent example is ING’s participation in CLS Bank, a clearing house for FX trades.

For those transactions where DVP settlement is not possible, ING establishes settlement limits through the credit approval process. Settlement risk is then monitored and managed through the credit risk management units. The risk is further mitigated by operational procedures requiring trade confirmations to the counterparties with all transaction details, and entering into internationally

145


Table of Contents

accepted documentation, such as International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreements for derivative transactions. Additionally, ING regularly participates in projects with other banks to improve and develop new clearing systems and clearing mechanisms to further reduce the level of settlement risk.

Implementation of Basel II

In anticipation of the planned introduction of new global capital regulations from the Basel Committee, ING has commenced a bankwide Basel project led by CCRM. The goal of this project is to ensure ING’s compliance with the new regulations by the required implementation date of December 31, 2006. A key element of the project is the continued development, implementation and back-testing of in-house objective risk rating and loss-given default models for use in the credit-approval process, risk reporting, performance monitoring and portfolio management. Simultaneously, ING is refining its credit-risk management governance and practices to conform to industry best practices and regulatory requirements.

Credit Risk – ING Insurance

Within the insurance companies the investment mandates specify credit-risk appetite by type, quality and duration of security. For the investment portfolios backing the insurance liabilities, ING’s policy is to maintain a diversified fixed-income investment portfolio within acceptable internally and externally driven parameters.

The credit exposure of ING Insurance is mainly related to investments in debt securities and traditional lending to private individuals. Loans to private individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Credit exposure arises also from derivatives, repurchase transactions, securities lending/borrowing and reinsurance contracts.

The average credit rating of the general account fixed-income portfolios, as at December 31, 2003, is shown in the table below.

ING Insurance Fixed-income securities by rating class

                 
Rating class   2003   2002
 
    2003       2002  
AAA
    36.5 %     37.2 %
AA
    16.8 %     16.7 %
A
    24.6 %     23.3 %
BBB
    18.7 %     18.7 %
BB
    2.5 %     2.8 %
Higher risks
    0.9 %     1.3 %

Total amount of the general account portfolio was EUR 98.4 billion (2002: EUR 96.5 billion) which excludes mortgages, policy loans and other fixed-income investments.

Debtor provisioning For credit risks, a provision for loan losses is maintained that is considered adequate to absorb losses arising from the existing insurance investment portfolios. The provisions are reviewed on a quarterly basis and amounted to EUR 178.5 million at the end of 2003 compared with EUR 155 million at the end of 2002.

Market Risk and Liquidity Risk – ING Bank

Market Risk

Market risk exists in ING Bank as a result of trading activities, which arises primarily from market making, client facilitation and proprietary trading in the equities, fixed income, interest-rate and foreign exchange markets and the direct related derivatives markets. ING Bank has no material commodity

146


Table of Contents

portfolios. Market risk also exists as a result of non-trading activities. The non-trading risk positions are mainly concentrated within Financial Markets Treasury as a result of the transfer of interest-rate risk and (structural) foreign exchange positions from the business units to Financial Markets Treasury.

Trading risk

ING Bank’s policy is to maintain an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. ING Bank uses the Value-at-Risk (VaR) methodology as the primary risk measure. An event risk policy is implemented to estimate market-risk exposures in case of extreme market movements.

Daily Value-at-Risk (VaR)

VaR for market risk quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of 99%, the maximum overnight loss that could occur due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest rates, foreign-exchange rates, equity prices) if positions remain unchanged for a time interval of one day. The impact of historical market movements on today’s portfolio is estimated, based on market movements of the previous 250 business days. The VaR also serves as a basis for the calculation of the regulatory capital that ING Bank needs to hold to cover possible losses from trading activities.

Market risk for the interest and equity markets is split into two components: general market risk and specific market risk. The general market risk estimates the VaR resulting from general market-value movements. The specific market risk estimates the VaR resulting from market-value movements that relate to the issuer.

The market risk of all the important option portfolios within ING Bank is measured and monitored by full revaluation methods like Monte Carlo simulation.

The average exposure over 2003 was slightly lower than 2002 (average VaR 2003: EUR 25.3 million and average VaR 2002: EUR 26.5 million). The consolidated VaR remained well within the Group consolidated VaR limit of EUR 50 million. More details on the VaR of the ING Bank trading portfolio for 2003 and 2002 are provided in the table below.

Consolidated Trading VaR ING Bank

                                                                 
    Low   High   Average Year end   Low   High   Average Year end
                    2003                   2002
    (EUR millions)
Foreign exchange
    2.9       7.2       4.5       4.8       2.0       9.2       4.1       2.5  
Equities
    5.6       15.6       8.9       11.2       4.5       13.6       8.5       10.7  
Interest
    8.1       21.6       12.3       11.1       7.1       26.5       12.9       9.3  
High yield/Emerging markets
    5.3       10.4       7.9       6.4       7.7       13.5       9.9       7.7  
Diversification (1)
            (8.3 )     (10.6 )                             (8.9 )     (9.5 )
 
           
 
     
 
                             
 
     
 
 
Total VaR
            25.3       22.9                               26.5       20.7  
 
           
 
     
 
                             
 
     
 
 

(1)   Diversification is not calculated for the columns Low and High since the observations for both the individual markets as well as total VaR may come from different dates.

Backtesting

Although VaR models estimate potential future results, estimates are based on historical market data. ING continuously monitors the plausibility and effectiveness of the VaR model in use. The technique for this purpose is generally known as backtesting in which the actual daily result is compared with the daily VaR. When the actual loss exceeds the VaR a ‘back-test occurence’ has taken place. Based on ING Bank’s one-sided 99% confidence level a ‘backtest occurence’ is expected, on average, once in a 100 business days. In 2003, there has been no occurence where a daily trading loss exceeded the daily consolidated VaR of ING Bank.

147


Table of Contents

Event Risk

Since VaR in general does not produce an estimate of the potential losses that can occur as a result of extreme market movements, ING uses highly structured stress testing for monitoring the market risk under these extreme conditions. Stress scenarios are based on historical and hypothetical extreme events. The result of the stress testing is an Event Risk number, which is an estimate of the P&L caused by a potential event and its world-wide impact for ING. The event-risk policy (and its technical implementation) is specific for ING as there is no calculation method that is generally accepted by other banks and regulators (like the Value-at-Risk model). The ING event risk model for event-risk calculation is approved by the Dutch Central Bank. The ING event risk policy basically consists of stress parameters per country and per market (foreign exchange, interest rate, equity, credit spread). The parameters indicate historical maximum market movements within the time frame of one month. The scenarios and stress parameters are backtested against extreme market movements that actually occur in the markets.

Banking risk

Interest-rate risk

For the non-trading books of ING Bank there is a strong focus on interest-rate risk. The structural interest mismatch of ING Bank and the changes in the maturity profile of ING Bank’s assets and liabilities are reviewed every month by the regional or local business unit ALCOs. ALCO Bank sets the overall interest mismatch limits of ING Bank. The management of interest mismatch positions is, within limits set by the respective ALCO, performed within the treasury function. Commercial units are not allowed to run mismatch positions. Therefore, all interest-rate risks must be transferred by way of internal transactions with the treasury servicing the respective commercial unit. The treasury uses interest-rate swaps and other derivatives for managing the mismatch position.

Local market-risk management measures and monitors interest-rate risk and reports positions and limit utilization to the appropriate ALCO. For consolidation purposes, local market-risk management also produces a gap report. Corporate Market Risk Management consolidates all gap reports and reports the consolidated figures to both the ALCO Bank and the Dutch Central Bank.

Maturity gaps are based upon the contractual maturity or interest-rate re-pricing dates. The maturity-gap analysis for mortgages takes into account historical prepayment rates. For the gap analysis of the current accounts and savings accounts, the “behavioral” re-pricing characteristics of these products are taken into account. Several methods like historical simulation and volatility/correlation analysis are used for the analysis of the assumptions of the investment rules for current and savings accounts. The funds are invested in such a way that the interest rate margin is stable for a long period.

ING Bank uses several measures to control interest-rate risk. The most important ones are Earnings-at-Risk (EaR) and Value-at-Risk (VaR). EaR measures the potential loss in the expected (interest) earnings over the next 12 months resulting from an instantaneous rise of interest rates by 1%. VaR measures the maximum overnight loss that could occur due to changes in interest rates if positions remain unchanged for a time interval of one day with a one-sided confidence interval of 99%. The table below provides risk figures for 2002 and 2003.

Interest-rate sensitivity ING Bank

                 
    2003   2002
    (EUR millions)
Earnings-at-Risk
    212       14  
Value-at-Risk
    111       65  

The EUR 198 million increase in the EaR is due to changes in the gap profile and the implementation of a more advanced dynamic simulation approach, which is now used for a substantial part of the savings portfolios. The EUR 46 million increase in VaR is due to changes in the gap profile.

The consolidated interest-rate position of ING Bank is presented below in gap format as at December 31, 2003. This condensed format outlines the net of repricing and maturing notional amounts from both the end-of-year asset and the liability portfolios. The report comprises on-balance- and off-balance-

148


Table of Contents

sheet items (mainly interest-rate swaps) and only covers ING’s banking operations. This consolidated gap report is similar to the regulatory report on interest-rate positions.

GAP profile of the main currencies within ING Bank non-trading books (December 31, 2003)

                                                                         
    On-balance   Off-balance(1)    
            US                           US                   Grand
    Euro
  Dollar
  Other
  Total
(millions)
  Euro
  Dollar
  Other
  Total
  Total
Up to 3 months
    26,148       (12,528 )     2,404       16,024       (21,027 )     (4,033 )     (6,458 )     (31,518 )     (15,494 )
3 to 6 months
    (778 )     (702 )     (717 )     (2,197 )     8,302       761       (773 )     8,290       6,093  
6 to 12 months
    (16,855 )     (715 )     (3,249 )     (20,819 )     13,292       1,505       4,045       18,842       (1,977 )
1 to 2 years
    (247 )     1,255       279       1,287       4,171       (33 )     1,282       5,420       6,707  
2 to 3 years
    826       927       (564 )     1,189       (362 )     (96 )     991       533       1,722  
3 to 4 years
    (2,473 )     386       (730 )     (2,817 )     (705 )     (100 )     969       164       (2,653 )
4 to 5 years
    (531 )     498       (190 )     (223 )     (3,287 )     (453 )     883       (2,857 )     (3,080 )
5 to 7 years
    (7,299 )     969       (784 )     (7,114 )     (2,862 )     198       392       (2,272 )     (9,386 )
7 to 10 years
    10,222       638       (627 )     10,233       3,198       (12 )     (39 )     3,147       13,380  
10 to 15 years
    4,655       (609 )     (12 )     4,034       (1,195 )     123       (138 )     (1,210 )     2,824  
Over 15 years
    2,006       (1,571 )     (32 )     403       43       1,418       0       1,461       1,864  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    15,674       (11,452 )     (4,222 )     0       (432 )     (722 )     1,154       0       0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Foreign Exchange Risk

ING takes on exposure to foreign-exchange fluctuations on its financial position and cash flows. Currency exposures in the non-trading books are largely transferred by way of internal transactions to Financial Markets Treasury which performs the day-to-day management of all foreign-currency positions.

The most material foreign-exchange risk in the non-trading books relates to translation risk due to foreign investments and USD-denominated Tier-1 capital. For ING’s main foreign currencies, US dollar, Pound sterling and Polish zloty, the translation risk is managed by ALCO Bank, taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio. For all other currencies the translation risk is managed by Financial Markets Treasury Amsterdam.

149


Table of Contents

Overnight translation exposure ING Bank for the main currencies and the overall exposure (amounts in millions of euros)

                                         
    Foreign           Gross    
Currency   Investments   Tier 1   Exposure   Hedges Net Position
    (EUR million)
 
                    2003                  
US dollars
    2,165       (3,289 )     (1,124 )     69       (1,055 )
Pound sterling
    (1,067 )     (1,067 )     1,059       (8 )        
Polish zloty
    472       472       (233 )     239          
South Korean won
    449       449       (398 )     51          
Other currency
    825       825       (695 )     130          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,844       (3,289 )     (445 )     (198 )     (643 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
                    2002                  
US dollars
    1,064       (3,481 )     (2,417 )     1,099       (1,318 )
Pound sterling
    (558 )     (558 )     486       (72 )        
Polish zloty
    520       520       (250 )     270          
South Korean won
    509       509       (476 )     33          
Other currency
    1,082       1,082       (904 )     178          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,617       (3,481 )     (864 )     (45 )     (909 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

At December 31, 2003 ING’s USD-denominated Tier-1 securities amounted to EUR 3,289 million and have an impact on the open FX exposure of EUR 1,055 million.

To quantify the foreign exchange risks, the same Value-at-Risk (VaR) approach is used as for the trading activities.

Consolidated FX VaR non-trading books ING Bank

                                                                 
                            Year-                           Year-
    Low   High   Average   end   Low   High   Average   end
    2003   2002
FX VaR
    7.0       14.9       10.2       14.9       4.0       16.2       8.9       14.0  

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that ING Bank or one of its entities cannot meet its financial liabilities when due. The ALCO Bank bears overall responsibility for the liquidity strategy. ALCO Bank has delegated day-to-day management to the treasury function. Treasury Amsterdam is responsible for managing the overall liquidity-risk position, while regional and local treasuries are responsible for managing liquidity in the respective regions. ING Bank’s policy is to maintain an adequate cushion to meet its financial liabilities when due.

Liquidity management within ING Bank has two primary aspects. The first is the day-to-day funding. The treasury monitors all maturing cash flows along with expected changes in core-business funding requirements. This includes replenishment of existing funds as they mature, expected withdrawals from retail current accounts, savings and additional borrowings. The second building block is to maintain an adequate mix of funding sources and liquid assets. ING Bank aims for a well-diversified funding mix in terms of instrument types, fund providers and geographic markets. ING Bank also maintains a broad portfolio of highly marketable assets that can be easily used to bear disruptions in the cash-flow profile. ING Bank has positions in multiple currencies. Positions maintained in G-7

150


Table of Contents

currencies may, within VaR and country-risk limits, be funded in other currencies. Positions maintained in non-G-7 currencies should as much as possible be funded in the same currency.

Sources of liquidity are widely distributed over the entire ING Bank. ING Bank has a broad base of core retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits. Although these accounts are repayable on demand or at short notice, the accounts are considered to form a stable resource of funding because of the broad customer base. The retail funding is, from a geographical point of view, widely spread, with most of the funding located in the Euro zone. Especially the business units Postbank, ING Belgium, ING Bank Netherlands and the European entities of ING Direct provide significant amounts of retail funding. The marketable assets form another important source of liquidity. ING Bank has relative large portfolios of marketable assets of which the majority again is located in the Euro zone. Please note that the reported figures in the tables below are based on specific risk classifications and therefore deviate from the figures included in the notes to the consolidated balance sheet.

Marketable assets (December 31, 2003)

                                                         
    ING           ING   FM   EURO   Total   Total
    Direct   ING   BHF-   Treasury   zone   EURO   ING
    EICC   Belgium   Bank   Amsterdam   Other   zone   Bank
    (EUR millions)
Government Zone A
    12,164       18,807       5,823       17,792       2,045       56,631       71,502  
Government Zone B
    100       57       1               3       161       496  
Financial institutions
    13,714       7,651       5,081       2,900       610       29,956       36,613  
Corporates
            1,395       297       790       46       2,528       3,880  
Other
    20,889       2,245       3,393       258               26,785       33,105  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    46,867       30,155       14,595       21,740       2,704       116,061       145,596  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Marketable assets originate from both trading and non-trading portfolios.

Retail funding (December 31, 2003)

                                                         
    ING                   ING   EURO   Total   Total
    Direct   ING           Bank   zone   EURO   ING
    EICC   Belgium   Postbank   Netherlands   Other   zone   Bank
    (EUR millions)
Savings
    59,831       19,054       29,254       12,655       3,980       124,774       167,442  
Current accounts
    838       6,672       11,650       18,694       1,626       39,480       40,061  
Retail deposits
    557       785               8,718       782       10,842       10,843  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    61,226       26,511       40,904       40,067       6,388       175,096       218,346  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

In 2003, the classification of retail deposits has been aligned with financial accounting- and internal liquidity risk management principles causing a shift to savings.

The guidelines for the measurement of liquidity risk within ING Bank are fully aligned with the requirements set by the Dutch Central Bank. The key focus is on the periods of one week and one month. Positions are split by type of product and counterpart. All positions with a known maturity date are included in the maturity calendar based on their contractual maturity date. Positions with an unknown maturity date and marketable assets are included on a stock basis. Standby facilities, undrawn irrevocable credit facilities, guarantees and other contingent liabilities are also included. The positions in the week and the month bucket are weighted under several scenarios. The total available liquidity values are corrected for liquidity surpluses in intransferable locations and in inconvertible currencies, most of these positions are located outside the euro zone. Within ING Bank a framework is implemented that sets limits on the weekly and monthly liquidity risk positions.

151


Table of Contents

Insurance Risk

ING is exposed to life and non-life insurance risks. Life risks include a broad range of traditional life products, unit-linked, annuities, universal life, group life and pension products and guaranteed investment products. Non-life risks include all lines of non-life business – fire, automobile, accident and health, third-party liability and disability.

Insurance risks arise with respect to the adequacy of insurance premium-rate levels and provisions with respect to insurance liabilities and capital position. When assessing these risks different factors are taken into account:

-   the investments backing the liabilities;
 
-   changes in interest rates, equity markets, and exchange rates;
 
-   developments in mortality and morbidity;
 
-   non-life claims frequency and amounts;
 
-   lapses and expenses.

Specific attention is given to the adequacy of provisions for the life business. In 2003, specific focus has been on the low-interest-rate levels in a number of countries in which ING operates. Particularly in respect of our insurance operations in Taiwan. ING has strengthened reserves by EUR 50 million annually and expects to continue this annual strengthening while interest rates remain below historic levels. For those insurance contracts that contain high interest-rate guarantees, stochastic modeling is used to assess the adequacy of the insurance liabilities and to evaluate pricing. Stochastic modeling involves projecting the adequacy of provisions under many future interest-rate and/or equity scenarios. ING believes that its insurance provisions are adequate.

Insurance risks are controlled at ING Group level, with Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) being responsible for monitoring the actuarial and underwriting risks. CIRM provides guidelines for product design, reserving, underwriting, pricing criteria and reinsurance strategy. Its responsibilities also include the monitoring of risk profiles and the review of insurance-related risk control and asset-and liability management. CIRM has developed a factor based capital model to replace the prior formula which was based on EU requirements. The new ING capital formula includes more specific factors for asset and liability risks. This capital will be used by ING to measure performance of business units in 2004.

Market Risk

Insurance market risks are monitored through asset -and- liability management (ALM) policies and procedures with an ALCO Insurance structure established at business unit, executive centre/management centre and corporate levels. At ING Group level, CIRM is responsible for implementing and monitoring ALM practices and for consistency in such techniques world-wide.

The risk of loss occurring through adverse changes of prices in the financial markets is quantified in extensive ALM analyses. These ALM analyses are used to determine the adequacy of the assets supporting reserves, to find the optimal asset (investment) mix complementing the (insurance) liabilities, to determine appropriate risk-based capital levels and to quantify market movements effects on the P&L. The market risk of ING Insurance is mainly related to interest rate risk and equity risk.

Interest-rate risk

The insurance operations are exposed to interest-rate movements with respect to guaranteed interest rates as interest rates fall and with the need to meet policyholders expectations with respect to interest credited to policies as interest rates change. Asset portfolios backing these insurance liabilities are managed accordingly. The current product portfolio also comprises products where interest-rate risks are entirely or partially passed on to the policyholder, thereby reducing ING’s exposure to interest movements. Changes in interest rates can impact present and future earnings of the insurance operations and can affect the levels of new sales, surrenders or withdrawals. Through scenario analyses ING Insurance measures the potential changes in the expected earnings of the insurance operations over the next 12 months from an instantaneous increase/decrease in interest rates of 1%. These changes to income can relate to investment income, interest paid to policyholders, market-value adjustments, amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs (DAC), sales levels, or any other net-income

152


Table of Contents

item that would be affected by interest-rate changes. The effect of interest rate changes is different by region and by product.

Interest-rate sensitivity and effect on net profit

                                 
    2003   2002
Increase interest rates by 1%
    4 %     95       3 %     80  
Decrease interest rates by 1%
    (4 %)     (92 )     (4 %)     (93 )

Equity risk

The insurance operations are exposed to movements in equity markets on two levels: 1) those business units that have direct equity holdings in the general accounts; and 2) those products where the revenues to the insurance operations are linked to the value of the equity funds, since this has an impact on the level of charges deducted for unit-linked and variable business. Through scenario analyses ING Insurance measures the potential changes in the expected earnings of the insurance operations over the next 12 months resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease in equity markets of 10%. These changes to income can relate to fee income, unrealized or realized gains and losses, amortization of DAC, sales levels, or any other net-income item that would be affected by a substantial change to equity markets. The effect of equity market changes is different by region and by product.

Equity sensitivity and effect on net profit

                                 
    2003   2002
Increase of equity of 10%
    3 %     77       3 %     69  
Decrease of equity by 10%
    (3 %)     (80 )     (3 %)     (68 )

The equity sensitivity has been changed slightly from 2002. The sensitivity represents a one-time increase\decrease in equity markets as of December 31, and the related effect on net income for the following year. The 2002 comparatives have been adjusted to be consistent with the current sensitivity.

Foreign-Exchange risk

Foreign-exchange risk in the investments backing the insurance liabilities is dealt with in the investment-management processes. Locally required capital levels are invested in local currencies in order to satisfy regulatory requirements and to support local insurance business regardless of currency movements. These capital levels may affect the consolidated balance sheet when translated to euros. Depending on hedging costs and the capital exposure, up to 85% of the capital over locally required margins is currency-hedged. With respect to net income, the short-term effects of the currency exchange rates of the US dollar against the euro have been hedged (for P&L purposes) for the years 2003 to 2005. With respect to other currencies, the impact is immaterial.

Actuarial and underwriting risk

Underwriting risks are inherent in the process whereby applications submitted for insurance coverage are reviewed. The maximum underwriting exposure is limited through exclusions, cover limits and reinsurance.

The events of September 11, 2001 prompted ING Group to reassess its risk profile in certain specific areas of its insurance operations. For our material non-life units (in The Netherlands, Belgium, Canada, Mexico and Australia) the risk tolerance is set at 2.5% of the Group’s after-tax earnings. For 2003, the amount was set to EUR 105 million after-tax, consistent with 2002. The assessment of potential losses in this business is done on the basis of events that occur once in 250 years. With respect to the Fire-line of business this assessment is based upon models that are widely accepted in the industry. For

153


Table of Contents

our smaller non-life units, the risk tolerance level is set at EUR 2.3 million after-tax per event per business unit.

With respect to life business the risk tolerance for events effecting multiple lives is not limited. While life- insurance risks are considered to be naturally diversifiable by virtue of each life being a separate risk, group contracts may result in significant exposures. For new group contracts underwriting guidelines have been revised, particularly for concentrations of risk by city and/or building. As there are no industry models available to assess this concentration risk, ING made its own assessment and believes that the potential loss from a mortality event occurring in the normal course of our business will not exceed an amount higher than 12% of the Group’s after tax earnings. ING Group’s maximum risk retention per insured life is set at USD 20 million. In case of the existence of exposures higher than the risk tolerance as defined above, appropriate risk-management procedures are in place. Particularly for the property -and- casualty portfolio, ING purchases catastrophe-reinsurance protection through which the exposure due to natural catastrophes is substantially mitigated. ING believes that the credit risks to which it is exposed under reinsurance contracts are minor.

Regarding catastrophic losses arising from man-made events, ING takes the view that it is not possible to develop a business model that takes into account the possibility of very high losses resulting from man-made events. For our non-life business, losses that result from man-made events are generally not covered unless required by law. In various countries industry pools are established to mitigate the risk of the individual insurers. ING participates in such pools.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity problems arise if an insurance business does not have enough cash or liquid assets to meet its cash obligations. Demands for funds can usually be met through ongoing normal operations, the sale of assets or borrowing. Unexpected demands for liquidity may be triggered by a credit-rating downgrade, negative publicity, deterioration of the economy, reports of problems of other companies in the same or similar lines of business, or other unexpected cash demands from policyholders.

The analysis of liquidity focuses on the relationship between an insurance company’s liquid assets and those liabilities that are subject to a sudden shortening of term, as opposed to focusing on an insurance company’s total liquid assets in isolation. Insufficient liquidity could occur when the relationship between the two becomes unbalanced.

Typically, there are three different levels of liquidity management, each focussing on a different time horizon. There is day-to-day management of the company’s cash position, done by the treasury department. There is ongoing cash-flow management typically monitoring cash needs for periods longer than one month. Finally, there is stress liquidity management focusing on the company’s ability to manage a “run-on-the-bank” scenario. Stress-testing looks at a company’s ability to respond to a potential crisis situation, implying that any response is more of a reactionary one. The above mentioned day-to-day and ongoing cash management allows for a more proactive response to a potential problem.

Liquidity risk decreases as the time frame allowed for generating cash increases. Longer time frames allow for more assets to mature and increase the probability of finding a buyer for some of the company’s non-maturing or less liquid assets or securing external financing. Expected liquidity demands within ING Insurance are managed through a combination of treasury, investment and asset-liability management guidelines, which are monitored on an ongoing basis. Unexpected liquidity demands are managed through a combination of product design, diversification limits on liabilities, investment strategy, systematic monitoring and advance contingency planning. During 2003, Corporate Insurance Risk Management issued formal guidelines requiring all insurance businesses to regularly assess, monitor and report on their liquidity-risk profile. The guidelines require an analysis of liabilities that increase liquidity risk, a review of the investment portfolio to ensure adequate liquidity, and analysis of the expected asset –and- liability cash flows in regards to the ability of the business to meet cash demands.

154


Table of Contents

Operational risk

In 2003 ING has extended the operational risk management infrastructure by setting up an Operational Risk Management department in the large and medium size business units. Meanwhile the Operational Risk Committee (ORC) structure has been extended. On corporate level, as well as on Executive Centre level, an ORC has been established. Several ORCs have started on Management Centre and Business Unit levels of the Executive Centres Americas and Asia-Pacific. The operational risk management responsibility is delegated to line management, which has its ORC to identify, measure, monitor and manage the operational risks of its business activities and to ensure that appropriate management action is taken by their responsible line managers. Corporate Operational Risk Management is responsible for the implementation of the operational risk management framework throughout the organization.

ING has defined operational risk as the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes the risk of reputational loss which is an indirect effect of operational risk. ING distinguishes the following event types (based on the Basel Committee level 1 and 2 event types):

-   Processing failure
 
-   Control failure
 
-   Unauthorized activities
 
-   Internal crime/fraud
 
-   External crime/fraud
 
-   Information security failure
 
-   Employment practices & workplace safety
 
-   Clients, products and business malpractice
 
-   Business disruption
 
-   System failure

Each of these risks has a related function (e.g. Compliance, IT, Legal, Information Security, Finance, Human Resources, Operations) responsible for the management process and oversight of that risk. Furthermore operational risk sometimes overlaps with the other risks, like market risk, credit risk, insurance risk, etc.

The internal audit functions retain a status apart from all of these functions in that they perform independent and periodic investigations to the quality of the system of internal controls and procedures of business units and recommend actions to solve any identified weaknesses.

Operational Risk Management framework

The aim for the Group and local operational risk management departments is to support general management, which is responsible for managing operational risk, by raising operational risk awareness and insight, increasing operational risk and loss transparency, improving early warning information and allocating risk ownership and responsibilities. This should result in a more stable business process and in lower operational risk costs. Furthermore, implementing an appropriate operational risk management will prepare ING for the Basel regulations. For Basel II implementation a project program has been setup, which will take effect in 2006 with the aim to allow ING to apply for the most favorable regulatory capital charge.

Risk & Control Self-Assessment

Shareholders, regulators and rating agencies require that ING consistently and periodically identifies, measures and monitors the key operational risks that the business runs in achieving its objectives. One of the required tools is Risk & Control Self-Assessment (R&CSA).

This generic framework allows for the specifics of our businesses, but still creates a certain level of uniformity where possible and desired. Maximum benefit, in terms of economic capital reduction and implicit process-quality improvement, will accrue from integral business assessment. The R&CSA framework meets the available regulatory standards. The framework also secures the linkage of the R&CSA process with other risk management processes, i.e. development of Key-Risk Indicators, operational incident & loss data collection, audit findings and action tracking. Currently the process is being piloted within the various Executive Centres.

155


Table of Contents

Key-Risk Indicators Reporting

Based on the R&CSA or a more rudimentary key-risks analysis, a business or function should set up Key-Risk Indicators (KRI) reporting that enables management to monitor and mitigate risks that are reaching less acceptable levels.

This can be achieved via the frequent measurement of, and reporting on, the key risk areas of the business through selected Key-Risk Indicators with predefined tolerance levels. At the moment several business units have implemented full KRI reporting, while others are setting up the KRI reporting.

Incident reporting

Incident Reporting is key to increase risk awareness, achieve an adequate insight in the actual costs of operational risk, specify one’s risk profile and assist management in taking appropriate action in order to avoid adverse surprises. Improving insight in the costs of operational risk helps in accomplishing ING’s objectives of achieving operational excellence, lowering the costs and capital charges and improving risk management.

A robust operational incident reporting process with at least a three-year history will be one of the requirements to qualify for a more favorable operational risk capital charge regime under the new Basel II/EU regulations

To comply with the above, ING’s banking business units have implemented a structural quarterly incident reporting process to collect the operational risk incidents on a structural basis. A similar process is being developed for the insurance business units.

Audit findings action tracking

Action tracking tools monitor the progress on solving outstanding audit, regulatory and ING’s own key-risk control actions. Especially in the larger and medium-size business units, operating in various locations, such tools have proven essential in keeping track of action progress, enabling management to solve risk-control problems. ING has a system in place that allows an individual ING officer in any part of the world to monitor and update the progress report of his audit findings.

New-product review

The new-product review process is a joint business and risk management driven process to ensure that new products or major changes to products are introduced in a well-prepared, (management) controlled and timely way.

Insurance

In order to protect ING against financial consequences of uncertain operational events ING acquired (Computer) Crime, Professional Liability, Directors & Officers Liability, Employment Practices Liability and Fiduciary Liability policies with worldwide cover. The portion of the risks which ING retains is of similar magnitude as ING’s retention in respect of property and casualty business related catastrophe exposures.

Capital-At-Risk

ING measures Operational Risk Capitals using the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA). The AMA-approach starts with the collection of loss data. Using an actuarial model the operational risk capital is calculated for ING Group as a whole and all of its individual business units. The loss-based capital for the business units is adjusted for the quality of the controls within these business units. The quality of controls is being assessed using an extensive scorecard approach which reflects the quality of the key operational risk management processes within the business units.

156


Table of Contents

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

PART II.

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

On February 12, 2004, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to February 12, 2004.

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

ING Group’s Supervisory Board has determined that ING Group has two financial experts serving on its Audit Committee. These two financial experts are Messrs. Hoffmann and Jacobs. Both have gathered their experience by serving as executive officers and on the Boards of international conglomerates, Mr. Hoffmann serving as the CFO of Robert Bosch GmbH, Mr. Jacobs serving as chairman and CEO of ING Group.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

ING Group has since many years adopted a code of ethics, called the Business Principles, that applies to all our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and our principal accounting officer. These Business Principles have undergone minor changes to adapt them to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as a code of ethics for certain officers. A copy of the Business Principles, being the code of ethics, is filed with the Commission as Exhibit 16 to this annual report. The Business Principles also have been posted on ING Group’s website at (http://www.ing.com, under the heading “ING in Society”). During the most recently completed fiscal year no waivers, explicit or implicit, from these Business Principles have been granted to any of the officers described above.

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

In 2003 and 2002, Ernst & Young has served as the principal external auditing firm for ING Groep N.V. and subsidiaries (“ING Group”). Ernst & Young did not serve as principal auditor of the consolidated financial statements of ING Bank N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary. KPMG Accountants N.V. has served as the principal external auditing firm for ING Bank N.V. Fees payable to both Ernst & Young and KPMG in 2003 and 2002 are detailed below (in millions).

157


Table of Contents

                 
    Year ended   Year ended
    December 31,   December 31,
    2003   2002
    EUR   EUR
Audit fees
    32       29  
Audit-related fees
    5       7  
Tax fees
    4       7  
All other fees
    7       6  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    48       49  
 
   
 
     
 
 

Audit fees

Audit fees were paid for professional services rendered by the auditors for the audit of the consolidated financial statements of ING Group and statutory financial statements of ING’s subsidiaries or services provided in connection with the audit of Form 20-F and other filings for regulatory and supervisory purposes as well as the review on interim financial statements.

Audit-related fees

Audit-related fees were paid for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the consolidated financial statements and are not reported under the audit fee item above. These services consisted primarily of IT audits, work performed relating to comfort letters issued in connection with prospectuses, audit of SEC product filings, advice on accounting matters and progress review on IFRS and Sarbanes-Oxley projects.

Tax fees

Tax fees were paid for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning professional services. These services consisted of: tax compliance including the review of original and amended tax returns, assistance with questions regarding tax audits, the preparation of employee tax returns under the ING’s expatriate tax services program and tax planning and advisory services relating to common forms of domestic and international taxation (i.e., income tax, capital tax and value added tax).

All other fees

Fees disclosed in the table above under “all other fees” were paid for products and services other than the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees described above, and consisted primarily of non-recurring support and advisory services.

Pre-approval policies and procedures

The Audit Committee has a policy in place, which is established to ensure the independence of ING’s external auditors, both in fact and in appearance. In the frame of external auditor’s independence, the policy distinguishes 4 types of services: (1) audit services, (2) audit related services, (3) non-audit services and (4) prohibited services (as described in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act).

A recently revised pre-approval procedure forms part of the independence policy. ING has to comply with the pre-approval procedure if ING intends to engage its external auditors to provide audit, audit related or non-audit services. The ING pre-approval procedure consists of a general pre-approval procedure and a specific pre-approval procedure.

General pre-approval procedure

The Audit Committee shall separately pre-approve audit, audit related and non-audit services to be provided by ING’s external audit firms on an annual basis, provided that the annual amount for such pre-approved services may not be exceeded. The Audit Committee receives a full overview of all services provided by the external auditors to ING, including related fees and supported by sufficiently detailed information. The Audit Committee will evaluate this overview retrospectively on a semi-annual basis.

158


Table of Contents

Specific pre-approval procedure

All audit related and non-audit engagements that are expected to generate fees in excess of EUR 100,000 need specific approval of ING’s CFO. These engagements have to be submitted in advance to the General Manager of ING Corporate Audit Services, who will advise ING’s CFO on the compatibility of such services with the independence policy. The Audit Committee will have to approve on a case-by-case basis:

(i)   each individual audit related and non-audit engagement which is expected to generate fees in excess of EUR 250,000;
 
(ii)   all further audit related and non-audit engagements over and above the pre-approved amounts.

In 2003, 100% of each of the audit related services, tax services and all other services were pre-approved. No engagement required specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee in 2003.

Item 16E Purchases of Registered Equity Securities of the Issuer by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Movements in the number of Bearer Receipts or ADR’s for Ordinary shares held by ING Group N.V. and its subsidiaries to hedge the option rights granted to the Executive Board and other employees in 2003:

                 
            average
    Number   price
    x 1,000   in euros
Total number outstanding as at December 31, 2002 1)
    28,437          
Purchases:
               
March 2003
    1,400       11.41  
August 2003
    200       18.44  
September 2003
    639       18.24  
November 2003
    600       18.03  
Sales
    (308 )        
Secondary placements:
               
May 2003
    359       13.23  
May 2003
    1,530       12.66  
May 2003
    1,011       12.71  
Total number outstanding as at December 31, 20031)
    28,068          

1) Of which number of ADR’s outstanding as at December 31, 2002 1,581 million and at December 31, 2003, 1,367 million.

Purchases of shares are based on delta hedging, which indicates that the number of ING shares in portfolio depends on the delta of the aggregate of the total employees options outstanding, as a consequence ING holds a variable number of ING shares. See page F-70 of Note 3.2.3 Salaries, Pension and Social Security Costs — Stock Option plan.

PART III.

Item 18. Financial Statements

See pages F-1 to F-138 and the Schedules on F-139 to F-150

Item 19. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

     
Exhibit 1.1
  Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V.

159


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit 1.2
  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (English Translation)
 
   
Exhibit 2.1
  Subordinated Indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York, dated July 18, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
   
Exhibit 2.2
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York
 
   
Exhibit 2.3
  Second Supplemental Indenture, dated December 6, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York
 
   
Exhibit 2.4
  Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2003, between the Company and The Bank of New York
 
   
Exhibit 4.1
  Form of Employment Contract for Members of the Executive Board (English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
   
Exhibit 7
  Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
Exhibit 8
  List of Subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.
 
   
Exhibit 10.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young Accountants
 
   
Exhibit 10.2
  Consent of KPMG Accountants
 
   
Exhibit 10.3
  Consent of Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Enterprises S.C.C.
 
   
Exhibit 12.1
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 12.2
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 13.1
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxly Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 13.2
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxly Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 16
  Business Principles (Code of Ethics)

160


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

     
  ING GROEP N.V.
  (Registrant)
 
   
  By: /s/ C. Maas
  –––––––––––––––––––––––––––
  Name: C. Maas
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
   
Date: March 24, 2004
   

161


Table of Contents

This page is intentionally left blank.

162


Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
    F - 2  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS AT DECEMBER 31
    F - 3  
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
    F - 4  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE NET PROFIT
    F - 5  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
    F - 6  
ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
    F - 7  
ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
    F - 20  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
    F - 21  
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RELATING TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
    F - 39  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
    F - 54  
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RELATING TO THE CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
    F - 76  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
    F - 91  
PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
    F - 92  
PARENT COMPANY PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
    F - 92  
ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR THE PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
    F - 92  
NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
    F - 93  
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN DUTCH AND US ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
    F - 102  
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED UNDER US GAAP
    F - 115  
REPORT OF KPMG ACCOUNTANTS N.V.
    F - 139  
AUDITOR’S REPORT ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ING BANK BELGIUM S.A./N.V.
    F - 140  
GLOSSARY
    F - 141  
SCHEDULES
    F - 147  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ING Groep N.V. and subsidiaries (the “ING Group”) as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of comprehensive net profit and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 18. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits. We did not serve as principal auditor of the consolidated financial statements of ING Bank N.V. a wholly owned subsidiary. In our position we did not audit capital base, as defined in note 2.18.7 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements, constituting 41% in 2003 and 42% in 2002 and net profit constituting 23% in 2003, 9% in 2002 and 18% in 2001 of the related consolidated totals of ING Groep N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to data included for ING Bank N.V. which we did not audit, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts (including the conversion of the financial statements of ING Group to US generally accepted accounting principles and the conversion of the financial statements of Bank Brussels Lambert N.V./S.A. to accounting principles generally accepted in the Netherlands) and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the ING Group as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations, its comprehensive net profits and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the Netherlands. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

Accounting principles generally accepted in the Netherlands vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Amsterdam, the Netherlands
24 March, 2004

Ernst & Young

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP AS AT DECEMBER 31,
Before profit appropriation

                 
    Amounts in millions of euros
    2003   2002
ASSETS
               
Tangible fixed assets (2.1)
    1,311       1,415  
Participating interests (2.2)
    3,167       2,883  
Investments (2.3)
    335,003       297,581  
Lending (2.4)
    292,556       284,448  
Banks (2.5)
    61,060       45,682  
Cash (2.6)
    11,738       11,421  
Other assets (2.7)
    53,473       51,186  
Accrued assets (2.8)
    20,463       21,754  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    778,771       716,370  
 
   
 
     
 
 
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
               
Shareholders’ equity (2.9)
    21,331       18,254  
Preference shares of group companies (2.10)
    1,783       2,146  
Third-party interests
    1,730       1,959  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Group equity
    24,844       22,359  
Subordinated loans (2.11)
    3,252       2,412  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    28,096       24,771  
General provisions (2.12)
    2,740       3,489  
Insurance provisions (2.13)
    198,035       195,831  
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations (2.14)
    377,824       319,824  
Banks (2.15)
    102,115       96,267  
Other liabilities (2.16)
    61,123       65,397  
Accrued liabilities (2.17)
    8,838       10,791  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    778,771       716,370  
 
   
 
     
 
 

The numbers against the items refer to the notes starting on page F-21.

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,

                         
    Amounts in millions of euros
    2003   2002   2001
Premium income (3.1.1)
    45,519       52,284       50,460  
Income from investments of the insurance operations (3.1.2)
    9,523       11,716       10,753  
Interest result from the banking operations (3.1.3)
    8,166       7,702       6,121  
Commission (3.1.4)
    3,777       3,960       4,196  
Other income (3.1.5)
    2,108       1,722       3,124  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total income
    69,093       77,384       74,654  
Underwriting expenditure (3.2.1)
    47,723       54,575       52,642  
Other interest expenses (3.2.2)
    1,124       1,288       1,270  
Salaries, pension and social security costs (3.2.3)
    7,429       7,551       7,796  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    1,125       1,435       750  
Additions to the provision for investment losses (3.2.4)
    163       664       157  
Other expenses (3.2.5)
    5,652       5,950       5,973  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total expenditure
    63,216       71,463       68,588  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before tax
    5,877       5,921       6,066  
Taxation (3.3)
    1,490       1,089       1,165  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit after tax
    4,387       4,832       4,901  
Third-party interests
    344       332       324  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit for the period
    4,043       4,500       4,577  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
     
    Amounts in euros
Net profit per share (3.4)
                       
Basic profit per share
    2.00       2.32       2.37  
Diluted profit per share
    2.00       2.32       2.35  
Dividend per ordinary share (3.5)
    0.97       0.97       0.97  

The numbers against the items refer to the notes starting on page F-54.

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
COMPREHENSIVE NET PROFIT OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,

                         
    Amounts in millions of euros
    2003   2002   2001
Net profit for the period
    4,043       4,500       4,577  
Other components of comprehensive net profit:
                       
- unrealized revaluations (1)
    528       (3,343 )     (2,745 )
- exchange differences (2)
    (1,123 )     (1,041 )     212  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit not recognized in the consolidated profit and loss account
    (595 )     (4,384 )     (2,533 )
Realized revaluations released to the profit and loss account
    (258 )     (1,051 )     (1,233 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Comprehensive net profit for the period
    3,190       (935 )     811  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   In 2003, deferred taxes with regard to unrealized revaluations amounted to EUR (9) million (2002: EUR (62) million ; 2001: EUR 19 million).
 
(2)   In 2003, deferred taxes with regard to exchange differences amounted to EUR (73) million (2002: EUR (32) million; 2001: EUR 99 million).

Comprehensive net profit for the period includes all movements in shareholders’ equity during the year, except for the cumulative effect of changes in the principles of valuation and determination of results and those resulting from the write-off of goodwill, the enlargement of share capital and distributions to shareholders.

Realized revaluations previously recognized in shareholders’ equity are released from shareholders’ equity to the profit and loss account. As these revaluations have already been included in comprehensive net profit of the year under report and previous years, under the caption unrealized revaluations, and are also included in net profit for the period in the year of realization, these realized results are adjusted in the comprehensive net profit for the period.

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,

                         
    Amounts in millions of euros
      2003       2002       2001  
Profit before tax
    5,877       5,921       6,066  
Adjusted for :
                       
- depreciation
    625       993       591  
- movements in deferred acquisition costs of insurance business
    (783 )     (914 )     (510 )
- increase in insurance provisions
    24,563       7,444       6,637  
- additions to the provision for loan losses
    1,125       1,435       750  
- other
    (2,910 )     (3,299 )     (1,438 )
Loans and advances granted/repaid
    (9,233 )     (30,277 )     (8,154 )
Trading portfolio purchases/sales (incl. securities and property)
    (6,281 )     2,715       (2,631 )
Net investment in tangible fixed assets
    (486 )     (321 )     (600 )
Taxation
    (1,118 )     (381 )     (1,129 )
Movements in:
                       
- funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations
    58,321       45,580       23,356  
- banks, not available on demand
    (8,463 )     (5,895 )     (121 )
- other receivables, prepayments and accrued assets
    1,657       4,534       849  
- other liabilities and accruals
    (2,715 )     (1,513 )     (242 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net cash flow from operating activities (4.1)
    60,179       26,022       23,424  
Investments and advances:
                       
- participating interests
    (658 )     (1,584 )     (2,473 )
- investments in shares and property
    (6,599 )     (8,805 )     (9,136 )
- investments in fixed-interest securities
    (326,438 )     (295,121 )     (266,951 )
- other investments
    (507 )     (262 )     (18 )
Disposals and redemptions:
                       
- participating interests
    911       276       527  
- investments in shares and property
    8,377       11,361       7,566  
- investments in shares regarding financing of acquisitions
                    583  
- investments in fixed-interest securities
    273,769       260,725       240,039  
- other investments
    158       41       48  
Net investment for risk of policyholders
    (14,571 )     6,813       2,663  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net cash flow from investing activities (4.2)
    (65,558 )     (26,556 )     (27,152 )
Subordinated loans of group companies
    1,181       3,651       3,257  
Bonds, loans contracted and deposits by reinsurers
    (221 )     419       4,266  
Private placements of ordinary shares
    44       438       623  
Issue of shares
    901                  
Movements in shares ING Groep N.V.
    (5 )     653       (563 )
Cash dividends
    (927 )     (1,977 )     (2,300 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net cash flow from financing activities
    973       3,184       5,283  
Net cash flow
    (4,406 )     2,650       1,555  
Cash at beginning of year
    7,830       4,681       3,486  
Exchange differences
    3,914       499       (360 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Cash at year-end
    7,338       7,830       4,681  
Cash comprises the following items:
                       
Short-dated government paper
    6,521       8,398       4,653  
Bank deposits available on demand
    (10,921 )     (11,989 )     (9,236 )
Cash and bank balances and call money of the insurance operations
    11,738       11,421       9,264  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Cash at year-end
    7,338       7,830       4,681  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

The numbers against the items refer to the notes starting on page F-91.

F-6


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise

1. ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF
   ING GROUP

1.1. Consolidation principles

ING Group comprises ING Groep N.V., ING Verzekeringen N.V., ING Bank N.V. and their group companies. The consolidated financial statements of ING Group include the financial statements of all companies that form an organizational and economic entity and which are controlled by ING Group. Control is presumed to exist when ING Group has, directly or indirectly through group companies, more than one half of the voting power or otherwise exercises effective control. The financial statements of these group companies are consolidated in full on a line-by-line basis, using uniform accounting principles. Third-party interests are presented separately in the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account.

The financial data of joint ventures are included in proportion to the group’s interest where it is relevant to the understanding of ING Group’s shareholders’ equity and results. Intercompany financial relationships between the insurance and the banking operations ensuing from financing commitments are eliminated.

The parent company profit and loss account has been drawn up in accordance with Section 402, Book 2, of the Dutch Civil Code. A list containing the information referred to in Section 379 (1) and Section 414, Book 2, of the Dutch Civil Code has been filed with the office of the Commercial Register of Amsterdam, in accordance with Section 379 (5), Book 2, of the Dutch Civil Code.

1.2. Changes in principles of valuation and determination of results

The principles of valuation and determination of results are unchanged compared with 2002.

1.3. Changes in presentation

Investment losses

As from 2003, Additions to the provision for investment losses are reported on a separate line within Total expenditure. Previously these additions were reported as an element of Income from investments of the insurance operations and Other expenses. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

Claims handling expenses

As from 2003, claims handling expenses are counted for as part of the Other expenses. Until 2002, these expenses were counted for as part of the underwriting expenditure. This new classification better represents the nature of the claims handling expenses. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

1.4. Changes in the composition of the group

Impact of most significant changes in composition of the group:

                                                 
    Before   After           Before   After    
    acquisition/   acquisition/   2003   acquisition/   acquisition/   2002
amounts in millions of euros   disposal   disposal   Impact   disposal   disposal   Impact
Assets
    773,148       778,771       5,623       711,818       716,370       4,552  
Liabilities
    751,826       757,440       5,614       692,777       698,116       5,339  
Shareholders’ equity
    21,322       21,331       9       19,041       18,254       (787 )
Net profit for the period
    3,923       4,043       120       4,033       4,500       467  

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The impact of a change in the composition of the group is defined as the change in assets, liabilities, shareholders’ equity or net profit resulting from the acquisition or disposal of a group company, compared to the situation where no acquisition or disposal took place. The impact is included in the financial year in which the acquisition or disposal took place.

In 2003, ING Group acquired a 100% stake in Entrium, Germany’s second largest direct Bank. ING Group acquired Entrium from Fineco/Capitalia (Italy). The goodwill amounted to EUR 100 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity.

In 2003, ING Group sold its 99% shareholding in Fatum, an insurance company in the Netherlands Antilles and Aruba to Guardian Holdings Limited. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 45 million.

In 2003, ING Group acquired an additional 30% stake in DiBa (Allgemeine Deutsche Direktbank) from BGAG, the investment company of a number of German trade unions. In this way, ING owns all shares in DiBa. The goodwill amounted to EUR 9 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity.

In 2003, ING Group sold its 49% shareholding in Seguros Bital to Grupo Financiero Bital S.A. The value of the transaction was EUR 126 million. The result on the sale amounted to EUR 44 million.

In 2003, ING Group sold ING Sviluppo and the affiliated Italian life insurance, asset management and private banking activities to UniCredito Italiano and Aviva. The value of the transaction was EUR 170 million. The result on the sale amounted to EUR 71 million.

In 2002, ING Group acquired a 49% stake in SulAmérica, a leading insurance company in Brazil thus strengthening the existing partnership. As a result of the transaction ING’s total investment in SulAmérica consists of EUR 188 million in cash, plus its 49% stake in SulAet (a joint venture formed in 1997) as well as the combined asset management operations (ING Investment Management Brazil). The goodwill amounted to EUR 245 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity. The interest in SulAmérica is included as a participating interest.

In 2002, ING Group increased its 49% stake in DiBa to a 70% interest by acquiring a further share participation in DiBa from BGAG. The figures of DiBa are fully consolidated, without deduction of a third-party interest.

The total purchase price of the additional acquisition amounted to EUR 573 million. The goodwill amounted to EUR 532 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity.

In 2002, ING Group and ANZ, one of Australia’s major banks, have formed a funds management and life insurance joint venture called ING Australia. The company is 51%-owned by ING and 49%-owned by ANZ. The joint venture has been proportionally consolidated.

As part of the transaction, the new joint venture acquired net assets from ANZ. This resulted in goodwill of EUR 169 million that is charged to Shareholders’ equity. Furthermore, ING Group contributed net assets to the new joint venture, which resulted in a net result of EUR 469 million.

In 2002, ING Group closed the purchase of an additional 24% stake in ING Vysya Bank in India increasing its interest to 44%. The total purchase price of the additional acquisition amounted to EUR 73 million. The goodwill amounted to EUR 55 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity. As ING Group currently enjoys management control, ING Vysya Bank has been consolidated.

In 2002, ING Group acquired car lease company Toplease. The total purchase price of the acquisition amounted to EUR 111 million. The goodwill amounted to EUR 70 million and is charged to Shareholders’ equity.

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

1.5. Critical accounting policies

ING Group has identified the accounting policies that are most critical to its business operations and the understanding of its results. These critical accounting policies are those which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, and relate to insurance provisions and deferred acquisition costs, provisions for loan losses, the determination of the fair values of financial assets and liabilities, and the determination of impairments. In each case, the determination of these items is fundamental to the financial condition and results of operations, and requires management to make complex judgements based on information and financial data that may change in future periods. As a result, determinations regarding these items necessarily involve the use of assumptions and subjective judgements as to future events and are subject to change, as the use of different assumptions or data could produce materially different results. For a further discussion of the application of these accounting policies, reference is made to the applicable notes to the consolidated financial statements and the information below.

Insurance provisions and DAC

Insurance provisions represent estimates of future payouts that will be required in respect of life and non-life insurance claims, including expenses relating to such claims.

Insurance provisions on traditional life policies are calculated using various assumptions, including assumptions on mortality, morbidity, expenses, investment returns and surrenders. Assumptions for insurance provisions on traditional life insurance contracts, including traditional whole life and term life insurance contracts, are based on best estimate assumptions including margins for adverse deviations. The assumptions are set initially at the policy issue date and remain constant throughout the life of the policy, except in case of loss recognition.

Insurance provisions for universal life, variable life and annuity contracts, unit linked contracts, etc. are generally set equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of the policyholders. Certain variable annuity products contain minimum guarantees on the amounts payable upon death and/or maturity. The insurance provisions include the impact of these minimum guarantees, taking into account the difference between the potential minimum benefit payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender.

Claims reserves on non-life insurance are determined on a case-by-case basis, based on the facts known at the time provisions are established, and are periodically adjusted to recognize the estimated ultimate cost of a claim. In addition, so-called “IBNR” reserves are set to recognize the estimated cost of losses that have occurred but which have not yet been notified.

Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) are an asset and represent costs of acquiring insurance business that are deferred and amortized. The deferred costs, all of which vary with and are primarily related to the production of new and renewal business, consist principally of commissions, certain underwriting and contract issuance expenses, and certain agency expenses. DAC is amortized over the life of the underlying contracts. Included in DAC is also Value of Business Acquired (VOBA), which is in nature similar to DAC. VOBA is an asset that represents the present value of estimated net cash flows embedded in the contracts of an acquired company, which existed at the time the company was acquired by ING Group.

For traditional life insurance contracts DAC is amortized over the premium payment period in proportion to the premium revenue recognition.

For flexible life insurance contracts DAC is amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits. Amortization is adjusted retrospectively when estimates of current or future gross profits to be realized from a group of products are revised. The estimates and the assumptions are reassessed at the end of each reporting period.

DAC and VOBA are evaluated for recoverability at issue/acquisition and subsequently at the end of each reporting period. The value of these assets is reduced to the extent that the evaluation of recoverability indicates that these are not fully recoverable in future years. For DAC on flexible insurance contracts the approach is that in determining the estimate of future gross profits ING assumes the short-term and long-term separate account growth rate assumption to be the same. The growth rate assumption is currently 8.5% gross (7.5% net). Lower expected profits – e.g. reflecting

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

stock market weakness and a lower level of assets under management — may cause a higher amortization of DAC due to the catch-up of amortization in old and future years. This process is known as DAC unlocking. The impact of the DAC unlocking is recorded in the profit and loss account of the period in which the unlocking occurs.

In each case, the establishment of insurance provisions and DAC is an inherently uncertain process, involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends.

Provisions for loan losses

Management regularly assesses the adequacy of the provisions for loan losses by performing ongoing evaluations of the loan portfolio. A formal analysis of specifically identified loans takes place every quarter, including evaluation of economic risks associated with each loan, the current financial condition of the borrower, the economic environment in which the borrower operates, the level of delinquent loans and the value of collateral. Credit ratings are assigned to the borrowers by allocating all outstanding loans into various Risk Rating categories on a regular basis.

In determining the amount of the provisions, corporate loans are assessed on a case-by-case basis and the following factors are considered:

  the financial standing of the customer, including a realistic assessment of the likelihood of repayment of the loan within an acceptable period and the extent of ING Group’s commitments to the customer;
 
  the realizable value of any security for the loan;
 
  the costs associated with obtaining repayment and realization of any such security.

For certain homogeneous groups of small personal and corporate loans, provisions are assessed using statistical techniques.

ING Group also maintains an unallocated provision for loan losses that is required to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of credit risk assessment that are not considered on an individual basis. Considerable judgement is exercised in determining the extent of the provision and is based on the management’s evaluation of the risk in the portfolio, current economic conditions, loss experience in recent years and credit and geographical concentration trends. Changes in such judgements and analyses may lead to changes in provisions over time.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

Fair value determinations for financial assets and liabilities are based generally on listed market prices or broker or dealer price quotations. If prices are not readily determinable or if liquidating the positions is reasonably expected to affect market prices, fair value is based on either internal valuation models or management’s estimate of amounts that could be realized under current market conditions, assuming an orderly liquidation over a reasonable period of time. Certain financial instruments, including OTC derivative instruments, are valued using pricing models that consider, among other factors, contractual and market prices, correlations, time value, credit, yield curve volatility factors and/or prepayment rates of the underlying positions. The use of different pricing models and assumptions could produce materially different estimates of fair value.

Impairments

The carrying value of all assets is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The identification of impairment and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors, including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices. The determination of impairment is specifically relevant to the investments in equity securities and fixed interest securities.

In order to determine whether negative revaluations on equity securities represent impairment, all equity securities for which the market value has been significantly below cost price for a considerable period of time are individually reviewed. A distinction is made between negative revaluations due to

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

general market fluctuations and due to issuer-specific developments. The impairment review focuses on issuer specific developments regarding financial condition and future prospects, taking into account the intent and ability to hold the securities under the Group’s long term investment strategy. In order to determine whether investments in fixed interest securities are impaired, all fixed interest securities for which the market value has been significantly below cost price for a considerable period of time are individually reviewed. Distinction is made between negative revaluations due to general interest rate and other market fluctuations and due to issuer-specific developments. The impairment review focuses on issuer specific developments regarding financial condition and prospects of the issuer identifying whether repayment of interest and principal is expected, taking into account the intent and ability to hold the securities under the Group’s long term investment strategy.

Although all individual securities are reviewed to ensure that no material impairments are required to be charged to the profit and loss account, the identification of impairment and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors, including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices. Further developments after the balance sheet date may indicate that certain unrealized losses that existed as of the balance sheet date will result in impairment in future periods, resulting in a negative impact on the profit and loss account for future periods.

1.6. PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS

1.6.1. General principles

1.6.1.1. Recognition

An asset is recognized in the balance sheet when it is probable that the future economic benefits will flow to the enterprise and the asset can be measured reliably. A liability is recognized in the balance sheet when it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will result from the settlement of a present obligation and the amount at which the settlement will take place can be measured reliably. If the criteria for recognition are no longer met, the assets and liabilities are derecognized.

Income is recognized in the profit and loss account when an increase in future economic benefits related to an increase in an asset or a decrease of a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably. Expenses are recognized in the profit and loss account when a decrease in future economic benefits related to a decrease in an asset or an increase of a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably.

1.6.1.2. Valuation

Assets and liabilities are shown at face value except where a different valuation principle is stated below.

1.6.1.3. Use of estimates

The preparation of the annual accounts necessitates the use of estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities and the amounts of the contingent liabilities as at balance sheet date as well as reported income and expenses for the year. The actual outcome may differ from these estimates.

1.6.1.4. Foreign currencies

General

The euro is the reporting currency of ING Group. Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the spot mid-rates (Amsterdam exchange rates) prevailing on the balance sheet date.

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Non-monetary items which are expressed in terms of historical cost denominated in a foreign currency are reported using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Income and expenses arising from foreign currency transactions are translated at the rates prevailing on the transaction date.

The following exchange differences are credited or debited, net of any related taxes, to Shareholders’ equity:

  exchange differences on participating interests, investments and liabilities assumed in connection with their financing;
 
  exchange differences on insurance provisions and on investments serving to cover these liabilities;
 
  exchange differences on loans serving to hedge exchange rate risks on foreign interests and investments.

All other exchange differences are taken to the profit and loss account.

Forward foreign exchange contract

Forward foreign exchange contracts connected to borrowing and lending positions are translated at the spot mid-rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Differences between the spot rates prevailing on the balance sheet date and on the contract date are taken to the profit and loss account. Differences between the valuations at the forward rate and the spot rate at the contract date are amortized and charged to the profit and loss account in proportion to the expired part of the terms of the contracts concerned.

The other forward foreign exchange contracts are valued at the market quotations for their remaining terms at the balance sheet date. In general, differences resulting from revaluations are taken to the profit and loss account.

Exchange differences on forward foreign exchange contracts serving to hedge exchange rate risks on participating interests and investments are taken to Shareholders’ equity.

Business units outside the euro zone

Assets and liabilities of business units outside the euro zone are translated at the closing rate prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expenses of business units outside the euro zone (excluding business units in countries with hyperinflation) are translated at average exchange rates for the year. The financial statements of a business unit that reports in the currency of a hyperinflationary economy, are restated for the influences of inflation before translation into euros. Income and expenses of business entities in countries with hyperinflation are translated at the closing rate prevailing on the balance sheet date.

Exchange differences on assets and liabilities of business units outside the euro zone are credited or debited, net of any related taxes, to Shareholders’ equity, except for exchange differences on monetary assets and liabilities of business units in countries with hyperinflation. These differences are taken to the profit and loss account.

Exchange differences on results arising from differences between the spot rates on the balance sheet date and the average rates for the year are taken to Shareholders’ equity.

1.6.1.5. Geographical analyses

The geographical analyses of assets, liabilities, income and expenses in the notes to the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account are based on the location of the office from which the transactions are originated.

1.6.1.6. Analysis of insurance business

Where amounts in respect of insurance business are analyzed into “life” and “non-life”, health and disability insurance business is included in “non-life”.

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

1.6.1.7. Derivatives

Derivatives are stated at fair value. Changes in the fair value are included in the profit and loss account. However, derivatives serving to hedge the risks on own positions are recognized in accordance with the accounting principles of the hedged items.

1.6.1.8. Hedge accounting

Transactions qualify as hedges if these transactions are identified as such and there is a negative correlation between the hedging results and the results of the positions being hedged. Hedging instruments are accounted for in accordance with the accounting principles of the hedged item.

1.6.1.9. Impairments

The carrying value of Tangible fixed assets, Participating interests and Investments is reviewed to ascertain whether there has been a permanent diminution in value. These impairments are assessed on an individual basis and are taken to the profit and loss account immediately. However, impairments of assets carried at revalued amounts are first charged directly to any revaluation reserve for these assets.

1.6.1.10. Receivables

Receivables are carried at the face value less any diminution in value deemed necessary to cover the risk of uncollectibility.

1.6.1.11. Investment and trading portfolios

The investment portfolio comprises those assets which are intended for use on a continuing basis and have been identified as such. These investments are held in order to cover the insurance provisions and to manage interest rate, capital and liquidity risks.

Positions held with trading intent are those held intentionally for short-term resale and/or with the intent of benefiting from actual or expected short-term price movements or to lock in arbitrage profits, and positions held through matched principal broking and market making.

If, due to a change in management’s intent, transfers are made between investment and trading portfolios, these assets are remeazured to fair value and gains and losses are accounted for in accordance with the accounting principles applicable to the portfolio in which the assets were originally held.

1.6.1.12. Leases

Assets held under a lease for which substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred to the lessee (finance lease) are reported in the balance sheet at net present value. Income from a finance lease is recognized in the profit and loss account over the lease term in proportion to the funds invested.

Income from an operating lease is recognized over the lease term in the profit and loss account. Lease payments under an operating lease are recognized as an expense in the profit and loss account over the lease term.

1.6.1.13. Reinsurance

Reinsurance premiums, commissions and claim settlements, as well as provisions relating to reinsurance, are accounted for in the same way as the original contracts for which the reinsurance was concluded. Receivables as a consequence of reinsurance are deducted from the liabilities relating to the original insurance contracts.

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

1.6.2. Specific principles

1.6.2.1. Acquisition and disposal of group companies and goodwill

ING Group’s acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, whereby the cost of the acquisitions is allocated to the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired. Goodwill, being the difference between the cost of the acquisition (including assumed debt) and ING Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as at the date of acquisition, is debited to Shareholders’ equity. The results of the operations of the acquired companies are included in the profit and loss account from their respective dates of acquisition.

Adjustments to the fair value as of the date of acquisition of acquired assets and liabilities that are identified before the end of the first annual accounting period commencing after acquisition are recorded as an adjustment to goodwill; any subsequent adjustment is recognized as income or expense.

On disposal of group companies, the difference between the sale proceeds and cost is included in the profit and loss account; for disposals within five years of acquisition, goodwill is adjusted on a pro-rata basis.

1.6.2.2. Tangible fixed assets

Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of these assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows: data processing equipment 2 to 5 years and other movable fixed assets 4 to 10 years. Expenditures for maintenance and repair are charged to the profit and loss account as incurred. Expenditure incurred on major improvements is capitalized and depreciated.

On disposal of these assets, the difference between the proceeds on disposal and net book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.

1.6.2.3. Participating interests

Investments in associates

Participating interests in which a significant influence is exercised over the financial and operating policy are stated at net asset value. ING Group’s share in the results of these investments in associates is recognized in the profit and loss account.

Investments in other participating interests

Investments in other participating interests are stated at fair value. Each year, the net asset value of the investment is determined, which approximates the fair value. Dividends received are credited to the profit and loss account. Changes due to revaluation are credited or debited to Shareholders’ equity.

1.6.2.4. Investments

Realized gains and losses on investments

Realized gains and losses on investments are determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and cost. Cost is determined systematically (weighted average or specific identification) on a consistent basis per portfolio.

Land and buildings and shares and convertible debentures

Investments in land and buildings as well as shares and convertible debentures held for the group’s own risk, are stated at fair value as at balance sheet date. Changes in the carrying amount resulting from revaluations of these investments are credited or debited to Shareholders’ equity, allowing for taxation where necessary. On disposal of these investments, the difference between the sale proceeds and cost is recognized in the profit and loss account.

Valuations of investments in land and buildings are made by rotation in such a way as to ensure that all properties are appraised at least once every five years. Value-enhancing investments in existing

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

properties made since the last valuation are capitalized at the cost of the investment until the next valuation. Land and buildings are not depreciated.

Land and buildings under construction are stated at the direct purchase and construction cost incurred up to the balance sheet date plus interest during construction and the group’s own development and supervision expenses, where necessary less any expected diminution in value on completion.

Fixed-interest securities

Fixed-interest securities are stated at redemption value less any diminuation in value (impairment) deemed necessary to cover the risk of uncollectibility. The difference between redemption value and purchase price is amortized over the weighted average remaining term of the investments concerned, either credited or debited to the profit and loss account.

Fixed-interest securities on which interest is not received annually and on which the redemption value is paid out as a lump sum on maturity (such as ‘climbing’ loans, zero-coupon bonds and savings certificates) are included at purchase price plus the proportion of the difference between purchase price and redemption value related to the period elapsed since the date of purchase.

Investments in interest-only securities are initially included at purchase price. Each year, the interest income decreases in proportion to the decline in the net book value of the interest-only security over its remaining term.

Investments in principal-only securities are stated at purchase price plus the proportion of the difference between purchase price and redemption value related to the period elapsed since the date of purchase, calculated on the basis of compound interest. The increase in value is included in the profit and loss account as interest income.

Yield differences

The results on disposal of fixed-interest securities, i.e. the differences between the proceeds on disposal and the carrying amount of the investments sold, are shown as yield differences. Results on disposal of derivatives related to the investments concerned are likewise shown as yield differences. Allowing for the weighted average remaining term of the investment portfolio, these yield differences are included in the profit and loss account as interest income. Results on disposal due to a structural reduction of investments are included directly in the profit and loss account, including the results on disposal of the related derivatives.

Interests in investment pools

Interests in investment pools are stated in accordance with the valuation principles of the pools concerned.

Investments for risk of policyholders

In the valuation of these investments, the same principles are generally applied as those pertaining to the valuation of investments held for the group’s own risk. However, fixed-interest securities directly linked to life policy liabilities are stated at fair value plus accrued interest where relevant.

Life insurance products

In the case of life insurance products, where there is a relationship between the value of the investments and the level of the insurance provisions, differences resulting from revaluations, realized or unrealized, are initially taken to the profit and loss account. Subsequently, these revaluations are included either in Provision for life policy liabilities or Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk.

Repurchase transactions and reverse repurchase transactions

Fixed-interest securities, shares and convertible debentures, which have been sold with an agreement to repurchase (repurchase transactions), are included as assets in the balance sheet.

Fixed-interest securities, shares and convertible debentures, which have been acquired in reverse sale and repurchase transactions, are not recognized in the balance sheet.

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Securities borrowing and lending

Fixed-interest securities, shares and convertible debentures, which are lent out, are included in the balance sheet. Fixed-interest securities, shares and convertible debentures, which are borrowed, are not recognized in the balance sheet.

Provision for investment losses

The net amounts added to or withdrawn from the provision for default losses of investments (credit losses and impairments) are included in the profit and loss account.

1.6.2.5. Lending and Banks

Lending and Banks refer to receivables from non-banks and banks that are carried at face value less any diminution in value (impairment) deemed necessary to cover the risk of uncollectibility. Receivables are impaired if it is probable that the principal and interest contractually due will not be collected.

In general, to determine the amount of this impairment (provision for loan losses), the degree of risk of uncollectibility is assessed:

– per individual loan, taking into account among other things amounts outstanding at year-end, the financial position, results and
    cash-flow information of the debtor, the payment history and the value of the collateral;

– per group of loans subdivided by country, taking into account country-specific risk percentages;

– per group of loans subdivided by the degree of risk of uncollectibility (risk classification), determined on the basis of a wide range of aspects
    with regard to creditworthiness and taking into account empirically determined risk percentages for each risk category.

The net amounts added to or withdrawn from these provisions are included in the profit and loss account.

When a borrower is in default as regards repayment of principal or payment of interest for 90 days or when, in the judgement of management, the accrual of interest should cease before 90 days, such a loan is given non-accrual status. Any accrued but unpaid interest is reversed and charged to current period interest revenue. Interest payments received during the period are recorded as interest income on a cash basis.

Receivables are written off and charged against the provision for loan losses when all the necessary legal procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss is finally determined.

1.6.2.6. Other assets

Assets that are part of the trading portfolio are stated at fair value, which generally means quoted prices. Changes in the fair value, both realized and unrealized, on these assets are included in the profit and loss account.

Fixed-interest securities in the trading portfolio repurchased after issue by group companies and equity participations are stated at the lower of cost and fair value. Unrealized losses and results on disposal of equity participations are included in the profit and loss account.

Computer software that has been purchased or generated internally for internal use is capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over its useful life. This period will generally not exceed three years.

Property under development is held with the intention to sell to third parties and is valued at direct construction cost incurred up to the balance sheet date, including interest during construction and the group’s own development and supervision expenses. Rented property and infrastructure works are valued at the estimated proceeds on private sale or the contractually agreed selling price. The difference between the net proceeds on disposal and cost of property under development, rented property and infrastructure works and any downward value adjustments are reflected in the profit and loss account.

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Deferred tax assets

Deferred corporate tax assets are stated at face value and are calculated for the carryforward of unused tax losses and for temporary valuation differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the assets are realized.

Deferred corporate tax assets in relation with the carryforward of unused tax losses are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available for compensation. Deferred tax assets are reported net of adjustable deferred tax liabilities.

1.6.2.7. Accrued assets

Direct variable costs for the acquisition of life insurance policies, for which periodic premiums will be receivable, are deferred and amortized over the average period for which these premiums will be received, with allocation to such periods being made on an annuity basis. Costs of acquiring non-life insurance business which vary with and are primarily related to the production of such business are deferred and amortized equally over the period of the insurance.

1.6.2.8. General provisions

General

A general provision involves a present obligation arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the company of resources embodying economic benefits, whereas the timing or the amount is uncertain. Unless stated otherwise below, general provisions are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate to reflect the time value of money.

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred corporate tax liabilities are stated at face value and are calculated for temporary valuation differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liabilities are settled. Deferred tax liabilities are reported net of adjustable deferred tax assets.

Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities

Provisions for pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities are calculated using the projected unit credit method of actuarial cost allocation. In accordance with this method, the discounted value of the pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities is determined on the basis of the active period of service up to the balance sheet date, the projected salary at the expected retirement date and the market yields at the balance sheet date on high quality corporate bonds.

In order to distribute expenses for pensions and other staff-related expenses evenly over the years, these expenses are calculated using the expected rate of return on plan assets. Differences between this expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes are not recognized in the profit and loss account, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets. The excess is amortized and charged to the profit and loss account over employees remaining working lives.

The rates used for salary developments, interest discount factors and other adjustments reflect specific country conditions.

Weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in annual % as at December 31:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Discount rates
    5.50       6.00       6.25  
Expected rates of salary increases (excluding promotional increase)
    2.50       2.75       3.00  
Medical cost trend rates
    4.00       3.75       3.75  
Consumer price inflation
    1.75       2.25       2.25  

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The expected rate of return for 2003 on plan assets was 7.25% (2002: 7.50%; 2001: 7.75%).

The expected rate of return on plan assets was weighted by the fair value of these assets. All other assumptions were weighted by defined benefit obligations.

1.6.2.9. Insurance provisions

Provision for life policy liabilities

The Provision for life policy liabilities is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, taking into account the conditions for current insurance contracts.

The as yet unamortized interest-rate rebates on periodic and single premium contracts are deducted from the Provision for life policy liabilities. Interest-rate rebates granted during the year are capitalized and amortized in conformity with the anticipated recovery pattern and are debited to the profit and loss account.

The adequacy of the Provision for life policy liabilities is evaluated each year and adjusted if necessary with a provision for any shortfall due to the applied principles. The adequacy test takes into account future developments and allows for remaining unamortized interest-rate rebates and deferred acquisition costs.

Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks

The provision is calculated in proportion to the unexpired periods of risk. For insurance policies covering a risk increasing during the term of the policy at premium rates independent of age, this risk is taken into account in determining the provision. Further provisions are made to cover claims under unexpired insurance contracts which may exceed the unearned premiums and the premiums due in respect of these contracts.

Claims provision

The Claims provision is calculated either on a case-by-case basis or by approximation on the basis of experience. Provisions have also been made for claims incurred but not reported and for future claims handling expenses. The adequacy of the Claims provision is evaluated each year using standard actuarial techniques.

Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk

The Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk are for the segregated investment deposits calculated on the same basis as the provision for life policy liabilities. For insurances for which policyholders bear the investment risk, the insurance provisions are generally shown at the balance sheet value of the associated investments.

1.6.2.10. Other liabilities

Liabilities that are part of the trading portfolio are stated at fair value, which generally means quoted prices. Changes in the fair value, both realized and unrealized, on these liabilities are included in the profit and loss account.

1.6.2.11. Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities are commitments or risks of which it is more likely than not that no outflow from ING Group of resources embodying economic benefits will occur. The underlying value of these commitments or risks is not recorded as a liability in the balance sheet.

1.6.2.12. Revenue recognition

Premium income

Premiums from life insurance policies are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. For non-life insurance policies, premium income is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the term of the related policy coverage.

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Interest income

Interest income is recognized in the profit and loss account for all interest-bearing instruments on an accrued basis. Interest income includes coupons earned on fixed-income investment and trading securities and amortization of accrued discounts and premiums and yield differences.

Commission

Fees and commissions from banking and asset management services are recognized in the profit and loss account over the period in which the related services are performed. Fees and commissions with the nature of interest are deferred and amortized on a time-proportionate basis that takes into account the effective yield on the related asset, and are recognized under interest income.

1.6.2.13. Taxation

Taxation is calculated on the profit before tax shown in the annual accounts, taking into account tax-allowable deductions, charges and exemptions.

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

1.7. Accounting principles for the consolidated statement of cash flows of ING Group

The cash flow statement has been drawn up in accordance with the indirect method, distinguishing between cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities.

Cash flows in foreign currencies are translated at the average exchange rates for the year. Where the balance of items in the cash flow statement does not correspond to the movements in the relevant balance sheet items, this is mainly due to differences on translation.

In the net cash flow from operating activities, the profit before tax is adjusted for those items in the profit and loss account and movements in balance sheet items which do not result in actual cash flows during the year.

The net cash flow shown in respect of Lending only relates to transactions involving actual payments or receipts. The Additions to the provision for loan losses which is deducted from the item Lending in the balance sheet has been adjusted accordingly for the profit before tax and is shown separately in the cash flow statement.

The investments in and disposals of participating interests have been included in the cash flow from investing activities at cost/sales price, insofar as payment was made in cash. The cash assets of the consolidated participating interests concerned have been eliminated from the cost/sales price.

Cash dividends are included in the cash flow from financing activities.

Included in Cash are those assets which can be converted into cash without restriction and without material risk of diminution in value as a result of the transaction.

The difference between the net cash flow in accordance with the cash flow statement and the movement in Cash in the balance sheet is due to exchange differences and is separately accounted for as part of the reconciliation of the net cash flow and the balance sheet movement in cash.

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP

ASSETS

2.1. Tangible fixed assets

                 
    2003   2002
Data-processing equipment
    375       435  
Other movable fixed assets
    936       980  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    1,311       1,415  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Opening balance
    1,415       2,032  
Additions
    523       919  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (16 )     3  
Disposals
    (79 )     (963 )
Depreciation
    (459 )     (502 )
Exchange differences
    (73 )     (74 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Closing balance
    1,311       1,415  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    3,798       3,549  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    2,487       2,134  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    1,311       1,415  
 
   
 
     
 
 

2.2. Participating interests

                                                 
    2003   2002
    Ownership   Balance   Estimated   Ownership   Balance   Estimated
    (%)   sheet value   fair value   (%)   sheet value   fair value
Name of investee
                                               
Investments in associates:
                                               
Atlas Investeringsgroep N.V.
    33       16       16       33       22       22  
Postkantoren B.V.
    50       47       47       50       49       49  
De Goudse Verzekeringen N.V.
    20       37       37       20       34       34  
Q-Park N.V.
    21       84       84       20       63       63  
Seguros Bital, S.A. de C.V. (Grupo Financiero Bital)
                            49       22       120  
ING logistic Property CV
    50       72       72                          
Vesteda
    25       719       719       25       722       722  
Property Fund Iberica
    30       115       115                          
Lion Property Fund
    27       134       134                          
Other investments in associates (1)
            527       527               839       844  
 
           
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
 
 
            1,751       1,751               1,751       1,854  
Investments in other participating interests
            1,246       1,246               952       952  
 
           
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
 
Total investments in participating interests
            2,997       2,997               2,703       2,806  
Receivables from participating interests
            170       170               180       180  
 
           
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
 
 
            3,167       3,167               2,883       2,986  
 
           
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
 

(1)   Among which NRG and SulAmérica.

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The balance sheet value of Participating interests as at December 31, 2003 included revaluations of EUR 268 million (2002: EUR 177 million). The cost of these Participating interests amounted to EUR 3,411 million (2002: EUR 2,963 million).

Movements in participating interests:

                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
                                    Receivables
                    Other   from
                    participating   participating
    Associates   interests   interests
Opening balance
    1,751       1,258       952       1,202       180       168  
Additions and advances
    178       1,082       449       319       4       50  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (22 )             38                       (9 )
Transition to group companies and investments
    (78 )     (198 )     188       (390 )                
Revaluations
    149       (268 )     5       (85 )                
Movements in provision for credit risk exposure
                                            (1 )
Results from participating interests
    267       134                                  
Dividends received
    (186 )     (161 )                                
Disposals and redemptions
    (279 )     (101 )     (273 )     (85 )     (15 )     (27 )
Exchange differences
    (29 )     5       (113 )     (9 )     1       (1 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Closing balance
    1,751       1,751       1,246       952       170       180  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

2.3. Investments

Investments per type

                 
    2003   2002
Land and buildings, including commuted ground rents
    8,994       10,951  
Shares and convertible debentures
    10,688       12,278  
Fixed-interest securities
    244,612       209,878  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    70,552       64,281  
Other investments
    157       193  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    335,003       297,581  
 
   
 
     
 
 

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Movements in investments (except for Other investments):

                                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
                    Shares and   Fixed-   Investments
                    convertible   interest   for risk of
    Land and buildings   debentures   securities   policyholders
Opening balance
    10,951       10,541       12,278       19,502       209,878       194,543       64,281       82,743  
Additions and advances
    1,380       1,073       6,088       7,721       326,128       295,055       30,886       40,691  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (2,032 )             (22 )     (67 )     740       1,299       (405 )        
Transfer from other assets
            313                       295       278                  
Yield differences
                                    (1,439 )     (1,529 )                
Revaluations
    296       302       337       (3,625 )                                
Impairments
    (17 )     (1 )     (56 )     (292 )     (142 )     (583 )                
Disposals and redemptions
    (1,372 )     (966 )     (7,728 )     (10,474 )     (272,643 )     (261,384 )     (25,370 )     (41,778 )
Exchange differences
    (217 )     (321 )     (209 )     (487 )     (18,205 )     (17,801 )     (7,754 )     (8,598 )
Other movements
    5       10                                       8,914       (8,777 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Closing balance
    8,994       10,951       10,688       12,278       244,612       209,878       70,552       64,281  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Non-income-producing investments

Investments in connection with the insurance operations with a combined carrying value of EUR 224 million (2002: EUR 340 million) were non-income-producing for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Concentrations

As at December 31, 2003 no investments were held in securities of individual issuers that exceeded 10% of ING Group’s Shareholders’ equity. As at December 31, 2002 ING Group had investments in securities issued by ABN Amro Holding N.V. that exceeded 10% of ING Group’s Shareholders’ equity. The total investment in ABN Amro Holding N.V. securities per December 31, 2002 comprised EUR 2,719 million in shares and EUR 168 million in fixed interest securities.

Land and buildings by insurance and banking operations:

                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    Insurance   Banking    
    operations   operations   Total
Land and buildings wholly or partially in use by group companies
    865       1,061       1,772       1,820       2,637       2,881  
Other land and buildings
    5,159       6,181       1,198       1,889       6,357       8,070  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    6,024       7,242       2,970       3,709       8,994       10,951  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The balance sheet value as at December 31, 2003 included revaluations of EUR 1,487 million (2002: EUR 1,806 million). The cost or purchase price amounted to EUR 7,507 million (2002: EUR 9,145 million).

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Appraisal of land and buildings during the last five years (in percentages):

         
Years of appraisal
       
2003
    66  
2002
    11  
2001
    5  
2000
    7  
1999
    11  
 
   
 
 
 
    100  
 
   
 
 

Shares and convertible debentures by insurance and banking operations:

                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    Insurance   Banking    
    operations   operations   Total
Listed
    8,800       9,999       766       1,244       9,566       11,243  
Unlisted
    1,122       1,025               10       1,122       1,035  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    9,922       11,024       766       1,254       10,688       12,278  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Revaluation of shares and convertible debentures:

                         
            2003   2002
Purchase price
            9,769       11,596  
Revaluation:
  -Gross unrealized gains     2,243       2,785  
 
  -Gross unrealized losses     1,324       2,103  
 
           
 
     
 
 
 
            10,688       12,278  
 
           
 
     
 
 

As at December 31, 2003, the balance sheet value included shares and convertible debentures which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting EUR 5 million (2002: nil) and nil (2002: EUR 1 million), respectively.

Borrowed shares and convertible debentures are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted EUR 25 million as at December 31, 2003 (2002: EUR 9 million).

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Fixed-interest securities by insurance and banking operations:

                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002
    Balance sheet value   Estimated fair value
Insurance operations
                               
Debentures and fixed-interest securities
    90,116       90,334       95,632       95,770  
Private loans
    7,418       7,662       8,122       8,285  
Mortgage loans
    25,802       26,993       26,421       28,408  
Other fixed-interest securities
    6,239       7,070       6,210       7,091  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    129,575       132,059       136,385       139,554  
Banking operations
                               
Debentures and options
    109,563       74,835       112,714       78,063  
Other fixed-interest securities
    6,467       4,244       6,467       4,244  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    116,030       79,079       119,181       82,307  
Eliminations
    993       1,260       1,039       1,309  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    244,612       209,878       254,527       220,552  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The cost of investments in Fixed-interest securities amounted to EUR 247,330 million as at December 31, 2003 (2002: EUR 210,123 million).

As at December 31, 2003, an amount of EUR 225,919 million (2002: EUR 192,722 million) was expected to be recovered or settled after more than one year from the balance sheet date.

The balance sheet value of Debentures and options in connection with the banking operations as at December 31, 2003 included EUR 3,159 million (2002: EUR 2,674 million) in respect of short-dated government paper.

The balance sheet value as at December 31, 2003 included EUR 139 million (2002: EUR 528 million) in respect of listed securities issued by the group.

As at December 31, 2003, the balance sheet value included fixed-interest securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 2,473 million (2002: EUR 1,007 million) and EUR 21,639 million (2002: EUR 16,595 million), respectively.

Borrowed fixed-interest securities are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to EUR 4,139 million as at December 31, 2003 (2002: EUR 114 million).

Investments for risk of policyholders:

                 
    2003   2002
Land and buildings
    23       21  
Shares and convertible debentures
    60,772       53,099  
Fixed-interest securities
    8,484       9,948  
Other investments
    1,273       1,213  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    70,552       64,281  
 
   
 
     
 
 

The cost of Investments for risk of policyholders as at December 31, 2003 was EUR 70,723 million (2002: EUR 64,646 million).

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.4. Lending

Lending is subject to credit risk, which means the risk of suffering losses following default by a debtor or counterparty. Concentrations of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographical factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate exposure is material in relation to ING Group’s total exposure. Although ING Group’s portfolio of financial instruments is broadly diversified along industry and product lines, material transactions are completed with other financial institutions. Additionally, mortgages and loans in the Netherlands represent areas of significant credit exposure.

Lending analyzed by security:

                                                 
    2003   2002
    Nether-   Inter-           Nether-   Inter-    
    lands   national   Total   lands   national   Total
Loans to or guaranteed by public authorities
    6,473       16,603       23,076       8,013       15,750       23,763  
Loans secured by mortgages
    94,125       39,604       133,729       86,932       31,260       118,192  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    701       1,289       1,990       1,184       6,782       7,966  
Other personal lending
    7,009       7,813       14,822       8,201       6,810       15,011  
Other corporate loans
    36,861       86,722       123,583       42,083       82,256       124,339  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    145,169       152,031       297,200       146,413       142,858       289,271  
Provision for loan losses
    (1,150 )     (3,494 )     (4,644 )     (999 )     (3,824 )     (4,823 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    144,019       148,537       292,556       145,414       139,034       284,448  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Lending analyzed by non-subordinated and subordinated receivables:

                 
    2003   2002
Non-subordinated
    292,016       283,914  
Subordinated
    540       534  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    292,556       284,448  
 
   
 
     
 
 

Lending analyzed by industry:

                 
    2003   2002
Private sector:
               
- agriculture, horticulture, forestry and fisheries
    1,797       1,552  
- manufacturing
    30,503       34,999  
- service industry
    57,012       58,303  
- financial institutions
    60,841       63,679  
- personal
    121,598       108,198  
- other
    5,881       3,663  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    277,632       270,394  
Public authorities
    14,924       14,054  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    292,556       284,448  
 
   
 
     
 
 

As at December 31, 2003, assets held under finance lease contracts amounted to EUR 8,310 million (2002: EUR 6,864 million) and assets held under operating lease contracts amounted to EUR 3,215 million (2002: EUR 4,248 million).

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

As at December 31, 2003, the balance sheet value of receivables included in Lending, of which interest income was not recognized in the profit and loss account because realization of the interest income is almost certainly not to be expected, amounted to EUR 3,564 million (2002: EUR 4,137 million).

As at December 31, 2003, Lending included receivables with regard to securities which have been acquired in reverse sale and repurchase transactions related to the banking operations amounting to EUR 35,703 million (2002: EUR 38,282 million).

Provision for loan losses

The provision for loan losses is allocated to Lending, Banks and other assets.

Allocation of the provision for loan losses to the various lending categories:

                                                 
    2003   2002
            Inter-                   Inter-    
    Netherlands   national   Total   Netherlands   national   Total
Loans secured by public authorities
            30       30       31       47       78  
Loans secured by mortgages
    164       238       402       121       73       194  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
            1       1               43       43  
Other personal lending
    258       385       643       198       145       343  
Other corporate loans and guarantees
    728       2,840       3,568       649       3,516       4,165  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Allocated to Lending
    1,150       3,494       4,644       999       3,824       4,823  
Allocated to Banks
            27       27               47       47  
Allocated to other assets
    164               164       18       248       266  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    1,314       3,521       4,835       1,017       4,119       5,136  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Movements in provision for loan losses included in lending, Banks and other assets:

                 
    2003   2002
Opening balance
    5,136       4,763  
Changes in the composition of the group
    87       98  
Write-offs
    (1,338 )     (882 )
Recoveries
    48       33  
Additions from:
               
- value adjustments to receivables
    1,125       1,435  
- interest income
    123       105  
Other movements
    (346 )     (416 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Closing balance
    4,835       5,136  
 
   
 
     
 
 

2.5. Banks

                                                 
    2003   2002
            Inter-                   Inter-    
    Netherlands   national   Total   Netherlands   national   Total
Loans and advances to banks
    7,877       19,088       26,965       5,919       16,780       22,699  
Cash advances, overdrafts and other balances due on demand
    1,674       32,448       34,122       1,668       21,362       23,030  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    9,551       51,536       61,087       7,587       38,142       45,729  
Provision for loan losses
                    (27 )                     (47 )
 
                   
 
                     
 
 
 
                    61,060                       45,682  
 
                   
 
                     
 
 

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

As at December 31, 2003, Banks included receivables with regard to securities, which have been acquired in reverse sale and repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 14,494 million (2002: EUR 13,942 million).

As at December 31, 2003, the non-subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 60,514 million (2002: EUR 45,041 million) and the subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 546 million (2002: EUR 641 million).

As at December 31, 2003, assets held under finance lease contracts amounted to EUR 134 million (2002: EUR 101 million) and assets held under operating lease contracts amounted to EUR 158 million (2002: EUR 60 million).

2.6. Cash

                 
    2003   2002
Cash and bank balances
    11,423       11,224  
Call money of the insurance operations
    315       197  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    11,738       11,421  
 
   
 
     
 
 

As at December 31, 2003, Cash and bank balances included cash and balances with central banks of EUR 8,838 million (2002: EUR 7,591 million).

2.7. Other assets

                 
    2003   2002
Trading portfolio
    38,911       34,576  
Equity participations
    1,295       1,598  
Property
    1,820       1,684  
Deferred tax assets
    901       1,130  
Receivables on account of direct insurance from:
               
- policyholders
    2,497       2,790  
- intermediaries
    411       485  
Reinsurance receivables
    567       797  
Income tax receivables
    443          
Pension assets and other staff-related assets
    179       170  
Other receivables
    6,449       7,956  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    53,473       51,186  
 
   
 
     
 
 

As at December 31, 2003, an amount of EUR 3,905 million (2002: EUR 18,912 million) was expected to be recovered or settled after more than one year from the balance sheet date.

An analysis of pension assets/liabilities and other staff-related assets/liabilities is included under General provisions.

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Deferred tax assets as at December 31 by origin:

                 
    2003   2002
Deferred tax assets relating to:
               
- insurance provisions
    1,226       1,295  
- other provisions
    620       709  
- unused tax losses carried forward
    725       824  
- other
    623       1,027  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    3,194       3,855  
Deferred tax liabilities (offset by deferred tax assets) relating to:
               
- investments
    147       257  
- deferred acquisition costs
    947       1,128  
- general provisions
    1,036       1,099  
- other
    163       241  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    2,293       2,725  
 
    901       1,130  
 
   
 
     
 
 

Deferred tax assets in connection with unused tax losses carried forward:

                 
    2003   2002
Total unused tax losses carried forward
    5,741       6,314  
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
    3,297       3,484  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
    2,444       2,830  
Average tax rate
    29.7 %     29.1 %
Deferred tax asset
    725       824  

Total unused tax losses carried forward as at December 31 analyzed by expiration terms:

                         
            2003   2002
-
  up to five years     742       1,167  
-
  five to ten years     360       412  
-
  ten to twenty years     1,677       2,359  
-
  unlimited     2,962       2,376  
 
           
 
     
 
 
 
            5,741       6,314  
 
           
 
     
 
 

2.8. Accrued assets

                 
    2003   2002
Accrued interest and rents
    7,945       8,059  
Deferred acquisition costs of insurance business
    9,760       10,636  
Other accrued assets
    2,758       3,059  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    20,463       21,754  
 
   
 
     
 
 

As at December 31, 2003, Other accrued assets included options held by the group for the account and risk of customers amounting to EUR 64 million (2002: EUR 68 million). These are customers’ options, which are not segregated from the assets and liabilities of the group and, therefore, included in the balance sheet. The associated liability is included in Other liabilities.

As at December 31, 2003, an amount of EUR 9,971 million (2002: EUR 10,915 million) was expected to be recovered or settled after more than one year from balance sheet date.

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Deferred acquisition costs of insurance business by geographical area:

                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    Life insurance   Non-life insurance   Total
Netherlands
    466       540       62       60       528       600  
Belgium
    52       57       16       13       68       70  
Rest of Europe
    189       217       3       3       192       220  
North America
    5,890       6,606       193       166       6,083       6,772  
Latin America
    74       92       56       70       130       162  
Asia
    2,729       2,788       2       2       2,731       2,790  
Australia
                    29       23       29       23  
Other
    (1 )     (1 )                     (1 )     (1 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    9,399       10,299       361       337       9,760       10,636  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The region Latin America comprises South America and Mexico. Until 2002 Mexico was included in the region North America. This revised regional split is more in line with the internal management reporting structure. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

Movements in Deferred acquisition costs of insurance business:

                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    Life insurance   Non-life insurance   Total
Opening balance
    10,299       11,035       337       320       10,636       11,355  
Capitalized
    1,997       2,272       148       162       2,145       2,434  
Amortization
    (1,244 )     (1,454 )     (118 )     (94 )     (1,362 )     (1,548 )
Changes in the composition of the group
    (28 )     (2 )     (2 )             (30 )     (2 )
Exchange differences
    (1,619 )     (1,616 )     (16 )     (49 )     (1,635 )     (1,665 )
Transfer of portfolios
    (6 )     64       12       (2 )     6       62  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Closing balance
    9,399       10,299       361       337       9,760       10,636  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

2.9. Shareholders’ equity

                 
    2003   2002
Opening balance
    18,254       21,514  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    528       (3,343 )
Exchange differences
    (1,123 )     (1,041 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net profit not recognized in the profit and loss account
    (595 )     (4,384 )
Realized revaluations released to the profit and loss account
    (258 )     (1,051 )
Write-off of goodwill
    (145 )     (1,176 )
Net profit for the period
    4,043       4,500  
Dividend paid
    (1,995 )     (1,969 )
Exercise of warrants and options
            (2 )
Issue of shares
    1,977          
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    21,281       17,432  
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    50       822  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Closing balance
    21,331       18,254  
 
   
 
     
 
 

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.10. Preference shares of group companies

Preference shares of group companies consists of noncumulative guaranteed Trust Preferred Securities which are issued by wholly owned subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. These securities have a liquidation preference of a certain amount plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. Dividends with regard to these preferred securities are accounted for, after tax, in Third-party interests in the profit and loss account. These Trust Preferred Securities generally have no voting rights.

Preference shares of group companies :

                                         
                            2003   2002
                    Liquidation    
Number of                   preference    
shares   Interest   Year of   per share    
(in millions)   rate   issue   (in USD)   Balance sheet value
1.5
    8.439       2000       1,000       1,189       1,431  
10
    9.2       2000       25       198       238  
20
    7.7       1999       25       396       477  
 
                           
 
     
 
 
 
                            1,783       2,146  
 
                           
 
     
 
 

These Trust Preferred Securities have been issued to raise Tier 1 capital for ING Bank NV. The proceeds of USD 2,250 million have been used to contribute EUR 2,402 million (translated against historical exchange rates) to the share premium reserve of ING Bank NV.

2.11. Subordinated loans

Subordinated loans consists of perpetual subordinated bonds issued by ING Groep N.V. These bonds have been issued to raise hybrid capital for ING Verzekeringen N.V. and Tier 1 capital for ING Bank N.V.

Subordinated loans:

                                                 
                                    2003   2002
Notional   amount   Interest rate   Year of issue   First call date   Balance sheet value
USD
    500       6.2       2003     January 15, 2009     396          
EUR
    750     Variable     2003     June 30, 2013     750          
USD
    1,100       7.2       2002     December 15, 2007     872       1,049  
USD
    800       7.05       2002     September 15, 2007     634       763  
EUR
    600       6.5       2001     September 28, 2006     600       600  
 
                                   
 
     
 
 
 
                                    3,252       2,412  
 
                                   
 
     
 
 

EUR 2,256 million (2002: EUR 1,336 million) of these loans has been on lent as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.

EUR 600 million (2002: EUR 600 million) of these loans has been contributed to the capital of ING Bank N.V. (share premium reserve).

EUR 396 million (2002: EUR 476 million) has been on lent on as subordinated loan by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

     2.12. General provisions

                 
    2003   2002
Deferred tax liabilities
    1,900       2,439  
Reorganizations and relocations
    236       255  
Other
    604       795  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    2,740       3,489  
 
   
 
     
 
 

As at December 31, 2003, an amount of EUR 2,271 million (2002: EUR 2,764 million) was expected to be settled after more than one year from balance sheet date.

Movements in General provisions:

                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    Deferred tax   Reorganizations    
    liabilities   and relocations   Other
Opening balance
    2,439       2,443       255       259       795       840  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (29 )     4       35               74       45  
Additions
    569       1,114       62       160       46       209  
Releases
    (194 )     (328 )                     (32 )        
Charges
    (794 )     (765 )     (108 )     (147 )     (219 )     (220 )
Exchange differences
    (91 )     (29 )     (8 )     (17 )     (60 )     (79 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Closing balance
    1,900       2,439       236       255       604       795  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

2.12.1. Deferred tax liabilities

Provision for deferred tax liabilities by origin:

                 
    2003   2002
Deferred tax assets (offset by deferred tax liabilities) relating to:
               
- insurance provisions
    571       415  
- other provisions
    46       6  
- unused tax losses carried forward
    117       116  
- equalization reserve
    718       698  
- other
    138       133  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    1,590       1,368  
Deferred tax liabilities relating to:
               
- investments
    1,442       1,477  
- deferred acquisition costs
    791       1,075  
- equalization reserve
    259       205  
- depreciation
    3       32  
- general provisions
    460       505  
- receivables
    55       77  
- loans
    93       239  
- other
    387       197  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    3,490       3,807  
 
    1,900       2,439  
 
   
 
     
 
 

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Deferred tax asset (offset by deferred tax liabilities) in connection with unused tax losses carried forward:

                 
    2003   2002
Total unused tax losses carried forward
    638       663  
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
    85       289  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
    553       374  
Average tax rate
    21.2 %     31.0 %
Deferred tax asset
    117       116  

Total unused tax losses carried forward as at December 31 by expiration terms:

                         
            2003   2002
-
  up to five years     416       405  
-
  five to ten years     15          
-
  unlimited     207       258  
 
           
 
     
 
 
 
            638       663  
 
           
 
     
 
 

2.12.2. Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities

ING Group maintains defined benefit retirement plans in the major countries in which it operates. These plans generally cover all employees and provide benefits that are related to the remuneration and service of employees upon retirement. On condition the plan assets are sufficient, the benefits from many of these plans are subject to some form of indexation.

Annual contributions are paid to the funds at a rate necessary to adequately finance the accrued liabilities of the plans calculated in accordance with local legal requirements.

Plans in other countries comply with applicable local regulations concerning investments and funding levels.

ING Group provides other post-employment and post-retirement employee benefits to certain employees. These are primarily post-retirement healthcare benefits and post-employment defined benefit early-retirement plans provided to employees and former employees.

Certain group companies sponsor defined contribution pension plans. These do not give rise to balance sheet provisions, other than relating to short-term timing differences included in current liabilities.

Summary of Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities:

                                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    Pension liabilities   Healthcare   Other   Total
Defined benefit obligation
    11,710       11,054       614       515       335       450       12,659       12,019  
Fair value of plan assets
    9,651       8,841                       217       227       9,868       9,068  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    2,059       2,213       614       515       118       223       2,791       2,951  
Unrecognized past service costs
    (1 )     (4 )     6       10                       5       6  
Unrecognized gains/(losses)
    (2,913 )     (3,120 )     (98 )     (24 )     36       17       (2,975 )     (3,127 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    (855 )     (911 )     522       501       154       240       (179 )     (170 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Movements in Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities:

                                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    Pension liabilities   Healthcare   Other   Total
Opening balance
    (911 )     (651 )     501       609       240       1,087       (170 )     1,045  
Plan adjustments
            662                               (662 )                
Benefit costs
    537       454       49       50       9       26       595       530  
Employer’s contribution
    (527 )     (1,375 )     (3 )     (19 )     (94 )     (46 )     (624 )     (1,440 )
Changes in the composition of the group
            (44 )             (110 )             (36 )             (190 )
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    3       (9 )     (1 )     (2 )             (128 )     2       (139 )
Exchange differences
    43       52       (24 )     (27 )     (1 )     (1 )     18       24  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Closing balance
    (855 )     (911 )     522       501       154       240       (179 )     (170 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

As at December 31, 2003, the defined benefit obligation consisted of funded plans amounting to EUR 11,226 million (2002: EUR 10,636 million) and unfunded plans amounting to EUR 1,433 million (2002: EUR 1,383 million).

The assets of funded plans primarily consist of debt securities, equity and real estate funds, of which as at December 31, 2003 to EUR 60 million (2002: EUR 55 million) was invested in securities issued by the employer and related parties, including shares of ING Groep N.V.

Because the balance of Pension liabilities and other staff related liabilities at December 31, 2003 is an asset, the amount is included in the balance sheet under Other assets.

2.13. Insurance provisions

                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
                    Reinsurance    
    Gross   element   Own account
Provision for life policy liabilities
    119,830       125,945       2,947       5,085       116,883       120,860  
Provision for profit sharing and rebates
    795       778                       795       778  
Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks
    3,174       3,277       687       845       2,487       2,432  
Claims provision
    7,911       8,106       614       807       7,297       7,299  
Other insurance provisions
    21       186                       21       186  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    131,731       138,292       4,248       6,737       127,483       131,555  
Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk
    71,687       65,372       1,135       1,096       70,552       64,276  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    203,418       203,664       5,383       7,833       198,035       195,831  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Until 2002, Other insurance provisions included a provision to cover the risk of possible catastrophes. In 2003, the catastrophe provision of EUR 88 million has been released. Further in 2003 EUR 56 million has been realocated to Provision for life policy liabilities.

As of 2003, certain liabilities for long-term disability contracts are reported under the Claims provision. In 2002, these were reported under Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks. The 2002 comparatives have been restated resulting in a reclassification from Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks to Claims provision of EUR 909 million. In the movement schedule of the Claims provision, EUR 232 million was reclassified from Additions for prior years to Additions for the current year as a result of the reclassification of these long-term disability contracts

F-34


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

and a reclassification of claims that were incorrectly classified as prior year claims in 2002. There is no impact on total Insurance provisions and on the net profit for the year.

The insurance provisions are generally of a long-term nature.

Insurance provisions own account by geographical area:

                                                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
                    Insurance            
                    provisions for            
                    policies for which            
    Provision   the policyholders            
    for life   bear the investment            
    policy liabilities   risk   Claims provision   Other   Total
Netherlands
    37,485       35,175       14,883       13,365       3,413       3,321       911       1,076       56,692       52,937  
Belgium
    5,604       4,290       2,945       2,406       483       462       163       191       9,195       7,349  
Rest of Europe
    3,966       4,055       1,208       1,383       21       20       75       82       5,270       5,540  
North America
    53,985       62,193       44,020       41,299       2,626       2,645       1,194       1,083       101,825       107,220  
Latin America
    2,011       2,348       59       47       231       314       550       653       2,851       3,362  
Asia
    13,586       12,621       1,966       1,064       21       23       216       156       15,789       13,864  
Australia
    249       182       5,471       4,712       228       207       163       122       6,111       5,223  
Other
    (3 )     (4 )                     274       307       31       33       302       336  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    116,883       120,860       70,552       64,276       7,297       7,299       3,303       3,396       198,035       195,831  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The region Latin America comprises South America and Mexico. Until 2002 Mexico was included in the region North America. This revised regional split is more in line with the internal management reporting structure. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

Movements in the Claims provision for own account:

                 
    2003   2002
Opening balance
    7,299       6,870  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (13 )        
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    7,286       6,870  
Additions:
               
- for the current year
    3,579       4,431  
- for prior years
    (15 )     78  
- interest accrual of provision for disability losses
    82       86  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    3,646       4,595  
Claim settlements and claim settlement costs:
               
- for the current year
    1,914       2,479  
- for prior years
    1,518       1,390  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    3,432       3,869  
Exchange differences
    (198 )     (553 )
Other movements
    (5 )     256  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Closing balance
    7,297       7,299  
 
   
 
     
 
 

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.14. Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations

                 
    2003   2002
Savings accounts
    168,168       115,156  
Other funds entrusted
    137,284       129,175  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Funds entrusted to the banking operations
    305,452       244,331  
Debt securities
    72,372       75,493  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    377,824       319,824  
 
   
 
     
 
 

Funds entrusted to the banking operations by type:

                                                 
    2003   2002
            Inter-                   Inter-    
    Netherlands   national   Total   Netherlands   national   Total
Non-interest bearing
    13,763       2,707       16,470       12,083       3,252       15,335  
Interest-bearing
    96,438       192,544       288,982       82,885       146,111       228,996  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    110,201       195,251       305,452       94,968       149,363       244,331  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

No funds have been entrusted to ING Group by customers on terms other than those prevailing in the normal course of business. As at December 31, 2003, Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations included liabilities with regard to securities sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 13,723 million (2002: EUR 11,481 million).

2.14.1. Savings accounts

Savings accounts relates to the balances on savings accounts, savings books, savings deposits and time deposits of personal customers. The interest payable on Savings accounts, which is contractually added to the accounts, is also included.

2.14.2. Other funds entrusted

                 
    2003   2002
Private loans
    1,729       928  
Mortgage loan
    50       43  
Corporate time deposits
    42,832       45,035  
Credit balances on customer accounts
    92,673       83,169  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    137,284       129,175  
 
   
 
     
 
 

2.14.3. Funds entrusted to the banking operations

Funds entrusted to the banking operations relates to non-subordinated debts to non-banks, other than in the form of debt securities.

2.14.4. Debt securities

Debt securities includes debentures and other issued debt securities with either fixed-interest rates or interest rates dependent on prevailing interest-rate levels, such as certificates of deposit and accepted bills issued by the group, where not subordinated.

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.15. Banks

Banks includes non-subordinated debt to banks, other than in the form of debt securities. As at December 31, 2003, liabilities with regard to securities sold in repurchase transactions amounted to EUR 20,979 million (2002: EUR 22,316 million).

Banks by type:

                                                 
    2003   2002
            Inter-                   Inter-    
    Netherlands   national   Total   Netherlands   national   Total
Non-interest bearing
    115       2,282       2,397       142       2,171       2,313  
Interest-bearing
    29,369       70,349       99,718       28,207       65,747       93,954  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    29,484       72,631       102,115       28,349       67,918       96,267  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

2.16. Other liabilities

Other liabilities by type:

                 
    2003   2002
Subordinated loans of group companies
    14,511       15,425  
Debenture loans
    9,961       11,360  
Loans contracted
    5,500       6,615  
Loans from credit institutions
    3,672       3,755  
Deposits from reinsurers
    239       197  
Income tax
    1,296       1,091  
Other taxation and social security contributions
    540       553  
Trading portfolio
    12,316       9,381  
Payable to credit institutions
    1,598       1,576  
Other deposits
    1,891       1,309  
Other
    9,599       14,135  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    61,123       65,397  
 
   
 
     
 
 

Other liabilities by remaining term:

                                                 
    2003   2002
    up to 1 year   1 to 5 years   over 5 years   up to 1 year   1 to 5 years   over 5 years
Subordinated loans of group companies
    673       4,217       9,621       739       3,970       10,716  
Debenture loans
    765       6,148       3,048       797       7,261       3,302  
Loans contracted
    4,403       794       303       5,402       684       529  
Loans from credit institutions
    3,029       624       19       2,885       454       416  
Deposits from reinsurers
    73       109       57       32       109       56  
Income tax
    1,121       147       28       779       291       21  
Other taxation and social security contributions
    520       16       4       523       22       8  
Trading portfolio
    12,258       14       44       9,153       132       96  
Payable to credit institutions
    1,598                       1,576                  
Other deposits
    1,316       186       389       789       119       401  
Other
    9,559       34       6       13,579       464       92  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    35,315       12,289       13,519       36,254       13,506       15,637  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Other liabilities by activity:

                 
    2003   2002
Liabilities relating to direct insurance
    1,983       1,847  
Liabilities relating to reinsurance
    298       342  

Non-subordinated debenture loans, loans contracted and deposits of the banking operations are included in Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations and in Banks.

Subordinated loans of group companies relates to capital debentures and private loans, which are subordinated to all current and future liabilities of ING Bank N.V., Postbank N.V. or Westland/Utrecht Hypotheekbank N.V. The average interest rate on the subordinated loans is 6.1% (2002: 6.1%).

Debenture loans have been issued with an average interest rate of 5.7% (2002: 5.6%) and are repayable in the years 2004 to 2036. The loans are denominated in various currencies. Some of the loans have been converted into U.S. dollars by means of currency swaps. Others have been converted into loans with a variable-interest rate by means of interest-rate swaps. As at December 31, 2003, loans amounting to EUR 8,810 million (2002: EUR 9,621 million) bore an average fixed-interest rate of 5.9% (2002: 5.9%). The remaining EUR 1,151 million (2002: EUR 1,739 million) bore an average variable-interest rate of 4.0% (2002: 4.5%).

The average interest rate of Loans contracted with fixed-interest rates, with a remaining principal amount of EUR 1,087 million (2002: EUR 1,591 million), was 6.5% (2002: 6.9%). The remaining EUR 4,413 million (2002: EUR 5,024 million) bore an average variable-interest rate of 1.1% (2002: 1.2%). These loans are repayable in the years 2004 to 2019.

The average interest rate of Loans from credit institutions with fixed-interest rates, with a remaining principal amount of EUR 2,556 million (2002: EUR 2,896 million), was 2.7% (2002: 3.2%). The remaining EUR 1,116 million (2002: EUR 859 million) bore an average variable-interest rate of 1.2% (2002: 2.8%). As at December 31, 2003, loans totalling EUR 5 million (2002: EUR 7 million) were secured by mortgages.

2.17. Accrued liabilities

                 
    2003   2002
Accrued interest
    6,250       7,311  
Costs payable
    2,462       2,605  
Yield differences on fixed-interest investments
    126       875  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    8,838       10,791  
 
   
 
     
 
 

As at December 31, 2003, an amount of EUR 616 million (2002: EUR 1,697 million) was expected to be settled after more than one year from the balance sheet date.

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.18. Additional information relating to the consolidated balance sheet of ING Group

Analysis of certain assets and liabilities by maturity:

                                                 
                    Three            
            Up to three   months   One year to   Over five    
2003   On demand   months   to one year   five years   years   Total
Assets
                                               
Lending
    23,474       74,067       20,406       49,834       124,775       292,556  
Banks
    7,854       38,089       7,864       4,428       2,825       61,060  
Liabilities
                                               
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations:                                
– Savings accounts
    149,910       11,226       2,846       3,274       912       168,168  
– Other funds entrusted
    68,688       44,804       12,437       4,812       6,543       137,284  
– Debt securities
    343       26,482       16,770       19,933       8,844       72,372  
Banks
    18,775       65,312       14,320       1,243       2,465       102,115  
                                                 
                    Three            
            Up to three   months   One year to   Over five    
2002   On demand   months   to one year   five years   years   Total
Assets
                                               
Lending
    19,486       77,538       22,817       50,908       113,699       284,448  
Banks
    5,396       26,280       7,354       4,806       1,846       45,682  
Liabilities
                                               
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations:                                
– Savings accounts
    98,943       9,243       1,277       2,517       3,176       115,156  
– Other funds entrusted
    28,459       79,434       10,607       7,566       3,109       129,175  
– Debt securities
    1,483       27,490       15,253       23,684       7,583       75,493  
Banks
    17,385       64,042       11,402       1,678       1,760       96,267  

F-39


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.18.1. Assets not freely disposable

The assets not freely disposable primarily consist of interest-bearing securities pledged to secure deposits from the Dutch Central Bank and other banks, serve to secure margin accounts and are used for other purposes required by law. Of these assets EUR 5,658 million (2002: EUR 3,586 million) relates to guarantees provided for certain liabilities included in the balance sheet as well as off-balance sheet contingent liabilities.

Assets not freely disposable:

                                                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    Funds                                   Guarantees    
    entrusted and                   Contingent   for off-balance    
    debt securities   Banks   liabilities   sheet items   Total
Investments
    751               2,480       196       42               567       1,660       3,840       1,856  
Lending
    895       761       422               2                               1,319       761  
Banks
    303       8       288                       4                       591       12  
Other assets
    170       55       294       1       11       2,561                       475       2,617  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    2,119       824       3,484       197       55       2,565       567       1,660       6,225       5,246  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

2.18.2. Off-Balance sheet arrangements

Contingent liabilities

In the normal course of business ING Group is a party in activities whose risks are not reflected in whole or part in the consolidated financial statements. In response to the needs of its customers, ING Group offers financial products related to loans. These products include traditional off-balance sheet credit-related financial instruments.

Contingent liabilities:

                 
    2003   2002
Insurance operations
               
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
    652       667  
Commitments concerning fixed-interest securities
    1,301       1,383  
Guarantees
    1,232       8,876  
Other
    605       686  
Banking operations
               
Contingent liabilities in respect of:
               
– discounted bills
            6  
– guarantees
    17,115       16,807  
– irrevocable letters of credit
    5,356       6,030  
– other
    355       464  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    26,616       34,919  
Irrevocable facilities
    66,640       63,867  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    93,256       98,786  
 
   
 
     
 
 

Guarantees relate both to credit and non-credit substitute guarantees. Credit-substitute guarantees are guarantees given by ING Group in respect of credit granted to customers by a third party. Many of them are expected to expire without being drawn on and therefore do not necessarily represent future cash outflows. The guarantees are generally of a short-term nature. In addition to the items included in

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

contingent liabilities, ING Group has issued guarantees as a participant in collective arrangements of national industry bodies and as participant in government required collective guarantee schemes which apply in different countries. The decrease of the guarantees of insurance operations was caused by the expiration of guarantees for a derivative portfolio.

Irrevocable letters of credit mainly secure payments to a third party for a customer’s foreign and domestic trade transactions in order to finance a shipment of goods. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited since these transactions are collalteralized by the commodity shipped and are of a short duration.

Other contingent liabilities mainly relate to acceptances of bills and are of a short-term nature.

Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients. Many of these facilities are for a fixed duration and bear interest at a floating rate. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited. Most of the unused portion of irrevocable credit facilities is secured by customers’ assets or counter-guarantees by the central government and exempted bodies under the regulatory requirements. Irrevocable facilities also include commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.

Special Purpose Entities (SPE)

ING Group has established a number of SPEs and engages in activities with SPEs, for example as investor, administrator or provider of other financial services. A number of SPEs which are controlled by ING Group are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Asset-backed commercial-paper conduits

In the normal course of business, ING Group structures financing transactions for its clients assisting them in obtaining sources of liquidity by selling the clients’ receivables or other financial assets to an SPE. The SPE issues asset-backed commercial paper to the market to fund the purchases. ING Group, in its role as administrative agent, facilitates these transactions by providing structuring, accounting, funding and operations services. As ING Group has no ownership and controlling interest in the SPE nor does it service the transferred assets, the SPE is not included in the consolidated financial statements.

ING Group supports the commercial paper programs by providing the SPE with short-term stand-by liquidity facilities. Primarily these liquidity facilities are meant to cover temporarily disruptions in the commercial-paper market. Once drawn these facilities bear normal credit risk. A number of programmes are supported by granting structured liquidity facilities to the SPE, in which ING Group – in addition to normal liquidity facilities – to a certain extent covers the credit risk incorporated in these programs itself, and as a consequence might suffer credit losses from it. Furthermore, under a Program Wide Credit Enhancement ING Group guarantees to a limited amount all remaining losses incorporated in the SPE to the commercial-paper investors. All facilities, which vary in risk profile, are granted to the SPE subject to normal ING Group analysis procedures regarding credit risk and liquidity risk. The fees received for services provided and for facilities are charged on market conditions. The normal non-structured stand by liquidity facilities and the structured facilities are reported under irrevocable facilities.

Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDO)-transactions

Within ING Group, SPEs are used for CDO transactions. In a typical CDO transaction an SPE is used to issue structured, rated securities which are backed (or collateralized) by a pool of transferable debt securities. In these transactions ING often has different roles:

  the arranger of the transaction; ING structures the SPE, acquires the assets for the SPE and sells the CDOs to investors;
 
  collateral manager of the assets in the SPE; ING manages the assets based on strict conditions of the SPEs charter;
 
  investor.

ING Group receives market-rate fees for structuring, (asset) managing and distributing CDO-securities to investors.

F-41


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Other Entities

ING Group is also party in other SPEs used in for instance structured finance and leasing transactions.

2.18.3. Future rental commitments

Future rental commitments for lease contracts as at December 31, 2003:

         
2004
    149  
2005
    120  
2006
    87  
2007
    75  
2008
    54  
years after 2008
    173  

2.18.4. Legal proceedings

ING Group companies are involved in lawsuits and arbitration cases in a number of countries, relating to claims by or against these companies arising in the course of ordinary activities, and also from acquisitions, including the activities as insurer, lender, employer, investor and taxpayer. Several of these cases involve claims of either large or indefinite amounts. Although it is not feasible to predict or to determine the outcome of current or impending legal proceedings, the Executive Board is of the opinion that the outcome is unlikely to have any material adverse effects on the financial position or results of ING Group.

These legal proceedings include a claim filed by the Mexican fertilizer producer Fertinal against ING Comercial América, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claims EUR 238 million (USD 300 million) from ING Comercial América, the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. The case is disputed before a judge in Mexico; we cannot assess the final outcome. Fertinal has also filed a criminal complaint of fraud against ING Comercial América and some of its employees, the outcome of which is also yet unclear.

In The Netherlands ING Bank, together with all other major Dutch banks and their joint venture Interpay, are subject of an examination by the Dutch competition authority “Nederlandse Mededingings-autoriteit” or NMa. Allegedly the Dutch banks and Interpay have artificially kept the prices for the use of electronic payment systems higher than necessary. This investigation could result in a fine to be paid, but whether such fine will be imposed and, if so, what the amount of the fine will be, is still uncertain.

2.18.5. Derivatives

Use of derivatives

ING Group uses derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business for non-trading and trading purposes. Derivatives are financial instruments, which include forwards, futures, options and swaps, whose value is based on an underlying asset, index or reference rate.

Non-trading activities

ING Group’s principal objective in holding or issuing derivatives for non-trading purposes is risk management. To achieve its risk-management objective, ING Group uses a combination of interest-rate instruments, primarily interest-rate swaps. Net positions in foreign currencies are subject to changes in value as exchange rates change. These fluctuations are managed by entering into currency swaps, forwards and options.

F-42


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Notional amounts and the positive and negative fair values of derivative financial instruments used for non-trading purposes:

                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
                    Positive year-end   Negative year-end
    Notional amount   fair value   fair value
Interest-rate contracts
    332,779       337,940       4,512       5,505       5,169       6,348  
Currency contracts
    23,654       32,430       664       533       459       474  
Equity contracts
    4,499       2,052       80       104       21       20  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    360,932       372,422       5,256       6,142       5,649       6,842  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

ING Group’s use of these instruments is changed from time to time in response to changing market conditions as well as changes in the mix of the related assets and liabilities.

Trading activities

ING Group trades derivative financial instruments on behalf of clients and for its own account. Derivative financial instruments used for risk-management purposes to control risks of trading portfolios are reported as being held for trading purposes.

Notional amounts, the average fair values and year-end fair values of trading derivative financial instruments:

                                                                                 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
                    Average positive   Average negative   Positive year-end   Negative year-end
    Notional amount   fair value   fair value   fair value   fair value
Interest-rate contracts
    859,161       868,991       14,542       10,468       14,437       10,501       11,370       14,927       11,152       15,247  
Currency contracts
    269,394       320,069       5,300       6,451       6,155       6,376       5,672       6,138       6,785       7,422  
Equity contracts
    42,156       29,369       2,391       1,835       1,525       1,080       1,441       2,570       1,122       1,332  
Other contracts
            19                                                                  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    1,170,711       1,218,448       22,233       18,754       22,117       17,957       18,483       23,635       19,059       24,001  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Numerical information about derivatives activities

The following tables give numerical information about the derivatives activities, detailing types of derivatives, credit risks, counterparties and use of the derivatives transactions.

The first table illustrates the relative importance of the various types of derivative products, showing the notional amounts at year-end 2003 and year-end 2002. Notional amounts represent units of account which, in respect of derivatives, reflect the relationship with the underlying assets (bonds, for example, in the case of interest-rate futures). What they do not reflect, however, is the credit risk assumed by entering into derivatives transactions.

Listed derivatives are standardized and include futures and certain option contracts. Over-the-counter derivatives contracts are individually negotiated between contracting parties and include forward contracts, options and swaps.

Forward contracts are commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates. Futures contracts are similar to forwards. However, major exchanges act as intermediaries and require daily cash settlement and collateral deposits.

Option contracts give the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within

F-43


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. Written options give the issuer the obligation to buy or sell within a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. This subjects ING Group to market risk, but not to credit risk, since the counterparties have already performed in accordance with the terms of the contract by paying a cash premium up front.

Swap contracts are commitments to settle in cash at a specified future date, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional amount. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party.

The year-end positive fair value represents the maximum loss that ING Group would incur on its derivatives transactions if all its counterparties at year end defaulted. This fair value can and will fluctuate from day to day due to changes in the value of the underlying assets. In order to arrive at an estimate of credit risk at any given time, a margin is added to the fair value figures to arrive, in accordance with internationally accepted criteria, at what is called the unweighted credit equivalents.

The weighted credit equivalents are the unweighted credit equivalents multiplied by the weighting factors determined in accordance with standards of the international supervisory authorities. Under certain conditions, the credit risk can be reduced by entering into bilateral netting agreements. In the case of non-observance of the obligation by the counterparty, this kind of agreement gives the right to net off receivables and payables in respect of open derivatives contracts. The effect of reducing the risk by means of bilateral netting agreements is shown at the bottom of the first table.

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Open contracts as at year-end:

                                                                 
    2003   2002        
                    Un-                           Un-        
                    weighted   Weighted                   Weighted   Weighted
            Positive   credit   credit           Positive   credit   credit
    Notional   fair   equi-   equi-   Notional   fair   equi-   equi-
    amount   value   valent   valent   amount   value   valent   valent
Interest-rate contracts
                                                               
Over-the-counter:
                                                               
– swaps
    961,211       15,207       19,914       4,700       915,654       19,199       23,475       5,780  
– forwards
    74,393       53       81       21       80,652       106       137       29  
– options purchased
    62,689       617       912       247       69,054       1,125       1,478       413  
– options written
    43,389       5                       48,533                          
Listed:
                                                               
– options purchased
    4,366                               2,130       2                  
– options written
    2,278                               1,111                          
– futures
    43,614                               89,797                          
Currency contracts
                                                               
Over-the-counter:
                                                               
– swaps
    40,589       1,344       3,109       861       37,578       1,137       2,702       792  
– forwards
    205,476       4,311       6,852       1,736       260,685       5,091       8,111       1,999  
– options purchased
    29,543       681       1,051       245       25,383       443       705       171  
– options written
    16,207                               28,562                          
Listed:
                                                               
– options purchased
    375                               6                          
– options written
    317                               155                          
– futures
    541                               130                          
Equity contracts
                                                               
Over-the-counter:
                                                               
– swaps
    7,350       267       714       213       6,555       963       1,360       603  
– forwards
    10               1               64       23       27       13  
– options purchased
    7,182       608       1,130       361       6,588       1,069       1,529       353  
– options written
    4,891                               5,775                          
Listed:
                                                               
– options purchased
    13,862       646                       5,564       619                  
– options written
    12,304                               6,380                          
– futures
    1,056                               495                          
Other contracts
                                                               
Over-the-counter
                                    19                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    1,531,643       23,739       33,764       8,384       1,590,870       29,777       39,524       10,153  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Effect of contractual netting
            (12,441 )     (15,277 )     (3,706 )             (14,452 )     (17,191 )     (4,020 )
 
           
 
     
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
            11,298       18,487       4,678               15,325       22,333       6,133  
 
           
 
     
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
     
 
 

Collateral held but not meeting the criteria for contractual netting, would additionally reduce the total weighted credit equivalent as at December 31, 2003 with an amount of EUR 362 million (2002: EUR 498 million).

F-45


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Open contracts by remaining term, based on the notional amounts, as at December 31:

                                                         
    up to 1   1 to 2   2 to 3   3 to 4   4 to 5   over 5    
2003   year   years   years   years   years   years   Total
Interest-rate contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    418,371       130,521       79,899       72,306       53,756       206,358       961,211  
– forwards
    69,018       5,026       157               32       160       74,393  
– options purchased
    28,716       6,770       5,831       5,317       3,500       12,555       62,689  
– options written
    16,402       5,065       5,020       4,387       2,654       9,861       43,389  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    4,330       6                               30       4,366  
– options written
    2,152       6                               120       2,278  
– futures
    37,256       3,864       1,347       24       321       802       43,614  
Currency contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    11,415       6,530       4,982       5,521       3,922       8,219       40,589  
– forwards
    190,909       8,738       3,171       1,675       775       208       205,476  
– options purchased
    27,358       1,750       420       2       1       12       29,543  
– options written
    15,243       908       41       2       1       12       16,207  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    375                                               375  
– options written
    317                                               317  
– futures
    365       98       17               61               541  
Equity contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    7,090       7       27       49       152       25       7,350  
– forwards
    10                                               10  
– options purchased
    3,179       1,579       934       293       669       528       7,182  
– options written
    2,418       1,188       617       170       338       160       4,891  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    10,184       1,317       1,029       752       580               13,862  
– options written
    8,832       1,011       1,342       687       432               12,304  
– futures
    1,056                                               1,056  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    854,996       174,384       104,834       91,185       67,194       239,050       1,531,643  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Open contracts by remaining term, based on the notional amounts, as at December 31:

                                                         
    up to 1   1 to 2   2 to 3   3 to 4   4 to 5   over 5    
2002   year   years   years   years   years   years   Total
Interest-rate contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    397,347       140,934       77,347       61,238       63,050       175,738       915,654  
– forwards
    74,520       6,132                                       80,652  
– options purchased
    21,653       16,023       8,621       3,141       7,513       12,103       69,054  
– options written
    15,526       10,981       6,764       2,672       5,390       7,200       48,533  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    2,105                                       25       2,130  
– options written
    972                               30       109       1,111  
– futures
    80,449       5,115       1,115       114       496       2,508       89,797  
Currency contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    11,889       6,040       4,313       3,627       4,733       6,976       37,578  
– forwards
    245,751       8,750       3,362       1,238       1,258       326       260,685  
– options purchased
    24,843       328       182       22       2       6       25,383  
– options written
    28,103       353       76       22       2       6       28,562  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    6                                               6  
– options written
    155                                               155  
– futures
    72       9       36       13                       130  
Equity contracts
                                                       
Over-the-counter:
                                                       
– swaps
    6,447                               50       58       6,555  
– forwards
    64                                               64  
– options purchased
    3,874       747       1,062       180       143       582       6,588  
– options written
    3,357       871       978       193       140       236       5,775  
Listed:
                                                       
– options purchased
    4,363       470       471       260                       5,564  
– options written
    4,888       778       290       424                       6,380  
– futures
    495                                               495  
Other contract
                                                       
Over-the-counter
    19                                               19  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    926,898       197,531       104,617       73,144       82,807       205,873       1,590,870  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Open contracts by counterparty:

                                                 
    2003   2002
            Unweighted   Weighted           Unweighted   Weighted
    Notional   credit   credit   Notional   credit   credit
    amount   equivalent   equivalent   amount   equivalent   equivalent
Public sector
    90,025       283               119,945       306          
Banks
    1,219,686       27,856       5,571       1,249,967       31,522       6,304  
Other
    221,932       5,625       2,813       220,958       7,696       3,849  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    1,531,643       33,764       8,384       1,590,870       39,524       10,153  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

2.18.6. Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

The following table presents the estimated fair values of ING Group’s financial assets and liabilities. Certain balance sheet items are not included in the table as they do not comply with the definition of a financial asset or liability. The aggregation of the fair values presented hereunder does not represent, and should not be construed as representing, the underlying value of ING Group.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities:

                                 
    2003   2002
    Estimated   Balance   Estimated   Balance
    fair value   sheet value   fair value   sheet value
Financial assets
                               
Participating interests
    3,167       3,167       2,986       2,883  
Investments
                               
– shares and convertible debentures
    10,688       10,688       12,278       12,278  
– fixed-interest securities
    254,527       244,612       220,552       209,878  
Lending (1)
    284,785       281,031       275,593       273,336  
Banks (1)
    60,916       60,768       46,472       45,521  
Cash
    11,738       11,738       11,421       11,421  
Other assets
                               
– trading portfolio
    38,911       38,911       34,576       34,576  
– equity participations
    1,403       1,295       1,699       1,598  
– other receivables
    10,825       10,825       13,158       13,158  
Accrued assets (2)
    10,703       10,703       11,118       11,118  
Derivatives held for non-trading purposes
    5,256       2,298       6,142       2,338  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    692,919       676,036       635,995       618,105  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Financial liabilities
                               
Subordinated loans
    4,059       3,252       2,454       2,412  
Insurance provisions related to investment-type contracts
    84,115       86,076       87,830       89,165  
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations
    380,126       377,824       323,211       319,824  
Banks
    102,330       102,115       96,346       96,267  
Other liabilities
    62,880       61,123       66,318       65,397  
Accrued liabilities
    8,838       8,838       10,791       10,791  
Derivatives held for non-trading purposes
    5,649       1,625       6,842       1,991  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    647,997       640,853       593,792       585,847  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Lending and Banks do not include receivables from leases.

(2)   Accrued assets does not include deferred acquisition costs of insurance business.

The estimated fair values correspond with the amounts at which the financial instruments could have been traded on a fair basis at the balance-sheet date between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s-length transactions. The fair value of financial assets and liabilities is based on quoted market prices, where available. Because substantial trading markets do not exist for most of these financial instruments various techniques have been developed to estimate their approximate fair values. These techniques are subjective in nature and involve various assumptions about the discount rate and the estimates of the amount and timing of the anticipated future cash flows. Changes in these assumptions could significantly affect the estimated fair values. Consequently, the fair values presented may not be indicative of the net realizable value. In addition, the calculation of the estimated fair value is based on market conditions at a specific point in time and may not be indicative of future fair values.

F-48


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The following methods and assumptions were used by ING Group to estimate the fair value of the financial instruments.

Financial assets

Participating interests

The fair values of the shares of participating interests are based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimated market values based on quoted prices for similar securities. Fair values of the receivables from participating interests are determined using the same methods as described below for Fixed-interest securities.

Investments

The fair values of Shares and convertible debentures are based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimated market values generally based on quoted prices for similar securities. Fair values for Fixed-interest securities other than mortgage and policy loans are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values obtained from private pricing services or by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market rate applicable to the yield, credit quality and maturity of the investment. The fair values of mortgage loans are estimated by discounting future cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of fixed-rate policy loans are estimated by discounting cash flows at the interest rates charged on policy loans of similar policies currently being issued. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The fair values of variable-rate policy loans approximate their carrying values.

Lending

For loans that are repriced frequently and have had no significant changes in credit risk, carrying amounts represent a reasonable estimate of fair values. The fair values of other loans are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of nonperforming loans are estimated by discounting the expected cash flows of recoveries.

Banks

The fair values of receivables from banks are estimated based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates offered for receivables with similar characteristics.

Cash

The carrying amount of cash approximates its fair value.

Other assets

The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and equity participations are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings. The carrying amount of Other receivables approximates its fair value.

Accrued assets

The carrying amount of accrued assets approximates its fair value.

Financial liabilities

Subordinated loans

The fair value of the Subordinated loans is estimated using discounted cash flows based on interest rates that apply to similar instruments.

Insurance provisions related to investment-type contracts (included in insurance provisions)

For guaranteed investment contracts the fair values have been estimated using a discounted cash

F-49


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

flow approach based on interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued. For other investment-type contracts, fair values are estimated based on the cash surrender values.

Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations

The carrying values of demand deposits and other deposits with no stated maturity approximate their fair values. The fair values of other deposits with stated maturities have been estimated based on discounting future cash flows using the interest rates currently applicable to deposits of similar maturities.

Banks

The fair values of payables to banks are estimated based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates for payables to banks with similar characteristics.

Other liabilities

For publicly traded debt, the fair values are based on quoted market prices. For non-traded, variable-rate debt, the carrying amounts approximate their fair values. For non-traded, fixed-rate debt, the fair values have been estimated using discounted cash flow calculations based on interest rates charged on similar instruments currently being issued.

Accrued liabilities

The carrying amount of accrued liabilities approximates its fair value.

Derivatives

The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes are based on broker/dealer valuations or on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings. The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes generally reflect the estimated amounts that ING Group would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the balance sheet date.

Fair value of other off-balance sheet financial instruments:

                                 
    2003   2002
    Estimated   Contract   Estimated   Contract
    fair value   amount   fair value   amount
Insurance operations
                               
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
    652       652       667       667  
Commitments concerning investments in fixed-interest securities
    1,301       1,301       1,383       1,383  
Guarantees
            1,232               8,876  
Others
            605               686  
 
           
 
             
 
 
 
            3,790               11,612  
 
           
 
             
 
 
                                 
    2003   2002
    Risk-           Risk-    
    weighted   Contract   weighted   Contract
    value   amount   value   amount
Banking operations
                               
Guarantees
    8,695       17,115       8,220       16,807  
Irrevocable letters of credit
    1,017       5,356       1,483       6,030  
Irrevocable facilities
    12,413       66,640       11,103       63,867  
Other
    303       355       395       470  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    22,428       89,466       21,201       87,174  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

For the other off-balance sheet financial instruments the following methods are used in order to determine the fair value.

F-50


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Insurance operations

The fair values of the commitments for investments in land and buildings and commitments concerning investments in fixed-interest securities are the same as their contract amounts on account of their short-term nature.

Banking operations

Risk-weighted amounts of the banking operations have been calculated in accordance with the Dutch Central Bank guidelines which are based on the solvency ratio directives of the European Commission. In view of the lack of an established market and difficulties involved in segregating the value of these instruments from their underlying degree of uncertainty, it is not considered to be meaningful to provide an estimate of the fair value for these instruments.

2.18.7. Capital base

Breakdown capital base :

                                                 
    2003   2002
    Group   Insurance   Bank   Group   Insurance   Bank
Shareholders’ equity
    21,331                       18,254                  
Preference shares of group companies
    1,783                       2,146                  
Subordinated loans
    3,252                       2,412                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                 
Capital base ING Group
    26,366                       22,812                  
Core debt (debt raised to finance subsidiaries)
    4,441                       5,681                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                 
 
    30,807       12,382 (1)     18,425 (2)     28,493       11,279 (1)     17,214 (2)
Third party interests
            1,187       553               1,163       744  
Subordinated loans
                                               
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
            2,250                       2,250          
Equity components not included in Tier 1 (3)
                    (353 )                     (325 )
ING Group shares held and consolidation adjustments
            25       449               25       447  
 
           
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
 
Capital base:
                                               
– ING Verzekeringen N.V.
            15,844                       14,717          
– ING Bank N.V. (Tier 1 qualifying capital)
                    19,074                       18,080  

(1)   Includes EUR 396 million (2002: EUR 477 million) of subordinated loans to ING Verzekeringen N.V.
 
(2)   Includes EUR 2,256 million (2002: EUR 1,336 million) of subordinated loans to ING Bank N.V.
 
(3)   Includes revaluation reserve and dividend declared but not yet paid.

2.18.8. Regulatory requirements

ING Bank

Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory required capital are based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the Basel Committee) and European Community Directives, as implemented by the Dutch Central Bank (DNB) for supervisory purposes. The minimum tier 1 ratio is 4% and the minimum total capital ratio (known as the ‘BIS ratio’) is 8% of all risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet items and market risk associated with trading portfolios.

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Capital position of ING Bank:

                 
    2003   2002
Shareholders’ equity (1)
    14,868       14,664  
Third-party interests
    553       744  
Capital and reserves of Stichting Regio Bank
    469       428  
Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier 1 capital (2)
    2,256       1,336  
Fund for general banking risks
    1,281       1,233  
Dividend preference shares (3)
    (118 )     (136 )
Revaluation reserve (4)
    (235 )     (189 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Core capital - Tier 1
    19,074       18,080  
Supplementary capital - Tier 2
    9,743       9,116  
Available Tier 3 funds
    138       257  
Deductions
    (473 )     (302 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Qualifying capital
    28,482       27,151  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Risk Weighted Assets
    251,266       247,287  
Tier 1 ratio
    7.59 %     7.31 %
BIS ratio
    11.34 %     10.98 %

(1)   Shareholders’ equity includes an amount of EUR 3,002 million that qualifies as innovative Tier 1 capital (dated and undated). EUR 2,402 million has been raised via the Trust Preferred Securities issued by ING Groep N.V. and EUR 600 million has been raised by ING Groep N.V. as perpetual subordinated loan.

(2)   Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier 1 capital have been placed by ING Groep N.V. with ING Bank N.V.

(3)   Dividend declared but not yet paid is deducted as it is not part of Tier 1 capital.

(4)   Revaluation reserve is deducted as it is not part of Tier 1 capital (included in Tier 2).

ING Insurance

European Union directives require insurance companies established in member states of the European Union to maintain minimum capital positions. The capital position of ING Insurance has been measured on the basis of this EU requirement.

Capital position of ING Insurance:

                                                 
    2003   2002
            Non-                   Non-    
            insurance                   insurance    
            companies,                   companies,    
    Total ING   core debt &           Total ING   core debt &    
    Verzekeringen   other elimi-   Insurance   Verzeke-   other elimi-   Insurance
    N.V   nations   companies   ringen N.V.   nations   companies
Available capital
    15,844       2,619       18,463       14,717       3,131       17,848  
Required capital
    8,779               8,779       8,718               8,718  
 
   
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
 
Surplus capital
    7,065               9,684       5,999               9,130  
 
   
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
 
Ratio of available versus required capital
    180 %             210 %     169 %             205 %

F-52


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

ING Group

According to an agreement (‘Protocol’) between the Dutch Central Bank and the Pension & Insurance Board regarding the supervision of financial conglomerates, ING Group is required to have an amount of capital, reserves and subordinated loans which are at least equal to the sum of:

– the required capital for the banking activities and

– the required capital for the insurance activities.

For regulatory purposes certain (external) subordinated loans of ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. are included.

Regulatory required capital ING Group:

                 
    2003   2002
Shareholders’ equity
    21,331       18,254  
Preference shares of group companies
    1,783       2,146  
Subordinated loans
    3,252       2,412  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Capital base ING Group
    26,366       22,812  
Subordinated loans ING Bank N.V. (included in Tier 2)
    8,583       9,054  
Subordinated loans ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    2,646       2,250  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Capital base including subordinated loans
    37,595       34,116  
Required capital banking operations
    20,101       19,783  
Required capital insurance operations
    8,779       8,718  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Surplus capital
    8,715       5,615  
 
   
 
     
 
 

2.18.9. Related parties

In the normal course of business, ING Group enters into various transactions with related companies. Related companies comprise non-consolidated participating interests and the non-consolidated part of joint-ventures. These transactions are not considered material to ING Group, either individually or in the aggregate. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions. Transactions have taken place on an at arm’s length basis.

Related party transactions:

                                 
    2003   2002
    Joint   Asso-   Joint   Asso-
    ventures   ciates   ventures   ciates
Receivables
    303       167       452       205  
Liabilities
    10       21       8       133  
Guarantees issued in favour of
    79       1       64          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    392       189       524       338  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Income received from and expenses paid to associates were EUR 7 million respectively EUR 2 million (2002: EUR 12 million respectively EUR 3 million).

F-53


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

3. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP

3.1. Income

3.1.1. Premium income

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Premium income from life insurance policies
    38,231       44,367       44,557  
Premium income from non-life insurance policies
    7,288       7,917       5,903  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    45,519       52,284       50,460  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Premium income has been included before deduction of reinsurance and retrocession premiums granted.

Premium income includes EUR 20,585 million (2002: EUR 26,928 million; 2001: EUR 23,738 million) relating to investment type policies of the US, Latin America and Asia-Pacific operations. These policies mainly consist of individual and group fixed and variable annuities, universal life contracts and guaranteed investment contracts.

3.1.2. Income from investments of the insurance operations

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Income from disposal of group companies
    110       518       17  
Income from land and buildings
    822       872       665  
Income from investments in shares and convertible debentures
    510       1,611       1,755  
Income from investments in fixed-interest securities:
                       
– debentures
    5,485       6,412       5,776  
– private loans
    151       127       158  
– mortgage loans
    1,656       1,781       1,800  
– policy loans
    183       208       218  
– deposits with credit institutions
    31       49       104  
– professional loans
    17       17       16  
– other
    757       180       318  
Deposits with insurers
    19       14          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    9,741       11,789       10,827  
Eliminations
    218       73       74  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    9,523       11,716       10,753  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

As from 2003, Additions to the provision for investment losses are reported on a separate line within Total expenditure. Previously these additions were reported as an element of Income from investments of the insurance operations. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

Income from land and buildings includes an amount in respect of rental income allocated to business units of ING Group (the same amount is included in Other expenses) of EUR 57 million (2002: EUR 50 million; 2001: EUR 51 million).

Income from investments in land and buildings and shares and convertibles includes realized results on disposal of EUR 425 million (2002: EUR 1,357 million; 2001: EUR 1,005 million).

F-54


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Income from investments by counterparty:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
ING Group
    4       3       1  
Group companies
    214       70       73  
Third parties
    9,523       11,716       10,753  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    9,741       11,789       10,827  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Income from investments for risk of policyholders of EUR 9,973 million (2002: EUR (10,642) million; 2001: EUR (7,864) million) is not included in Income from investments of the insurance operations.

3.1.3. Interest result from the banking operations

In 2003, interest income includes an amount of EUR 5,559 million (2002: EUR 5,075 million; 2001: EUR 4,116 million) in respect of interest-bearing securities. Interest expense includes an amount of EUR 3,187 million (2002: EUR 3,964 million; 2001: EUR 3,458 million) in respect of interest-bearing securities.

Despite the existence of a legal claim, interest income of EUR 123 million (2002: EUR 105 million; 2001: EUR 122 million) is not recognized in the profit and loss account because the realization of the interest income is almost certainly not to be expected.

Interest income and expenses:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Interest income on loans/deposits
    16,015       16,097       18,273  
Interest income suspended
    (123 )     (105 )     (122 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net interest income on loans/deposits
    15,892       15,992       18,151  
Origination fees and loan-servicing fees
    96       102       167  
Interest income on investment securities
    4,818       3,994       3,478  
Interest income on trading portfolio
    741       1,081       638  
Other interest income
    2,255       2,919       1,884  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total interest income
    23,802       24,088       24,318  
Interest expenses on deposits by banks
    1,437       2,071       3,372  
Interest expenses on funds entrusted
    8,260       6,273       6,230  
Interest expenses on debt securities
    2,587       4,105       4,152  
Interest expenses on subordinated loans
    857       779       699  
Other interest expenses
    2,546       3,214       3,793  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total interest expenses
    15,687       16,442       18,246  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net interest result
    8,115       7,646       6,072  
Eliminations
    (51 )     (56 )     (49 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    8,166       7,702       6,121  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-55


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Interest margin, analyzed on a percentage basis of the Netherlands and international operations:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Netherlands
    2.00       1.87       1.71  
International
    1.00       1.01       0.75  
 
    1.58       1.62       1.39  

In 2003 the growth of the average total assets caused an increase of the interest result with EUR 689 million (2002: EUR 541 million). The decrease of the interest margin with 4 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 220 million (in 2002 the increase of the interest margin with 23 basis points caused an increase of the interest result with EUR 1,033 million).

3.1.4. Commission

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Insurance operations   Banking operations           Total        
Funds transfer
                            587       592       526       587       592       526  
Securities business
                            665       731       884       665       731       884  
Insurance broking
    114       159       131       115       117       88       229       276       219  
Management fees
    551       628       662       594       688       751       1,145       1,316       1,413  
Brokerage and advisory fees
                            146       197       203       146       197       203  
Other
    648       558       638       357       290       313       1,005       848       951  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    1,313       1,345       1,431       2,464       2,615       2,765       3,777       3,960       4,196  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

In 2003, the banking operations received EUR 3,085 million (2002: EUR 3,231 million; 2001: EUR 3,308 million) and paid EUR 621 million (2002: EUR 616 million; 2001: EUR 543 million) in respect of commission.

3.1.5. Other income

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002 2001  
    Insurance operations   Banking operations           Total        
Income from participating interests and equity participations
    255       156       346       154       201       530       409       357       876  
Results from financial transactions
    213       112       16       562       454       1,080       775       566       1,096  
Other results
    539       514       488       385       285       664       924       799       1,152  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    1,007       782       850       1,101       940       2,274       2,108       1,722       3,124  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Income from participating interests and equity participations

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Insurance operations   Banking operations           Total        
Shares
                            14       182       324       14       182       324  
Investments in associates
    154       137       62       57       (11 )     47       211       126       109  
Other participating interests
    18       20       117       14       30       155       32       50       272  
Equity participations
    83       (1 )     167       69               4       152       (1 )     171  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    255       156       346       154       201       530       409       357       876  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-56


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Results from financial transactions

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Insurance operations   Banking operations           Total        
Results from securities trading portfolio
    30       (6 )     (11 )     226       201       617       256       195       606  
Results from currency trading portfolio
                            46       242       465       46       242       465  
Other
    183       118       27       290       11       (2 )     473       129       25  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    213       112       16       562       454       1,080       775       566       1,096  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Other results

Other results includes income which cannot be classified with any of the above items, including rental income, results on the sale of property and leasing income which is not classified as interest.

3.2. Expenditure

3.2.1. Underwriting expenditure

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Expenditure from life underwriting
                       
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    1,102       1,093       1,400  
Benefits for own account
    23,283       28,327       25,290  
Movements in other insurance provisions for own account (1)
    15,198       15,918       18,503  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    1,248       1,523       1,305  
Other underwriting expenditure
    87       255       380  
Profit sharing and rebates
    755       559       720  
Expenditure from non-life underwriting
                       
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    930       1,275       614  
Claims for own account
    3,738       3,765       3,463  
Movements in the provision for unearned premiums
    230       345       6  
Movements in the claims provision (1)
    207       625       226  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    997       1,043       802  
Other underwriting expenditure
    (52 )     (153 )     (67 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    47,723       54,575       52,642  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   In the 2001 figures an amount of EUR 52 million has been reclassified from Expenditure from non-life underwriting to Expenditure from life underwriting.

Profit sharing and rebates:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Distributions on account of interest or underwriting results
    328       60       254  
Bonuses added to policies
    427       499       466  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    755       559       720  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

As from 2003, claims handling expenses are counted for as part of the Other expenses. Until 2002, these expenses were counted for as part of the Underwriting expenditure. This new classification better represents the nature of the claims handling expenses. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

F-57


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Underwriting expenditure includes an amount of EUR 3,714 million in 2003 (2002: EUR 3,974 million; 2001: EUR 3,705 million) in respect of commission paid and payable with regard to the insurance operations. Amortization of deferred costs of acquiring new business amounted to EUR 1,362 million in 2003 (2002: EUR 1,548 million; 2001: EUR 1,526 million).

Underwriting expenditure regarding investment income for risk of policyholders of EUR 9,973 million (2002: EUR (10,642) million; 2001: EUR (7,864) million) is not included in Underwriting expenditure.

3.2.2. Other interest expenses

Other interest expenses mainly consist of interest in connection with the insurance operations, including interest on the subordinated debenture issued by ING Groep N.V. in 1991, which has been fully redeemed on March 15, 2001 and interest on the perpetual subordinated loans issued by ING Groep N.V. in September 2001, July 2002, December 2002 and July 2003.

Other interest expenses includes eliminations of EUR 167 million (2002: EUR 17 million; 2001: EUR 25 million).

3.2.3. Salaries, pension and social security costs

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Insurance operations   Banking operations           Total        
Salaries
    1,904       2,032       2,114       3,132       3,228       3,345       5,036       5,260       5,459  
Pension, healthcare and early-retirement costs
    245       201       123       449       298       323       694       499       446  
Social security costs
    202       232       188       421       453       438       623       685       626  
Other staff costs
    384       299       307       692       808       958       1,076       1,107       1,265  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    2,735       2,764       2,732       4,694       4,787       5,064       7,429       7,551       7,796  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Pension, healthcare and early-retirement costs:

                                                                                                 
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Pension   Healthcare   Other   Total
Current service cost
    405       467       343       23       21       17       6       9       42       434       497       402  
Past service cost
    (7 )     12       10       (6 )                             (1 )             (13 )     11       10  
Interest expenses
    628       599       530       32       31       34       16       32       78       676       662       642  
Expected return on assets
    (645 )     (647 )     (693 )                             (13 )     (14 )     (15 )     (658 )     (661 )     (708 )
Amortization of unrecognised past service costs
    3                                                                       3                  
Amortization of unrecognised net (gains)/losses
    153       23       3               (2 )     (1 )                     3       153       21       5  
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    3       (9 )     (7 )     (1 )     (2 )     (8 )             (128 )             2       (139 )     (15 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Defined benefit post-employment plans
    540       445       186       48       48       42       9       (102 )     108       597       391       336  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Defined contribution plans
                                                                            97       108       110  
 
                                                                           
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
                                                                            694       499       446  
 
                                                                           
 
     
 
     
 
 

Contributions to defined contribution plans are generally determined as a percentage of pay.

The actual return on the plan assets amounted to EUR 849 million (2002: EUR (718) million; 2001: EUR (372) million).

General policy senior-management remuneration

Background

Based on the outcome of a study, started in 2002, conducted by an external consultant on the market competitiveness of ING’s remuneration levels and mix, the Supervisory Board decided to progressively introduce a new remuneration structure for ING’s senior management. The introduction of this new structure was started in 2003. In the 2003 General Meeting of Shareholders it was announced that the new policy would be up for discussion in the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004 and to seek approval for the new long-term incentive plan.

The prime objective of the study was to formulate a new remuneration policy for ING’s senior management allowing the company to recruit and retain qualified and expert managers. The design of the new remuneration should tie in with ING’s strategic objectives and support a performance-driven culture that aligns ING’s objectives with those of its stakeholders. ING intends to continue to reward performance on the basis of previously-determined, measurable and manageable short-term and long-term targets, using clear and understandable performance criteria. The variable part of the remuneration is designed to strengthen the commitment to the company and its objectives.

Remuneration structure

Total compensation throughout ING consists of three basic components:

– Fixed or base salary, the guaranteed annual income component;

– Short-term incentive (STI) in cash, compensates for past performance measured over one year;

– Long-term incentive (LTI) in stock options and/or performance shares, compensates for performance measured over multiple years and is forward-looking.

F-59


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

In addition to the base salary, senior management members enjoyed benefits similar to most other employees of ING Group.

These include benefits like private medical insurance, the use of company cars and, if applicable, expatriate allowances.

ING’s remuneration structure is based on five key principles that will apply across ING. These principles are:

  Total compensation levels will be benchmarked against relevant markets in which ING competes for talent;
 
  ING aims for a total compensation level at the median level in the relevant market, allowing only for above-median compensation in the event of outstanding performance;
 
  The remuneration elements will gradually be rebalanced in order to emphasize the focus on the variable pay components (short-term and long-term incentives), so as to ensure that an increasing portion of senior-management remuneration is directly linked to ING’s short-term and long-term business performance;
 
  To enhance the effectiveness of the short-term incentive plan, clear, measurable and challenging targets will be set at the beginning of the year, allowing for appropriate compensation levels in the event that targeted performance is achieved;
 
  ING will provide long-term incentives to ensure a focus on longer-term strategic targets, to create alignment of management with the interests of shareholders and to retain qualified and expert managers. A broad selection of ING’s top senior managers will participate in the plan to ensure a common focus on ING’s overall performance.

Short-term incentive plan

The short-term incentive is paid in cash. The at target bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of base salary. The target levels are based on benchmarks reflecting external market competitiveness as well as internal objectives. Three financial measures were used in the 2003 short-term incentive plan (STIP) for the senior management to measure performance at Group level. These financial measures are: net operating profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital.

By combining a profit, a cost and a return measure, the overall performance of ING is properly reflected. Each element is weighted equally to determine the final award. The three performance targets are set by the Supervisory Board at the beginning of the performance period. Under the short-term incentive plan, the actual payout in any year may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level.

In addition to the financial targets, part of the short-term incentive award is based on individual performance, assessed on the basis of predefined measurable targets set for each senior executive. These targets depend on the specific responsibilities of the individual and are determined and assessed by the Supervisory Board for the Executive Board. The Executive Board sets the targets for the members of the Executive Committees and Management Council members.

As the table below shows, the emphasis on ING Group results is reduced for each layer below the Executive Board as the direct accountability of these managers for the Group results declines.

Short-term incentive: relative weight of Group and individual performance

         
    Group performance   Individual performance
Executive Board
  70% of total bonus   30% of total bonus
Executive Committees
  30% of total bonus   70% of total bonus
Management Council
  15% of total bonus   85% of total bonus

Long-term incentive plan

In the overall evaluation of the remuneration components, the Supervisory Board analyzed the original long-term incentive plan (LTIP) in 2003. The analysis assessed whether the instrument used (stock

F-60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

options only) supported the ING’s objectives. As a result of this study, the Supervisory Board decided to introduce an additional instrument to the LTIP for the Executive Board, the performance share. Performance shares are granted to ensure alignment of senior management with the interests of shareholders, and to retain top management over a longer period of time. Thus, the LTI awards will be granted with the total nominal value split equally between stock options and performance shares. The Executive Board members are not allowed to sell shares obtained either through the stock-option or the performance-shares plan within a period of five years from the grant date. Participants will only be allowed to exercise options or sell part of the shares at the date of vesting to pay tax over the vested award.

The ING stock options have a total term of ten years and a vesting period of three years. After three years, the options will only vest if the option holder is still employed by ING (or retired). The exercise price of the stock options is equal to the Euronext Amsterdam opening price on the first day after the General Meeting of Shareholders.

Performance shares will be conditionally granted. The number of shares that will ultimately be awarded at the end of a 3-year performance period depends on the ING Group performance. The Supervisory Board decided to use Total Shareholder Return over three years (return in the form of capital gains and reinvested dividends that shareholders receive in that period) relative to the performance of a predefined peer group. The criteria used to determine the performance peer group were: a) considered comparable and relevant by the Supervisory Board, b) representing ING’s current portfolio of businesses (e.g. banking, insurance and asset management) and ING’s geographical spread, c) global players, d) listed and a substantial free float.

On the basis of these criteria the performance peer group was composed as follows:

  Citigroup, Credit Suisse, Fortis, Lloyds TSB (bank/insurance companies);
 
  ABN Amro, Bank of America, BNP Paribas, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, BSCH (banks);
 
  Aegon, AIG, Allianz, AXA, Aviva, Prudential, Hartford Financial Services, Munich Re (insurance companies);
 
  Amvescap PLC (asset manager).

ING’s ranking within this group of companies will determine the final number of shares that will vest at the end of the three-year performance period. The initial number of performance shares is defined as 100%, which number will follow linear increase or decrease on the basis of the position after the three-year performance period as specified in the table:

Number of shares after three-year performance period related to peer group:

         
ING Ranking   Number of shares
1 – 3  
    200 %
4 – 8   
    Between 200% and 100 %
9 – 11  
    100 %
12 – 17
    Between 100% and 0 %
18 – 20
    0 %

The Supervisory Board will review the peer group before each new three-year performance period. The performance test itself will be carried out at the end of every three-year performance period by an independent third party.

As announced in the 2003 General Meeting of Shareholders, the Supervisory Board will table this plan as described above for approval at the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004.

Compensation level Executive Board

As part of the study on the future remuneration, a comparative assessment on compensation levels and mix of fixed and variable components had to be made. Therefore, in 2002 a compensation peer group was composed. This peer group is a mix of European financial-services companies and Dutch-

F-61


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

based multinationals. The peer group reflects ING’s business structure and environment. ING competes with these companies for executive talent. The following companies were part of this compensation peer group: ABN Amro, Aegon, Ahold, AXA, BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse, Fortis, KPN, Royal Bank of Scotland, Société Générale.

The report identified a significant compensation gap at total direct compensation level, between ING’s Executive Board and its peer group counterparts. Key recommendations from the report included that in order to close the gap, in particular the variable (performance-driven) pay component should be increased.

In line with ING’s overall remuneration policy, the Supervisory Board decided to introduce a gradual convergence of Executive Board salaries to the European/Dutch median benchmark over a three-year period, starting in 2003. This will be achieved by raising the target bonus levels of both the short-term and long-term incentives. This ensures that future payout will more directly reflect performance. As a result, the mix between base salary, short-term and long-term incentives is assumed to change such that over time the total remuneration will be divided equally between each component (i.e. 1/3rd base salary, 1/3rd short-term incentives, and 1/3rd long-term incentives) in case of at-target performance.

Pensions Executive Board members

The pensions of the Dutch members of the Executive Board are based on defined benefit plans, which are insured through a contract with Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V. The Employment Contract will terminate by operation of law in case of retirement (“Standard Retirement”), which in general will take place on June 1 of the year that the incumbent has reached or will reach the age of 60. By mutual agreement the retirement date can be extended to the end of the month in which Executive Board members reach the age of 61 or 62. Prospective pensions amount to a maximum of 60% of base salaries. According to existing employment contracts, the pension rights of the members of the Executive Board are free of premium. The non-Dutch members of the Executive Board have a pension plan related to their home base.

Employment contract for newly appointed board members

The contract of employment for new Executive Board members states that these Executive Board members are appointed for a period of four years (the appointment period) and that they can then be re-appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

For newly appointed Executive Board members the amount they would be entitled to in case of an involuntary exit has been set at a multiple of their new Executive Board member base salary, such that their existing rights are preserved. For the three Executive Board members that are nominated for appointment in the 2004 General Meeting of Shareholders these rights slightly exceed the exit arrangement as prescribed by the Tabaksblat Code, i.e. no more than two times base salary (first appointment period) or one time base salary (all other situations). For the existing Executive Board members the exit clause has been set at three years base salary.

The term of notice for new and existing Executive Board members is three months for the employee and six months for the employer.

Remuneration Executive Board 2003

Base salary Executive Board 2003

Until recently, the base salaries of the Executive Board were reviewed every two years through a comparison with peer companies. Following the 2001 review, it was decided not to change the salary levels. As a result, the Executive Board retained the base-salary levels set in 1999. Based on the aforementioned study, the Supervisory Board decided to increase the base-salary levels for the Executive Board members by 7.5% with effect from January 1, 2003, also taking into account that the Collective Labour Agreement (CAO) for all Dutch employees resulted in an increase of base salary by approximately 15% over the period 1999-2003.

F-62


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Short-term incentive Executive Board 2003

As in 2002, the target STI plan payout over 2003 was set at 30% of the individual Executive Board member’s base salary. The final award is based for 70% on the achievement of the three Group financial targets mentioned above and for 30% on individual objectives set at the beginning of the year by the Supervisory Board.

Early in 2004, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviewed the actual results of ING against the 2003 targets set at the beginning of that year. Over 2003, ING significantly exceeded the three targets set, resulting in a payout of 175% of target. The difference between actual STI payout over 2003 and actual STI payout over 2002 is largely influenced by the fact that in 2002 Group Performance did not meet the targets set, so that over 2002 no short-term performance-related bonuses were paid (contrary to 2003).

The individual targets for the Executive Board members were agreed with the chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and approved by the Supervisory Board. Individual performance has been assessed by the chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee for the final award. The outcome below is based on a payout related to the individual performance element that equals that of the Group financial element (175% of target). Hence, STI payout over 2003 equals 1.75 x 30% = 52.5% of base salary.

Long-term incentive Executive Board 2003

Under the proposed new long-term incentive plan (LTIP) for the Executive Board, two instruments are used: stock options and performance shares. As mentioned earlier, an identical plan has been adopted by the Executive Board for the top senior managers across ING. As a result, more than 7,000 senior managers will participate in a similar plan.

Subject to the shareholders’ approval, the Supervisory Board has provisionally determined the LTI award to be granted to the Executive Board members. For 2003, the Supervisory Board set the target LTI award at 30,000 stock options and 10,000 performance shares (based on a ratio of 3 options to 1 performance share). The actual number of stock options and provisional performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board members will be based on the performance over the financial criteria used to determine the short-term incentive award (i.e. Group profit, expenses and return on economic capital). The payout was set to vary between 50% of target (if STI payout would be equal to 0%) and 150% of target (if STI payout would be 200%).

F-63


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Based on Group STI performance outcome over 2003 of 175%, the resulting provisional LTI award would be 137.5% of target, being 41,250 options and 13,750 performance shares (compared with the target level of 30,000 options and 10,000 performance shares). The option grant is fixed and linked to the 2003 performance. The exercise price of the options will be fixed at the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Market opening price of the ING Group share on April 28, 2004. The performance shares are granted provisionally; the final number will depend on the ranking within the performance peer group after the first three-year period on the basis of 13,750 shares equals 100%.

Compensation in cash of the individual members and former members of the Executive Board:

                         
    amounts in thousands of euros
    2003   2002   2001
Ewald Kist
                       
Base Salary
    761       708       708  
Short-term Performance-related Bonus
    400       0       94  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Cash Compensation
    1,161       708       802  
Michel Tilmant
                       
Base Salary
    1,172       1,090       1,090  
Short-term Performance-related Bonus
    366       0       177  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Cash Compensation
    1,538       1,090       1,267  
Fred Hubbell (1)
                       
Base Salary
    1,232       1,374       1,453  
Short-term Performance-related Bonus
    647       0       192  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Cash Compensation
    1,879       1,374       1,645  
Cees Maas
                       
Base Salary
    634       590       590  
Short-term Performance-related Bonus
    333       0       78  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Cash Compensation
    967       590       668  
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
                       
Base Salary
    634       590       590  
Short-term Performance-related Bonus
    333       0       78  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Cash Compensation
    967       590       668  
Hessel Lindenbergh (2)
                       
Base Salary
    317       590       590  
Short-term Performance-related Bonus(pro rata)
    166       0       78  
Retirement Benefit
    102                  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Cash Compensation
    585       590       668  

(1)   Fred Hubbell gets his compensation in US dollars. For each year the compensation in US dollars has been translated to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
 
(2)   Mr. Lindenbergh retired from the company as of July 1, 2003. Pursuant to the terms of his retirement, he received a retirement benefit. Salary reflects payments made up to retirement.

F-64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Long-term incentives of the individual members and former members of the Executive Board:

                         
    amounts in thousands of euros
    2003   2002   2001
Each individual (1)
                       
Number of options (2)
    41,250       35,000       35,000  
Number of shares (2)
    13,750       7,000       0  
Fair Market Value of Long-term incentive (3)
    481       238       238  

(1)   Refers to Ewald Kist, Michel Tilmant, Fred Hubbell, Cees Maas, Alexander Rinnooy Kan and Hessel Lindenbergh. The fair market value of the long-term incentive for Michel Tilmant is 237 for 2001 due to a different stock-option exercise price. Since Hessel Lindenbergh retired as of July 1, 2003, he did not qualify for the 2003 long-term incentive.
 
(2)   Options are granted in the year following the reporting year.

In 2003, in relation to 2002 performance, each Executive Board member was granted 7,000 conditional shares, the condition being an employment contract.
 
    The vesting period for the conditional shares is two years. The total expense relating to the conditional share awards (EUR 604,000) is to be recognized pro rata over the vesting period. Accordingly, an amount of EUR 189,000 was recognized in 2003.
 
    For performance over 2003, the company has proposed a new long-term incentive plan, pursuant to which the Executive Board members may be granted in 2004 a combination of share options (41,250) and provisional performance shares (13,750). The vesting period for the performance shares is 3 years.
 
    The costs of the performance shares (intrinsic value at the grant date) are expensed pro rata over the vesting period, starting in 2004.
 
(3)   Fair Market Value of Long-term Incentive reflects the fair market value of the long-term incentive award using the Black and Scholes methodology (assuming a share price of EUR 20 for 2003), granted to the board for performance over the year specified.

Pension costs of the individual members and former members of the Executive Board (1):

                         
    amounts in thousands of euros
    2003   2002   2001
Ewald Kist
    364       350       349  
Michel Tilmant
    304       293       262  
Fred Hubbell (2)
    273       314       464  
Cees Maas
    361       336       333  
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
    327       289       291  
Hessel Lindenbergh
    222       330       327  

(1)   For reasons of comparison, the company pension expenses are recalculated under IAS 19 with general assumption setting for 2001 to 2003.

(2)   Fred Hubbell’s pension costs have been translated from US dollars to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.

F-65


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Loans

The table below presents the loans provided to the Executive Board members. These loans are in the normal course of business and on terms applicable to the personnel as a whole and approved by the Supervisory Board.

Loans and advances to the members of the Executive Board:

                                                                         
                                            Amounts in thousands of euros
    Amount                   Amount                   Amount        
    out-                   out-                   out-        
    standing   Average   2003   standing   Average   2002   standing   Average   2001
    decem-   interest   Repay-   decem-   interest   Repay-   decem-   interest   Repay-
    ber 31   rate   ments   ber 31   rate   ments   ber 31   rate   ments
Ewald Kist
    862       5.0 %             862       5.6 %             862       5.6 %        
Cees Maas
    446       4.0 %     15       461       5.6 %     17       478       5.6 %     16  
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
    889       3.4 %             889       3.5 %             889       3.8 %        
 
   
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
 
 
    2,197       4.1 %     15       2,212       4.8 %     17       2,229       4.9 %     16  
 
   
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
 

No loans and advances have been granted to other members of the Executive Board.

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Information on the options outstanding and the movements during the financial year of options granted to the members of the Executive Board as at December 31, 2003:

                                                 
                    Number of options        
    Out-                   Out-        
    standing                   standing   Amounts    
    as at           Waived   as at   in euros    
    December 31,   Granted   or Expired   December 31,   Exercise    
    2002   in 2003   in 2003 (1)   2003   price   Expiry date
Ewald Kist
    50,000               50,000               31.85     May 26, 2003
 
    50,000                       50,000       25.87     May 28, 2004
 
    50,000                       50,000       28.68     Apr 3, 2005
 
    50,000                       50,000       35.26     Mar 15, 2006
 
    35,000                       35,000       29.39     Mar 11, 2012
 
            35,000               35,000       12.65     Mar 3, 2013
Michel Tilmant
    50,000                       50,000       26.10     May 28, 2004
 
    20,000                       20,000       28.30     Apr 3, 2005
 
    30,000               15,000       15,000       28.68     Apr 3, 2005
 
    30,000                       30,000       35.26     Mar 15, 2006
 
    20,000                       20,000       35.80     Mar 15, 2006
 
    21,000                       21,000       29.39     Mar 11, 2012
 
    14,000                       14,000       29.50     Mar 11, 2012
 
            35,000               35,000       12.65     Mar 3, 2013
Fred Hubbell
    50,800               50,800               31.85     May 26, 2003
 
    40,000                       40,000       25.87     May 28, 2004
 
    50,000                       50,000       28.68     Apr 3, 2005
 
    50,000                       50,000       35.26     Mar 15, 2006
 
    35,000                       35,000       29.39     Mar 11, 2012
 
            35,000               35,000       12.65     Mar 3, 2013
Cees Maas
    50,000               50,000               31.85     May 26, 2003
 
    50,000                       50,000       25.87     May 28, 2004
 
    50,000                       50,000       28.68     Apr 3, 2005
 
    50,000                       50,000       35.26     Mar 15, 2006
 
    35,000                       35,000       29.39     Mar 11, 2012
 
            35,000               35,000       12.65     Mar 3, 2013
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
    50,000               50,000               31.85     May 26, 2003
 
    50,000                       50,000       25.87     May 28, 2004
 
    50,000               38,000       12,000       28.68     Apr 3, 2005
 
    50,000                       50,000       35.26     Mar 15, 2006
 
    35,000                       35,000       29.39     Mar 11, 2012
 
            35,000               35,000       12.65     Mar 3, 2013

(1) Waived at vesting date or expired at expiry date

ING Group shares held by members of the Executive Board

As at December 31, 2003, Fred Hubbell (including direct family) held 1,104,100 ING Group shares (2002 and 2001: 1,053,000) of which 405,455 (2002 and 2001: 405,000) are held in a trust. Other members of the Executive Board (including direct family) did not hold ING Group shares.

Remuneration structure Executive Board 2004

Policy for 2004

With regard to the remuneration policy for 2004, the Supervisory Board plans to further build on the new remuneration policy initiated in 2003, further emphasizing the movement toward a more

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

performance-oriented culture. The intention is to continue the gradual convergence to the European/Dutch benchmark through a gradual increase in the short and long-term incentive target levels (as a percentage of base salary).

Base salary Executive Board 2004

The base salary of the Executive Board members will be frozen for 2004, in the light of the Dutch ‘Sociaal Akkoord’.

Short-term incentive Executive Board 2004

Continuing with the intended focus on variable, performance-related remuneration, the Supervisory Board has decided to increase the target short-term incentive to 50% of base salary. The actual payout may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level (e.g. between 0% and 100% of base salary).

The mix for the 2004 short-term incentive award will remain the same as in 2003: 70% will be determined by pre-defined ING Group financial performance measures and 30% will be based on individual performance objectives set for each Executive Board member and agreed by the Supervisory Board.

The Supervisory Board believes that for 2004, the Executive Board’s short-term incentive award for the Group performance should again be measured using the same three financial criteria as in 2003: net operating profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital, equally weighted. The targets set are challenging.

Long-term incentive Executive Board 2004

The Supervisory Board proposes to set the nominal LTI target value at 50% of base salary (same target percentage as the STI). The range may vary between 50% and 150% of the target level (e.g. between 25% and 75% of base salary). The structure for the 2004 long-term incentive award will remain the same as the proposed 2003 structure (50% of the total LTI value in stock options and 50% in performance shares).

As was the case in 2003, the total LTI value in stock options and provisional performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board will be determined by the Supervisory Board at the end of 2004, based on the achievement of the three pre-defined financial objectives set out in the 2004 short-term incentive plan.

Remuneration Supervisory Board

In 2003, the remuneration of the members and former members of the Supervisory Board amounted to EUR 0.5 million (2002 and 2001: EUR 0.6 million). The remuneration of the chairman amounted to EUR 68,100; other members received a remuneration of EUR 38,600. Members of a Supervisory Board Committee, not being chairman of the Supervisory Board, received a remuneration of EUR 1,360 for that membership as well as an expense allowance of EUR 450 per attended meeting.

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Remuneration of the members and former members of the Supervisory Board:

                         
    Amounts in thousands of euros
    2003   2002   2001
Members of the Supervisory Board
                       
Cor Herkströter
    68       68       68  
Luella Gross Goldberg
    40       39       29  
Paul van der Heijden
    44       40       40  
Claus Dieter Hoffmann (1)
    32                  
Aad Jacobs
    43       41       40  
Wim Kok (1)
    29                  
Godfried van der Lugt
    39       39       29  
Paul Baron de Meester (2)
    52       48       48  
Jan Timmer
    46       40       40  
Karel Vuursteen
    39       29          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    432       344       294  
Former Members of the Supervisory Board
                       
Mijndert Ververs
    23       68       68  
Lutgart van den Berghe
    14       41       40  
Jan Berghuis
            55       40  
Jan Kamminga
            51       39  
Johan Stekelenburg
    39       39       39  
Hans Tietmeyer
    13       39       39  
Ger Verhagen
                    23  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    521       637       582  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Member as of April 15, 2003.

(2)   Including a compensation to match his former remuneration as a member of the BBL Supervisory Board.

As at December 31, 2003, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.8 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerns a loan to Aad Jacobs EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7% and a loan to Paul Baron de Meester EUR 0.2 million at an average rate of 4.8%. No loans and advances were outstanding to other members of the Supervisory Board.

As at December 31, 2002, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerns a loan to Aad Jacobs. No loans and advances were outstanding to other members of the Supervisory Board.

As at December 31, 2003 two members of the Supervisory Board held option rights that were granted in earlier years when they were members of the Executive Board, specified in the table on the next page.

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Information on the options outstanding and the movements during the financial year of options rights held by members of the Supervisory Board as at December 31, 2003:

                                         
            Number of options        
    Outstanding           Outstanding        
    as at           as at   Amounts in euros    
    December   Expired   December   Exercise    
    31, 2002   in 2003   31, 2003   price   Expiry date
Aad Jacobs
    50,000       50,000               31.85     May 26, 2003
 
    20,840               20,840       25.87     May 28, 2004
Godfried van der Lugt
    50,000       50,000               31.85     May 26, 2003
 
    50,000               50,000       25.87     May 28, 2004
 
    50,000       25,000       25,000       28.68     Apr 3, 2005

ING Group shares held by members of the Supervisory Board (1):

                         
            Number of shares
    2003   2002   2001
Cor Herkströter
    1,616       1,616       1,616  
Luella Gross Goldberg
    6,369       6,000       6,000  
Paul van der Heijden
    1,716       1,716          
Aad Jacobs
                    1,890  
Paul Baron de Meester
    5,276       4,970       4,970  
Karel Vuursteen
    1,510       1,510          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    16,487       15,812       14,476  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   ING Group shares of direct family included; members of the Supervisory Board (including direct family) not mentioned in this table did not hold ING Group shares.

Stock option plan

ING Group has granted option rights on ING Group shares to a number of senior executives (members of the Executive Board and the Executive Committees, general managers and other officers nominated by the Executive Board), to all ING Group staff in the Netherlands and to a considerable number of employees outside the Netherlands. The purpose of the option scheme, apart from promoting a lasting growth of ING Group, is to attract, retain and motivate senior executives and staff.

ING Group purchases direct or indirect its own shares at the time options are granted in order to fulfil the obligations with regard to the existing stock option plan and to hedge the position risk of the options concerned. The purpose of this policy is to avoid an increase in the number of ING Group shares, causing a dilution of the net profit per share. As at December 31, 2003, 28,068,191 own shares were held in connection to the option plan (2002: 28,437,105). As a result the granted option rights were hedged, taking into account the following parameters: strike price, opening price, zero coupon interest rate, dividend yield, expected volatility and employee behaviour.

The option rights are valid for a period of five or ten years. Option rights, that are not exercised within this period, lapse. Each year, the ING Group Executive Board will take a decision as to whether the option scheme is to be continued and, if so, to what extent. Option rights granted will remain valid until expiry date, even if the option scheme is discontinued. The option rights are subject to certain conditions, including a certain continuous period of service. The exercise prices of the options are the same as the quoted prices of ING Group shares at the date on which the options are granted.

F-70


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Number of options outstanding and exercisable, analyzed in accordance with year of issue and exercise price:

                                 
            Options   Options    
            outstanding   outstanding    
    Original   as at   as at   Exercise
    number   January 1,   December 31,   price in
Financial year   of options   2003   2003   euros
1998
    101,400       65,900               18.15  
 
    57,000                       19.67  
 
    51,200       29,200               25.41  
 
    5,409,500       1,880,428               26.82  
 
    481,000       240,300               30.29  
 
    14,740,830       8,720,700               31.85  
1999
    4,962,540       3,028,714       2,876,032       25.25  
 
    48,000       44,000       38,594       25.50  
 
    576,626       252,244       246,650       25.67  
 
    8,733,946       7,560,556       7,324,196       25.87  
 
    1,412,200       1,335,700       1,290,700       26.10  
 
    201,500       169,800       28,900       26.62  
 
    1,408,438       832,200       780,592       26.92  
2000
    1,528,300       1,506,300       1,446,300       28.30  
 
    17,853,130       15,250,068       7,282,326       28.68  
 
    210,800       194,104       64,204       30.16  
 
    1,872,376       1,698,178       1,431,118       35.26  
 
    477,900       445,300       109,000       37.55  
 
    865,580       712,100       678,500       37.74  
2001
    4,000       4,000               28.50  
 
    341,203       341,203       324,720       28.60  
 
    621,312       600,362       570,722       33.26  
 
    900       900       900       33.33  
 
    19,631,082       18,253,388       17,356,296       35.26  
 
    1,555,720       1,553,720       1,491,080       35.80  
 
    561,844       522,544       479,584       36.95  
2002
    69,800       69,800       67,300       19.25  
 
    125,479       125,479       116,407       23.12  
 
    187,240       185,240       170,490       28.55  
 
    88,750       88,750       88,750       28.60  
 
    19,533,286       19,230,256       18,404,173       29.39  
 
    1,057,650       1,056,050       1,025,750       29.50  
2003
    1,167,350               1,152,050       12.55  
 
    17,694,743               17,294,720       12.65  
 
    901,213               855,783       14.24  
 
    480               480       14.54  
 
    90,291               90,291       18.32  
 
    103,025               100,525       18.38  
 
    500               500       18.63  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
         
 
    124,728,134       85,997,484       83,187,633          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
         

F-71


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Movements in the option rights:

                                                 
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
                                    Weighted average
            Options outstanding           exercise price
Executive Board
                                               
Opening balance
    1,350,800       1,474,800       1,399,680       30.26       27.54       23.34  
Granted
    210,000       210,000       300,000       12.64       29.40       35.30  
Exercised
            334,000       224,880               17.72       11.75  
Expired
    303,800                       31.30                  
Transferred to Employees (1)
    220,000                                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
                         
Closing balance
    1,037,000       1,350,800       1,474,800       27.05       30.26       27.54  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
                         
Employees
                                               
Opening balance
    84,620,784       69,571,115       54,944,160       30.53       30.45       28.02  
Granted
    19,773,502       20,826,405       22,415,961       12.79       29.32       35.18  
Exercised
    95,935       3,028,910       3,687,126       12.69       20.44       25.30  
Expired
    22,367,718       2,747,826       4,101,880       29.93       30.51       28.38  
Transferred from the Executive Board (1)
    220,000                                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
                         
Closing balance
    82,150,633       84,620,784       69,571,115       26.43       30.53       30.45  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
                         

(1)   The options of former members of the Executive Board are included in the movements in option rights of employees.

The weighted average fair value of options granted in 2003 was EUR 3.64 (2002: EUR 6.78; 2001: EUR 8.71).

Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable as at December 31, 2003:

                                         
    Options   Weighted           Options    
    outstanding   average           exercisable   Weighted
Range of   as at   remaining   Weighted   as at   average
exercise price   December 31,   contractual   average   December 31,   exercise
in euros   2003   life   exercise price   2003   price
  0.00 – 15.00
    19,303,033       9.13       12.71       127,100       12.69  
15.00 – 20.00
    258,616       9.53       18.59       12,776       19.25  
20.00 – 25.00
    116,407       8.65       23.12       27,049       23.12  
25.00 – 30.00
    41,328,173       5.74       28.13       19,823,207       26.93  
30.00 – 35.00
    635,826       4.47       32.95       158,152       32.91  
35.00 – 40.00
    21,545,578       4.79       35.42       5,443,628       35.53  

Options in the money and options out of the money:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
In the money
    19,493,849               21,146,021  
Out of the money
    63,693,784       85,971,584       49,899,894  

F-72


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The options granted do not cause costs for ING Group except administrative costs for the stock option plan and funding costs resulting from the purchase of own shares. Due to timing differences in granting option rights and buying shares to hedge them, results can occur if shares are purchased at a different price than the exercise price of the options. These results are recognized in Shareholders’ equity. However, ING Group does not intentionally create a position and occurring positions are closed as soon as possible. If option rights expire, the results on the (sale of) shares which were bought to hedge these option rights are either debited or credited to Shareholders’ equity.

Pro forma result if stock options would have been recognized in the profit and loss account (1):

                                                 
            2003           2002           2001
    As   Pro   As   Pro   As   Pro
    reported   forma   reported   forma   reported   forma
Net profit (in millions of euros)
    4,043       3,974       4,500       4,386       4,577       4,427  
Basic profit per share (in euros)
    2.00       1.97       2.32       2.27       2.37       2.30  
Diluted profit per share (in euros)
    2.00       1.97       2.32       2.27       2.35       2.29  

(1)   The amounts in the pro forma columns reflect the figures if the fair value of the stock options at the time they were granted would have been recognized in the profit and loss account.

The fair values have been determined by using an option-pricing model. This model takes the risk free interest rate into account, as well as the expected life of the options granted, the expected volatility of the certificates of ING Group shares and the expected dividends.

3.2.4 Additions to the provision for investment losses

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Fixed interest securities
    163       663       156  
Participating interests
            1       1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    163       664       157  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

As from 2003, Additions to the provision for investment losses from the insurance operations are reported on a separate line within Total expenditure. Previously these additions were reported as an element of Income from investments of the insurance operations and Other expenses. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

3.2.5. Other expenses

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Insurance operations   Banking operations                   Total
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
    119       141       136       340       361       392       459       502       528  
Computer costs
    214       217       298       699       584       538       913       801       836  
Office equipment and accommodation
    671       727       644       675       727       787       1,346       1,454       1,431  
Travel and accommodation expenses
    96       115       133       110       130       165       206       245       298  
Advertising and public relations
    152       167       193       418       324       299       570       491       492  
External advisory fees
    345       369       193       233       289       342       578       658       535  
Investment expenses
    35       116       130                               35       116       130  
Other
    530       587       1,124       1,015       1,096       599       1,545       1,683       1,723  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    2,162       2,439       2,851       3,490       3,511       3,122       5,652       5,950       5,973  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-73


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

As from 2003 all office related expenses (including accommodation costs) are reported on one line. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

Computer costs includes accelerated depreciation and impairment charges related to capitalized software of EUR 118 million.

As from 2003, claims handling expenses are counted for as part of the Other expenses. Until 2002, these expenses were counted for as part of the Underwriting expenditure. This new classification better represents the nature of the claims handling expenses. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

3.3. Taxation

Taxation by type:

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001
    Nether-   Inter-           Nether-   Inter-           Nether-   Inter-    
    lands   national   Total   lands   national   Total   lands   national   Total
Current taxation
    280       836       1,116       436       262       698       792       143       935  
Deferred taxation
    304       70       374       50       341       391       (82 )     312       230  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    584       906       1,490       486       603       1,089       710       455       1,165  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to ING Group’s effective income tax rate:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Profit before tax
    5,877       5,921       6,066  
Statutory tax rate
    34.5 %     34.5 %     35.0 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Statutory tax amount
    2,028       2,043       2,123  
Participating interests exemption
    (305 )     (905 )     (588 )
Differences caused by different foreign tax rates
    (51 )     (99 )     (85 )
Other
    (182 )     50       (285 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Effective tax amount
    1,490       1,089       1,165  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Effective tax rate
    25.4 %     18.4 %     19.2 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

3.4. Net profit per share

Basic net profit per ordinary share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue. The following has been taken into consideration in calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue:

-   own shares held by group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue;
 
-   the computation is based on daily averages;
 
-   in calculating the increase in the weighted average number of shares resulting from interim and final stock dividends, the day on which the dividend is payable is taken into consideration;
 
-   in case of exercised warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.

Diluted profit per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at year-end were exercised at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the cash thus received for stock options and warrants exercised to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise of warrants and stock options is added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of diluted net profit per share.

F-74


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

     Net profit per share:

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
                            Weighted average    
                            number of ordinary    
                            shares outstanding    
    Net profit   during the period   Net profit per share
    (in millions of euros)   (in millions)   (in euros)
Net profit
    4,043       4,500       4,577                                                  
Dividend on preference shares
    (21 )     (21 )     (21 )                                                



Basic profit
    4,022       4,479       4,556       2,014       1,928.0       1,923.1       2.00       2.32       2.37  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                                                                       
Warrants
                                            9.8                          
Stock option plan
                                            9.6                          
 
                                           
 
                         
 
                                            19.4                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
                         
Diluted profit
    4,022       4,479       4,556       2,014       1,928.0       1,942.5       2.00       2.32       2.35  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
                         

3.5. Dividend per ordinary share

                 
            Total
            amount
            of dividend
    Per ordinary   paid
    share   (in millions
    (in euros)   of euros)
2003 (1)
    0.97       2,024  
2002
    0.97       1,930  
2001
    0.97       1,914  

(1)   The Executive Board, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, has proposed, subject to the ratification by the General Meeting of Shareholders, a dividend of EUR 0.97 per share for the year 2003. Following the decision of the General Meeting of Shareholders with regard to the profit appropriation, the final dividend will become payable from June 4, 2004.

Shareholders, at the discretion of the Executive Board, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, may be given the option to receive dividends in the form of cash or stock. The basic principle will be that the value of the dividend in cash will range between 0% and 4% under the stockdividend.

F-75


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

3.6. Additional information relating to the consolidated profit and loss account of ING Group

3.6.1. Result from investments in shares and convertible debentures and land and buildings

                                                 
            Realized                        
            and   Operating                    
    Direct   unrealized   and                   Investment
    investment   revaluations   management   Before   After   result
    income   and exchange   expenses(1)   taxation   taxation   in %(2)
Shares and convertible debentures
                                               
2003
    507       73       (3 )     577       480       4.4  
2002
    646       (4,404 )     (12 )     (3,770 )     (2,341 )     (12.9 )
2001
    707       (3,351 )     (14 )     (2,658 )     (2,241 )     (9.9 )
2000
    717       480       (27 )     1,170       960       3.8  
1999
    698       2,973       (1 )     3,670       3,194       12.9  
1998
    500       3,918       (2 )     4,416       4,305       23.4  
1997
    436       4,405       (1 )     4,840       4,467       35.6  
1996
    406       3,277       (3 )     3,680       3,418       38.5  
Average
    577       921       (8 )     1,490       1,530       8.6  
Land and buildings
                                               
2003
    736       142       (230 )     648       435       4.3  
2002
    820       (19 )     (181 )     620       401       3.3  
2001
    770       453       (146 )     1,077       718       7.2  
2000
    782       1,007       (160 )     1,629       1,075       12.2  
1999
    623       314       (107 )     830       545       7.7  
1998
    579       98       (141 )     536       355       6.1  
1997
    520       114       (128 )     506       335       6.4  
1996
    451       74       (106 )     419       289       6.2  
Average
    660       273       (150 )     783       519       6.5  
Total
                                               
2003
    1,243       215       (233 )     1,225       915       4.3  
2002
    1,466       (4,423 )     (193 )     (3,150 )     (1,940 )     (6.4 )
2001
    1,477       (2,898 )     (160 )     (1,581 )     (1,523 )     (4.7 )
2000
    1,499       1,487       (187 )     2,799       2,035       6.0  
1999
    1,321       3,287       (108 )     4,500       3,739       11.7  
1998
    1,079       4,016       (143 )     4,952       4,660       19.2  
1997
    956       4,519       (129 )     5,346       4,802       27.0  
1996
    857       3,351       (109 )     4,099       3,707       27.4  
Average
    1,237       1,194       (158 )     2,273       2,049       8.0  

(1)   In the profit and loss account, operating costs relating to investments in land and buildings are netted off against the income from these investments.
 
(2)   Investment result after tax as a percentage of the average amount invested.

The result from investments in shares and convertible debentures and land and buildings (excluding investments for risk of policyholders) includes all the income and expenses associated with this category of investments except financing charges. In the annual accounts these income and expenses are partly included in the profit and loss account (dividends, interest, rental income, realized revaluations and exchange differences, operating and management expenses) and partly reflected directly as changes in Shareholders’ equity (unrealized revaluations and exchange differences). Taxation is allocated on the basis of the standard rate, making allowance for tax exemptions.

F-76


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

3.6.2. Segment reporting

ING Group evaluates the results of its segments using financial performance measures called operating profit before tax and operating (net) profit. Operating (net) profit is defined as (net) profit excluding:

-   capital gains and losses on equity securities,
 
-   the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities, and
 
-   realized gains on divestments that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds to finance acquisitions.

While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of operating results enhances the understanding and comparability of its performance by highlighting net income attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the businesses. Trends in the underlying profitability of ING Group’s businesses can be more clearly identified without the fluctuating effects of realized capital gains and losses on equity securities and the impact of the negative revaluation reserve on equity securities. These results are largely dependent on market cycles and can vary across periods. The timing of sales that would result in gains or losses is largely at the discretion of the company. The realized gains on divestments that are made with the purpose of using the proceeds related to the divestments to finance acquisitions are excluded because the timing of these gains is largely subject to the company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING Group does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Operating profit before tax and operating net profit are not a substitute for profit before tax and net profit. ING Group’s definition of operating profit before tax and operating net profit may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time.

Reconciliation of net profit to operating net profit:

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Insurance operations   Banking operations   Total
Net profit
    2,498       3,605       3,135       1,545       895       1,442       4,043       4,500       4,577  
Taxation
    891       756       688       599       333       477       1,490       1,089       1,165  
Third parties
    117       92       73       227       240       251       344       332       324  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before tax
    3,506       4,453       3,896       2,371       1,468       2,170       5,877       5,921       6,066  
Realized capital gains (losses)
    20       1,003       779                               20       1,003       779  
Gain on divestments to finance acquisitions
            280       325                                       280       325  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit before tax
    3,486       3,170       2,792       2,371       1,468       2,170       5,857       4,638       4,962  
Taxation
    861       540       622       599       333       477       1,460       873       1,099  
Third parties
    117       92       73       227       240       251       344       332       324  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit
    2,508       2,538       2,097       1,545       895       1,442       4,053       3,433       3,539  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-77


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

     Operating results by insurance operations and banking operations:

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Insurance operations   Banking operations   Total (1)
Premium income
    45,519       52,284       50,460                               45,519       52,284       50,460  
Income from investments of the insurance operations
    9,721       10,506       9,723                               9,503       10,433       9,649  
Interest result from the banking operations
                            8,115       7,646       6,072       8,166       7,702       6,121  
Commission
    1,313       1,345       1,431       2,464       2,615       2,765       3,777       3,960       4,196  
Other income
    1,007       782       850       1,101       940       2,274       2,108       1,722       3,124  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total income
    57,560       64,917       62,464       11,680       11,201       11,111       69,073       76,101       73,550  
Underwriting expenditure
    47,723       54,575       52,642                               47,723       54,575       52,642  
Other interest expenses
    1,291       1,305       1,290                       5       1,124       1,288       1,270  
Salaries, pension and social security costs
    2,735       2,764       2,732       4,694       4,787       5,064       7,429       7,551       7,796  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
                            1,125       1,435       750       1,125       1,435       750  
Additions to the provision for investment losses
    163       664       157                               163       664       157  
Other expenses
    2,162       2,439       2,851       3,490       3,511       3,122       5,652       5,950       5,973  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total expenditure
    54,074       61,747       59,672       9,309       9,733       8,941       63,216       71,463       68,588  
Operating profit before tax
    3,486       3,170       2,792       2,371       1,468       2,170       5,857       4,638       4,962  
Taxation
    861       540       622       599       333       477       1,460       873       1,099  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit after tax
    2,625       2,630       2,170       1,772       1,135       1,693       4,397       3,765       3,863  
Third-party interests
    117       92       73       227       240       251       344       332       324  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit for the period
    2,508       2,538       2,097       1,545       895       1,442       4,053       3,433       3,539  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   The column Total includes eliminations with regard to Income from investments of the insurance operations of EUR 218 million (2002: EUR 73 million; 2001: EUR 74 million), Interest result from the banking operations of EUR (51) million (2002: EUR (56) million; 2001: EUR (49) million) and Other interest expenses of EUR 167 million (2002: EUR 17 million; 2001: EUR 25 million).

F-78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

3.6.3. Segmented operating net profit of the insurance operations

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Operating result from life underwriting
                       
Premiums for own account:
                       
– gross premiums
    38,231       44,367       44,557  
– outward reinsurance premiums
    1,102       1,093       1,400  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    37,129       43,274       43,157  
Allocated income and expenses
    8,285       8,289       8,330  
Other underwriting income for own account
    94       223       155  
Benefits for own account :
                       
– gross
    24,294       29,322       27,443  
– reinsurers’ share
    1,011       995       2,153  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    23,283       28,327       25,290  
Changes in other insurance provisions for own account:
                       
Provision for life policy liabilities :
                       
– gross
    14,847       16,169       19,337  
– reinsurers’ share
    (351 )     251       834  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    15,198       15,918       18,503  
Profit sharing and rebates
    755       559       720  
Acquisition costs and other underwriting expenditure
    1,327       1,762       1,684  
Operating expenses
    2,459       2,601       3,159  
Other insurance expenses for own account
    8       16       1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    2,478       2,603       2,285  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating result from non-life underwriting
                       
Premiums written for own account :
                       
– gross premiums
    7,288       7,917       5,903  
– outward reinsurance premiums
    930       1,275       614  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    6,358       6,642       5,289  
Changes in provision for unearned premiums and unexpired non-life underwriting risks :
                       
– gross
    (209 )     (420 )     28  
– reinsurers’ share
    21       (75 )     34  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    (230 )     (345 )     (6 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Premiums earned for own account
    6,128       6,297       5,283  
Allocated income and expenses
    920       732       649  
Other underwriting income for own account
    9       62       13  
Claims for own account:
                       
– gross
    4,196       4,376       3,902  
– reinsurers’ share
    458       611       411  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    3,738       3,765       3,491  
Changes in the claims provision :
                       
– gross
    76       665       529  
– reinsurers’ share
    (131 )     40       303  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    207       625       226  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    3,945       4,390       3,717  
Acquisition costs and other underwriting expenditure
    945       890       735  
Operating expenses
    849       911       808  
Other insurance expenses for own account
    310       333       178  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    1,008       567       507  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-79


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Total operating result from insurance operations
                       
Operating result from life underwriting
    2,478       2,603       2,285  
Operating result from non-life underwriting
    1,008       567       507  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Technical operating result
    3,486       3,170       2,792  
Income from investments
    9,721       10,506       9,723  
Investment expenses
    2,557       2,629       2,657  
Additions to the provision for investment losses
    163       664       157  
Other income
    2,218       1,842       2,113  
Other expenses
    14       34       43  
Allocated income and expenses transferred to result from underwriting
    (9,205 )     (9,021 )     (8,979 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit before tax
    3,486       3,170       2,792  
Taxation
    861       540       622  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating profit after tax
    2,625       2,630       2,170  
Third-party interests
    117       92       73  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating net profit for the period
    2,508       2,538       2,097  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Allocated income and expenses

Income and expenses that are not directly recorded in operating result from insurance operations, are allocated to the Result from life underwriting and Result from non-life underwriting on the basis of life insurance provisions and non-life insurance provisions of the insurance companies.

3.6.4. Geographical analysis of claims ratio, cost ratio and combined ratio for non-life insurance policies

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Claims ratio   Cost ratio   Combined ratio
Netherlands
    69.9       77.5       77.1       30.9       28.9       30.4       100.8       106.4       107.5  
Belgium
    70.6       76.7       76.9       35.1       34.7       35.0       105.7       111.4       111.9  
Rest of Europe
    40.9       49.8       50.1       37.0       41.6       51.4       77.9       91.4       101.5  
North America
    73.9       77.7       71.1       24.7       25.6       27.6       98.6       103.3       98.7  
Latin America
    68.1       68.8       74.3       26.9       25.6       27.5       95.0       94.4       101.8  
Asia
    55.1       66.6       58.6       43.5       51.5       44.6       98.6       118.1       103.2  
Australia
    49.9       66.9       70.7       28.5       29.5       32.5       78.4       96.4       103.2  
Other
    41.8       94.4       63.9       52.0       7.8       11.4       93.8       102.2       75.3  
Total
    69.4       75.0       73.8       28.2       27.1       29.1       97.6       102.1       102.9  

The region Latin America comprises South America and Mexico. Until 2002 Mexico was included in the region North America. This revised regional split is more in line with the internal management reporting structure. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

The claims ratio is the claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums. The cost ratio is the costs expressed as a percentage of net premiums written. The claims ratio and the cost ratio together form the combined ratio. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.

3.6.5. Analysis of premium income of the insurance operations

Reinsurance

ING Group is involved in both ceded and assumed reinsurance for the purpose of spreading risk and limiting exposure on large risks. Reinsurance premiums are recognized in Underwriting expenditure.

F-80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

     Effect of reinsurance on premiums written:

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001
    Non-life   Life   Total   Non-life   Life   Total   Non-life   Life   Total
Direct premiums written, gross
    7,226       36,914       44,140       7,869       43,076       50,945       5,858       43,045       48,903  
Reinsurance assumed premiums written, gross
    62       1,317       1,379       48       1,291       1,339       45       1,512       1,557  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total gross premiums written
    7,288       38,231       45,519       7,917       44,367       52,284       5,903       44,557       50,460  
Reinsurance ceded
    930       1,102       2,032       1,275       1,093       2,368       614       1,400       2,014  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    6,358       37,129       43,487       6,642       43,274       49,916       5,289       43,157       48,446  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The reinsurance covers with respect to catastrophe exposure for the non-life insurance business have been designed to cover a large part of exposures resulting from events with a return period up to once in 250 years.

To the extent that the assuming reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, ING Group remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, provisions are made for receivables on reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectible. To minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies, ING Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographical regions, activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurer.

As at December 31, 2003, the receivables from reinsurers amounted to EUR 567 million (2002: EUR 797 million; 2001: EUR 669 million), against which EUR 12 million (2002: EUR 20 million; 2001: EUR 4 million) was provided for as uncollectible reinsurance.

Premium income on life insurance policies:

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001
            Rein-                   Rein-                   Rein-    
            surers’   Own           surers’   Own           surers’   Own
    Gross   share   account   Gross   share   account   Gross   share   account
Policies for which the insurer bears the investment risk
    23,345       663       22,682       25,915       931       24,984       26,334       911       25,423  
Policies for which the policyholder bears the investment risk
    13,569       70       13,499       17,161       78       17,083       16,711       512       16,199  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total direct business
    36,914       733       36,181       43,076       1,009       42,067       43,045       1,423       41,622  
Indirect business
    1,320       372       948       1,299       92       1,207       1,539       4       1,535  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    38,234       1,105       37,129       44,375       1,101       43,274       44,584       1,427       43,157  
Eliminations
    3       3               8       8               27       27          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    38,231       1,102       37,129       44,367       1,093       43,274       44,557       1,400       43,157  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Premiums written from direct life business:

                                                 
    Policies for which the insurer   Policies for which the policyholder
    bears the investment risk   bears the investment risk
            Rein-                   Rein-    
            surers’   Own           surers’   Own
2003   Gross   share   account   Gross   share   account
Periodic premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    10,202       548       9,654       2,432       5       2,427  
– with profit sharing
    2,179       33       2,146                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    12,381       581       11,800       2,432       5       2,427  
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,692       67       1,625       5,969       36       5,933  
– with profit sharing
    741       10       731                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,433       77       2,356       5,969       36       5,933  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total periodic premiums
    14,814       658       14,156       8,401       41       8,360  
Single premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    856       1       855       4,529               4,529  
– with profit sharing
    2,802               2,802                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    3,658       1       3,657       4,529               4,529  
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    4,448               4,448       639       29       610  
– with profit sharing
    425       4       421                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    4,873       4       4,869       639       29       610  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total single premiums
    8,531       5       8,526       5,168       29       5,139  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total life business premiums
    23,345       663       22,682       13,569       70       13,499  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The total single premiums includes EUR 600 million in 2003 from profit sharing.

F-82


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Premiums written from direct life business:

                                                 
    Policies for which the insurer   Policies for which the policyholder
    bears the investment risk   bears the investment risk
            Rein-                   Rein-    
            surers’   Own           surers’   Own
2002   Gross   share   account   Gross   share   account
Periodic premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    9,698       858       8,840       2,496       6       2,490  
– with profit sharing
    4,556       115       4,441                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    14,254       973       13,281       2,496       6       2,490  
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,403       75       1,328       7,646       40       7,606  
– with profit sharing
    802       17       785                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    2,205       92       2,113       7,646       40       7,606  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total periodic premiums
    16,459       1,065       15,394       10,142       46       10,096  
Single premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,553               1,553       6,280               6,280  
– with profit sharing
    1,958       2       1,956                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    3,511       2       3,509       6,280               6,280  
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    5,729       (140 )     5,869       739       32       707  
– with profit sharing
    216       4       212                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    5,945       (136 )     6,081       739       32       707  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total single premiums
    9,456       (134 )     9,590       7,019       32       6,987  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total life business premiums
    25,915       931       24,984       17,161       78       17,083  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The total single premiums includes EUR 566 million in 2002 from profit sharing.

F-83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

                                                 
    Policies for which the insurer   Policies for which the policyholder
    bears the investment risk   bears the investment risk
            Rein-                   Rein-    
            surers’   Own           surers’   Own
    Gross   share   account   Gross   share   account
2001
                                               
Periodic premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    8,866       699       8,167       2,329       377       1,952  
– with profit sharing
    4,482       117       4,365                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    13,348       816       12,532       2,329       377       1,952  
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,019       64       955       7,012       88       6,924  
– with profit sharing
    730       19       711                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,749       83       1,666       7,012       88       6,924  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total periodic premiums
    15,097       899       14,198       9,341       465       8,876  
Single premiums
                                               
Individual policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,837               1,837       5,529               5,529  
– with profit sharing
    1,675       9       1,666                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    3,512       9       3,503       5,529               5,529  
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    7,408       (1 )     7,409       1,841       47       1,794  
– with profit sharing
    317       4       313                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    7,725       3       7,722       1,841       47       1,794  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total single premiums
    11,237       12       11,225       7,370       47       7,323  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total life business premiums
    26,334       911       25,423       16,711       512       16,199  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The total single premiums includes EUR 567 million in 2001 from profit sharing.

F-84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Premium income on non-life insurance policies by class of business:

                                                         
                                    Acquisition   Net    
    Gross   Gross   Gross           costs/ Other   reinsurance    
    premiums   premiums   claims   Operating   underwriting   income/   Operational
    written   earned (2)   expenses   expenses   expenditure (3)   expenses   result
2003
                                                       
Health
    1,404       1,321       1,110       136       140       22       77  
Accident (1)
    840       858       539       110       96       2       245  
Third-party liability motor
    840       802       613       98       109       (21 )     14  
Other motor
    1,479       1,412       827       159       221       (17 )     173  
Marine and aviation
    180       164       68       18       31       (26 )     23  
Fire and other property losses
    1,648       1,600       744       206       313       (220 )     120  
General liability
    491       468       234       68       84       (53 )     63  
Credit and suretyship
    52       45       3       10       8       (6 )     18  
Legal assistance
    33       33       24       10       5               (6 )
Miscellaneous financial losses
    259       316       102       33       33       (148 )     15  
Indirect business
    62       60       8       1       84       31       266  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    7,288       7,079       4,272       849       1,124       (436 )     1,008  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Premium income on non-life insurance policies by class of business:

                                                         
                                    Acquisition   Net    
    Gross   Gross   Gross           costs/ Other   reinsurance    
    premiums   premiums   claims   Operating   underwriting   income/   Operational
    written   earned (2)   expenses   expenses   expenditure (3)   expenses   result
2002
                                                       
Health
    1,596       1,571       1,301       149       164       (6 )     125  
Accident (1)
    869       874       659       101       98       2       155  
Third-party liability motor
    816       781       629       113       64       (9 )     28  
Other motor
    1,682       1,580       1,035       166       203       (19 )     133  
Marine and aviation
    198       192       86       24       30       (36 )     15  
Fire and other property losses
    1,718       1,581       829       215       289       (165 )     78  
General liability
    490       438       307       68       73       4       15  
Credit and suretyship
    49       44       3       12       6       (4 )     20  
Legal assistance
    28       28       25       8       5               (8 )
Miscellaneous financial losses
    423       342       144       51       56       (106 )     (5 )
Indirect business
    48       66       23       4       158       122       11  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    7,917       7,497       5,041       911       1,146       (217 )     567  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-85


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Premium income on non-life insurance policies by class of business:

                                                         
                                    Acquisition   Net    
    Gross   Gross   Gross           costs/ Other   reinsurance    
    premiums   premiums   claims   Operating   underwriting   income/   Operational
    written   earned (2)   expenses   expenses   expenditure (3)   expenses   result
2001
                                                       
Health
    1,317       1,322       1,005       137       116       (4 )     149  
Accident (1)
    840       852       683       121       96       3       101  
Third-party liability motor
    638       639       501       96       97       10       26  
Other motor
    1,171       1,128       883       142       151       79       76  
Marine and aviation
    128       135       82       21       24       (3 )     8  
Fire and other property losses
    1,214       1,247       816       188       247       35       47  
General liability
    344       334       251       55       62       42       40  
Credit and suretyship
    26       26       8       2       4       (1 )     11  
Legal assistance
    24       24       14       6       4               (2 )
Miscellaneous financial losses
    156       181       166       35       24       33       12  
Indirect business
    45       43       22       5       29       5       39  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    5,903       5,931       4,431       808       854       199       507  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Including disability insurance products.

(2)   Excluding reinsurance.

(3)   Including other underwriting income.

3.6.6. Analysis by Executive Center

ING Group’s operating segments relate to the internal business segmentation by Executive Centers. These include the geographical areas ING Europe (also including ING Direct activities outside Europe, and the wholesale banking and asset management activities worldwide), ING Americas (including the Group’s reinsurance activities) and ING Asia/Pacific. Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the Executive Centers.

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker or decision making group in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. ING Group’s chief operating decision making group is the Executive Board. Each Executive Center is headed by an Executive Committee, most members of which are either members of the Executive Board or general managers of business units belonging to that Executive Center. The chairman of each Executive Committee is a member of the Executive Board. The Executive Board sets the performance targets and approves and monitors the budgets prepared by the Executive Committees. The Executive Committees formulate the strategic, commercial and financial policy of the Executive Centers in conformity with the strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board.

In order to better organize ING Investment Management along regional lines beginning January 1, 2003, the activities of ING Investment Management have been integrated into each of the regional Executive Centers in the Americas, Asia/Pacific and Europe. As a consequence, the financial results of ING Investment Management activities are now reported within these Executive Centers, and the Executive Center Asset Management will no longer function as a separate global profit center. The financial results of the other business units of the former Executive Center ING Asset Management have been included in “Other”.

The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described under Accounting principles for the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account (see page F-7). Transfer prices for inter-segment transactions are set at arm’s length. Geographical distribution of income is based on the origin of sales. The corporate expenses are allocated to the operating segments and

F-86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

geographical areas based on time spent by head office personnel, the relative number of staff or on the basis of income and/or assets of the operating segment. The short-term effects of the currency exchange rates of the US dollar against the euro have been hedged (for P&L purposes) for the years 2003 to 2005. With respect to other currencies the impact is immaterial.

Operating segments of ING Group:

                                                         
                                    Total        
                    Asia/           seg-   Recon-   Total
    Europe   Americas   Pacific   Other   ments   ciliation   group
2003
                                                       
Total operating income:
                                                       
Income — external
    28,448       31,904       8,500       221       69,073               69,073  
Income — inter-segment
    123       69       11       387       590       (590 )        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    28,571       31,973       8,511       608       69,663       (590 )     69,073  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Segment operating profit before tax (1)
    4,305       1,086       453       13       5,857               5,857  
Segment assets
    657,899       124,846       27,028       19,513       829,286       (50,515 )     778,771  
Segment liabilities
    633,891       120,079       24,894       5,121       783,985       (30,058 )     753,927  
Average number of employees (2)
    76,791       26,422       11,474       531       115,218               115,218  

Operating segments of ING Group

                                                         
                                    Total        
                    Asia/           seg-   Recon-   Total
    Europe   Americas   Pacific   Other   ments   ciliation   group
2002
                                                       
Total operating income:
                                                       
Income — external
    26,259       40,549       8,818       475       76,101               76,101  
Income — inter-segment
    696       59       8       (542 )     221       (221 )        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    26,955       40,608       8,826       (67 )     76,322       (221 )     76,101  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Segment operating profit before tax (1)
    3,242       1,043       603       (250 )     4,638               4,638  
Segment assets
    589,543       131,519       24,348       11,762       757,172       (40,802 )     716,370  
Segment liabilities
    567,991       127,217       22,373       (2,946 )     714,635       (20,624 )     694,011  
Average number of employees (2)
    76,092       27,345       8,757       862       113,056               113,056  

F-87


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Operating segments of ING Group:

                                                         
                                    Total        
                              seg-   Recon-   Total
    Europe   Americas   Asia/Pacific   Other   ments   ciliation   group
2001
                                                       
Total operating income:
                                                       
Income — external
    26,715       39,262       7,504       69       73,550               73,550  
Income — inter-segment
    502       126       (3 )     (159 )     466       (466 )        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    27,217       39,388       7,501       (90 )     74,016       (466 )     73,550  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Segment operating profit before tax (1)
    3,888       884       304       (114 )     4,962               4,962  
Segment assets
    554,184       154,540       24,041       9,039       741,804       (36,685 )     705,119  
Segment liabilities
    534,007       153,331       22,364       (5,342 )     704,360       (24,758 )     679,602  
Average number of employees (2)
    77,183       26,139       7,800       876       111,998               111,998  

(1)   For a reconciliation of Segment operating profit before tax (Total Group) to the Consolidated Financial Statements reference is made to page F-77.

(2)   The average numbers of employees of joint ventures are included proportionally.

Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown per EC:

                                         
                    Asia/           Total
    Europe   Americas   Pacific   Other   group
2003
                                       
Interest income
    26,870       4,279       680       52       31,881  
Interest expense
    16,311       276       96       295       16,978  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    10,559       4,003       584       (243 )     14,903  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
2002
                                       
Interest income
    21,864       5,570       594       4,775       32,803  
Interest expense
    12,701       508       31       4,507       17,747  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    9,163       5,062       563       268       15,056  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
2001
                                       
Interest income
    27,004       4,971       552       107       32,634  
Interest expense
    18,651       604       33       253       19,541  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    8,353       4,367       519       (146 )     13,093  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-88


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

3.6.7. Geographical analysis of the insurance and banking operations

Operating income by geographical area:

                                                                                                 
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Insurance operations   Banking operations   Eliminations   Total
Netherlands
    12,345       10,965       10,550       5,270       4,982       4,821       167       14       23       17,448       15,933       15,348  
Belgium
    2,947       2,640       2,135       2,012       2,044       1,957                               4,959       4,684       4,092  
Rest of Europe
    1,844       2,031       2,108       2,997       2,773       3,018                               4,841       4,804       5,126  
North America
    29,151       36,947       36,462       731       536       530               1               29,882       37,482       36,992  
Latin America
    2,908       3,940       2,948       162       315       245                               3,070       4,255       3,193  
Asia
    6,578       6,623       5,356       376       436       476                               6,954       7,059       5,832  
Australia
    1,892       2,168       2,169       132       107       55                               2,024       2,275       2,224  
Other
    632       437       1,384               8       9                               632       445       1,393  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    58,297       65,751       63,112       11,680       11,201       11,111       167       15       23       69,810       76,937       74,200  
Income between geographical areas (1)
    (737 )     (834 )     (648 )                                     2       2       (737 )     (836 )     (650 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    57,560       64,917       62,464       11,680       11,201       11,111       167       17       25       69,073       76,101       73,550  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Mainly related to reinsurance premiums ceded between group companies in different geographical areas.

Operating income from the insurance operations by geographical area:

                                                                                                 
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Life premiums written   Non-life premiums   Investment income (1)   Total
                            written                                                
Netherlands
    5,582       4,927       5,353       1,847       1,859       1,811       4,916       4,179       3,386       12,345       10,965       10,550  
Belgium
    2,257       2,053       1,625       311       282       253       379       305       257       2,947       2,640       2,135  
Rest of Europe
    1,360       1,580       1,623       44       38       34       440       413       451       1,844       2,031       2,108  
North America
    21,370       27,630       28,717       2,944       3,069       1,990       4,837       6,248       5,755       29,151       36,947       36,462  
Latin America
    466       747       739       1,872       2,546       1,561       570       647       648       2,908       3,940       2,948  
Asia
    5,905       5,969       4,718       45       66       64       628       588       574       6,578       6,623       5,356  
Australia
    1,288       1,467       1,779       356       296       250       248       405       140       1,892       2,168       2,169  
Other
    6       3       5       337       385       211       289       49       1,168       632       437       1,384  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    38,234       44,376       44,559       7,756       8,541       6,174       12,307       12,834       12,379       58,297       65,751       63,112  
Income between geographical areas (2)
    (3 )     (9 )     (2 )     (468 )     (624 )     (271 )     (266 )     (201 )     (375 )     (737 )     (834 )     (648 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    38,231       44,367       44,557       7,288       7,917       5,903       12,041       12,633       12,004       57,560       64,917       62,464  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   Including commission and other income.

(2)   Mainly related to reinsurance premiums ceded between group companies in different geographical areas.

F-89


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Operating profit before tax by geographical area:

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Insurance operations   Banking operations   Total
Netherlands
    1,471       1,391       1,539       1,588       1,510       1,523       3,059       2,901       3,062  
Belgium
    109       74       75       478       613       521       587       687       596  
Rest of Europe
    230       155       176       (15 )     (311 )     364       215       (156 )     540  
North America
    802       820       652       110       (509 )     (450 )     912       311       202  
Latin America
    292       307       174       118       74       28       410       381       202  
Asia
    280       245       226       38       38       193       318       283       419  
Australia
    176       329       80       60       55       (7 )     236       384       73  
Other
    126       (151 )     (130 )     (6 )     (2 )     (2 )     120       (153 )     (132 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    3,486       3,170       2,792       2,371       1,468       2,170       5,857       4,638       4,962  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Operating profit before tax from the insurance operations by geographical area:

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    Life   Non-life   Total
Netherlands
    1,212       1,238       1,404       259       153       135       1,471       1,391       1,539  
Belgium
    86       72       69       23       2       6       109       74       75  
Rest of Europe
    220       149       175       10       6       1       230       155       176  
North America
    583       642       442       219       178       210       802       820       652  
Latin America
    127       127       102       165       180       72       292       307       174  
Asia
    281       251       224       (1 )     (6 )     2       280       245       226  
Australia
    101       290       59       75       39       21       176       329       80  
Other
    (132 )     (166 )     (190 )     258       15       60       126       (151 )     (130 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    2,478       2,603       2,285       1,008       567       507       3,486       3,170       2,792  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Operating net profit for the period by geographical area:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Netherlands
    2,207       2,419       2,124  
Belgium
    459       485       426  
Rest of Europe
    14       (146 )     495  
North America
    578       152       79  
Latin America
    309       242       153  
Asia
    187       166       317  
Australia
    166       375       86  
Other
    133       (260 )     (141 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    4,053       3,433       3,539  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

The region Latin America comprises South America and Mexico. Until 2002 Mexico was included in the region North America. This revised regional split is more in line with the internal management reporting structure. The comparable figures have been adjusted accordingly.

F-90


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

4. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP

4.1. Net cash flow from operating activities

The net cash flow shown in respect of Lending only relates to transactions involving actual payments or receipts. The Additions to the provision for loan losses which is deducted from the item Lending in the balance sheet has been adjusted for the profit before tax and is shown separately in the cash flow statement.

As a result of adjustments in the maturity of Banks as at December 31, 2002, the 2002 comparable figures in the consolidated cash flow statement were restated.

4.2. Net cash flow from investing activities

Most significant companies acquired:

                 
            Seguros
            Comercial
    DiBa   América
General
               
Year of acquisition
    2002       2001  
 
          Non-life
Primary line of business
  Direct banking   insurance
 
Purchase price
               
Purchase price
    0.6       1.1  
Assumed debt in purchase price
            0.6  
 
Assets
               
Cash assets
               
Investments
    7.7       1.3  
Lending
               
Banks
               
Securities in the trading portfolio
               
Miscellaneous other assets
    0.1       1.2  
 
Liabilities
               
Insurance provisions
            1.7  
Banks
               
Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations
    6.4          
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    1.2       0.6  

F-91


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

5. PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP AS AT DECEMBER 31

before profit appropriation

                 
    Amounts in millions of euros
    2003   2002
Assets
               
Participating interests (5.2.1)
    28,651       26,596  
Other assets (5.2.2)
    4,284       2,517  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    32,935       29,113  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Equity and liabilities
               
Shareholders’ equity (5.2.3)
               
Share capital
    612       583  
Share premium
    8,064       7,186  
Revaluation reserve
    2,223       1,983  
Reserve for participating interests
    585       501  
Exchange differences reserve
    607       243  
Other reserves
    5,197       3,258  
Net profit for the period
    4,043       4,500  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    21,331       18,254  
Subordinated loans (5.2.4)
    5,035       4,558  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Capital base
    26,366       22,812  
Other liabilities (5.2.5)
    6,569       6,301  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    32,935       29,113  
 
   
 
     
 
 

PARENT COMPANY PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER

                         
    Amounts in millions of euros
    2003   2002   2001
Result of group companies after tax
    4,064       4,521       4,596  
Other results after taxation
    (21 )     (21 )     (19 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit for the period
    4,043       4,500       4,577  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

The numbers against the items refer to the notes starting on page F-93.

5.1. Accounting principles for the parent company balance sheet and profit and loss account of ING Group

The principles of valuation and determination of results stated in connection with the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account are also applicable to the valuation of directly held participating interests. Amounts receivable from and owed to group companies in connection with ordinary interbank transactions are included in Other assets and Other liabilities, respectively.

Changes in balance sheet values due to changes in the revaluation reserve of the participating interests are reflected in the Revaluation reserve, which forms part of Shareholders’ equity. Changes in balance sheet values due to the results of these Participating interests, accounted for in accordance with ING Group accounting principles, are included in the profit and loss account. Other changes in the balance sheet value of these Participating interests, other than those due to changes in share capital, are included in Other reserves, which forms part of Shareholders’ equity.

F-92


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

A statutory reserve is carried at an amount equal to the share in the results of Participating interests since their first inclusion at net asset value less the amount of profit distributions to which rights have accrued in the interim. Profit distributions which can be repatriated to the Netherlands without restriction are likewise deducted from the Reserve for participating interests, which forms part of Shareholders’ equity.

5.2. Notes to the parent company balance sheet of ING Group

ASSETS

5.2.1. Participating interests

                                 
            2003           2002
    Ownership   Balance   Ownership   Balance
    (%)   sheet value   (%)   sheet value
Name of investee
ING Bank N.V.
    100       16,169       100       15,879  
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    100       11,985       100       10,803  
Other
            497               (86 )
 
         
 
             
 
 
 
            28,651               26,596  
 
           
 
             
 
 

Movements in Participating interests:

                 
    2003   2002
Opening balance
    26,596       30,798  
Repayments to group companies
    (40 )     (1,453 )
(Des)investments in group companies
    527       (9 )
Write-off of goodwill
    (145 )     (1,176 )
Revaluations
    (1,192 )     (5,257 )
Result of group companies
    4,064       4,521  
Dividend
    (1,102 )     (1,604 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    28,708       25,820  
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    (57 )     776  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Closing balance
    28,651       26,596  
 
   
 
     
 
 

5.2.2. Other assets

                 
    2003   2002
Receivables from group companies
    4,150       2,385  
Other receivables, prepayments and accruals
    134       132  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    4,284       2,517  
 
   
 
     
 
 

F-93


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

5.2.3. Shareholders’ equity

                                                 
                                    Cumulative
      Ordinary shares     Preference shares     preference shares
      (par value EUR 0.24)     (par value EUR 1.20)     (par value EUR 1.20)
    number           number           number    
Share capital   x 1,000   amount   x 1,000   amount   x 1,000   amount
2003
                                               
Authorized share capital
    3,000,000       720       300,000       360       900,000       1,080  
Unissued share capital
    884,099       212       212,920       256       900,000       1,080  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Issued share capital
    2,115,901       508       87,080       104       0       0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
2002
                                               
Authorized share capital
    3,000,000       720       300,000       360       900,000       1,080  
Unissued share capital
    1,007,323       241       212,920       256       900,000       1,080  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Issued share capital
    1,992,677       479       87,080       104       0       0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
2001
                                               
Authorized share capital
    3,000,000       720       300,000       360       900,000       1,080  
Unissued share capital
    1,007,328       241       212,920       256       900,000       1,080  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Issued share capital
    1,992,672       479       87,080       104       0       0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Movements in issued share capital:

                                 
    Ordinary shares       Preference shares
    number           number    
    × 1,000   amount   × 1,000   amount
Issued share capital as at January 1, 2001
    1,970,512       473       87,080       104  
From exchange of ING Groep N.V. A warrants and B warrants
    22,160       6                  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2001
    1,992,672       479       87,080       104  
From exchange of ING Groep N.V. B warrants
    5                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2002
    1,992,677       479       87,080       104  
From exchange of ING Groep N.V. B warrants
    407                          
From 2002 final stockdividend
    38,387       9                  
From 2003 interim stockdividend
    28,087       7                  
Issue of shares
    56,343       13                  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2003
    2,115,901       508       87,080       104  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Shares

All shares are in registered form. No share certificates will be issued. Shares may be transferred by means of a deed of transfer, subject to the approval of the Executive Board of ING Group.

F-94


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Ordinary shares

The par value of the ordinary shares is currently EUR 0.24.

Preference shares

The par value of the preference shares is EUR 1.20. Preference shares are divided into two categories: “A” preference shares and “B” preference shares. The authorized share capital of ING Group consists of 100 million “A” preference shares, of which as at December 31, 2003 87 million have been issued and 200 million “B” preference shares, of which none have yet been issued.

Preference shares may only be issued if at least the nominal value is paid up.

Preference shares rank before ordinary shares in entitlement to dividends and distributions upon liquidation of ING Group, but are subordinated to cumulative preference shares. Holders of “A” and “B” preference shares rank pari passu among themselves. If the profit or amount available for distribution to the holders of preference shares is not sufficient to make such distribution in full, the holders will receive a distribution in proportion to the amount they would have received if the distribution could have been made in full. The “A” preference shares and “B” preference shares are not cumulative and their holders will not be compensated in subsequent years for a shortfall in a prior year.

The ING Group’s Articles of Association make provision for cancellation of preference shares.

“A” preference shares

The dividend on the “A” preference shares is equal to a percentage of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued.

This percentage is calculated by taking the arithmetic mean of the average effective yield on the five longest-dated Dutch government loans, as prepared by the Dutch Central Bureau of Statistics and published in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V. for the last twenty stock exchange days preceding the day on which the first “A” preference shares are issued, or, as the case may be, preceding the day on which the dividend percentage is adjusted. The percentage thus established may be increased or decreased by not more than a half percentage point, depending on the market conditions then prevailing, as the Executive Board may decide with the approval of the Supervisory Board.

The dividend on the “A” preference shares has been EUR 0.2405 per year until January 1, 2004. On January 1, 2004 the dividend has been readjusted to EUR 0.1582 per year until January 1, 2014. Then the dividend percentage will be readjusted again (and thereafter every ten years) to the average effective yield at that time on the five longest-dated Dutch government loans.

“A” preference shares may only be cancelled if a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued reduced by the par value of the shares can be made on each “A” preference share. Upon liquidation of ING Group, a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued will, insofar as possible, be made on each “A” preference share.

Depositary receipts for ordinary shares and for preference shares

More than 99% of the ordinary shares and preference shares issued by ING Group are held by the Stichting ING Aandelen (Trust Office ING Shares). In exchange for these shares, the Trust Office has issued depositary receipts in bearer form for ordinary shares and for preference shares, respectively. The depositary receipts are listed on various European stock exchanges. Depositary receipts can be exchanged for (non-listed) shares of the relevant category without any restriction.

The holder of a depositary receipt is entitled to receive from the Trust Office payment of dividends and distributions corresponding with the dividends and distributions received by the Trust Office on a share of the relevant category.

F-95


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

In addition, the holder of a depositary receipt is entitled to attend and to speak at the General Meeting of Shareholders of ING Group either in person or by proxy. A holder of a depositary receipt who thus attends the General Meeting of Shareholders, is entitled to vote as a proxy of the Trust Office but entirely to his own discretion for a number of shares equal to the number of his depositary receipts of the relevant category.

A holder of a depositary receipts who does not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders in person or by proxy is entitled to give a binding voting instruction to the Trust Office for a number of shares equal to the number of his depositary receipts of the relevant category.

Concentration of holders of depositary receipts for shares

As at December 31, 2003, ABN AMRO Holding N.V., AEGON N.V. and Fortis Utrecht had an interest in depositary receipts of ING Group between 5% and 10%.

Depositary receipts for ordinary shares held by ING Group

With reference to Section 98 (5), Book 2, of the Dutch Civil Code, as at December 31, 2003, a number of 28 million of depository receipts for ordinary shares ING Groep N.V. with a par value of EUR 0.24 was held by ING Group or its subsidiaries. The shares were purchased to hedge option rights granted to the Executive Board and other employees. In 2003, ING Group sold own shares in connection to these option with a sales price of EUR 12.75 per share. The net effect of these transactions is included in Other reserves.

Movements in depositary receipts for ordinary shares held by ING Groep N.V. and its subsidiaries to hedge the option rights granted to the Executive Board and other employees in 2003:

                 
    Number    
    × 1,000   Amount
Opening balance
    28,437       895  
Purchases
    2,839       42  
Sales
    (308 )     (1 )
Secondary placements
    (2,900 )     (37 )
Differences between purchase and sales prices
            (54 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Depositary receipts as at December 31, 2003
    28,068       845  
 
   
 
     
 
 

Cumulative preference shares

The par value of the cumulative preference shares is EUR 1.20.

The cumulative preference shares rank before the preference shares and the ordinary shares in entitlement to dividend and to distributions upon liquidation of ING Group.

The dividend on the cumulative preference shares will be equal to a percentage, calculated on the amount compulsorily paid up or yet to be paid up. This percentage shall be equal to the average of the Euro OverNight Index Average (EONIA) as calculated by the European Central Bank. During the financial year for which the distribution is made, this percentage is weighted on the basis of the number of days for which it applies, increased by two and a half percentage points.

If and to the extent that the profit available for distribution is not sufficient to pay the dividend referred to above in full, the shortfall will be made up from the reserves insofar as possible. If and to the extent that the dividend distribution cannot be made from the reserves, the profits achieved in subsequent years shall first be used to make up the shortfall before any distribution may be made on shares of any other category.

F-96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

ING Group’s Articles of Association make provision for the cancellation of cumulative preference shares. Upon cancellation of cumulative preference shares and upon liquidation of ING Group, the amount paid up on the cumulative preference shares will be repaid together with the dividend shortfall in preceding years, insofar as this shortfall has not yet been made up.

B warrants

In 1998, ING Group authorized the issue of a maximum of 17,317,132 B warrants, of which 17,186,325 have been issued. As at December 31, 2003, 17,190,815 B warrants were outstanding (2002: 17,157,005). B warrant holders are entitled to obtain from ING Group, for a fixed price, depositary receipts for ordinary shares in the proportion of 1 B warrant to 2 depositary receipts. B warrant holders may exercise their rights at their own discretion but no later than January 5, 2008. As at December 31, 2003, no B warrants (2002: nil) were held by group companies of ING Group.

The current exercise price of B warrants is EUR 49.92 for 2 depositary receipts. The exercise price of B warrants will be adjusted by ING Group if one or more of the following circumstances occur:

1.   ING Group issues ordinary shares with pre-emptive rights for existing holders thereof at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depositary receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
 
2.   ING Group issues ordinary shares to existing holders thereof, such shares being paid from a reserve of the company at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depositary receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
 
3.   ING Group issues ordinary shares to existing holders thereof by way of paying a dividend at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depositary receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
 
4.   ING Group grants to existing holders of ordinary shares pre-emptive rights to obtain securities other than ordinary shares;
 
5.   Any company grants to existing holders of ordinary shares of ING Group a right of subscription for securities which may be converted into or exchanged for ordinary shares of ING Group, provided that the price for which such ordinary shares of ING Group may (initially) be obtained is lower than the then applicable exercise price;
 
6.   ING Group makes a distribution in cash out of its share premium reserve(s) to holders of ordinary shares.

In case of a split or consolidation of the shares of ING Group, a warrant holder shall remain entitled to a number of shares, the aggregate par value of which shall be equal to the aggregate par value of the number of shares to which he was entitled before the split or consolidation.

In case of a restructuring of the share capital of ING Group or a merger of ING Group with any other company or a transfer of the assets of ING Group (or a substantial part thereof) to any other company, the exercise price of the B warrants will not be adjusted. In that event, a warrant holder will be entitled to obtain the securities of the kind and number a holder of ordinary shares would have been entitled to if the B warrants had been exchanged for ordinary shares immediately before that event.

F-97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

                                                 
Reserves                                    
                            Reserve        
                            for        
                            partici-   Exchange    
            Share   Revaluation   pating   differences   Other
    Total   premium   reserve   interests   reserve   reserves
Balance as at December 31, 2000
    12,713       7,031       9,877       430       (30 )     (4,595 )
Unrealized revaluations after tax
    (3,641 )             (3,590 )     36               (87 )
Exchange differences
    (125 )                             (125 )        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit not recognized in the profit and loss account
    (3,766 )             (3,590 )     36       (125 )     (87 )
Write-off of goodwill
    (1,908 )                                     (1,908 )
Profit appropriation previous year
    11,984                                       11,984  
2000 final dividend and 2001 interim dividend(1)
    (2,300 )                                     (2,300 )
Exercise of warrants and options
    157       157                                  
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    (526 )                                     (526 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance as at December 31, 2001
    16,354       7,188       6,287       466       (155 )     2,568  
Unrealized revaluations after tax
    (5,833 )             (4,304 )     35               (1,564 )
Exchange differences
    398                               398          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit not recognized in the profit and loss account
    (5,435 )             (4,304 )     35       398       (1,564 )
Write-off of goodwill
    (1,176 )                                     (1,176 )
Profit appropriation previous year
    4,577                                       4,577  
2001 final dividend and 2002 interim dividend (2)
    (1,969 )                                     (1,969 )
Exercise of warrants and options
    (2 )     (2 )                                
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    822                                       822  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance as at December 31, 2002
    13,171       7,186       1,983       501       243       3,258  
Unrealized revaluations after tax
    (1,215 )             240       84               (1,539 )
Exchange differences
    364                               364          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit not recognized in the profit and loss account
    (851 )             240       84       364       (1,539 )
Write-off of goodwill
    (145 )                                     (145 )
Profit appropriation previous year
    4,500                                       4,500  
2002 final dividend and 2003 interim dividend (3)
    (1,995 )     (1,068 )                             (927 )
Issue of shares
    1,946       1,946                                  
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    50                                       50  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance as at December 31, 2003
    16,676       8,064       2,223       585       607       5,197  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   2000 final dividend of EUR 1.13 per share and 2001 interim dividend of EUR 0.47 per share.
 
(2)   2001 final dividend of EUR 0.50 per share and 2002 interim dividend of EUR 0.48 per share.
 
(3)   2002 final dividend of EUR 0.49 per share and 2003 interim dividend of EUR 0.48 per share.

F-98


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

As at December 31, 2003, the capital and reserves of Stichting Regio Bank, included in Other reserves, amounted to EUR 469 million (2002: EUR 428 million) and cannot be freely distributed.

The revaluation reserve and the reserve for participating interests include the statutory reserves.

Dividend restrictions

ING Group and its Dutch group companies are subject to legal restrictions regarding the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code contains the restriction that dividends can only be paid up to an amount equal to the excess of the company’s own funds over the sum of (i) the paid-up capital, and (ii) reserves required by law. Additionally, certain group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to the parent company.

Furthermore, in addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries.

The Executive Board of ING Group believes that these limitations will not affect the ability of ING Group to pay dividends to its shareholders in the future.

5.2.4.   Subordinated loans

Subordinated loans consists of perpetual subordinated bonds issued by ING Groep N.V. These bonds have been issued to raise hybrid capital for ING Verzekeringen N.V. and Tier 1 capital for ING Bank N.V.

Subordinated loans:

                                                 
                                    2003   2002
National amount   Interest rate   Year of issue   First call date   Balance sheet value
USD
    500       6.2       2003     January 15, 2009     396          
EUR
    750     Variable     2003     June 30, 2013     750          
USD
    1,100       7.2       2002     December 15, 2007     872       1,049  
USD
    800       7.05       2002     September 15, 2007     634       763  
EUR
    600       6.5       2001     September 28, 2006     600       600  
 
                                   
 
     
 
 
 
                                    3,252       2,412  
 
                                   
 
     
 
 

EUR 2,256 million (2002: EUR 1,336 million) of these loans has been on lent as subordinated loans by ING Group N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.

EUR 600 million (2002: EUR 600 million) of these loans has been contributed to the capital of ING Bank N.V. (share premium reserve).

EUR 396 million (2002: EUR 476 million) has been on lent on as subordinated loan by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.

The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2003 was 211,086 with a balance sheet value of EUR 21 million (2002: 67,656 with a balance sheet value of EUR 7 million).

Unsecured subordinated loans from group companies to ING Groep N.V., which may be renewable at their due dates at the then prevailing market rates, are included in Subordinated loans.

F-99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

     Unsecured subordinated loans from group companies to ING Groep N.V.:

                                 
                    2003   2002
Interest rate   Year of issue   Due date   Balance sheet value
8.439
    2000     December 31, 2030 (1)     1,189       1,431  
9.2
    2000     June 30, 2030     198       238  
7.7
    1999     June 29, 2029     396       477  
 
                   
 
     
 
 
 
                    1,783       2,146  
 
                   
 
     
 
 

(1)   Interest rate is fixed until December 31, 2010, thereafter the interest rate will be reset based on three-month LIBOR plus spread.
 
5.2.5.   Other liabilities
                 
    2003   2002
Debenture loans
    5,704       5,704  
Amounts owed to group companies
    655       376  
Other amounts owed and accrued liabilities
    210       221  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    6,569       6,301  
 
   
 
     
 
 

Debenture loans:

                                 
                    2003   2002
Interest rate   Year of issue   Due date   Balance sheet value
5
    2001     May 3, 2006     1,000       1,000  
6.125
    2000     January 4, 2011     1,000       1,000  
6
    2000     August 1, 2007     750       750  
5.5
    2000     May 11, 2005     1,500       1,500  
5.5
    1999     September 14, 2009     1,000       1,000  
7.125
    1994     June 28, 2004     454       454  
 
                   
 
     
 
 
 
                    5,704       5,704  
 
                   
 
     
 
 

The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2003 was 67,925 with a balance sheet value of EUR 68 million (2002: 154,692 with a balance sheet value of EUR 178 million).

Amounts owed to group companies by remaining term:

                 
    2003   2002
– up to one year
    556       293  
– one year to five years
    7          
– over five years
    92       83  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    655       376  
 
   
 
     
 
 

F-100


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

     
Amsterdam, March 8, 2004
   
 
   
The supervisory board,
  The executive board,
 
   
Cor Herkströter, Chairman
Luella Gross Goldberg
Paul van der Heijden
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
Aad Jacobs
Wim Kok
Godfried van der Lugt
Paul Baron de Meester
Jan Timmer
Karel Vuursteen
  Ewald Kist, Chairman
Michel Tilmant, Vice-Chairman
Fred Hubbell
Cees Maas, Chief Financial Officer
Alexander Rinnooy Kan

F-101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

6.   DIFFERENCES BETWEEN DUTCH AND US ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

6.1.   Valuation and income recognition differences between Dutch and US accounting principles

The consolidated financial statements of ING Group are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally applied in the Netherlands (“Dutch GAAP”). Dutch GAAP differs in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). The following is a summary of the significant differences.

a.   Purchase accounting and Goodwill and other intangible assets.

Under Dutch GAAP, goodwill arising from acquisitions is directly charged to shareholders’ equity immediately at the time of an acquisition.
 
    U.S. GAAP requires that goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite life be capitalized and be subject to annual impairment in accordance with SFAS 142, ‘Accounting for Goodwill and Intangible Assets’. Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill arising on the purchase of a foreign entity is translated at closing rates with exchange differences taken to equity.

As discussed in Note 7.12 on page F-133, ING Group adopted SFAS 142 as of January 1, 2002 and performed the required assessment of whether there was any indication that goodwill was impaired as of the date of adoption. As a result, certain goodwill was impaired and ING Group recognized a transitional goodwill impairment charge of EUR 13.103 billion in the 2002 US GAAP profit and loss account.

Subsequent goodwill impairment tests are performed if any events or a change in circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place, or at a minimum on an annual basis. ING Group performs the annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter for all reporting units. There was no impairment charge from the annual goodwill impairment test in 2002. In the 2003 annual goodwill impairment test ING Group recognized an impairment charge of EUR 101 million for goodwill allocated to the reporting unit Latin America. The 2003 impairment charge is discussed in Note 7.12 on page F-135.
 
    This item includes other intangible assets, which under Dutch GAAP are recognized as goodwill.
 
b.   Real estate.
 
    Investments in land and buildings are carried at the fair values, with any unrealized revaluations accounted for directly in shareholders equity. These assets are not depreciated. Impairment losses are first charged against the revaluation reserves existing for these assets. Any remaining impairment losses are charged to the profit and loss account.
 
    Under US GAAP, a distinction is made between Land and buildings in use by group companies and not in use by group companies (which are treated as investments). Land and buildings in use by group companies are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation, adjusted for any impairment in value. Land and buildings not in use by group companies are carried at the lower of cost and estimated net realizable value. Depreciation is calculated over the economic lives of the assets concerned.
 
c.   Valuation of debt securities.
 
    Investments in fixed-interest securities are carried at redemption value. Differences between redemption value and cost are amortized and charged to the profit and loss account over the remaining terms of the investments concerned.
 
    Under US GAAP, the method of accounting for these assets depends on the classification of the securities concerned:

(i)   Securities held as part of the trading portfolio are stated at fair value. Realized and unrealized movements in the fair value are taken to the profit and loss account.

F-102


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

(ii)   Securities held until maturity are stated at redemption value, differences between redemption value and cost being amortized and charged to the profit and loss account over the remaining terms of the investments concerned.
 
(iii)   Securities which are available for sale are stated at fair value. Unrealized movements in the fair value are recognized in shareholders’ equity. Realized results on disposal are recognized in the profit and loss account.

    Allowances for credit losses on debt securities are not permitted. Individual securities classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity are subject to review to determine whether a decline in fair value below amortized cost is other than temporary. If the decline in fair value is judged to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to fair value as the new cost basis and the amount of the write down is included in the profit and loss account.
 
    Revaluation of debt securities classified as available-for-sale to fair value results in a reconciling item to shareholders’ equity. A portion of this reconciliation relates to assets held in support of policies where the policyholder shares in the profits of the company. Unrealized gains on these assets are included in shareholders’ equity for US GAAP purposes. When these gains are realized, a portion may be passed to policyholders, at the discretion of the company. As at December 31, 2003 this amount is estimated at EUR 1.3 billion.
 
    Effective April 1, 2001, ING Group adopted EITF Issue 99-20, “Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets”. Under the consensus, changes in the estimated yield of certain collateralized mortgage obligations are to be recorded on a prospective basis. If the fair value of the collateralized mortgage obligations has declined below its carrying amount and the decline is determined to be other than temporary, the security is written down to fair value. Upon adoption of EITF Issue 99-20, ING Group recorded a EUR 40 million charge in the 2001 US GAAP net profit as a net of tax cumulative effect of accounting change.
 
    In accordance with EITF 96-15, unrealized foreign currency translation results related to available for sale debt securities denominated in other currencies than the reporting currency of the entity should be recognized in shareholders’ equity as a part from the fair value adjustment and not in the profit and loss account under US GAAP. In accordance with ING Group accounting principles these unrealized translation results are recognized in the profit and loss account. ING Group recorded EUR 298 million gain in the 2003 US GAAP net profit to reverse the recorded loss under Dutch GAAP (2002: EUR 540 million gain).
 
d.   Realized results on sales of debt securities.
 
    The result on disposal of investments in debt securities, i.e. the difference between the proceeds from sale and the book value, is treated as a yield difference. These yield differences are taken to the profit and loss account over the estimated average remaining life of the investment portfolio.
 
    Under US GAAP, the result on disposal is immediately recognized as income.
 
e.   Valuation of equity securities.
 
    Unrealized losses on equity securities are recorded in the revaluation reserve, unless the securities are considered to be impaired. Impairments are charged to the profit and loss account. The determination of impairments involves various assumptions and factors, including the period of time and the extend to which the unrealized loss has existed and general market conditions, but is primarily based on the financial condition of the issuer in the long-term; ING has the intention and ability to maintain a long-term investment strategy.
 
    Under US GAAP, unrealized losses that are considered “other than temporary” are charged to the profit and loss. The determination of “other than temporary” is primarily based on the duration and extent to which the market value has been below cost price.

F-103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

f.   Accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management purposes.
 
    Under Dutch GAAP, derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swap contracts, used to manage interest rate risk are accounted for as off-balance sheet transactions. The related interest income and expense is accounted for on a basis in conformity with the hedged position, primarily on an accrual basis. Transactions qualify as hedges if these transactions are identified as such and there is a negative correlation between the hedging results and the results of the position being hedged.
 
    US GAAP requires that derivatives be carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income unless specified criteria are met to obtain hedge accounting treatment. With effect from January 1, 2001 ING Group has adopted SFAS 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended by SFAS 138.
 
    SFAS 133 requires that all derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, be recorded on the balance sheet, as either an asset or liability, measured at its fair value. The change in a derivative’s fair value is generally to be recognized in the current period’s profit and loss account. However, if certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a hedge of an exposure to changes in fair value, variability of cash flows, or certain foreign currency exposures. When designated as a hedge, the fair value of the derivative instrument should be recognized currently in the profit and loss account or in equity, depending on whether such designation is considered a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations. With respect to fair value hedges, the fair value of the derivative, as well as changes in the fair value of the hedged item, are reported in the profit and loss account. For cash flow hedges the effective portion of the gains or losses on the derivative instrument are reported in equity and subsequently reclassified into the profit and loss account when the hedged item affects the profit and loss account. The remaining gains and losses in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any, is recognized in the profit and loss account during the period of change. For a hedge of a net investment in a foreign currency, the gain or loss is reported in equity to the extent it is effective.
 
    The hedging rules specified under SFAS 133 are more stringent than the hedging rules prior to SFAS 133. Consequently, a significant portion of the derivatives that received hedge accounting treatment prior to the adoption of SFAS 133 are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included in the profit and loss account. The initial revaluation of these derivatives upon adoption of the new rules in 2001 which did not have a material effect on ING Group’s US GAAP equity and profit and loss account, was reported as part of the 2001 adjustment with respect to this item.
 
    For the purpose of reconciliation of Dutch GAAP shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP, the change in the fair values of the hedged items have been set off against the gains or losses on the derivative instrument for hedges that meet SFAS 133 hedge criteria.
 
g.   Deferred acquisition costs of insurance contracts.
 
    The acquisition costs of life insurance business involving the receipt of regular premiums are capitalized and amortized to the profit and loss account in proportion to future premiums. A similar policy applies under US GAAP, except that the method of amortization is slightly different.

Under US GAAP, deferred acquisition costs of traditional insurance contracts are likewise amortized in proportion to future premiums.
 
    For universal-life type contracts, investment contracts and for participating individual life insurance contracts in the Netherlands, US GAAP requires that deferred acquisition costs be amortized at a constant rate based on the present value of the estimated gross profit margins expected to be realized over the life of the book of contracts.

F-104


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

    In addition, in accordance with SFAS 115, deferred acquisition costs related to universal-life type contracts, investment contracts and participating individual life insurance contracts under Dutch GAAP are adjusted to reflect changes that would have been necessary if unrealized investment gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities had been realized. The SFAS 115 adjustment to deferred acquisition costs is an adjustment to equity that is not taken through net profit. As a result of this adjustment US GAAP equity has been reduced by EUR 878 million up to 2003 (reduced by EUR 898 million up to 2002).
 
    Under US GAAP, the revaluation reserve resulting from the valuation of debt securities at fair value (as explained in item c.) is adjusted for the impact thereof on the DAC.
 
h.   Pension liabilities and pension costs.
 
    The pension rights of the vast majority of the staff are insured with separate pension funds. In accordance with ING Group accounting principles, as from January 1, 1998, retroactive as from January 1, 1997, the pension expenses are based on a specific method of actuarial valuation of plan assets and related projected liabilities for accrued service including future salary indexation. Plan assets are taken at fair value.

The pension expenses under US GAAP are based on the same method of valuation of liabilities and assets. Differences in the level of expense and liabilities (or assets) occur due to the different transition dates under US GAAP.
 
    Furthermore, under US GAAP an additional liability is recognized immediately in a situation where the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of the plan assets. This additional liability is charged to shareholders’ equity. The accumulated benefit obligation differs from the projected benefit obligation in that it does not take into account future compensation levels. Under ING Group accounting principles in such situation the normal rules for differences between the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets continue to apply and, therefore, a liability is not recognized immediately.
 
i.   Post-employment benefits.
 
    Expenses and liabilities are determined under a similar methodology as described under pensions.
 
    The benefit expense under US GAAP is based on the same method of valuation of liabilities. Differences in the level of expense and liabilities occur due to the different transition date under US GAAP.
 
j.   Post-retirement benefits.
 
    Expenses and liabilities are determined under a similar methodology as described under pensions.
 
    The benefit expense under US GAAP is based on the same method of valuation of liabilities. Differences in the level of expense and liabilities occur due to the different transition date under US GAAP.
 
k.   Provision for life policy liabilities.
 
    In accordance with both ING Group accounting principles and US GAAP, the provision for life policy liabilities is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, having regard to the conditions of current insurance contracts. The difference between the ING Group accounting principles and US GAAP primarily concerns the treatment of initial expenses and the assumptions which are made in calculating the provisions with regard to the yield on the investments.
 
    Under US GAAP, the revaluation reserve resulting from the valuation of debt securities at fair value (as explained in item c.) is adjusted for the impact thereof on deferred profit sharing to policyholders.

F-105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

l.   Provision for future catastrophe and other insurance provisions.
 
    ING Group carries other insurance provisions for potential exposure to future losses. Amongst these is a non-life provision for future catastrophe and other accidental losses.

Under US GAAP, these provisions are not allowed, since such losses are recorded in the period they are incurred. Amounts that were released from the catastrophe provision are recorded in the profit and loss account under Dutch GAAP. For the purpose of the reconciliation to US GAAP, these releases are not recognized in income as the corresponding liability is not allowed under US GAAP. Amounts that are charged to the catastrophe provision under Dutch GAAP are recorded in the profit and loss account under US GAAP; the amounts for 2001 primarily related to the September 11 events in the US.
 
m.   Valuation and profit recognition of equity investments.
 
    This item relates to equity participations and certain equity investments.

Equity participations that are held for sale are carried at either the lower of cost or market value or at net asset value. Dividends received and realized gains and losses on the sale of these shareholdings are charged to the profit and loss account.
 
    Under US GAAP, these shareholdings are accounted for at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in shareholders’ equity, or, in cases where significant influence can be exercised by the shareholders, by the equity method.
 
    The criteria on recognition of gains and losses on the sale of certain equity investments are more stringent under US GAAP. As a result, profit on sale is not always recognized in the same accounting period.
 
n.   Stock compensation.
 
    As of 2002, compensation expenses for the equity compensation plan of ING America Holding Inc does not give rise to a reconciling item between Dutch GAAP and US GAAP. Compensation expense is recognized under Dutch GAAP meet the US GAAP requirements as included in APB 25. Up to 2002, no compensation expense was recognized under Dutch GAAP. As discussed in Note 7.15 on page F-137, this compensation plan provides certain key employees with Restricted American Depository Shares (‘ADS’) Units and Restricted Performance Units to reward individual performance.

F-106


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

6.2.   Reconciliation of Dutch GAAP shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP
                                         
    Shareholders’ equity   Net profit
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2001
Amounts determined in accordance with Dutch GAAP:
    21,331       18,254       4,043       4,500       4,577  
Adjustments in respect of:
                                       
a. Goodwill:
                                       
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    4,315       4,601       (125 )     (29 )     (1,751 )
b. Real estate:
                                       
Valuation
    (3,017 )     (3,602 )     (214 )     (237 )     (230 )
Realized gains and losses on sales
                    267       179       80  
c. Valuation of debt securities
    9,579       9,259       (6 )     195       (129 )
d. Realized results on sales of debt securities:
                                       
Realized gains and losses on sales
                    1,009       414       301  
Reversal of provision for yield differences
    (936 )     187       (247 )     (179 )     (180 )
Amortization of premiums and discounts
                    (172 )     248       (150 )
e. Valuation of equity securities
                    335       (1,085 )     (685 )
f.  Accounting for derivative financial instruments held for risk management
    (530 )     (763 )     (87 )     (472 )     (111 )
g. Deferred acquisition costs of insurance contracts
    (418 )     (400 )     (154 )     25       25  
h. Pension liabilities and pension costs
    (962 )     (1,252 )     53       24       35  
i.  Post-employment benefits
                                    (1 )
j.  Post-retirement benefits
    52       64       (11 )     (5 )     (8 )
k. Provision for life policy liabilities
    (650 )     (836 )     5       (51 )     (132 )
l.  Provision for future catastrophe and other insurance provisions
    21       129       (96 )     (172 )     (413 )
m.Valuation and profit recognition of equity investments
    115       42       25       8       175  
n. Stock compensation
                                    (22 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub-total
    7,569       7,429       582       (1,137 )     (3,196 )
Tax effect of the adjustments
    1,207       937       129       (99 )     (375 )
Minority interest in adjustment (after tax)
    314       314       16       14       14  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total adjustments
    6,676       6,806       469       (1,024 )     (2,807 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Amounts determined in accordance with US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles):
    28,007       25,060       4,512       3,476       1,770  
Cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles
                            (13,103 )        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Amounts determined in accordance with US GAAP:
    28,007       25,060       4,512       (9,627 )     1,770  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

6.3.   Net profit per share
                         
    2003   2002   2001
Net profit determined in accordance with Dutch GAAP
    4,043       4,500       4,577  
Reconciling adjustments to net profit US GAAP
    469       (14,127 )     (2,807 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit determined in accordance with US GAAP
    4,512       (9,627 )     1,770  
Dividend on preference shares
    (21 )     (21 )     (21 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit available for ordinary shares:
                       
Dutch GAAP
    4,022       4,479       4,556  
US GAAP
    4,491       (9,648 )     1,749  
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
    2,014.4       1,928.0       1,923.1  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Warrants
                    9.8  
Stock-plans
                    9.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
                    19.4  
Weighted average ordinary shares adjusted for diluted computation
    2,014.4       1,928.0       1,942.5  
Basic earnings per share:
                       
Dutch GAAP
    2.00       2.32       2.37  
US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles) (1)
    2.23       1.79       0.91  
US GAAP (including effects of changes in accounting principles) (1)
    2.23       (5.00 )     0.91  
Diluted earnings per share:
                       
Dutch GAAP
    2.00       2.32       2.35  
US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles) (1)
    2.23       1.79       0.90  
US GAAP (including effects of changes in accounting principles) (1)
    2.23       (5.00 )     0.90  

(1)   The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2003 is nil (2002: EUR 13,103 million) as explained in note 7.12.

Method of computation of basic and diluted earnings per share has been described in note 3.4.

The net profit determined in accordance with US GAAP includes goodwill amortization expenses of EUR 1,338 million in 2001. The net profit under US GAAP excluding this amortization is EUR 3,108 million in 2001. The basic earnings per share in 2001 excluding this amortization is EUR 1.62.

6.4.   Presentation differences between Dutch and US accounting principles

In addition to the differences in valuation and income recognition principles, other differences, essentially related to presentation, exist between Dutch and US GAAP. Although these differences do not cause differences between Dutch and US GAAP reported net profit and/or shareholders’ equity, it may be useful to understand them to better interpret the financial statements presented in accordance with Dutch GAAP. The following is a summary of the classification differences that pertain to the basic financial statements.

a.   Tangible fixed assets, comprised primarily of data processing equipment and other movable assets used in the company’s operations, are presented as a separate item in the balance sheet.
 
    Under US GAAP, such assets are presented, together with all other assets used in the company’s operations, under Property and equipment.
 
b.   Joint ventures are accounted for using proportionate consolidation, reflecting the share in ownership (2).

Under US GAAP, such investments are accounted for using the equity method.

F-108


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

(2)   Total assets proportional consolidated in the Dutch GAAP financial statements in 2003 is EUR 7.852 million (2002: EUR 5,547 million), total profit before income tax proportional consolidated in the Dutch GAAP financial statements in 2003 is EUR 62 million (2002: EUR 41 million).

c.   Real estate properties in use by ING Group’s operating entities are presented as an investment, and the related rental income as investment income and operating expense.
 
    Under US GAAP, real estate owned and occupied by a business unit is presented separately under the caption Property and equipment, and the impact of rental income and expense is eliminated from the profit and loss account.
 
d.   Equity securities of shareholdings in enterprises in the same industries as ING Group and certain receivables from the same enterprises are reported as participating interests, regardless of whether they are accounted for using the equity method.
 
    Under US GAAP, only shareholdings that are accounted for under the equity method are presented separately from other investments in equity securities. Furthermore, a subsidiary presented as participating interest under Dutch GAAP is consolidated under US GAAP.
 
e.   Investments for the risk of policyholders, interest in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Investments.
 
    Under US GAAP, investments for the risk of policyholders are included in Separate accounts and interests in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Other assets.
 
f.   Assets, other than real estate, under operational lease contracts are classified as Lending.
 
    Under US GAAP, assets under operational lease contracts are included in Other assets.
 
g.   The balance sheet value of derivative contracts is included in Other assets and Other liabilities.
 
    Under US GAAP the gross positive and negative fair values of derivatives that are considered to be held for trading purposes are presented under Trading account assets and Trading account liabilities.
 
h.   Funds received in financing transactions that involve the issuance of preferred shares (whether or not in conjunction with common shares) to banks are presented as a liability under Banks. Although the criteria for classification as shareholders’ equity appear to be met, in substance the amount is more a liability and is presented as such.
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, such funds are presented as minority interest as the legal definition of equity is met.
 
i.   Reinsurance recoverables on claims are recorded as an offset to the insurance provisions. Reinsurance ceded results are included in Underwriting Expenditure.
 
    Under US GAAP, the insurance liabilities are presented on a gross basis and the reinsured portion as an asset under Reinsurance receivables. Reinsurance ceded results are applied to each appropriate caption of the profit and loss account.
 
j.   Premium income of the non-life operations is presented on a written basis, with the change in unearned premiums reported as an underwriting expenditure.
 
    Under US GAAP, non-life premium income is presented on an as earned basis.

F-109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

k.   Premiums collected on universal-life type contracts and insurance contracts that do not expose the company to significant mortality or morbidity risks are reported as premium income and the allocation of these premiums to the provision for life policy benefits as an underwriting expense.
 
    Under US GAAP, premiums collected on these types of products are not reported as revenue in the profit and loss accounts; revenues from these products are amounts assessed against policyholders and are reported in the period that the amounts are assessed unless evidence indicates that the amounts are designed to compensate for services provided over more than one period.
 
l.   Death and surrender benefits paid on universal-life type contracts and the corresponding release of the provision for life policy benefits are reported separately as underwriting expenses in the profit and loss accounts.
 
    Under US GAAP, these items are not reported separately; benefits paid from these products are the amounts paid in excess of the related release of the provision for life policy benefits.
 
m.   Interest paid to contract holders of guaranteed investment contracts is reported as an investment expense that is netted against investment income.
 
    Under US GAAP, the interest paid to contract holders of guaranteed investment contracts is reported as an underwriting expense and not netted against investment income.
 
n.   Short-term and long-term borrowings are included in the following captions: funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations and other liabilities.
 
    Under US GAAP, short-term borrowings are presented separately from long term borrowings.
 
O.   If the financial statements had been prepared in accordance with US GAAP, certain items, which are included in interest income and expense, would have been classified differently. Included in these captions are, among others, the amortization of realized gains (losses) on sales of certain financial instruments used in interest rate risk management which have been deferred, results of interest arbitrage transactions and certain loan fees.
 
    Under US GAAP, realized gains (losses) on sales of financial instruments are classified as either trading income or separately as results from sales. Results of interest arbitrage transactions are included in trading income under US GAAP.
 
p.   Investment expenditures include certain amounts for interest charges and value adjustments to investments as well as administrative expenses.
 
    Under US GAAP, investment expenditures would generally only include administrative expenses.

F-110


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

6.5. Condensed consolidated balance sheet

The following is a condensed consolidated balance sheet of ING Group, for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, restated to reflect the impacts of the valuation and presentation differences between Dutch and US GAAP.

                                 
    2003   2002
    U.S. GAAP   Dutch GAAP   U.S. GAAP   Dutch GAAP
Assets
                               
Total investments
    270,031       335,003       236,599       297,581  
Separate accounts
    70,552               64,282          
Trading account assets
    65,230       40,206       65,245       36,174  
Loans
    288,148       292,556       280,568       284,448  
Banks
    61,185       61,060       45,760       45,682  
Cash and due from banks
    11,738       11,738       11,421       11,421  
Participating interests
    1,382       3,167       1,568       2,883  
Reinsurance receivables
    5,349       567       7,880       797  
Other receivables
    11,120       10,880       12,810       12,531  
Deferred policy acquisition costs
    9,342       9,760       10,236       10,636  
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    4,315               4,601          
Property and equipment
    3,223       1,311       3,579       1,415  
Other assets
    17,162       12,523       17,965       12,802  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total assets
    818,777       778,771       762,514       716,370  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Liabilities
                               
Future policy benefits, claims reserves, other policyholder funds and unearned premiums
    203,361       198,035       203,526       195,831  
Deposits
    306,354       377,824       244,331       319,824  
Banks
    100,986       102,115       96,393       96,267  
Trading account liabilities
    25,104               30,130          
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
    52,464               50,225          
Long-term borrowings, excluding current maturities
    56,677               64,299          
Other liabilities
    41,604       75,953       43,996       82,089  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total liabilities
    786,550       753,927       732,900       694,011  
Minority interests
    4,220       3,513       4,554       4,105  
Shareholders’ equity
    28,007       21,331       25,060       18,254  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total liabilities, minority interests and shareholders’ equity
    818,777       778,771       762,514       716,370  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-111


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

6.6. Condensed consolidated profit and loss account

The following is a condensed consolidated profit and loss account of ING Group, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 to reflect the impacts of the valuation and presentation differences between Dutch and US GAAP.

                                                 
    2003   2002   2001
    U.S. GAAP   Dutch GAAP   U.S. GAAP   Dutch GAAP   U.S. GAAP   Dutch GAAP
Revenues
    48,025       69,093       49,316       77,384       49,479       74,654  
Expenses
    41,555       63,216       44,504       71,463       46,567       68,588  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit before income taxes
    6,470       5,877       4,812       5,921       2,912       6,066  
Income taxes
    1,630       1,490       990       1,089       804       1,165  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Profit after income taxes
    4,840       4,387       3,822       4,832       2,108       4,901  
Minority interests
    328       344       346       332       338       324  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit (excluding effect of changes in accounting principles)
    4,512       4,043       3,476       4,500       1,770       4,577  
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles
                    (13,103 )                        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net profit (including effect of changes in accounting principles)
    4,512       4,043       (9,627 )     4,500       1,770       4,577  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Revenues under Dutch GAAP are reconciled to Revenues under US GAAP as follows:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Revenues, Dutch GAAP
    69,093       77,384       74,654  
Presentation differences premium income
    (21,807 )     (28,216 )     (25,239 )
Presentation differences investment income
    (57 )     (50 )     (51 )
Valuation differences investment income
    796       198       115  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Revenues US GAAP
    48,025       49,316       49,479  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Presentation differences relate to Dutch GAAP revenue that is not included in revenue under US GAAP, but equally impacts expenses under US GAAP; therefore, there is no impact on net income.

As from 2003, Additions to the provision for investment losses are reported on a separate line within Expenses. Previously, these additions were reported as an item within Revenues, as described in Note 3.1.2.

6.7. Consolidated Statement of cash flows

The Consolidated Statement of cash flows presented according to International Accounting Standards is included on page F-6.

6.8 Newly issued accounting standards

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others”, which addresses the disclosure to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its guarantee obligations. ING Group adopted the disclosure requirements in 2002. FIN 45 also requires the recognition of a liability for the fair value at inception of guarantees entered into or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on the ING Group’s financial position or results of operations.

F-112


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

In January of 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)”. In December of 2003, the FASB issued the revised version of FIN 46 (“FIN 46R”) to clarify some of the provisions and to exempt certain entities from its requirements. This interpretation changes the method of determining whether certain entities (VIEs) should be included in the consolidated financial statements. Many VIEs are commonly referred to as special-purpose entities or off-balance sheet structures, but the guidance applies to a larger population of entities. FIN 46 requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated if ING Group is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both (i.e. when ING Group is the ‘primary beneficiary’). In addition, the primary beneficiary is required to make certain disclosure in relation to the VIE.

Application of FIN 46 for ING Group is required as of January 1, 2004. ING Group is a party in a number of VIEs, including Asset Backed Commercial Paper Conduits, Structured Investments Vehicles, Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDOs), structured finance transactions and investment funds. Based on FIN 46, ING Group will be required to consolidate certain VIEs that are currently not consolidated and provide additional disclosures for a number of entities. The consolidation of VIEs will have a maximum expected impact on ING Group’s total assets and liabilities balance sheet of approximately EUR 6 billion.

ING Group has identified three types of VIEs impacted by FIN 46 (refer to Note 2.18.2 Off-Balance sheet arrangements). The expected impact per type of category is the following:

  Asset Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP)-conduits
ING Group has determined that its ABCP-conduits should be consolidated under FIN 46 as of January 1, 2004. As of December 31, 2003 total assets in the conduits were approximately EUR 5 billion.
 
  Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDO)-transactions
Although ING Group continues to evaluate its CDO transactions, given the fact that final rules were issued in December 2003, it is not expected that any VIE used in these transactions is required to be consolidated.
 
  Other entities
A number of smaller entities will be consolidated under FIN 46. These includes VIEs used in structured finance/leasing transactions and securitizations. Total assets of these entities is estimated at EUR 1 billion.

In April of 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 149”). SFAS 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS 133. The new statement amends SFAS 133 for decisions made as part of he Derivatives Implementation Group process that effectively required amendments to SFAS 133 and to the definition of a derivative. SFAS 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The provisions of this statement should be applied prospectively. Amendments to SFAS 133 DIG issues are applied in accordance with their original effective dates. ING Group adopted SFAS 149 as of June 30, 2003, which did not have a material impact on ING Group’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003.

In May of 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” (“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 improves the accounting for certain financial instruments that, under previous guidance, issuers could account for as equity. The requirements of SFAS 150 generally outline that mandatory redeemable financial instruments and financial instruments that represent an obligation to repurchase the issuer’s shares or certain obligations to issue a variable number of shares should be classified as a liability on the balance sheet. SFAS 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and is otherwise effective on July 1, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have a material impact on ING Group’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003.

F-113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

In July of 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee (“AcSEC”) of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position 03-01, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Non-traditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts” (“SOP 03-01”). This statement provides guidance on accounting and reporting by insurance companies for certain non-traditional long-duration contracts and for separate accounts. SOP 03-01 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2003 and should be applied as of the beginning of an company’s fiscal year. The provisions may not be applied retroactively to prior year’s financial statements. ING Group will adopt SOP 03-01 as of January 1, 2004. ING Group is currently assessing the impact of this statement on ING Group’s June 30, 2004 financial statements.

In November of 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached consensus on EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments” (“EITF 03-1”) that certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures are required for unrealized losses on debt and equity securities that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. The guidance requires companies to disclose the aggregate amount of unrealized losses and the related fair value of investments with unrealized losses for securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and separately for those that have been in an unrealized loss position for over 12 months, by investment category and discuss information that management considered in their conclusion that the unrealized losses are not other-than-temporary. ING Group has adopted the disclosure requirements in these financial statements. Further discussion on the meaning of other-than-temporary impairments for EITF 03-1 is expected at future EITF meetings.

In December of 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board revised SFAS No.132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Post-retirement Benefits (SFAS 132) to require additional disclosures related to pensions and post retirement benefits. While retaining the existing disclosure requirements for pensions and post-retirement benefits, additional disclosures are required related to pension plan assets, obligations, contributions and net benefit costs, beginning with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003. Additional disclosures pertaining to benefit payments and foreign plans are required for fiscal years ending after June 30, 2004. ING Group has implemented the revised disclosures required for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003, beginning with the 2003 annual financial statements and will implement the annual benefit payment disclosures in all subsequent annual financial statements. The SFAS 132 revisions also include additional disclosure requirements for interim financial reports beginning after December 15, 2003, which will not affect ING Group.

F-114


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

7. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED UNDER US GAAP

The following information represents additional disclosures required under US GAAP. The information has been prepared in accordance with Dutch GAAP unless it specifically states that it is based on US GAAP.

7.1. Investments

Debt securities include fixed-interest securities, with the exception of mortgage loans and policy loans. Following is a summary of investments in marketable securities at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 on a US GAAP basis. Amounts reported in the column “Balance Sheet Value” correspond to the Dutch GAAP balance sheet.

                                         
            Gross   Gross   Estimated   Balance
    Amortized   unrealized   unrealized   fair   sheet
    cost   gains   losses   value   value
December 31, 2003
                                       
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                                       
– Dutch Government
    10,357       685       63       10,979       10,338  
– Foreign Governments
    66,920       3,368       359       69,929       66,202  
– Corporate debt securities
    86,458       3,249       525       89,182       48,293  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    43,662       932       252       44,342       43,451  
– Other
    10,328       493       45       10,776       47,631  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub-total
    217,725       8,727       1,244       225,208       215,915  
Shares and convertible debentures
    8,334       2,518       164       10,688       10,688  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    226,059       11,245       1,408       235,896       226,603  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
December 31, 2002
                                       
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                                       
– Dutch Government
    8,566       678       31       9,213       8,593  
– Foreign Governments
    57,096       3,745       181       60,660       56,520  
– Corporate debt securities
    48,040       2,594       328       50,306       47,647  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    36,503       1,444       283       37,664       36,668  
– Other
    30,185       950       80       31,055       30,219  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub-total
    180,390       9,411       903       188,898       179,647  
Shares and convertible debentures
    9,831       2,780       333       12,278       12,278  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    190,221       12,191       1,236       201,176       191,925  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
December 31, 2001
                                       
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                                       
– Dutch Government
    8,434       456       49       8,841       8,492  
– Foreign Governments
    48,231       1,829       389       49,671       47,856  
– Corporate debt securities
    51,764       2,077       567       53,274       51,844  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    31,666       802       427       32,041       32,022  
– Other
    23,605       462       109       23,958       23,726  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub-total
    163,700       5,626       1,541       167,785       163,940  
Shares and convertible debentures
    13,482       6,501       481       19,502       19,502  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    177,182       12,127       2,022       187,287       183,442  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The table below provides the gross unrealized loss of EUR 1,408 million as of December 31, 2003 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price:

                                 
    Less than   Between   More than    
    6 months   6 and 12 months   12 months    
    below cost   below cost   below cost   Total
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
– Dutch Government
    61       2               63  
– Foreign Governments
    152       124       83       359  
– Corporate debt securities
    257       221       47       525  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    123       80       49       252  
– Other
    14       26       5       45  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub-total
    607       453       184       1,244  
Shares and convertible debentures
    75       19       70       164  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    682       472       254       1,408  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Maturities of debt securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.

                 
    2003
    Amortized   Estimated
    cost   fair value
– Within one year
    16,490       16,617  
– After 1 year through 5 years
    57,313       59,360  
– After 5 years through 10 years
    73,596       76,371  
– After 10 years
    25,924       27,656  
– Without maturity
    740       862  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    43,662       44,342  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    217,725       225,208  
 
   
 
     
 
 

Realized results on the sales of investment securities

During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 proceeds from sales of debt securities were EUR 144,922 million, EUR 169,332 million and EUR 167,621 million respectively. For the same periods, proceeds from sales of shares and convertible debentures were EUR 7,481 million, EUR 10,421 million and EUR 7,702 million respectively.

Results on the sales of debt securities give rise to a reconciling item between Dutch GAAP and US GAAP as discussed in Note 6.1.d. Under Dutch GAAP, the difference between redemption value and the purchase price as well as realized results on sales of debt securities are reported in the provision for yield differences. The provision for yield differences also includes realized results on the termination of derivative financial instruments.

F-116


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The changes in the provision for yield difference are as follows:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Opening balance
    875       1,688       1,314  
Additions
    (1,463 )     (2,034 )     224  
Amortization
    662       1,242       122  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    52       (21 )     28  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Ending balance
    126       875       1,688  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

The change in the revaluation reserves to realized and unrealized results on shares and convertible debentures consists of:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Realized gains and losses
    20       (1,003 )     (1,110 )
Unrealized gains and losses
    239       (3,977 )     (3,409 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    259       (4,980 )     (4,519 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

The portion of trading gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 that relates to trading securities still held at December 31, amounts to EUR 18 million, EUR 8 million and EUR 92 million respectively.

7.2. Lending

Loans are stated at their outstanding principal balances. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Each of the business units within the banking operations of ING Group maintains its own system for servicing and monitoring past due loans. ING Group’s international banking offices and subsidiaries generally account for delinquent loans in accordance with US GAAP. Domestic banking offices follow the same policy for consumer mortgage and personal loans. For commercial loans combined with an overdraft facility, interest continues to accrue and is charged to that overdraft facility. The collectibility of the overdraft facility is evaluated with the primary loan on a regular basis, and a provision is established as deemed necessary in the judgment of management.

ING Group identifies loans as impaired as those loans for which it is probable that the principal and interest amounts contractually due will not be collected. ING Group evaluates all loans on non-accrual status for potential impairment as well as other loans of which management may have concerns as to the ultimate collectibility.

The following table summarizes ING Group’s investments in impaired loans as of December 31. In accordance with SFAS 114, small balance homogeneous loans such as consumer mortgages and loans and small business loans are excluded from the definition of impaired loans presented below.

                 
    2003   2002
Total recorded investment in impaired loans at December 31
    7,681       7,895  
Amount of impaired loans for which a provision exists
    5,691       5,923  
Amount of provision related to impaired loans
    2,831       3,087  
Average recorded investment in impaired loans during the period
    7,301       7,277  
Interest income on impaired loans recognized in the period
    277       290  
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis
    137       148  

F-117


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

7.3. Deferred tax assets

The net deferred tax assets amounting to EUR 4,784 million (2002: EUR 5,223 million) includes a provision for doubtful deferred tax assets of EUR 946 million (2002: EUR 915 million).

7.4. Pension liabilities

In the main countries in which ING Group operates, employees’ retirement arrangements that cover the majority of employees are provided by defined benefit plans based on average remuneration and length of service. These are generally externally funded, with assets of the plan held separately from those of ING Group in independently administered funds. Some smaller Dutch plans are fully insured with insurance companies of ING Group.

Where a constructive obligation exists by a business to provide benefits as established by a history of such benefits, these have been valued in accordance with International Accounting Standards.

Net periodic pension cost

The aggregate amount of the net periodic pension cost for the defined benefit pension plans computed in accordance with SFAS No. 87 is presented below.

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Service cost
    405       467       343  
Interest cost
    628       599       530  
Expected return on assets
    (645 )     (647 )     (693 )
Amortization of:
                       
Transition obligation (asset)
    (16 )     (17 )     (17 )
Actuarial (gain) loss
    113       19       (11 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net employer cost
    485       421       152  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Projected benefit obligation

A detailed reconciliation of the Projected Benefit Obligation for the defined benefit pension plans over 2003 and 2002 is presented in the following table:

                 
    2003   2002
Net benefit obligation beginning of year
    11,054       9,233  
Service cost
    405       467  
Interest cost
    628       599  
Plan participants’ contributions
    3          
Effect of prior service cost
    (1 )     20  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    403       647  
Acquisitions and disposals
            (41 )
Curtailments
    3       (9 )
Gross benefits paid
    (388 )     (293 )
Currency (gains) loss
    (222 )     (231 )
Other (transfer of plan from post employment to pension FAS 112)
    (175 )     662  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net benefit obligation at end of year
    11,710       11,054  
 
   
 
     
 
 

The Accumulated Benefit Obligation is EUR 9,008 million at December 31, 2003.

F-118


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Fair value of plan assets

A detailed reconciliation of the Fair Value of Plan Assets for the defined benefit pension plans over 2003 and 2002 is presented in the following table:

                 
    2003   2002
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    8,841       8,859  
Actual return on plan assets
    836       (893 )
Employer contributions
    526       1,376  
Plan participants’ contributions
    2          
Acquisitions
            3  
Gross benefits paid
    (388 )     (293 )
Currency gains
    (166 )     (211 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Fair value of plan assets
    9,651       8,841  
 
   
 
     
 
 

Funded status reconciliation

A detailed reconciliation of the funded status at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 including amounts recognized in the ING Group’s financial statements is presented in the following table:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
(Funded) or under-funded status at end of year
    2,059       2,213       374  
Unrecognized net actuarial gain or (loss)
    (2,315 )     (2,310 )     (364 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
    2       (7 )     11  
Unrecognized net transition (obligation) or asset
    (1 )     15       33  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net amount recognized at end of year
    (255 )     (89 )     54  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

These amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of the following:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Prepaid benefit cost
    (1,188 )     (1,128 )     (974 )
Accrued benefit cost
    934       1,039       1,028  
Additional minimum liability
    366       436       3  
Intangible asset
    (5 )     (7 )        
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (362 )     (429 )     (3 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net amount recognized at end of year
    (255 )     (89 )     54  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

A breakdown of the Projected Benefit Obligation (PBO) and Fair Value of the Plan Assets is given below:

                                                 
    December 31, 2003   December 31, 2002   December 31, 2001
    Assets   PBO   Assets   PBO   Assets   PBO
    exceed   exceeds   exceed   exceeds   exceed   exceeds
    PBO   assets   PBO   assets   PBO   assets
PBO
    690       11,020       2,855       8,199       8,153       1,080  
Fair Value of Plan Assets
    769       8,882       2,974       5,867       8,576       283  

F-119


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Financial assumptions

The weighted average of principal actuarial assumptions used for valuation purposes, rounded to the nearest 25 basis points, were:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Discount rate (end of period)
    5.50 %     6.00 %     6.25 %
Salary increase (end of period)
    2.50 %     2.75 %     3.00 %
Expected return on assets
    7.25 %     7.50 %     7.75 %

All assumptions except the expected return on assets were weighted by projected benefit obligations. The expected rate of return on assets assumption was weighted by the fair value of assets.

Plan Assets

ING Group’s pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2003, and 2002, target allocation for 2004, and expected long-term rate of return by asset category are as follows:

                                 
                            Weighted-
                            Expected
            Percentage   Average
    Target   of Plan Assets at   Long-Term
    Allocation   December 31   Rate of return
    2004   2003   2002   2003
Asset Category
                               
Equity securities
    36.90 %     39.40 %     34.90 %     9.00 %
Debt securities
    56.70 %     54.40 %     58.90 %     6.25 %
Real estate
    6.40 %     6.20 %     5.20 %     7.00 %
Other
                    1.00 %        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
         
Total
    100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
         

Equity securities include ING Group common stock in the amounts of EUR 39 million (0.40% percent of total plan assets) at December 31, 2003.

Cash Flows

         
Employer Contributions   Pension Benefits (in USD)
2002
    1,376  
2003
    526  
2004
    602  

The EUR 602 million expected to be contributed to the pension plans during 2004 is estimated to be needed to satisfy minimum funding requirements. The Company anticipates that the contributions will comprise EUR 602 million in cash.

Defined contribution plans

ING Group also operates a number of defined contribution plans covering employees of certain subsidiaries. The assets of all ING Group’s defined contribution plans are held in independently administered funds. Contributions are generally determined as a percentage of pay. The pension costs charged to the profit and loss account represent contributions payable by ING Group to the funds.

F-120


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

7.5     Post-retirement benefits other than pensions

ING Group provides post-retirement health care benefits to a number of retired employees in certain countries, principally the Netherlands and the United States, which are predominantly unfunded.

Valuation of the major Dutch plans assumes medical cost inflation of 6.40% (2002: 3.0%; 2001: 2.75%). The discount rate assumed at December 31, 2003 was 5.50% (2002: 5.75%; 2001: 7.5%). The valuation of the major US plans assume that medical cost inflation will fall from its current level of 10.00% (2002: 10.0%; 2001: 8.0%) over the next few years and reach a constant level of 5.00% (2002: 5.0 %; 2001: 5.5%) in five years. The weighted average discount rate assumed for the major US plans at December 31, 2003 was 6.25% (2002: 6.75%; 2001: 7.5%).

Net periodic benefit cost

The following are the components of net periodic cost for the post-retirement healthcare plans.

                                                                         
    2003   2002   2001
    Non-   U.S.       Non-   U.S.       Non-   U.S.    
    U.S plans   plans   Total   U.S plans   plans   Total   U.S. plans   plans   Total
Service cost
    19       4       23       17       4       21       13       4       17  
Interest cost
    24       8       32       22       9       31       23       11       34  
Amortization of:
                                                                       
Prior service costs
    3       (1 )     2       3               3       2       (3 )     (1 )
Actuarial (gain) loss
            2       2               (2 )     (2 )             1       1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net employer cost
    46       13       59       42       11       53       38       13       51  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

An increase of 1% in the assumed health care costs for each future year would have resulted in an additional accumulated projected benefit obligation of EUR 120 million at December 31, 2003 (2002: EUR 81 million; 2001: EUR 62 million) and an increase in the charge for the year of EUR 7 million (2002: EUR 11 million; 2001: EUR 8 million). A decrease of 1% in the assumed health care costs for each future year would have resulted in lower accumulated projected benefit obligation of EUR 87 million at December 31, 2003 (2002: EUR 46 million; 2001: EUR 50 million) and a decrease in the charge for the year of EUR 6 million (2002 and 2001: EUR 7 million).

The accumulated Benefit Obligation is EUR 496 million at December 31, 2003.

7.6     Post employment benefits

In the Netherlands ING Group provides post employment benefits to eligible employees based on employee pensionable remuneration.

Net periodic benefit cost

The aggregate amount of net periodic benefit costs for the post employment benefit plans computed in accordance with SFAS No. 112 principles is presented below:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Service cost
    6       8       42  
Interest cost
    16       32       78  
Expected return on assets
    (13 )     (14 )     (15 )
Amortization of:
                       
Actuarial (gain) loss
                    4  
Curtailments
            (128 )        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net employer cost
    9       (102 )     109  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-121


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Projected benefit obligation

A detailed reconciliation of the Projected Benefit Obligation for the post employment benefit plans over 2003, 2002 and 2001 is presented in the following table:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Net benefit obligation beginning of year
    450       1,467       1,231  
Service cost
    6       8       42  
Interest cost
    16       32       78  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (20 )     (152 )     133  
Acquisitions and disposals
            (35 )     66  
Curtailments
            (128 )        
Gross benefits paid
    (117 )     (80 )     (83 )
Other (transfer of plan from pension to post employment FAS 112)
            (662 )        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net benefit obligation at end of year
    335       450       1,467  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

The Accumulated Benefit Obligation is nil at December 31, 2003.

Fair value of plan assets

A detailed reconciliation of the Fair Value of Plan Assets for the defined benefit retirement plans over 2003, 2002 and 2001 is presented in the following table:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    227       243       260  
Actual return on plan assets
    13       18       14  
Employer contributions
    94       46       52  
Gross benefits paid
    (117 )     (80 )     (83 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Fair value of plan assets
    217       227       243  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Funded status reconciliation

A detailed reconciliation of the funded status at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 including amounts recognized in the ING Group’s statement of financial position is presented in the following table:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
(Funded) or under-funded status at end of year
    118       223       1,224  
Unrecognized net actuarial gain or (loss)
    36                  
Unrecognized net transition (obligation) or asset
            17       (157 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net amount recognized at end of year
    154       240       1,067  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

These amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of the following:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Accrued benefit cost
    (154 )     (240 )     (1,067 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net amount recognized at end of year
    (154 )     (240 )     (1,067 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-122


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

A breakdown of the Projected Benefit Obligation (PBO) and Fair Value of the Plan Assets is given below:

                                                 
    December 31, 2003   December 31, 2002   December 31, 2001
    Assets   PBO   Assets   PBO   Assets   PBO
    exceed   exceeds   exceed   exceeds   exceed   exceeds
    PBO   assets   PBO   assets   PBO   assets
PBO
            335               450               1,467  
Fair Value of Plan Assets
            217               227               243  

Financial assumptions

The weighted average of principal actuarial assumptions used for valuation purposes, rounded to the nearest 25 basis points, were:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Discount rate (end of period)
    5.75 %     6.00 %     6.00 %
Salary increase (end of period)
    2.50 %     2.75 %     2.75 %
Expected return on assets
    7.25 %     7.50 %     6.00 %

Expected return on assets is weighted by the fair value of assets. All other assumptions were weighted by projected benefit obligations.

Cash Flows

Employer Contributions

         
2002
    46  
2003
    94  
2004
    94  

Of the EUR 94 million expected to be contributed to fund the other post-retirement benefit plans during 2004, the entire contribution is discretionary, as the plans are not subject to any minimum regulatory funding requirements. The contribution is expected to be in the form of cash.

Benefit Payments

         
2002
    80  
2003
    117  

F-123


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

7.7.   Analysis of the non-life liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses

Activity in the non-life liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses is as follows:

                 
    2003   2002
Gross opening balance at January 1
    8,106       7,994  
Less reinsurance recoverable
    807       1,124  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net opening balance at January 1
    7,299       6,870  
Changes in composition of the group
    (13 )        
 
   
 
     
 
 
Adjusted net opening balance at January 1
    7,286       6,870  
Additions:
               
_ for the current year
    3,579       4,431  
_ for prior years
    (15 )     78  
_ interest accrual of provision for disability losses
    82       86  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    3,646       4,595  
Claim settlements and claim settlement costs:
               
_ for the current year
    1,914       2,479  
_ for prior years
    1,518       1,390  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    3,432       3,869  
Exchange differences
    (198 )     (553 )
Other movements
    (5 )     256  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net ending balance at December 31
    7,297       7,299  
Plus reinsurance recoverable
    614       807  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Gross ending balance at December 31
    7,911       8,106  

As of 2003, certain liabilities for long-term disability contracts are reported under the Claims provision. In 2002, these were reported under Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks. The 2002 comparatives have been restated resulting in a reclassification from Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks to Claims provision of EUR 909 million. In the movement schedule of the Claims provision, EUR 232 million was reclassified from Additions for prior years to Additions for the current year as a result of the reclassification of these long-term disability contracts and a reclassification of claims that were incorrectly classified as prior year claims in 2002. There is no impact on total Insurance provisions and on the net profit for the year. See also Note 2.13 on page F-34. ING Group had an outstanding balance of EUR 111 million at December 31, 2003 (EUR 112 million at December 31, 2002; EUR 93 million at December 31, 2001) relating to environmental and asbestos claims of the insurance operations. In establishing the liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses related to asbestos –related illness and toxic waste cleanup, the management of ING Group considers facts currently known and the current state of the law and coverage litigation. Liabilities are recognized for IBNR claims and for known claims (including the costs of related litigation) when sufficient information has been developed to indicate the involvement of a specific insurance policy, and management can reasonably estimate its liability. In addition, liabilities are reviewed and updated continually.

F-124


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

7.8. Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations

The debt securities relate to debentures and other issued debt securities with either fixed interest rates or interest rates based on interest-rate levels, such as certificates of deposit and accepted bills issued by ING Group, except for subordinated items. ING Group does not have debt securities that are issued on terms other than those available in the normal course of business. The maturities of the debt securities are as follows:

                                                 
    2003   2002
    Domestic   Foreign   Total   Domestic   Foreign   Total
Fixed rate debt securities
                                               
- 1 year or less
    7,807       21,806       29,613       9,435       13,667       23,102  
- 2 years or less but over 1 year
    765       2,376       3,141       1,233       3,509       4,742  
- 3 years or less but over 2 years
    1,367       1,048       2,415       906       3,106       4,012  
- 4 years or less but over 3 years
    1,276       2,858       4,134       1,222       3,381       4,603  
- 5 years or less but over 4 years
    1,268       421       1,689       1,421       879       2,300  
- over five years
    2,554       5,164       7,718       4,181       2,595       6,776  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total fixed rate debt securities
    15,037       33,673       48,710       18,398       27,137       45,535  
Floating rate debt securities
                                               
- 1 year or less
    950       13,032       13,982       1,995       19,129       21,124  
- 2 years or less but over 1 year
    40       2,115       2,155       958       1,690       2,648  
- 3 years or less but over 2 years
    362       998       1,360       47       793       840  
- 4 years or less but over 3 years
    25       2,771       2,796       425       2,456       2,881  
- 5 years or less but over 4 years
    7       2,236       2,243       24       1,634       1,658  
- over five years
    458       668       1,126       620       187       807  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total floating rate debt securities
    1,842       21,820       23,662       4,069       25,889       29,958  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total debt securities
    16,879       55,493       72,372       22,467       53,026       75,493  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

As of December 31, 2003, ING Group had unused lines of credit available for the banking operations, including the payment of commercial paper borrowings presented above as part of the debt securities, totaling EUR 14,750 million (2002: EUR 12,469 million). The commercial paper programs of the insurance operations are presented as part of Other liabilities, in Note 7.9.

Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations include the short-term borrowings, borrowings with an original maturity of one year or less. The only category of short-term borrowings for which the average balance outstanding during the year was equal to or greater than 30% of consolidated shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2002 consists of commercial paper. None of the categories of short-term borrowings exceeded 30% of consolidated shareholders’ equity in earlier years. An analysis of the balance and interest rates paid on commercial paper is provided below.

                 
    2003   2002
Year-end balance
    14,750       12,156  
Average balance
    12,176       6,320  
Maximum month-end balance
    15,680       12,156  
Average interest rate during the year
    1.66 %     3.00 %
Average interest rate at year-end
    1.28 %     2.14 %

F-125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

7.9. Borrowings

Maturities of borrowings presented as part of Other liabilities are as follows:

                                                         
    December 31, 2003
                                            There    
    2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   after   Total
Subordinated loans of group companies
    673       498       924       1,147       1,648       9,621       14,511  
Debenture loans
    765       2,510       2,099       1,539               3,048       9,961  
Loans taken up
    4,403       94       439       45       216       303       5,500  
Loans from credit institutions
    3,029       294       70       214       46       19       3,672  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    8,870       3,396       3,532       2,945       1,910       12,991       33,644  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
                                                         
    December 31, 2002
                                            There    
    2003   2004   2005   2006   2007   after   Total
Subordinated loans of group companies
    739       523       599       995       1,853       10,716       15,425  
Debenture loans
    797       800       2,825       2,064       1,572       3,302       11,360  
Loans taken up
    5,402       33       108       543               529       6,615  
Loans from credit institutions
    2,885       162       166       1       125       416       3,755  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    9,823       1,518       3,698       3,603       3,550       14,963       37,155  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Commercial paper of the insurance operations, with a carrying value of EUR 2,594 million and EUR 3,544 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, is included in Other liabilities. Lines of credit of EUR 789 million and EUR 946 million support various commercial paper programs at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Commercial paper borrowings of the banking operations are presented as part of the Funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations. See Note 7.8.

F-126


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Debt issues are as follows:

                                 
                    Balance   Balance
                    sheet   sheet
    Interest   Maturity   amount   amount
Type of issue   rate   date   2003   2002
Group companies’ subordinated loans
                               
 
    3.61 %     2003               100  
 
    5.19 %     2003               95  
 
    6.00 %     2004               121  
 
    8.00 %     2004               99  
 
    5.00 %     2005       238       286  
 
    7.57 %     2005               91  
 
    7.52 %     2005               62  
 
    6.25 %     2006       454       416  
 
    7.25 %     2006               143  
 
    7.25 %     2006       119          
 
    6.00 %     2007       317       435  
 
    6.00 %     2007               267  
 
    6.00 %     2007       454          
 
    8.00 %     2007               54  
 
    0.00 %     2008       950          
 
    5.38 %     2008       340       310  
 
    5.13 %     2008       112       112  
 
    4.63 %     2009       498       489  
 
    6.70 %     2009               112  
 
    0.00 %     2010       122          
 
    7.00 %     2010       496       538  
 
    6.50 %     2010       738       728  
 
    5.88 %     2011       1,222       1,221  
 
    7.25 %     2011       127       143  
 
    0.00 %     2012       195          
 
    5.50 %     2012       1,736       1,770  
 
    5.25 %     2013       497       419  
 
    5.25 %     2013       212          
 
    5.00 %     2015               125  
 
    5.13 %     2015       793          
 
    3.35 %     2019       750          
 
    5.00 %     2019               63  
 
    7.05 %     2032       634          
 
    6.20 %     2033       396          
 
    7.20 %     2033       476          
 
    7.05 %                     762  
 
    7.20 %                     572  
Debentures loans
    3.51 %     2004               206  
 
    2.75 %     2005       192          
 
    3.00 %     2005               206  
 
    3.75 %     2005               206  
 
    3.75 %     2005       192          
 
    3.75 %     2005               206  
 
    6.25 %     2005       113       113  
 
    7.00 %     2005       133          

F-127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

                                 
                    Balance   Balance
                    sheet   sheet
    Interest   Maturity   amount   amount
Type of issue   rate   date   2003   2002
 
    7.00 %     2005               113  
 
    7.50 %     2005       317          
 
    7.50 %     2005               381  
 
    3.50 %     2006       192       206  
 
    3.75 %     2006       192          
 
    5.50 %     2006       238       286  
 
    5.50 %     2006       159       191  
 
    6.00 %     2006       317       381  
 
    3.00 %     2007       192       206  
 
    3.00 %     2007       257       275  
 
    5.75 %     2007       340          
 
    5.88 %     2007               340  
 
    6.25 %     2009       113       113  
 
    6.75 %     2013       153       184  
 
    7.25 %     2023       150       180  
 
    7.63 %     2026       348       419  
 
    6.97 %     2036       240       289  
Loans from credit institutions
                               
 
    1.50 %     2004               101  
 
    0.08 %     2005       111          
 
    7.96 %     2007       146          
Loans taken up
                               
 
    8.63 %     2005               107  
 
    8.00 %     2006       161       194  
 
    7.13 %     2006       279          
 
    6.50 %     2008       152       181  
 
    6.04 %     2009       194       235  
Other issues maturing in 2004
                    8,870       9,628  
Issues less than EUR 100 million maturing beyond 2004
                    8,022       12,675  
 
                   
 
     
 
 
Total
                    33,649       37,155  
 
                   
 
     
 
 

7.10. Preference shares of group companies

Under US GAAP, minority interest in equity includes preferred stock issued by ING Group and its consolidated subsidiaries in financing transactions (whether or not in conjunction with ordinary shares). The funds received in these transactions are presented under the liabilities under Dutch GAAP. This classification difference between Dutch and US accounting principles does not affect ING Group’s financial condition and is disclosed in note 6.4 on page F-108. In 2003, an ING Group company in the United States issued USD 497.5 million 4.3136% preferred shares in combination with ordinary shares in such a transaction. This transaction, while perpetual in nature, may be terminated at any time at thirty days notice by either the holder or ING Group through a liquidation of the subsidiary and repayment of the minority interest. In 2002, an ING Group company in the United States issued USD 790 million 4.5% preferred shares in combination with ordinary shares in a similar transaction. ING Group may force redemption of these shares for cash at any time. In addition, the holder has the option for ING Group to repurchase the shares at fair value at any time. The funds received in both transactions have been used to finance the general activities of ING Group.

F-128


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

In December 2000, ING Capital Funding Trust III (the “trust III”), a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States issued 1.5 million 8.439% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares (the “8.439% trust preference shares”), with a liquidation preference of USD 1,000 per share, plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preference shares were invested in preference shares (“company preference shares”) of ING Capital Funding III LLC (“LLC III”), a limited liability company in the United States and a wholly owned company of ING Group. The LLC has used the proceeds from the sale of its company preference shares to purchase subordinated notes of ING Group.

In June 2000, ING Capital Funding Trust II (the “trust II”), a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States issued 10 million 9.2% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares (the “9.2% trust preference shares”), with a liquidation preference of USD 25 per share, plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preference shares were invested in preference shares (“company preference shares”) of ING Capital Funding II LLC (“LLC II”), a limited liability company in the United States and a wholly owned company of ING Group. The LLC has used the proceeds from the sale of its company preference shares to purchase subordinated notes of ING Group.

In June 1999, ING Capital Funding Trust I (the “trust I”), a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States issued 20 million 7.7% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares (the “trust preference shares”), with a liquidation preference of USD 25 per share, plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preference shares were invested in preference shares (“company preference shares”) of ING Capital Funding I LLC (“LLC I”), a limited liability company in the United States and a wholly owned company of ING Group. The LLC has used the proceeds from the sale of its company preference shares to purchase subordinated notes of ING Group.

Trust I, II and III may redeem the trust preference shares for cash after June 25, 2004, June 25, 2005 and December 31, 2010 respectively or if certain special events occur. The company preference shares have substantially the same terms as the trust preference shares. ING Group has issued subordinated guarantees for the payment of the redemption price and the liquidation distribution on the trust preference shares and the company preference shares.

7.11.   Derivative financial instruments

ING Group enters into derivative transactions for both trading and non-trading purposes. Derivatives are subject to various risks similar to those related to the underlying financial instruments, including market, credit and liquidity risk. The risks of derivatives should not be viewed in isolation but rather should be considered on an aggregate basis along with risks related to ING Group’s non-derivative trading and other activities. ING Group manages derivative and non-derivative risks on an aggregate basis as part of its firm-wide risk management policies. See item 11, ‘Qualitative and quantitative disclosure of market risk’.

Derivative financial instruments held for trading purposes

ING Group trades derivative financial instruments on behalf of customers and for proprietary purposes. Derivatives held for trading purposes include forwards, options and futures and a number of structured derivatives which are based on equity securities, interest rates, credit and foreign exchange rates. In addition, derivative financial instruments held for risk management purposes incorporated into composite trading portfolios are also reported as held for trading.

Derivative financial instruments held for trading are reported at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account as they occur, as part of the Results from financial transactions. Distinction is made in results from securities trading, results from currency trading and other results. See note 3.1.5 on page F-56.

The Result from securities trading portfolio includes trading results on fixed income and equity

F-129


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

securities and the trading results of certain derivative financial instruments such as equity options and futures. The trading results in respect of currency forward contracts, currency options and currency swaps are reported as part of the Result from currency trading portfolio. Other result includes among other, the trading revenue in respect of other derivative financial instruments. Because of their nature, the trading results in respect of interest rate swaps and interest rate futures are reported partially as part of Result from securities trading portfolio and partially as part of Other result.

Derivative financial instruments held for non-trading purposes

ING Group’s principal objective in holding or issuing derivatives for non-trading purposes is risk management. To achieve its risk management objective, ING Group uses a combination of interest-rate instruments, primarily interest-rate swaps. Net positions in foreign currencies are subject to changes in value as exchange rates change. These fluctuations are managed by entering into currency swaps, forwards and options. ING Group’s use of these instruments is changed from time to time in response to changing market conditions as well as changes in the mix of the related assets and liabilities.

Forward and option interest rate contracts held for other than trading purposes are either carried at historical cost or at market value, depending on the carrying value of the related asset or liability. The exchange rate component of forwards is marked to market with changes in market value charged to current period earnings. Premiums paid for purchased options are deferred and recognized as an expense upon maturity of the related contracts. Initial margin requirements of organized exchanges are accounted for as Other assets.

ING Group also uses swaps and forward currency contracts to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange rate risk related to certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. These swaps and forward contracts are carried at market value and are recorded as Other assets or Other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Changes in market values of these swaps and forwards, hedging the foreign exchange rate risk, are recorded in current period profits in Results from financial transactions. For swaps and forward contracts which are designated as hedges of net investments in subsidiaries with foreign currency exposure, changes in market values are recorded in the revaluation reserve component of shareholders’ equity.

Hedge of foreign exchange risk of net investments in foreign operations

ING Group policy is to hedge the translation risk of foreign operations in order to minimize the impact of foreign currency movements. The main currencies of ING Insurance are US Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Korean Wong and the Australian Dollar. The translation risk of the foreign operations is managed taking into account the effects on debt-equity ratio of ING Insurance.

ING Bank’s main foreign currencies are US Dollar, Pound Sterling and Polish Zloty. The translation risk of the foreign operations is managed taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio of ING Bank.

The foreign exchange revaluation of the net investment in foreign operations and the on-balance hedging instruments are reported in equity, derivatives hedging instruments are reported in P&L. The impact of the unhedged exposure is not material to ING Group equity.

The following table reflects the notional amounts and gross fair values of trading derivative financial instruments. All significant intercompany contracts have been excluded. The ending net fair value is included on the consolidated balance sheet under Other assets.

F-130


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

                                                                                 
    2003   2002
            Average   Ending           Average   Ending
            Positive   Negative   Positive   Negative           Positive   Negative   Positive   Negative
    Notional   fair   fair   fair   fair   Notional   fair   fair   fair   fair
    amount   value   value   value   value   amount   value   value   value   value
Interest-rate contracts
                                                                               
OTC
                                                                               
-swaps
    650,579       13,686       13,503       10,783       10,653       604,320       9,628       9,703       13,750       14,076  
-forwards
    60,252       60       51       49       53       57,198       68       70       86       65  
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    59,691       789       8       533       14       68,325       761               1,090          
- written
    40,868       5       874       5       432       47,484               722               1,105  
Listed
                                                                               
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    4,366       1                               2,130       2               1          
- written
    1,798       1       1                       1,111       1       1               1  
-futures
    41,607                                       88,423       8       5                  
Currency contracts
                                                                               
OTC
                                                                               
-swaps
    29,167       953       1,197       954       1,439       25,580       1,072       851       835       966  
-forwards
    197,690       3,953       4,549       4,079       4,669       241,610       4,821       5,117       4,874       5,963  
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    26,223       388               639               24,896       558               429          
- written
    15,081               401               675       27,693               398               479  
Listed
                                                                               
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    375       6                               6                                  
- written
    317               8               2       154               10               14  
-futures
    541                                       130                                  
Equity contracts
                                                                               
OTC
                                                                               
-swaps
    7,235       697       78       267       92       6,352       604       111       963       92  
-forwards
    10               2               2       9                                  
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    3,615       1,000               528               5,612       710               988          
- written
    4,489               908               491       5,350               524               769  
Listed:
                                                                               
-options
                                                                               
- purchased
    13,863       694               646               5,564       519               619          
- written
    12,305               537               537       6,381               445               471  
-futures
    639                                       101       2                          
Other contracts
                                                                               
OTC
                                            19                                  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    1,170,711       22,233       22,117       18,483       19,059       1,218,448       18,754       17,957       23,635       24,001  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-131


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

End-user activity

ING Group’s principal objective in holding or issuing derivatives for purposes other than trading is risk management. The operations of ING Group are subject to a risk of interest rate fluctuations to the extent that there is a difference between the amount of interest-earning assets and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities that mature or reprice in specified periods. The principal objective of ING Group’s asset/liability management activities is the management of interest rate risk and liquidity within parameters established by various management committees and approved by the Executive Board. To achieve its risk management objective, ING Group uses a combination of interest rate instruments, primarily interest rate swaps. When ING Group purchases foreign currency denominated debt or has foreign net investments, it subjects itself to changes in value as exchange rates move. These fluctuations are managed by entering into currency swaps, forwards and options.

The following table reflects the notional principal amounts and fair value of derivative financial instruments used for non-trading. All significant intercompany contracts have been excluded.

                                                 
    2003   2002
    Notional   Ending fair value   Notional   Ending fair value
    amounts   Assets   Liabilities   amounts   Assets   Liabilities
Interest-rate contracts
                                               
OTC swaps
    310,632       4,424       5,144       311,334       5,449       6,235  
- forwards
    14,141       4       2       23,454       20       37  
- options:
                                               
- purchased
    2,998       84               729       35          
- written
    2,521               23       1,049               76  
Listed options
                                               
-options
                                               
- purchased
                                    1          
- written
    480                                          
- futures
    2,007                       1,374                  
Currency contracts
                                               
OTC swaps
    11,422       390       396       11,998       302       425  
- forwards
    7,786       232       50       19,075       217       38  
- options
                                               
- purchased
    3,320       42               487       14          
- written
    1,126               13       869               11  
Listed options
                                               
-options
                                               
- written
                            1                  
Equity contracts
                                               
OTC swaps
    115               18       203               20  
- forwards
                            55       23          
- options:
                                               
- purchased
    3,567       80       2       976       81          
- written
    402               1       425                  
Listed
                                               
- options purchased
    (1 )                                        
- options written
    (1 )                     (1 )                
- futures
    417                       394                  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    360,932       5,256       5,649       372,422       6,142       6,842  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-132


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

End-user Contracts:

                                                 
    Notional principal           Percentage of 2003 amount maturing
    amounts   Within   1 to 5        
    2003   2002   1 year   years   Thereafter   Total
Interest Rate Contracts
    332,779       337,940       43.26 %     30.21 %     18.73 %     92.20 %
Currency contracts
    23,654       32,430       4.54 %     1.41 %     0.60 %     6.55 %
Equity contracts
    4,499       2,052       0.81 %     0.35 %     0.09 %     1.25 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    360,932       372,422       48.61 %     31.97 %     19.42 %     100.00 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

End-user Interest Rate Swaps:

                                 
    Notional amounts of contracts maturing as of December 31, 2003
    Within 1 year   1 to 5 years   Thereafter   Total
Received fixed swaps
                               
Notional amounts
    79,304       48,064       34,253       161,621  
Weighted average received rate
    2.77 %     4.19 %     3.50 %     3.34 %
Weighted average paid rate
    2.05 %     1.99 %     1.26 %     1.86 %
Pay fixed swaps
                               
Notional amounts
    56,054       57,039       27,599       140,692  
Weighted average received rate
    1.95 %     2.43 %     2.07 %     2.16 %
Weighted average paid rate
    2.59 %     3.31 %     4.02 %     3.16 %
Other swaps
                               
Notional amounts
    3,544       3,255       1,520       8,319  
Weighted average received rate
    3.92 %     4.98 %     3.53 %     4.26 %
Weighted average paid rate
    3.83 %     4.45 %     4.48 %     4.19 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    138,902       108,358       63,372       310,632  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

All rates were those in effect at December 31, 2003. Variable rates are primarily based on LIBOR and may change significantly, affecting future cash flows.

7.12.   Business combinations

For acquisitions in 2003 and 2002 refer to note 1.4. “Changes in the composition of the group”.

Under both Dutch and US GAAP, the business combinations of 2003, 2002, 2001 were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under Dutch GAAP, goodwill arising from acquisitions is directly charged to shareholders’ equity in the respective years when the acquisitions take place. Accordingly, goodwill charged to shareholder’s equity under Dutch GAAP amounted to EUR 145 million in 2003, EUR 1,176 million in 2002 and EUR 1,908 million in 2001.

For the purpose of the reconciliation of Dutch GAAP to US GAAP, ING Group’s accounting policy is to capitalize goodwill and test for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142, goodwill was capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over a period not exceeding 20 years. Pursuant to this policy, goodwill arising from the 2001 and 2000 acquisitions was being amortized over a period of 5 to 20 years. Goodwill arising from acquisitions after July 1, 2001 was no longer amortized but tested for impairment.

Goodwill capitalized net of impairment for US GAAP purposes in 2003, 2002 and 2001 amounted to EUR 4,315 million, EUR 4,601 million and EUR 16,645 million, respectively.

F-133


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

Goodwill capitalized net of impairments for US GAAP purposes in 2003 includes intangible assets of EUR 363 million (2002: EUR 462 million) which are recognized apart from goodwill and amortized over twenty years under US GAAP and not separated but included in the amount of goodwill under ING Group accounting principles. Gross amount of intangible assets recognized under US GAAP amounts to USD 550 million, the accumulated amortization is USD 93 million as of December 31, 2003.

ING Group adopted SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other intangible assets, as of January 1, 2002 and performed the required assessment of whether there was any indication that goodwill was impaired as of the date of the adoption. As of 2002, ING Group performs the goodwill impairment test if any events or a change in circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place, or at a minimum on an annual basis. Evaluating whether or not the indication for an impairment is significant enough to require an impairment test to be performed involves significant judgment. ING Group performs the annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter for all segments.

The transitional goodwill impairment test had to be performed in two steps. In Step 1, ING Group identified its reporting units and determined the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning the assets and liabilities, including existing goodwill and intangible assets, to those reporting units as of January 1, 2002. Furthermore, ING Group determined the fair value of each reporting unit and compared this fair value to the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If that carrying amount exceeded the calculated fair value, ING Group was required to perform Step 2 of the transitional goodwill impairment test.

In performing Step 1 of the transitional goodwill impairment test ING Group determined the fair value of the reporting units using valuation techniques consistent with market appraisals for insurance companies and banks. The fair value of our insurance operations, including the reporting units US, Latin America and Greater China, was determined using a discounted cash flow model, discounting the future earnings arising on the books at December 31, 2001, requiring assumptions as to a discount rate and expectations with respect to future growth rates. Future earnings were discounted at the risk free rate, adjusted for the basic risk premium that differs per country. The fair value of our banking operations, including the reporting units Germany and UK, was determined with a price/earnings multiple model, in which the 2002 forecasted profit was multiplied by the current price/earnings multiple for similar acquisitions. Determining the assumptions to be used to calculate fair value involves significant judgments and estimates. Minor changes in these assumptions have significant impact on the fair value of the reporting unit and as a consequence, on the implied fair value of goodwill and the amount of goodwill impairments.

In Step 2, the fair value of the reporting unit was allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with SFAS 141. The residual fair value after this allocation was the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill that is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. A goodwill impairment was recorded to the extent that carrying value of goodwill exceeds the calculated implied fair value of goodwill.

Transitional goodwill impairment test

As a result of the transitional goodwill impairment test, certain goodwill was impaired and ING Group has included a separate line item of EUR 13.103 billion in the 2002 profit and loss account for the cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles as required by SFAS 142.

F-134


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The transitional goodwill impairment charge related to the following reporting units:

         
    2002
Reporting unit
       
US
    8,077  
Latin America
    2,836  
Germany
    977  
UK
    191  
Greater China
    1,022  
 
   
 
 
 
    13,103  
 
   
 
 

Annual impairment tests

ING Group performed the annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2002 and 2003. The 2002 annual goodwill impairment test did not indicate that goodwill was impaired as of December 31, 2002. Remaining goodwill for reporting unit Latin America was EUR 461 million, of which EUR 439 million related to 49% interest in SulAmérica, accounted for under the equity method. Goodwill allocated to equity method investments is not tested for impairment in accordance with SFAS 142 but under APB 18, which requires that an other than temporary decline in value of an equity method investments is recognized in the profit and loss account. As of December 31, 2003 the fair value, estimated using a discounted cash flow model was below carrying value. Since the acquisition in 2002, the local economic environment and business conditions deteriorated, leading to higher interest rates and devaluation of the Real. The decline in fair value is viewed as other than temporary and ING Group has recognized an impairment charge of EUR 101 million for US GAAP purposes. The impairment charge has no impact on net income under Dutch GAAP since goodwill has not been capitalized but charged to equity immediately at the time of the acquisition.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2003 are as follows:

                                         
                            Asset    
                    Asia/   Manage-    
    Europe   Americas   Pacific   ment   Total
Balance as of December 31, 2002
    2,013       650       1,040       436       4,139  
Re-allocation of asset management
    302       85       49       (436 )        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002 (after restatement)
    2,315       735       1,089       0       4,139  
Goodwill acquired during year
    138       7                       145  
Disposals
                    (24 )             (24 )
Annual impairment charge
            (101 )                     (101 )
Exchange differences
    (52 )     (41 )     (114 )             (207 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    2,401       600       951               3,952  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

All segments are tested for impairment in the fourth quarter.

The changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2003 are as follows:

         
Balance as of December 31, 2002
    462  
Amortization
    (24 )
Exchange differences
    (75 )
 
   
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    363  
 
   
 
 

F-135


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2002 are as follows:

                                         
                            Asset    
                    Asia/   Manage-    
    Europe   Americas   Pacific   ment   Total
Balance as of December 31, 2001
    2,468       11,318       1,844       436       16,066  
Transitional impairment charge
    (1,168 )     (10,913 )     (1,022 )             (13,103 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance as of January 1, 2002
    1,300       405       822       436       2,963  
Goodwill acquired during year
    713       245       218               1,176  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002
    2,013       650       1,040       436       4,139  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2002 are as follows:

         
Balance as of January 1, 2002
    579  
Amortization
    (29 )
Exchange differences
    (88 )
 
   
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002
    462  
 
   
 
 

7.13.   Dividend restrictions

In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and solvency requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. The most significant restrictions for ING Group are related to the insurance operations located in the United States, which are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to the parent company imposed by the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile. For life, accident and health subsidiaries, dividends are generally limited to the greater of 10% of statutory surplus or the statutory net gain from operations. For the property and casualty subsidiaries, dividends are limited to a specified percentage of the previous year’s shareholders’ equity or previous year’s net investment gains, which varies by state. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.

The management of ING Group does not believe that these limitations will affect the ability of ING Group to pay dividends to its shareholders in the future.

7.14.   Minimum capital requirements

In accordance with European Union directives, insurance enterprises organized in European Union member countries are required to maintain minimum solvency margins. Life insurance companies are required to maintain a minimum solvency margin of generally 4% of insurance reserves (1% of separate accounts reserves) plus 0.3% of the amount at risk under insurance policies. The required minimum solvency margin for non-life insurers is the greater of two calculations, one based on premiums and one based on claims. The former is based on at least 16% of gross premiums written for the year, the latter is based on 23% of a three-year average of gross claims. As of December 31, 2003, the solvency margin of the insurance operations of ING Group computed in accordance with these directives amounted to EUR 8,779 million (2002: EUR 8,718 million). These companies held capital and surplus, as of December 31, 2003, of EUR 18,463 million (2002: EUR 17,848 million).

The banking operations of ING Group are regulated by the Dutch Central Bank. The solvency requirements of the banking activities of ING Group depend on the degree of risk involved in the various banking operations. The related assets are assigned a weighting coefficient. The total risk (weighted value of both on- and off-balance sheet items) is divided into actual own funds to obtain a Tier 1 ratio. Internationally, it has been agreed that the “BIS” (Bank for International Settlements) ratio

F-136


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

must be at least 8%. As of December 31, 2003, the Tier 1-ratio and BIS-ratio of ING Bank N.V. were 7.59% (2002: 7.31%) and 11.34% (2002: 10.98%), respectively.

7.15.   Stock option plan

ING Group has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and disclosures – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123”. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for the stock option plan. Had compensation cost for ING Group’s stock-based compensation been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates consistent with the method of SFAS 148, net profit and earnings per share based on US GAAP would have been as follows:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Net profit after deducting profits on preference shares
                       
- as reported
    4,491       (9,648 )     1,749  
- pro forma (1)
    4,443       (9,741 )     1,620  
Basis earnings per share
                       
- as reported
    2.23       (5.00 )     0.91  
- pro forma
    2.21       (5.05 )     0.84  
Diluted earnings per share
                       
- as reported
    2.23       (5.00 )     0.90  
- pro forma
    2.21       (5.05 )     0.83  

(1)   The compensation cost for ING Group’s employee stock-based compensation expenses determined based on the fair value at grant dates consistent with the disclosure requirements of SFAS 148 is EUR 48 million in 2003 (2002: EUR 93 million; 2001: EUR 129 million).

The fair value of options at the date of the grant was estimated for these purposes using the Monte Carlo simulation model with the following weighted average assumptions:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
Risk-free interest rate
    3.16 %     4.98 %     4.80 %
Expected volatility
    52.03 %     27.73 %     26.49 %
Expected dividends
    7.73 %     4.02 %     2.48 %

Beginning in the year 2000, the Equity compensation plan of ING America Holding Inc provides certain key employees with Restricted American Depositary Shares (ADS) Units and Restricted Performance Units to reward individual performance. Restricted American Depositary Shares (ADS) are subject to a vesting period of three to five years from the grant date. Restricted Performance units are contingent grants of ING Group N.V. ADS based upon the achievement of future profit objectives of ING America Holding Inc and are subject to three year vesting period from the date of grant. As of December 31, 2003, a total of 1,261,289 Restricted ADS units (2002: 341,770) and 653,660 Restricted Performance Units (2002: 608,189) were granted at a weighted average grant price of USD 15.73 (2002: USD 25.01) and USD 20.00(2002: USD 27,00) respectively. As at December 31, 2003, 1,483,249 Restricted ADS Units (2002: 523,179) and 1,438,128 Restricted Performance Units (2002: 1,139,367) remained outstanding.

7.16.   Restructuring charges

In 2003, ING Group recognized a restructuring charge of EUR 82 million that mainly relates to the international wholesale banking operations on top of the restructuring provision recognized in 2002. ING Group announced the further restructuring of its international wholesale banking operations in 2002 to improve profitability. The additional restructuring measures primarily addressed underperforming branches and businesses. The 2002 restructuring charge mainly related to a

F-137


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated

restructuring provision of EUR 128 million that was charged to the profit and loss account to cover the expenses of these measures. The restructuring of the international wholesale banking operations announced in 2002 included a further 1,000 full-time equivalents reduction on top of the realized 700 at wholesale banking since the end of 2001.

In 2001, ING Americas announced that it aimed to further integrate ING’s US insurance activities with those of Aetna and ReliaStar, in order to build a more customer-focussed organization and recorded a pre-tax charge of EUR 70 million as a result of that restructuring. This charge included mainly employee-related costs that referred, amongst others, to an reduction of approximately 1,600 full-time equivalents.

7.17.   Impact of the Terrorist Attacks of September 11, 2001

Effective September 2001, the ING Group adopted Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 01-10, “Accounting for the Impact of the Terrorist Attacks of September 11, 2001”. Under the consensus, costs related to the terrorist act should be reported as part of income from continuing operations and not as an extraordinary item.

The majority of claims relate to the reinsurance business of ING’s US subsidiary ReliaStar, which company was acquired in 2000. These claims relate to losses incurred by companies that were based on the upper floors of the World Trade Center, through reinsurance of carriers that write workers’ compensation contracts and personal-accident insurance. Potential estimates of the claims in connection with these reinsurance businesses amount to approximately EUR 600 million before catastrophe cover and before tax, of which approximately EUR 100 million is covered against retrocession contracts. ING Group based the loss estimate upon a review of insured exposures using a variety of assumptions and actuarial techniques, including estimated amounts for unknown and unreported policyholder losses and costs incurred in settling claims. As a result of the uncertainties involved in the estimation process, final claims settlement may vary from present estimates.

Under Dutch GAAP, claims amounting to EUR 350 million have been charged against catastrophe provision. As a result, under Dutch GAAP the net effect on ING Group’s profit and loss account for the year 2001 amounted to EUR 155 million before tax and EUR 100 million after tax.

Under US GAAP, provision for future catastrophe is not allowed. Under US GAAP the effect of the September 11 attack on ING Group’s profit and loss account for the year 2001 amounts to EUR 321 million after tax.

F-138


Table of Contents

REPORT OF KPMG ACCOUNTANTS N.V.

The Supervisory Board and Executive Board of ING Bank N.V.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We serve as principal auditor of ING Bank N.V. In our position we did not audit assets constituting 24% in 2003 and 25% in 2002, and total income constituting 22% in 2003, 23% in 2002 and 26% in 2001 of the consolidated totals of ING Bank N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to parts not audited by us, is based totally on the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An auditor also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the reports of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the Netherlands.

Amsterdam, the Netherlands
March 8, 2004

KPMG Accountants N.V.

F-139


Table of Contents

AUDITOR’S REPORT ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 TO THE
SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING OF ING BANK BELGIUM S.A./N.V.

In accordance with legal and regulatory requirements, we are pleased to report to you on the performance of the audit mandate, which you have entrusted to us.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Bank Belgium S.A./N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. We have also examined the Directors’ report.

Unqualified audit opinion on the consolidated financial statements

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the “Institut des Reviseurs d’Entreprises/Instituut der Bedrijfsrevisoren” and auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, taking into account the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to consolidated financial statements in Belgium.

In accordance with those standards, we considered the group’s administrative and accounting organization, as well as its internal control procedures. We have obtained explanations and information required for our audit. We examined, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts in the consolidated financial statements. We have assessed the validity of the accounting principles, the consolidation policies and significant accounting estimates made by the company, as well as the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that those procedures provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with the in Belgium applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

In our opinion, based on our audits, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the group’s assets, liabilities and consolidated financial position as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated results of the operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in accordance with its legal and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium and the information given in the notes to the consolidated financial statements is adequate.

Additional certification

The Directors’ report contains the information required by law and is consistent with the consolidated financial statements.

Brussels, March 23, 2004

Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Entreprises S.C.C. (B 160)

F-140


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Associate

An associate is a participating interest in which a significant influence is exercised over the financial and operating policy and which is neither a subsidiary nor a joint venture of the investor.

Basic net profit per ordinary share

The net profit per ordinary share is calculated on the basic of the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue. The following has been taken into consideration in calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue:

  own shares held by group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue;
 
  the computation is based on daily averages;
 
  in the case of exercised warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.

Certificates of deposit

Short-term negotiable bearer debt instruments issued by banks.

Claim

A demand for payment of a policy benefit because of the occurrence of an insured event, such as the death or disability of the insured or the maturity of an endowment, the incurrence of hospital or medical bills, the destruction or damage of property and related deaths or injuries, defects in, liens on, or challenges to the title to real estate, or the occurence of a surety loss.

Claims ratio

The claims ratio is the claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums.

Climbing loan

Climbing loans are loans not generating cash flows prior to the predetermined maturity date. Each year, the accrued interest is added to the principal amount.

Combined ratio

The sum of the claims ratio and the cost ratio for a non-life insurance company or a reinsurance company. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.

Control

Control is presumed to exist when ING Group has, direct or indirect through group companies, more than one half of the voting power or otherwise exercises effective control.

Concentrations

Concentrations of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographical factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate exposure is material in relation to ING Group’s total exposure.

Contingent liabilities Contingent liabilities are commitments or risks, for which it is more likely than not that no outflow from ING Group of resources embodying economic benefits will occur. The underlying value of these liabilities is not recorded as liabilities in the balance sheet. For these products, the underlying value represents the maximum potential credit risk to which ING Group is exposed, i.e. assuming that all counterparties failed completely to perform in accordance with the terms of the contracts and that any existing collateral or security proves to be of no value.

Convertible debenture

Convertible debentures are debentures with embedded options issued by corporations. The holder has the right to exchange a convertible debenture for equity in the issuing company at certain times in the future according to a certain exchange ratio. Very often, the conversion is callable. This means that it can be repurchased by the issuer at a certain price at certain times in the future. Once the debentures have been called, the holder can always choose to convert prior to repurchase.

Cost ratio

Underwriting costs expressed as a percentage of premiums written.

Country risk

The risk that a foreign government will not fulfil its obligations or obstructs the remittance of funds by debtors, either for financial reasons (transfer risk) or for other reasons (political risk).

Credit institutions

Credit institutions are all institutions which are subject to banking supervision by public authorities, including mortgage banks, capital market institutions, multilateral development banks and the International Monetary Fund (IMF).

Deferred tax assets

The amounts of income tax recoverable in future periods in respect of:

  deductible temporary differences;
 
  the carry forward of unused tax losses; and

F-141


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

  the carry forward of unused tax credits.

Deferred tax liabilities

The amounts of income tax payable in future periods in respect of temporary valuation differences between carrying amounts of assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base, based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the assets are realized or the liabilities are settled.

Defined benefit plan

Defined benefit plans are post-employment benefit plans other than defined contribution plans

Defined contribution plan

Post-employment benefit plans under which an enterprise pays fixed contributions into a separate entity (a fund) and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.

Depositary receipt

Depositary receipt for ordinary and preference shares, issued by the Trust, in exchange for ordinary and preference shares issued by ING Group.

Derivatives

Derivatives are financial instruments, which include forwards, futures, options and swaps, whose value is based on an underlying asset, index or reference rate.

Diluted net profit per share

Diluted net profit per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at year-end were exercised at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the cash thus received for stock options and warrants exercised to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise of warrants and stock options is added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of diluted net profit per share.

Discounted bills

Bills that are sold under deduction of interest giving the owner the right to receive an amount of money on a given date.

Elimination

Elimination is a process by which intercompany transactions are matched with each other and deducted, so that the assets, liabilities, income and expenses are not inflated.

Employee benefits

All forms of consideration given by a company in exchange for service rendered by (former) employees.

Equity method

A method of accounting whereby a participating interest is recorded at its net asset value according to the accounting principles of ING Group.

Equity participation

An investment in the equity of a corporation which is held in order to participate temporarily. The investment does not serve the business of the acquirer and will not be part of the investment portfolio. The acquirer and the equity participation are not organizationally bound.

Fair value

The amount at which an asset or a liability could be traded on a fair basis at the balance sheet date, between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s-length transactions.

Finance lease

A lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership of an asset to the lessee. Title may or may not eventually be transferred.

Financial asset

Any asset that is:

  a contractual right to receive cash or another financial asset from another company;
 
  a contractual right to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially favourable; or
 
  an equity instrument of another company.

Financial instruments

Financial instruments are contracts that give rise to both a financial asset for one company and a financial liability or equity instrument for another company.

Financial liability

Any liability that is a contractual obligation:

  to deliver cash or another financial asset to another company; or
 
  to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially unfavourable.

Forward contracts

Forward contracts are commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates.

F-142


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Future contracts

Future contracts are commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates. Exchanges act as intermediaries and require daily cash settlement and collateral deposits.

General provision

A general provision is a liability carried in the balance sheet for a present obligation arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the company of resources embodying economic benefits, whereas the timing or amount of the outflow is uncertain. The settlement, which will take place in the future, should be reliably measurable. The settlement can be enforced by law or the event creates valid expectations in other parties that the company will discharge the obligation.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the net asset value of a participating interest. The net asset value is calculated according to the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the participating interest at the moment of acquisition.

Gross premiums written

Total premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance contracts written or assumed (including deposits for investment contracts with limited or no life contingencies written) during a specific period, without deduction for premiums ceded.

Group company

Corporations, i.e. public limited liability companies, private limited liability companies, general partnerships or limited partnerships, that form an organizational and economic entity and are controlled by ING Group.

Hedge accounting

Transactions qualify as hedges if they are identified as such and there is a negative correlation between the hedging results and the results of the positions being hedged. Hedging instruments are accounted for in accordance with the accounting principles of the hedged item.

Impairment

An impairment is a permanent diminution in value, i.e. the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the asset. In such circumstances a write-down of the asset is necessary.

Interest bearing instrument

An interest bearing instrument is a financial asset or a liability for which a time-proportionate compensation is paid or received, in relation to a notional amount.

Interest-rate arbitrage

Taking advantage of interest-rate differences between separate markets.

Interest-rate rebates

Profit sharing for group life insurance business. A rebate granted to policyholders based on the discounted value of the difference between the interest rate used for calculating the premiums and the expected yield on investment. The profit sharing is granted by means of a premium discount related to the yield on government bonds.

In the money

A call option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value.

Investment portfolio

The investment portfolio comprises those assets which are intended for use on a continuing basis, and have been identified as such. These investments are held in order to cover the insurance provisions and to manage interest rate, capital and liquidity risks.

Irrevocable facility

Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients and commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.

Irrevocable letters of credit

An irrevocable letter of credit concerns an obligation on behalf of a client to, within certain conditions, pay an amount of money under submission of a specific document or to accept a bill of exchange.

An irrevocable letter of credit cannot be cancelled or adjusted by the bank that has granted it during the duration of the agreement unless all those concerned agree.

Joint venture

A contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to joint control.

Monetary assets and liabilities

Monetary assets and liabilities are assets and liabilities whose amounts are fixed in terms of units of currency by contract or otherwise. Examples are cash,

F-143


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

short or long-term accounts, notes receivable in cash and notes payable in cash.

Net asset value

The net asset value is used in the equity method of accounting. The initial net asset value of the investment is determined by the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the investee. After the initial valuation of assets and liabilities of the investee at fair value, the assets and liabilities of the investee are valued in accordance with the accounting principles of the investor. The income statement reflects the investor’s share in the results of operations of the investee.

Net premiums written

Gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to retrocessionaires during such period.

Notional amounts

Notional amounts represent units of account which, in respect of derivatives, reflect the relationship with the underlying assets. They do not reflect, however, the credit risks assumed by entering into derivative transactions.

Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities

Offsetting is done on the basis of a legal right, by contract or otherwise, to settle or otherwise eliminate all or a portion of an amount due to a creditor by applying against that amount an amount due from the creditor. A financial asset and a financial liability should be offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when ING:

  intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the financial asset and settle the financial liability simultaneously; and
 
  has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts; and
 
  the financial asset and the financial liability are identical in nature.

Operating segments

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which discrete information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker or decision making group in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

Operating lease

A lease other than a finance lease.

Option contracts

Option contracts give the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. Written options subject ING Group to market risk, but not to credit risk, since the counterparties have already performed in accordance with the terms of the contract by paying a cash premium up front.

Ordinary share

An equity instrument that is subordinate to all other classes of equity instruments. Ordinary shares participate in the net profit for the financial year after other types of shares such as preference shares.

Out of the money

A call option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value.

Over-the-counter instrument

Non-standardized financial instrument not traded on a stock exchange but directly between market participants.

Participating interest

A participating interest exists if a corporation or its subsidiary provides capital or causes capital to be provided for the account of either of them to another corporation in order to be durably linked to that corporation in furtherance of its own activities. An interest is deemed to be a participating interest if 20% or more of the share capital is provided.

Plan assets

Plan assets comprise assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund and qualifying insurance policies.

Assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund are assets (other than non-transferable financial instruments issued by the reporting enterprise) that:

  are held by an entity (a fund) that is legally separate from the reporting enterprise and exists solely to pay or fund employee benefits; and
 
  are available to be used only to pay or fund employee benefits, are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy), and cannot be returned to the reporting enterprise, unless either the remaining assets of the fund are sufficient to meet all the related employee benefit obligations of the plan or the reporting enterprise or the assets are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.

A qualifying insurance policy is

F-144


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

an insurance policy issued by an insurer that is not a related party of the reporting enterprise, if the proceeds of the policy:

  can be used only to pay or fund employee benefits under a defined benefit plan; and
 
  are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy) and cannot be paid to the reporting enterprise, unless either the proceeds represent surplus assets that are not needed for the policy to meet all the related employee benefit obligations or the proceeds are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.

Post-employment benefit plans

Formal or informal arrangements under which a company provides post-employment benefits for one or more employees. Post-employment benefits are employee benefits other than termination benefits and equity compensation benefits, which are payable after the completion of employment.

Preference share

A preference (or preferred) share is similar to an ordinary share but carries certain preferential rights. These rights usually concern the guarantee of a fixed (cumulative) return to the shareholder or a guaranteed return on the investment.

Premiums earned

That portion of net premiums written in current and past periods which applies to the expired portion of the policy period, calculated by substracting movements in unearned premium reserves from net premiums.

Private loan

Private loans are loans to governments, other public bodies, public utilities, corporations, other institutions or individuals with a loan agreement as the only instrument of title.

Private placement

A placement where newly issued shares or debentures come into possession of a limited group of subscribers who are prepared to buy the new securities.

Projected unit credit method

An actuarial valuation method that considers each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

Promissory notes

A promissory note is a signed and dated document in which the signeratory unconditionally promises to pay a certain sum to a specific person or its order on a certain maturity date, at sight or aftersight in a certain time on a certain place.

Proportional consolidation

A method of accounting and reporting whereby a venturer’s share of each of the assets, liabilities and income and expense items of a jointly controlled entity is combined on a line-by-line basis with similar items in the venturer’s financial statements or reported as separate line items in the venturer’s financial statements.

Provision for loan losses

Provision, presented as a deduction from Lending and Banks, meant to absorb losses from debtors’ defaults in the Lending and Banks portfolios.

Recognition

The process of incorporating in the balance sheet or profit and loss account an item that meets the definition of an element and satisfies the following criteria for recognition:

  it is probable that any future economic benefit associated with the item will flow to or from the enterprise; and
 
  the item has a cost or value that can be measured reliably.

Redemption value

With respect to investments in fixed-interest securities, the amount payable on the maturity date.

Reinsurance

The practice whereby one party, called the reinsurer, in consideration for a premium paid to him, agrees to indemnify another party, called the reinsured or ceding company, for part or all of the liability assumed by the reinsured under a contract or contracts of insurance which the reinsured has issued. The reinsured may also be referred to as the original or primary insurer, the direct writing company, or the ceding company.

Repurchase transactions

Repurchase transactions are commitments to repurchase securities which have been sold.

Reverse repurchase transactions

Reverse repurchase transactions are commitments to sell securities which have been purchased.

F-145


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Share premium (reserve)

Paid-in capital in addition to the nominal value and paid-up on issued share capital.

Stock option plan

Option rights granted to a number of senior executives, to all ING Group staff in the Netherlands and to a considerable number of employees outside the Netherlands to purchase ING Group shares.

Subordinated loan

A credit or a liability where, in the event of bankruptcy under the application of the emergency regulations as referred to in the Act on Supervision of the Credit System, or liquidation of the debtor, the outstanding part is not eligible for set-off and is not repayable until all other currently outstanding debts have been repaid.

Subsidiary

A corporation:

  in which, by agreement with other holders of voting rights or otherwise, more than half of the voting rights in a general meeting can be exercised by the company or one of its subsidiaries;
 
  of which the company or a subsidiary is a member or shareholder and can appoint or dismiss, by agreement with other holders of voting rights or otherwise, alone or together with others more than half of the executive board or the supervisory board.

Surrender

The termination of a life or retirement contract at the request of the policyholder after which the policyholder receives the cash surrender value, if any, on the contract.

Swap contracts

Swap contracts are commitments to settle in cash at a specified future date, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional principal amount. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party.

Third-party interest

That part of the net results and of net assets of a subsidiary attributable to an interest which is not owned, directly or indirectly, by the parent.

Trading portfolio

The trading portfolio comprises those financial instruments which are held to obtain short-term transaction results, to facilitate transactions on behalf of clients or to hedge other positions in the trading portfolio.

Treasury bills

Generally short-term debt certificates issued by a central government. Dutch Treasury Certificates are regarded as Dutch Treasury bills.

Unweighted credit equivalent

The unweighted credit equivalent is the maximum loss that ING Group would incur on its derivatives transactions if all its counterparties defaulted with a margin added in accordance with internationally accepted criteria.

Warrant

A financial instrument that gives the holder the right to purchase ordinary shares.

Weighted credit equivalent

The weighted credit equivalent is the unweighted credit equivalent multiplied by the weighting factors determined in accordance with standards of the international supervisory authorities. Under certain conditions, the credit risk can be reduced by entering into bilateral netting agreements.

F-146


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I–SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN
RELATED PARTIES

Amounts are in millions of euros
                         
Column A   Column B   Column C   Column D
                    Amount at
                    which
                    shown
                    in the
                    balance
Type of investment   Cost   Fair Value   sheet
Debt securities
                       
Debentures / available-for-sale:
                       
– Dutch government
    6,627       6,812       6,632  
– Foreign governments
    66,798       69,803       66,084  
– Public utilities
    5,898       6,190       5,841  
– Mortgage-backed securities
    43,662       44,342       43,451  
– Redeemable preference shares/sinking fund
    329       346       323  
– All other corporate bonds
    84,770       87,343       83,815  
Private loans / available-for-sale:
                       
– Dutch government
    3,730       4,169       3,706  
– Foreign governments
    122       124       118  
– Public utilities
    349       393       357  
– Corporate and other loans
    2,265       2,380       2,228  
Deposits with credit institutions
    535       538       535  
Other fixed maturity investments
    2,640       2,768       2,825  
Shares and convertible debentures
                       
Ordinary shares
                       
– Public utilities
    165       181       181  
– Banks, trusts and insurance companies
    2,087       2,925       2,925  
– Industrial and all others
    4,684       6,066       6,066  
Preference shares
    1,376       1,496       1,496  
Convertible debentures
    17       20       20  
Mortgage loans
    25,895       26,421       25,802  
Real estate
    5,971       8,994       8,994  
Policy loans
    2,894       2,898       2,895  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total investments
    260,814       274,209       264,294  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-147


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE III–SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
Amounts are in millions of euros

                                                                                 
Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H   I   J   K
                                            Net                    
                                            invest-                    
                                            ment                    
                                            income                    
                                            (inclu-                    
                                            ding                    
                                            other                    
            Future                           income           Amorti-        
            policy                           and other           zation        
            benefits,           Other           expenses)   Benefits,   of        
            losses,           policy           allocated   Claims,   deferred        
    Deferred   claims,   Un-   and           to   Losses   policy   Other    
    policy   and   earned   claims           under-   and   acqui-   opera-   Pre-
    acquisition   loss   Pre-   benefits   Premium   writing   Settlement   sition   ting   miums
Segment   costs   expenses   miums   payable   revenue   accounts   expenses   costs   expenses   written
2003
                                                                               
Life
    9,399       187,435               786       37,129       8,285       39,236       1,244       2,456       37,129  
Non-life
    361       7,297       2,487       30       6,128       920       3,945       118       1,977       6,358  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    9,760       194,732       2,487       816       43,257       9,205       43,181       1,362       4,433       43,487  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
2002
                                                                               
Life
    10,299       185,136               848       43,274       8,289       44,804       1,454       2,702       43,274  
Non-life
    337       7,299       2,432       116       6,297       732       4,390       94       1,978       6,642  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    10,636       192,435       2,432       964       49,571       9,021       49,194       1,548       4,680       49,916  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
2001
                                                                               
Life
    11,035       203,677               910       43,157       8,330       44,513       1,444       3,245       43,157  
Non-life
    320       5,892       3,382       125       5,283       649       3,717       82       1,626       5,289  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    11,355       209,569       3,382       1,035       48,440       8,979       48,230       1,526       4,871       48,446  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-148


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE IV–REINSURANCE
Amounts are in millions of euros

                                         
Column A   Column B   Column C   Column D   Column E   Column F
                    Assumed           Percentage
            Ceded to   from           of amount
            other   other           assumed
    Gross Amount   companies   companies   Net amount   to net
2003 Premiums:
                                       
– Life
    36,914       1,102       1,317       37,129       3.5 %
– Non-Life
    7,226       930       62       6,358       1.0 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Premiums
    44,140       2,032       1,379       43,487       3.2 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
2002 Premiums:
                                       
– Life
    43,076       1,093       1,291       43,274       3.0 %
– Non-Life
    7,869       1,275       48       6,642       0.7 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Premiums
    50,945       2,368       1,339       49,916       2.7 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
2001 Premiums:
                                       
– Life
    43,045       1,400       1,512       43,157       3.5 %
– Non-Life
    5,858       614       45       5,289       0.9 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Premiums
    48,903       2,014       1,557       48,446       3.2 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-149


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE VI – SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION CONCERNING
NON-LIFE INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Amounts are in millions of euros

                                                                                         
Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column   Column
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H   I   J   K
                                            Net                    
                                            Invest-                    
                                            ment                    
                                            income                    
                                            (inclu-                    
                                            ding                    
                                            other                    
                                            income                    
            Reserves                           and other                    
            for   Discount,                   expenses)   Claims and claims                
    Deferred   unpaid   if any,                   allocated   adjustment           Paid    
    Policy   claims &   deducted                   to   expenses incurred           claims    
    acqui-   claims   in                   non-life   related to   Amortiza-   & claims   Pre-
Affiliation   sition   adjusted   Column   Unearned   Earned-   opera-   accident years   tion of   adjusted   miums
with the registrant   costs   expenses   C   premiums   premiums   tions   Current   Prior   DPAC(1)   expenses   Written
2003
                                                                                       
Consolidated non-life entities
    361       7,297       365       2,487       6,128       920       3,579       67       118       3,738       6,358  
2002
                                                                                       
Consolidated non-life entities
    337       7,299       559       2,432       6,297       732       4,431       164       94       3,765       6,642  
2001
                                                                                       
Consolidated non-life entities
    320       5,892       349       3,382       5,283       649       3,663       18       82       3,491       5,289  

(1)   DPAC : Deferred policy acquisition costs

F-150